Ordinances Amended as on 11.03.

2023
Dr. Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar (M.P.)
S. No. Ordinance/ Amended Description
Ordinance
1 Revised Ordinance 1 Emoluments, terms and conditions of service and powers and
functions of the Vice-Chancellor
2 Revised Ordinance 2 Emoluments, terms and conditions of service and powers and
functions of the Pro-Vice-Chancellor
3 Revised Ordinance 3 Emoluments, terms and conditions of service and powers and
functions of the Registrar
4 Revised Ordinance 4 Emoluments, terms and conditions of service and powers and
functions of the Finance Officer
5 Revised Ordinance 5 Emoluments, terms and conditions of service and powers and
functions of the Controller of Examinations
6 Revised Ordinance 6 Emoluments, terms and conditions of service and powers and
functions of the Librarian
7 Ordinance 7 (Reframed) Dept. of School of Studies
8 Amended Ordinance 8 Constitution of the Boards of Studies and Term of Office of its
Members
9 Amended Ordinance 9 Duties of Heads of Department/ Centers
10 Ordinance 10 (Reframed) Admission and Registration of Students to the University
11 Ordinance 11 Procedure/ Norms for appointment to the Posts of Professor,
Associate Professor and Assistant Professor
12 Ordinance 12 Procedure for Promotions of Assistant Professor and Associate
Professor
13 Ordinance 13 Written Contract Appointment
14 Ordinance 14 Conditions of Service of Teachers
15 Ordinance 15 Sensitization, Prevention and Redressal of Sexual Harassment
(SPARSH)
16 Ordinance 16 Curbing the Menace of Ragging in Higher Educational
Institutions
17 Revised Ordinance 17 Cadre Recruitment Rules 2022 for Non-Teaching and Other
Academic Posts
18 Ordinance 18 On the Fees payable by students of the University
19 Ordinance 19 Travelling and Halting Allowances Rules
20 Amended Ordinance 20 On Building Committee
21 Ordinance 21 Purchase Committee
22 Amended Ordinance 22(A) Medium of Instructions, Management of Academic
Programme, Examination, Evaluation and Grading system for
Programmes of Studies other than the Research Degree
Programme
23 Ordinance 22(B) Curricular Framework, Programme of studies and conditions
for Award of Degrees, Diplomas
24 Ordinance 23(A) On Admission, Examination and evaluation for the Award of
Doctor of Philosophy.
25 Amended Ordinance 23(B) The Award of the Degree of Doctor of Science (D.Sc.), Doctor
of Letter (D.Litt.) and Doctor of Laws (LL.D.)
26 Ordinance 24 Conditions of Residence of the Students of the University
27 Ordinance 25 Employees and Students Grievances Redressal Committee
28 Ordinance 26 Rules for Medical Reimbursements
29 Ordinance 27 Powers and Functions of Heads of Departments of Studies
30 Ordinance 28 Powers and Functions of the Deans of Schools
31 Ordinance 29 School Board
32 Ordinance 30 Convocation
33 Ordinance 31 Award of Fellowship, Scholarship, Functions and Duties of the
Departments in the School
34 Ordinance 32 Board of Research Studies
35 Amended Ordinance 33 Constitutions, Functions and Duties of the Departments in the
School
36 Amended Ordinance 34 Appointment of Examiners
37 Ordinance 35 Appointment of Adjunct Faculty Members & Scholars in
Residence
38 Ordinance 36 Equivalence Committee for Recognition of Examinations/
Degree
39 Ordinance 37 Powers and Functions of Dean Student's Affairs
40 Ordinance 38 Floating Posts
41 Ordinance 39 (Reframed) Admission, Enrolment, Migration and Transfer of Students
42 Ordinance 40 Dean's Committee
43 Ordinance 41 Code of conduct of Employees of the University
44 Ordinance 42 (Reframed) Course of Study
45 Ordinance 43 Admission Committee
46 Amended Ordinance 44 Reservation of Seats and Other Special Provisions for
Admission
47 Ordinance 45 Students Discipline
48 Ordinance 46 Visiting Professors
49 Ordinance 47 Games and Sports Committee
50 Ordinance 48 Committee on Equivalence of Examinations
51 Ordinance 49 Proctor
52 Ordinance 50 Transfer of Credits
53 Ordinance 51 Visiting Fellow
54 Ordinance 52 Appointment of Faculty Against Sanctioned Posts Under
Exigent Situations
55 Amended Ordinance 53 Library Committee
56 Amended Ordinance 54 On terms and conditions of Appointments of Honorary
Professors and Emeritus Professors
57 Ordinance 55 Academic Programme Committee
58 Ordinance 56 On Research Projects
59 Amended Ordinance 57 Medals From Endowment Funds
60 Ordinance 58 On Distance Education
61 Ordinance 59 Exchange of Teachers/ Experts
62 Ordinance 60 On Conferment of Honorary Degrees by the Vishwavidyalaya
63 Ordinance 61 On Bachelor of Education (Part-Time) (Only for Affiliated
Colleges)
64 Ordinance 62 On the Re-employment of Teachers
65 Ordinance 63 on Courses of Studies for the award of Bachelor of
Technology (B.Tech 4 Year Degree Programme)
66 Ordinance64 on Courses of Study for the award of Bachelor of Vocation
(B.Voc.) in Interior Design (A 3 Year Degree Proramme with
multiple exist points)
67 Ordinance 65 Alumni Association
 REVISED ORDINANCE-1*

EMOLUMENTS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SERVICE

AND POWERS AND FUNCTIONS OF THE VICE CHANCELLOR
(Under Section 28(0) of the Act and
Statute 2(6)(iii) of Statutes of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

SALARY

1) Pay as notified by the University Grants Commission/Central Government from time to time.

2) Dearness and other Allowances as notified by the Central Government from time to time other
than House Rent Allowance.

3) The Vice Chancellor shall be entitled to such terminal benefits and allowances as fixed by the
Central Government from time to time.

4) The Vice Chancellor shall be entitled to the reimbursement of medical expenses incurred on
the medical treatment of himself and his family members obtained for the Private OPD/Private
Wards of any approved Hospital / Nursing Home as approved by the University.

5) The Vice Chancellor shall be entitled to receive TA, LTC etc. as per UGC Guidelines and
approved by the Central Government from time to time.

Leave:
1 (a) The Vice Chancellor shall, during the tenure of his office, be entitled to leave on Full
Pay at the rate of 30 days in the calendar year. The Leave shall be credited to his
account in advance in two half yearly installments of 15 days each on the first day of
January and the first day of July every year.

Provided that if the Vice Chancellor assumes or relinquishes the charge of the Office of
the Vice Chancellor during the currency of half year, the leave shall be credited
proportionately at the rate of 2 ½ days for each completed months of service.

1(b) The leave at the credit of the Vice Chancellor at the close of the previous half year shall
be carried forward to the new half year, subject to the condition that the leave, so
carried forward plus the credit for that half year, does not exceed the maximum limit of
300 days.

1 (c) The Vice Chancellor, on relinquishing the charge of his/her office, shall be entitled for
the number of days equivalent of the leave Salary admissible for the number of days of
Leave on Full Pay due to him at the time of his relinquishing of charge, subject to a
maximum of 300 days, including encashment benefit availed of elsewhere.

1 (d) The Vice Chancellor shall also be entitled to Half Pay Leave at the rate of 20 days for
each completed year of service. The Half-Pay Leave may also be availed of as
commuted Leave on production of Medical certificate, provided that when such
commuted leave is availed of, twice the amount of Half-Pay Leave shall be debited
against the Half-Pay Leave due.

1 (e) The Vice Chancellor shall also be entitled to avail himself of Extra-Ordinary Leave
without pay for a maximum period of three months during the full term of five years on
medical grounds or otherwise.

1
 2. In case the Vice Chancellor is appointed for a further term, the leave period
mentioned above, shall apply separately to each term.

3. During the period of such Leave, the Vice Chancellor shall be entitled to the same
Salary, Honorarium and Allowances and such other facilities of services as may have
been provided.

4. In the case of any absence of the Vice Chancellor occasioned by any call by the
Central or State Government, Public Service, or on Deputation on behalf of the
University for any public purpose, the period, so spent shall be treated on duty.

5. Where an employee of the University is appointed as the Vice Chancellor, he/she

shall be allowed to avail himself of any Leave at his credit before his/her appointment
as the Vice Chancellor. Similarly, on his/her relinquishing the post of the Vice
Chancellor and in event of his/her re-joining his/her old post, he /she shall be entitled
to carry back the Leave at his/her credit to the new post.

6. Further, he/she may be allowed to contribute to any provident fund of which he/she is
a member and the University shall contribute to the account of such person in that
provident fund at the same rate at which the person had been contributing
immediately before his / her appointment as Vice Chancellor.

7. If a person employed in another institution is appointed the Vice Chancellor on

Deputation, he/she shall be entitled to Salary, Allowances, Leave and leave Salary as
per deputation Rules of the institution to which he/she was entitled prior to his/her
appointment as the Vice Chancellor and till he/she continues to hold his/her lien on
this post. The University shall also pay Leave Salary, Provident Fund, Pension
Contributions to the Institution, where he/she is permanently employed, as admissible
under the Rules.

Amenities

1) The Vice Chancellor shall be entitled to have water, power and rent free furnished
residential accommodation with such furniture, as may be approved by the
University. The premises of his/her lodging will be maintained by the University.

2) The Vice Chancellor shall be entitled to the facility of a free official car. He shall also
be entitled to mobile phone and free telephone (with STD and ISD) service at
his/her residence.

3) The Vice Chancellor shall be entitled to two attendants and one cook at
his/her residence.

POWERS AND FUNCTIONS

The Vice-Chancellor is the Chief Executive and Academic Head of the University and as such
his / her powers and duties include, among others, the following:-

1. To ensure that the provisions of the Act, Statutes, Ordinances and Regulations are fully
observed;

2. To delegate his powers for day-to-day work to the Pro-Vice-Chancellor(s). Deans, Heads
2
 of the Departments and other offices who should act on the basis of clear rules laid down
in this regard;

3. To ensure that the routine items regarding creation of temporary posts for short duration
and sanction of leave etc. should not normally be referred to the Executive council;

4. To make appointments of Deans, Heads, Proctors, Dean of Students’ Affairs and Wardens
etc. The appointment of the Pro-Vice-Chancellor (or Rector) and equivalent officers,
however, may be made as per the provisions of the Act and Statutes.

5. Power, not to act upon any decision of any authority, if he is of the opinion that it is ultra
virus of the provisions of the Act or Statues or Ordinances or that such a decision is not in
the best interests of the University. In both the cases he could ask the authority concerned
to review the decision and if differences persist, the matter be referred immediately to the
Visitor whose decision shall be final and binding on the Vice Chancellor.

6. As the Chairman of the authorities, bodies and committees of the University, he shall be
empowered to suspend a member from the meeting of the authority, body or committee for
persisting to obstruct or stall the proceedings or for indulging in behavior unbecoming of a
member.

7. All the disciplinary powers in regard to students and employees shall vest with the Vice-
Chancellor. He shall have the powers to suspend an employee and initiate disciplinary
action against him. However, the Vice-Chancellor could delegate these powers to other
officers.

8. He shall be responsible for holding and conducting the university examinations properly at
the scheduled time and for ensuring that results of such examinations are published
expeditiously and that academic sessions of the university start and end on proper dates.

9. In an emergent situation to take any action on behalf of any authority in which the power is
vested and to report the action taken in the next meeting of the authority.

10. He shall be empowered to allocate responsibilities and to audit the performance of officers,
faculty members, staff and students against the expected standards.

11. Managing the people (including students and academic staff), in a manner whereby there
is a positive impact on society at large and the actions are in accordance with the overall
plans of development.

12. To exercise all administrative and financial powers as defined in Statutes/

Ordinance.

13. He/she shall pass such Orders and take such measures that are necessary to implement
any of the above.

*Revised Ordinance passed by the Executive Council at its 12th Meeting held on 16-09-2013
as per advice of the UGC/MHRD.

3
 REVISED ORDINANCE-2*

EMOLUMENTS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND POWERS AND FUNCTIONS OF

THE PRO VICE CHANCELLOR
(Under Section 28(0) and Statute 4(3) of Statutes of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. The Pro Vice Chancellor shall receive Pay & Allowances as notified by the Central Government from
time to time.

2. Where an employee of this university or any other Institution / Government and its organizations is
appointed as Pro Vice Chancellor, he/she shall continue to be governed by the same retirement benefit
scheme, (namely general Provident Fund/ Contributory Provident Fund/ Pension /Gratuity /Transfer
TA) to which he was entitled prior to his appointment as Pro Vice Chancellor, and till he/she shall
continue to hold his/her lien on that post.

3. The Pro Vice Chancellor shall be entitled to the reimbursement of medical expenses as approved by
the University from time to time.

4. The Pro Vice Chancellor shall be entitled to receive TA, LTC, etc. as per UGC guidelines and approved
by the Central Government from time to time.

5. The Pro Vice-Chancellor shall be entitled to free furnished residential accommodation, if appointed on
full time basis. However, he will not be entitled to House Rent Allowance. He shall also be entitled to
an attendant at his/ her residence.

6. The Pro-Vice Chancellor shall be entitled to the facility of a staff car for journey performed between
office and his/her residence. He shall also be entitled to mobile phone and free telephone (with STD
and ISD) service at his/her residence.

7. Leave:
a) The Pro Vice Chancellor shall be entitled to leave on full pay at the rate of 30 days in the
calendar year. The leave shall be credited to his/her account in advance in two half yearly
installments of 15 days each on the first day of January and the first day of July every year.

Provided that if the Pro Vice-Chancellor assumes or relinquishes the charge of the office
of the Pro Vice Chancellor during the currency of half year, the leave shall be credited
proportionately at the rate of 21/2 days for each completed month of service.

b) The Leave at the credit of the Pro Vice Chancellor at the close of the previous half year shall
be carried forward to the new half year, subject to the condition that the Leave, so carried
forward plus the credit for that half year, does not exceed the maximum limit of 300 days.

c) The Pro Vice Chancellor, on relinquishing the charge of his/her office, shall be entitled to
receive a sum equivalent of the Leave Salary admissible for the number of days of Leave on
Full Pay due to him at the time of his relinquishing of charge, subject to a maximum of 300
days, including encashment benefit availed of elsewhere.

d) The Pro Vice Chancellor shall also be entitled to Half Pay Leave at the rate of 20 days for
each completed year of service. The Half-Pay Leave may also be availed of a commuted
Leave on production of Medical certificate, provided that when such commuted leave is
availed of is availed, twice the amount of Half-Pay Leave shall be debited against the Half-
Pay Leave due.

e) In case the Pro Vice Chancellor is appointed for further term, the leave period mentioned
above, shall apply separately to each term.

4
 f) During the period of such Leave, the Pro Vice Chancellor shall be entitled to the same
Salary, Honorarium and allowances and such other facilities of services as may have been
provided.

g) In the case of any absence of the Pro Vice Chancellor occasioned by any call by the Central
or State Government, Public Service, or on Deputation on behalf of the University for any
public purpose, the period so spent shall be treated as on duty.

h) Where an employee of the University is appointed as the Pro Vice Chancellor, he/she shall
be allowed to avail himself of any Leave at his credit before his/her appointment as the Pro
Vice Chancellor. Similarly, on his/her relinquishing the post of the Pro Vice Chancellor and
in event of his/her re-joining his/her old post, he/she shall be entitled to carry back the
Leave at his/her credit to the new post.

Further he/she may be allowed to contribute to any provident fund of which he/she is a
member and the University shall contribute to the account of such person in that provident
fund at the same rate at which the person had been contributing immediately before his/her
appointment as Pro Vice-Chancellor.

i) It a person, employed in another institution, is appointed the Pro Vice Chancellor on

Deputation, he/she shall be entitled to salary, Allowances, leave and leave salary as per
deputation rules of the institution to which he/she was entitled prior the his/her appointment
as the Pro Vice Chancellor and till he/she continues to hold his/her lien on this post. The
University shall also pay leave salary, provident fund, and Pension contributions to the
institution, where he/she permanently employed, as admissible under the Rules.

8. The Pro Vice Chancellor shall be governed by the CCS (Conduct) Rules of the Government of
India as applicable from time to time.

POWERS AND FUNCTIONS:

The Pro Vice Chancellor shall assist the Vice Chancellor in respect of such matters as may be
specified by the Vice Chancellor in this behalf, from time to time, and shall also exercise such
powers and perform such duties as may be assigned or delegated to him/her by the Vice
chancellor.

*Revised Ordinance passed by the Executive Council at its 12th Meeting held on 16-09-2013
as per advice of the UGC/MHRD.

5
 REVISED ORDINANCE-3*

EMOLUMENTS AND TERMS & CONDITIONS OF SERVICE OF THE

REGISTRAR
(Under Section 28 (o) of the Act and 6(3) of Statutes of the
Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. The Registrar shall be a whole-time salaried officer appointed on the basis of direct
recruitment on the recommendation of a Selection Committee constituted for the purpose for a
tenure of five years which can be renewed for a similar term by the Executive Council and
shall be placed in the scale of pay as recommended by the University Grants Commission and
adopted by the Executive Council from time to time.

Provided that the Registrar shall retire on attaining the age of sixty-two years.

Where an employee of this university or any other Institution/Government and its

organizations is appointed as Registrar, he/she shall continue to be governed by the same
retirement benefit scheme, (namely General Provident Fund/ Contributory Provident Fund/
Pension/Gratuity/Transfer TA) to which he was entitled prior to his appointment as Registrar,
and till he/she shall continue to hold his/her lien on that post.

2. The terms and conditions of service of the Registrar shall be such as prescribed for other non-
teaching officers of the University.

3. If the services of the Registrar are borrowed from Government or any other
organization/Institution, the terms and conditions of his/her service shall be governed by the
deputation rules of the Government of India.

4. The Registrar shall be entitled to unfurnish residential accommodation for which he shall not
entitle to House Rent Allowance for which he shall pay a prescribed license fee. He is also
entitled to mobile and free telephone (with STD & ISD) service at his/her residence.

5. A Registrar on deputation may be repatriated earlier than the stipulated period by the
Executive Council on the recommendations of the Vice Chancellor.

6. The Registrar shall be entitled to such Leave, Allowances, Provident Fund and other, terminal
benefits as prescribed by the University from time to time for its non-teaching staff.

7. The Registrar shall be entitled to the facility of staff car between the office and his/her
residence.

8. The Registrar shall be entitled to receive TA, LTC, etc. as per UGC Guidelines and approved
by the Central Government from time to time.

9. The Registrar shall be governed by the CCS (Conduct) Rules of the Govt. of India as
applicable from time to time.

10. The Registrar may at any time terminate his engagement by giving three months notice (or
pay in lieu of notice period) to the Executive Council of the University.

11. The Register can be removed from office:

a) if she/he has been found to be maintaining indifferent health for long period of time so as to
adversely affect the working of the office of the Registrar.
6
 b) If she/he has been found to work against the interest of the University.

The Vice Chancellor shall constitute a Committee comprising of members not below the rank
of Professor on the matter and shall place the recommendation of the Committee to the
Executive Council, which resolution shall be final. In the case of removal, at least three fourth
of the total members of the Executive Council must be present, of which at least three fourth
should be in favour of the resolution for removal. The Chairman may exercise a casting vote.

*Revised Ordinance passed by the Executive Council at its 12th Meeting held on 16-09-2013
as per advice of the UGC/MHRD.

7
 REVISED ORDINANCE-4*

EMOLUMENTS AND TERMS & CONDITIONS OF SERVICE OF THE

FINANCE OFFICER
(Section 28 (o) of the Act and Statue 7(3) of Statutes of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. The Finance Officer shall be a whole-time salaried officer appointed on the basis of direct
recruitment on the recommendations of a Selection committee constituted for the purpose for a
tenure of five years which can be renewed for a similar term by the Executive Council and shall
be placed in the scale of pay as recommended by the University Grants Commission and adopted
by the Executive Council from time to time.

Provided that if the Finance Officer is appointed on deputation basis from an organization /
Accounts/ Audit service cadre, his/her salary shall be such as admissible to him/her according to
the rules of deputation of service to which he/she belongs.

Provided that the Finance Officer shall retire on attaining the age of sixty-two years.

Where an employee of this university or any other Institution /Government and its organizations is
appointed as Finance Officer, he/she shall continue to be governed by the same retirement
benefit scheme, (namely General Provident Fund/ Contributory Provident Fund/Pension/
Gratuity/Transfer TA) to which he was entitled prior to his appointment as Finance Officer, and till
he/she shall continue to hold his/her lien on that post.

2. The terms and conditions of service of the Finance Officer shall be such as prescribed for other
non-teaching officers of the University.

3. If the services of the Finance Officer are borrowed from Government or any other
organization/Institution, the terms and conditions of his/her service shall be governed by the
deputation rules of the Government of India.

4. A Finance Officer on deputation may be repatriated earlier than the stipulated period by the
Executive Council on the recommendations of the Vice Chancellor.

5. The Finance Officer shall be entitled to unfurnish residential accommodation for which he shall
not be entitled to House Rent Allowance for which he shall pay a prescribed license fee. He is
also entitled to a mobile phone and free telephone (with STD & ISD) service at his/her
residence.

6. The Finance Officer shall be entitled to the facility of staff car between the office and his/her
residence.

7. The Finance Officer shall be entitled to such Leave, Allowances, Provident Fund and other
terminal benefits as prescribed by the University from time to time for its non-teaching staff.

8. The Finance Officer shall be entitled to receive TA, LTC, etc. as per UGC guidelines and
approved by the Central Government from time to time.

9. The Finance Officer shall be governed by the CCS (Conduct) Rules of the Government of
India as applicable from time to time.

10. The Finance Officer may at any time terminate his engagement by giving three months notice
(or pay in lieu of notice period) to the Executive Council of the University.
8
 11. The Finance Officer can be removed from office:

a) if she/he has been found to be maintaining indifferent health for long period of time so as to
adversely affect the working of the office of the Finance Officer.

b) If she/he has been found to work against the interest of the University.

The Vice Chancellor shall constitute a Committee comprising of members not below the rank
of Professor on the matter and shall place the recommendation of the Committee to the
Executive Council, which resolution shall be final. In the case of removal, at least three fourth
of the total members of the Executive Council must be present, of which at least three fourth
should be in favour of the resolution for removal. The Chairman may exercise a casting vote.

*Revised Ordinance passed by the Executive Council at its 12th Meeting held on 16-09-2013
as per advice of the UGC/MHRD.

9
 REVISED ORDINANCE-5*

EMOLUMENTS AND TERMS & CONDITIONS OF SERVICE OF THE CONTROLLER OF EXAMINATIONS

(Under Section 28 (o) of Act and Statute 8(3) of Statutes of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. The Controller of Examinations shall be a whole-time salaried officer appointed on the basis of
direct recruitment on the recommendation of a Selection committee constituted for the purpose
for a tenure of five years which can be renewed for a similar term by the Executive Council and
shall be placed in the scale of pay as recommended by the University Grants Commission and
adopted by the Executive Council from time to time.

Provided that if the Controller of Examinations is appointed on deputation basis from any
organization his/her salary shall be such as admissible to him/her according to the rules of
deputation of service to which he/she/she belongs.

Provided that the Controller of Examinations shall retire on attaining the age of sixty two years.

Where an employee of this university or any other Institution/Government and its organizations is
appointed as Controller of Examinations, he/she shall continue to be governed by the same
retirement benefit scheme, (namely General Provident Fund/Contributory Provident
Fund/Pension/Gratuity/Transfer TA) to which he was entitled prior to his appointment as
Controller of Examinations, and till he/she shall continue to hold his/her lien on that post.

2. The terms and conditions of service of the Controller of Examinations shall be such as prescribed
for other non teaching officers of the University.

3. If the services of the Controller of Examinations are borrowed from Government or any other
organization / Institution, the terms and conditions of his/her service shall be governed by the
deputation rules of the Government of India.

4. A Controller of Examinations on deputation may be repatriated earlier than the stipulated period
by the Executive Council on the recommendations of the Vice Chancellor.

5. The Controller of Examinations shall be entitled to unfurnish residential accommodation for which
he will not be entitled to House Rent Allowance for which he shall pay a prescribed license
fee. He is also entitled to mobile phone and free telephone (with STD & ISD) service at his/her
residence.

6. The Controller of Examinations shall be entitled to such Leave, Allowances, Provident Fund and
other, terminal benefits as prescribed by the University from time to time for its non teaching staff.

7. The Controller of Examinations shall be entitled to the facility of staff car between the office and
his/her residence.

8. The Controller of Examinations shall be entitled to receive TA, LTC, etc. as per UGC
guidelines and approved by the Central Government from time to time.

9. The Controller of Examinations shall be governed by the CCS (Conduct) Rules of the
Government of India as applicable from time to time.

10. The Controller of Examinations may at any time terminate his engagement by giving three
months notice (or pay in lieu of notice period) to the Executive Council of the University.

11. The Controller of Examinations can be removed from office:

10
 a) if she/he has been found to be maintaining indifferent health for long period of time so as to
adversely affect the working of the office of the Controller of Examinations.

b) If she/he has been found to work against the interest of the University.

The Vice Chancellor shall constitute a Committee comprising of members not below the rank
of Professor on the matter and shall place the recommendation of the Committee to the
Executive Council, which resolution shall be final. In the case of removal, at least three fourth
of the total members of the Executive Council must be present, of which at least three fourth
should be in favour of the resolution for removal. The Chairman may exercise a casting vote.

*Revised Ordinance passed by the Executive Council at its 12th Meeting held on 16-09-2013
as per advice of the UGC/MHRD.

11
 REVISED ORDINANCE-6*

EMOLUMENTS AND TERMS & CONDITIONS OF SERVICE OF THE

LIBRARIAN
(Under Section 28 (o) of Act and Statute 9(2) of Statutes of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. The Librarian shall be a whole-time salaried officer appointed through direct recruitment on the
recommendation of a Selection committee constituted for the purpose for a tenure of five years
which can be renewed for a similar term by the Executive Council and shall be placed in the scale
of pay as recommended by the University Grants Commission and adopted by the Executive
Council from time to time.

Provided that if the Librarian is appointed on deputation basis from any organization his/her salary
shall be such as admissible to him/her according to the rules of deputation of service to which
he/she belongs.

Provided further that the Librarian shall retire on attaining the age of sixty two years.

Where an employee of this university or any other Institution / Government and its organizations
is appointed as Librarian, he/she shall continue to be governed by the same retirement benefit
scheme, (namely General Provident Fund/ Contributory Provident Fund/ Pension / Gratuity /
Transfer TA) to which he was entitled prior to his appointment as Librarian, and till he/she shall
continue to hold his/her lien on that post.

2. The terms and conditions of service of the Librarian shall be such as prescribed for other non
vocational officers of the University.

3. If the services of the Librarian are borrowed from Government or any other organization /
Institution, the terms and conditions of his/her service shall be governed by the deputation rules of
the Government of India.

4. A Librarian on deputation may be repatriated earlier than the stipulated period by the Executive
Council on the recommendations of the Vice Chancellor.

5. The Librarian shall be entitled to unfurnished residential accommodation for which he will not
entitled for House Rent Allowance. He is also entitled for free telephone service (with STD facility)
at his/her residence.

6. The Librarian shall be entitled to such Leave, Allowances, Provident Fund and other, terminal
benefits as prescribed by the University from time to time for its non vocational staff.

7. The Librarian shall be governed by the CCS (Conduct) Rules of the Government of India as
applicable from time to time.

8. The Librarian may at any time terminate his engagement by giving three months notice (or pay in
lieu of notice period) to the Executive Council of the University.

9. The Librarian can be removed from office:

a) if she/he has been found to be maintaining indifferent health for long period of time so as to
adversely affect the working of the office of the Librarian.

b) If she/he has been found to work against the interest of the University.
12
 The Vice Chancellor shall constitute a Committee comprising of members not below the rank
of Professor on the matter and shall place the recommendation of the Committee to the
Executive Council, which resolution shall be final. In the case of removal, at least three fourth
of the total members of the Executive Council must be present, of which at least three fourth
should be in favour of the resolution for removal. The Chairman may exercise a casting vote.

*Revised Ordinance passed by the Executive Council at its 12th Meeting held on 16-09-2013
as per advice of the UGC/MHRD.

13
 Amended Ordinance -7*

DEPARTMENTS IN SCHOOLS OF STUDIES

(Under Statute 15(5)(a) of the Statutes of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. The University shall have the following Schools of Studies and Departments/Centers within the School. The following
abbreviations and corresponding codes are assigned for the various Schools and the Departments:-

S No. Name of School(s) Abbreviation Code

1. School of Arts and Information Sciences (AIS) 10
a) Department of Journalism and Mass Communication (JMC) 11
b) Department of Library and Information Science (LIS) 15
c) Department of Fine Arts and Performing Arts (FAP) 16
d) Department of Music (DOM) 18

2. School of Humanities and Social Sciences (HSS) 20

a) Department of Ancient Indian History, Culture and Archeology (AIH ) 21
b) Department of Economics (ECO) 22
c) Department of History (HIS) 23
d) Department of Philosophy (PHL) 24
e) Department of Psychology (PSY) 25
f) Department of Political Science and Public Administration (PPA) 26
g) Department of Sociology and Social Work (SSW) 27

3. School of Languages (SOL) 30

a) Department of English and European Languages (EEL ) 31
b) Department of Hindi (HIN) 32
c) Department of Linguistics (LNG) 33
d) Department of Marathi (MRT) 34
e) Department of Sanskrit (SAN) 35
f) Department of Urdu and Persian (UAP) 36

4. School of Applied Sciences (SAS) 40

a) Department of Anthropology (ANT ) 41
b) Department of Criminology and Forensic Science (CFS) 42
c) Department of General and Applied Geography (GOG) 44
d) Centre for Studies on Indigenous Knowledge (INK) 45

5. School of Engineering and Technology (EAT) 50

a) Department of Applied Geology (GEO) 51
b) Department of Pharmaceutical Science (PHS) 54

6. School of Biological Science (SBS) 60

a) Department of Botany (BOT) 61
b) Department of Biotechnology (BIT) 62
c) Department of Microbiology (MIC) 64
d) Department of Zoology (ZOO) 65
e) Dept. of Environmental Scinece (ENS) 63

7. School of Chemical Sciences and Technology (SCT) 56

a) Department of Chemistry (CHE) 66

8. School of Mathematical and Physical Sciences (MPS) 70

a) Department of Computer Science and Applications (CSA) 71

14
 b) Department of Mathematics and Statistics (MTS) 72
c) Department of Physics (PHY) 73
d) Department of Vedic Studies (VES) 74

9. School of Commerce and Management (SCM) 80

a) Department of Commerce (COM) 81
b) Department of Business Management (BUM) 82

10. School of Law (SAL) 90

a) Department of Law (LAW) 91

11. School of Educational Studies (SES) 94

a) Department of Education (EDU) 95

b) Department of Physical Education (PED) 96

c) Department of Yoga Education (YSC) 97

d) Department of Lifelong Education (AED) 98

2. The University may add New Department(s)/ Centre(s) to a School that does not exist presently after approval of
the Executive Council on the recommendation of the Academic Council.

*Amended by the Executive Council at its 30th Meeting held on 11-03-2023.

15
 Amended Ordinance-8*

CONSTITUTION OF THE BOARDS OF STUDIES AND

TERM OF OFFICE OF ITS MEMBERS
(Under Section 23 of the Act and Statute 16(2) of the Statutes of the Central Universities)

1. Each Department shall have a Board of Studies comprising the following members:
a. Head of the Department-Chairman (Ex-officio)
b. All the Professors of the Department/Centre.
c. The senior most Associate Professor and the senior most Assistant Professor by rotation shall be a member of
Board of Studies to be nominated by the Vice-Chancellor.
d. Two faculty members nominated by the Vice-Chancellor from amongst the faculty members belonging to
allied/cognate subjects.

Two external members shall be nominated by the Vice-Chancellor for a period of three years.

Two experts may be invited by the Chairman in case there is need for these person’s inputs
for specialized area.

2. The appointment of members specified at c and d shall be for a period of three years.

3. A Teacher of the University Department/Centre shall cease to be a member if he/she ceases to be a teacher of the
concerned Department/Centre.

4. Any casual vacancy may be filled for the residual period.

5. The Board of Studies shall meet at least twice during an Academic Session. One Meeting may be held with the
internal members. The other meeting s hould be held with external members also, especially where the synopsis of
the thesis of Ph.D. candidate and syllabi for various programmes are to be considered.

6. The quorum for the Board of Studies Meetings shall be 50% of the members.

7. In the absence of the Chairman, the senior-most member present shall act as Chairman for that meeting.

The Dean of the School may direct to convene a meeting of the Board of Studies to consider any matter brought
before him/her.

*Ordinance No.-8 has been amended by the Executive Council in its meeting dated 08/02/2016 and approved by the
President of India in his capacity as Visitor of the Vishwavidyalaya, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter
No.F.56-5/2016-CU. IV Dated: 10.05.2016. Amended Ordinance No.8 was published in Gazette of India on 24 April
2017.

16
 Amended ORDINANCE-9*

Heads of the Department/Centers and their functions

(Under Section 28(1((o) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. Each Department/Centre shall have a Head who shall be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor from amongst
the Professors for a period not exceeding three years, by rotation;

Provided that where in any Department there is only one Professor or there is no Professor, the Vice-
Chancellor may also appoint one of the Associate Professors as the Head of the Department/ Centre for
a period not exceeding three years;

Provided there is no Professor or Associate Professor in the Department/Centre in that case Vice-
Chancellor may appoint any Professor from the same school or in case there is no Professor or Associate
Professor in that School any Professor as he may deem fit.

Provided further that the person appointed as the Head of the Department/Centre shall hold the office for
the duration of appointment from the date he/she is appointed Head, unless he/she ceases to be a
member of the staff or resigns from the Headship.

2. The Head of a Department shall convene and preside over meetings of the Department which shall be
held at least twice in a semester.

3. The Head of the Department/Centre shall work under the general guidance and supervision of the Dean
and be responsible for the following:

(a) To organize and supervise the teaching and research activities in the Department;
(b) To frame the time table in conformity with the allocation of the teaching work made by the
Department;
(c) To maintain discipline in the class room and laboratories through teachers;
(d) To assign to the teachers in the Department such duties as may be necessary for the proper
functioning of the Department;
(e) To assign work and exercise control over the non-teaching staff in the Department; and
(f) To perform such other functions as may be assigned to him / her from time to time by the Dean, the
Board of the School concerned, the Academic Council, the Executive Council and the Vice-
Chancellor.

*Amended by the Executive Council in its 17th Meeting dated 25.08.2015 and approved by the
President of India in his capacity as Visitor of the Vishwavidyalaya vide Id Note No.CIII-07027/1/2016-
CA-III dated 21.03.2018 as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-5/2016-CU.IV dated
26.03.2018 and published in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, June 27,
2018.

17
 Amended Ordinance -10*

ADMISSION AND REGISTRATION OF STUDENTS TO THE UNIVERSITY

(For Regular on Campus Education)
(Under sections 6(xviii) and 28(1)(a) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. ADMISSIONS TO THE UNIVERSITY

(i) All the admissions will be done on the basis of All India Entrance Test conducted by the University
individually or jointly with amongst the 15 New Central Universities established by the Central
Universities Act, 2009.
(ii) Application form for admission to the various programs offered by University shall be as prescribed by
Academic Council/ or any other body, from time to time.
(iii) The last date for the receipt of application for admission to various Schools for the University shall be
fixed each year by the Academic Council.
(iv) The last date for admission to the Schools of the University shall be fixed each year by Academic
Council.
(v) The number of student to be admitted in the Departments/ Schools of the University in the coming
session shall be prescribed each year by the Academic Council. Minimum qualifications for admission
to the programs in various Departments shall be prescribed by the Dean of the School in consultation
with the Heads of the Departments /Centers each year, subject to the concessions provided for by the
Regulations. Candidates shall be admitted to the various programs in order of merit.
(vi) Such candidates who satisfy the requisite qualification may be considered for admission on the basis
of the academic record, and performance of the applicant in entrance test/interview as may be
prescribed in respect to each program.
(vii) Only such candidates, who have passed in examination of an Indian University/ Board incorporated
by any law for the time being in force, or such other examination as has been recognized equivalent,
shall be considered for admission.
(viii) Reservation of seats for SC/ST/OBC/ physically handicapped, foreign students shall be as per
Government of India rules/norms in this regard.
(ix) Reservation of seats for the war widows/wards of armed forces personnel killed/disabled in action or
during Peace time shall be as per Government of India rules/norms in this regard.
(x) No student shall ordinarily be admitted to more than one program at a time.

Note: Students admitted to a regular program in the University are permitted to pursue part-time evening
certificate, diploma courses of professional nature in other Institutions.

(xi) A candidate shall be admitted to the course in a School/Department on his registration as a student of
the University after paying the registration fee.
(xii) A student admitted to the University shall be member either of a Hall of Residence/Hostel or Non-
Resident Students of the University.
(xiii) If at any time, it is discovered that a candidate has made a false or incorrect statement or other
fraudulent means have been used for securing admission, his/her name shall be removed from the
rolls of the University.
(xiv) After the counseling, the list of qualified candidates shall be submitted to the Chairman of
Registration Committee/Deans of Schools/Heads of Departments for registration.

2. REGISTRATION IN THE UNIVERSITY

(i) There shall be a Registration Committee constituted by Dean of School /Head of the Department
concerned to enroll the admitted students.
(ii) The Dean of the School shall be the Chairman of registration committee of that School.
(iii) Every student has to be registered on the specified date of the registration, failing which he student
may be registered with prescribed late fee as per Academic Calendar.
(iv) The registration forms shall be filled in by the students in triplicate. One copy of which should be
given to students registered after counter signed by the Dean of the School/ Head of the Department.
The second copy should be retained by the Dean of the School/ Head of the Department for further
records. Third duly completed copy, will be submitted to the office of Director, Academic Affairs.
18
 (v) If the subjects opted by the student belong to two different schools, the student will be registered in
the School where two subjects belong to the school.
(vi) If all the subjects offered by the student belong to different schools, the registration should not be
denied by any of the school where the student wishes to register.
(vii) The student shall use the copy of registration form as the admit card for examinations, identity card or
other references as desired.
(viii) Heads of the Departments shall complete the registration for P.G. courses and Deans of the Schools
for U.G. courses.
(ix) The registration numbers to the students shall be allotted in a specified pattern as assigned by office
of the Director of Academic Affairs.
(x) There shall be registration in each semester in each academic session.
(xi) All the previous records of the students registered in various courses/programs shall be maintained
by Heads of the Departments for P.G. and Dean of the Schools for U.G. programs.

(xii) The student securing less than 2.00 Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) in 7-point grade scale, in
more than one semester, shall not be registered in subsequent odd semester. For example, students
with less than 2.00 SGPA in both the first and second semesters shall not be registered in the third
semester. Similarly, a student with less than 2.00 SGPA, in any two of first to fourth semesters, will
not be registered in fifth semester and so on. This clause is not applicable to Ph.D. students.
However, for students admitted in session 2015-16, the new guideline as mentioned in Ordinance
22(A) will apply.

(xiii) Students registered in any odd semester are entitled for registration in ensuing even semester.
However, a Ph.D. student who fails to secure the minimum SGPA/CGPA in Course Work as required
in Ordinance 23 shall not be registered in second semester.

*Reframed by the Executive Council in its 16th meeting dated 14.05.2015 as per the advice of the UGC and
approved by the President of India in his capacity as Visitor of the Vishwavidyalaya, vide Id Note No. CIII-
07027/1/2016-CA-III dated 21.03.2018 as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No. F. 56- 5/2016- CU. IV Dated:
26.03.2018, and were published in the Gazette of India on 27 June 2018

19
 ORDINANCE-11*

PROCEDURE/NORMS FOR APPOINTMENT TO THE POSTS OF

PROFESSOR, ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR AND ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
(Under Statute 18 (4) of the Statutes of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. The University will issue all-India advertisement for recruitment to the teaching posts in leading national
dailies giving at least 45 days time and make appointments there-to on all India basis on the
recommendations of the Selection Committee as constituted in Statute 18(2).

2. In order to attract best talent, the University may make rolling advertisements whereby eligible candidates
can submit their applications for different faculty positions throughout the year.

3. The Chairman-Convener shall issue to each member of the Selection Committee a Notice, not less than
ten days before the meeting, stating the time and venue of the meeting. Meeting of the Selection
Committee shall be fixed after prior consultation with, and subject to the convenience of Visitor’s nominee
and of the experts nominated by the Executive Council.

4. The Chairman-Convener shall be entitled to vote at the Selection Committee meeting and shall have a
casting vote in the case of a tie.

5. The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be submitted to the Executive Council and orders
of appointment shall be issued after the approval of the Executive Council in accordance with Statute 12(2)
(ii).

6. The terms and conditions with regard to the minimum qualifications and other terms and conditions as
prescribed by the UGC from time to time, shall be followed.

In addition to the above, the Vice-Chancellor may recommend, (in consultation with the concerned Dean
and Head of the Department) to the Academic Council such specialization or any other condition as
required for the post to be filled up.

7. The prescribed qualification and experience will be minimum, and the mere fact that a candidate
possessing the same will not entitle him / her for being called for interview.

8. The University will have the right to restrict the number of candidates to be called for interview, based on
the recommendations of the Screening Committee constituted as per the Regulations for this purpose, to a
reasonable number on the basis of qualifications and experience higher than the minimum prescribed or
by any other condition that it may deem fit.

9. It would be open to the Executive Council to offer appointment to suitable persons who may not have
applied in accordance with Statute 19(1).

10. The rules and procedures prescribed by the Govt. of India in respect of the Reserved categories shall be
followed as provided in Section 7 of the University Act.

11. The Selection procedure shall be as laid down by the UGC Regulations on Minimum Qualifications for
Appointment of Teachers and Other Academic staff in Universities and Colleges and Measures for
Maintenance of Standards in Higher Education – 2010 and as amended from time to time.

12. If case of selection of two or more persons on the same date, the recommendations shall invariably be
made in order of merit of the selected candidates for the purpose of determining seniority in service.

13. No recommendations should be made with a condition attached to the occurrence of the future events.

20
14. The Selection Committee, after considering a candidate for the post of Professor or Associate Professor,
may, if it is of the opinion that he or she will be suitable choice for the next lower post, can make such
recommendation.

15. The statutory provision for relaxing of age, minimum qualification, experience etc. prescribed in case of the
candidates belonging to SC/ST/OBC/PH categories will be made applicable to them.

16. If any candidate is recommended by the Selection Committee for appointment in relaxation of any of the
prescribed conditions relating to qualifications, age, experience etc., it shall be so stated and recorded.

17. When the Selection Committee considers it fit to recommend a higher initial pay or advance increments to
be offered to a selected candidate, it shall be as per the UGC Regulation referred to above.

18. Number of posts advertised may be treated as tentative. The University shall have the right to
increase/decrease the number of posts at the time of selection and make appointments accordingly.

19. The in-service candidates should apply through Proper Channel.

20. Outstation candidates belonging to SC/ST categories called for interview will be paid to and fro 2nd AC
railway fare towards journey expenses on production of tickets/proof.

21. Canvassing in any form on behalf of any candidate will disqualify such candidate.

22. The Chairman-Convener shall have the power to lay-down the procedure in respect of any matter not
mentioned in the Act/Statute/Ordinance.

23. The Selection Committee’s recommendations, when approved by the Executive Council, shall remain valid
for a period of one year from the date of such approval.

24. The application forms will be sold and registration fee collected at the rates prescribed by the University
from time to time. The SC/ST/Physically Challenged candidates need not pay Registration Fee.

25. In case of any dispute, suite or legal proceedings against the University, the jurisdiction shall be restricted
to the High Court of Madhya Pradesh, Jabalpur.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt. of
India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-11-2012,
and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the Gazette of India,
Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, March 28, 2017.

21
 ORDINANCE-12*

PROCEDURE FOR PROMOTIONS OF ASSISTANT PROFESSOR

AND ASSOCIATE PROFRESSOR

The promotion through career advancement of Assistant Professors/Associate Professors/ Professor

in the university shall be governed by the Norms/Regulations prescribed by the University Grants
Commission in vogue and as amended from time to time.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt. of
India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-11-2012,
and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the Gazette of India,
Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017.

22
 ORDINANCE 13*

WRITTEN CONTRACT OF APPOINTMENTS

Every teacher and member of the academic staff of the University shall be appointed on a written
contract, the form of which is hereby prescribed and appended to this ordinance”.

TO BE TYPED ON NON-JUDICIAL STAMP PAPER

& SUBMIT ONE ORIGINAL AND TWO COPIES THEREOF.

SERVICE CONTRACT

ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT EXECUTED his / her the ______________________ day of

_____________________the year Two Thousand the _________________Year of the Republic of
India between _______________________S/o/D/oW/o______________________________aged
________________ years, residing at _______________________ ________________ of the first
part (hereinafter called ‘the party of the first part’) and the Central University of ______________of
the second part.

WHEREAS the Dr. Hari Singh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar, (M.P.) (hereinafter referred in as
“the University”) have engaged the party of the first part as
___________________________(Designation) and the party of the first part has agreed to serve the
University on the terms and conditions hereinafter contained;

Now these present witness and the parties here to respectively agree as follows:

1. The party of the first part shall submit to the orders of the University and of the authorities under
whom he may from time to time, be placed by the University and shall remain in the service
commencing from the date of joining duty ___________ (Date) subject to the terms and
conditions herein contained.

2. The party of the first part shall devote his / her whole time and attention efficiently and diligently to
his / her duties and at all time obey the rules including the University Service Conduct Rules
prescribed for the time being for the regulations of the branch of the University to which he may
be attached and shall whenever required to perform such duties as may be assigned to him / her
from time to time.

3. The party of the first part shall be of the Teacher’s / Officer’s rank and his / her status shall be that
of _________________ (Designation) in ________________ (Department / Centre/Office) as on
the date of appointment.

4. The party of the first part shall be from the date of coming into force of this contract, be granted
Rs.________________________ (Basic Pay including the grade pay of
Rs._______________________) in the pay scale of Rs.___________________________.
He/she shall also be eligible for the usual allowance as admissible under the rules of the
University in force.

5. The party of the first shall, during the period of his/ her agreement earn leave according to the
rules applicable to him/her.

6. If the party of the first part is required to travel in the interest of the University Service; he/she
shall be entitled to travelling allowance on the scale applicable to the Officers of equal rank in the
University.

23
7. His/her agreement may be terminated at any time within the said period of the age of
superannuation by either party, by giving three months’ notice in writing to the other, provided
always that either party may in lieu of the notice, give to the other party a sum equal to the salary
of the period which may fall short of three months.

8. The party of the first part shall be eligible to the benefit of the University Provident Fund / Pension
/ New Pension Scheme according to the rules applicable.

9. The Party of the first part shall submit himself / herself for Self Appraisal PABS methodology as
prescribed by the UGC as notified and amended from time to time.

10. In regard to any matter in respect of which no provision has been made in this agreement, the
provision of the rules made or deemed to have been made under Article 309 B & 313 of the
Constitution of India, the provisions of any Act or Rule made by the University in regard to the
employees borne in the category of the Teacher / Officer in the University service shall apply to
the extent to which they are applicable to the service of the party of the first part under this
agreement and the decision of the University as their applicability shall be final.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF ____________________________________ the party of the first part

and the (Name) Registrar acting for and on behalf of and by the order and
direction of the Executive Council, have hereunto set their hands in the
______________________ year of the REPUBLIC OF INDIA.

SIGNED BY THE PARTY OF THE FIRST PART:

IN THE PRESENCE OF:
Witness: 1) 2)

24
 WRITTEN CONTRACT FOR SHORT-TERM APPOINTMENT

Memorandum of Agreement made this the …………………………………….. day of

…………………………….. Two Thousand and ………………………………………………………
between (hereinafter called the ‘Teacher’) on the first part, and the Dr. Hari Singh Gour
Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar (M.P.) a body corporate constituted under the Central Universities Act, 2009
(No.25 of 2009) hereinafter called the ‘University’) on the second part.
It is hereby agreed as follows:

1. That the University hereby appoints…………………………. to be a member of the teaching

staff of the University with effect from the …………………….and the said
………………………hereby accepts the engagement, and undertakes to take such part in the
activities of the University and perform such duties in the University as may be required by
and in accordance with the said Act, Statutes and Ordinances framed there under, for the time
being in force, whether the same relate to organisation of instruction, or teaching, or research
or the examination of students or their discipline of their welfare, and generally to act under
the direction of the authorities of the University.

2. That the said ……………… shall be a whole-time teacher of the University and unless the
contract is terminated by the Executive Council or by the teacher before the expiry of the term
of his appointment for which he is appointed or is terminated as hereinafter provided, shall
continue in the service of the University for the period of his appointment as aforesaid.

3. That the University shall pay ……………………….. during the continuance of his engagement
hereunder as a remuneration of his services a basic pay of Rs.………………………., including
grade pay of Rs………………. in the scale of pay…………….plus usual allowances per
mensem, raising by annual increments of Rs.…………………. to a maximum pay of Rs.
……………………… per mensem.

Provided that no increment shall be withheld or postponed save by a resolution of the

Executive Council on a reference by the Vice-Chancellor to it, and after the teacher has been
given sufficient opportunity to make his written representation.

4. That the said teacher agrees to be bound by the Statutes, Ordinances, Regulations and Rules
for the time being in force in the University, provided that no change in the terms and
conditions of service of teacher shall be made after his appointment in regard to designation,
scale of pay, increment and provident fund so as to adversely affect him.

5. That the teacher shall devote his whole-time to the service of the University and shall not,
without the written permission of the University, engage, directly or indirectly, in any trade or
business whatsoever, or in any private tuition or other work to which any emolument or
honorarium is attached, but this prohibition shall not apply to work undertaken in connection
with the examination of Universities or learned bodies or public service commission, or to any
literary work or publication or radio talk or extension lectures, or with the permission of the
Vice Chancellor, to any other academic work.

6. It is further agreed that this engagement shall be liable to be determined before the expiry of
the aforesaid period of appointment by the University except on the grounds specified and in
accordance with the procedure laid down in Statute 25 of the Statutes of the University.

25
 7. The teacher may at any time, terminate his engagement by giving one month notice in writing
or salary in lieu thereof to the Executive Council, provided that the Executive Council may
waive the requirement of notice at its discretion.

8. On the termination of this engagement, from whatever cause, teacher shall deliver up to the
University all books, apparatus, records and such other articles belonging to the University as
may be due from him.

In witness whereof the parties hereto affix their hands and seal.
Signature:
Designation:
In the presence of:
1. Signature 2. Signature:

Designation Designation

Signed and sealed on behalf of the University under the authority of the Executive Council by:
Signature:
Designation:
In the presence of:
1. Signature 2. Signature:

Designation Designation

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt. of
India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-11-2012,
and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the Gazette of India,
Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

26
 ORDINANCE-14*

CONDITIONS OF SERVICE OF TEACHERS

(Under Section 28 (1) (o) of the Act and
Statute 22(1) of Statutes of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

Teachers of the University means Professors, Associate Professors, Assistant Professors and such
other persons as may be appointed for imparting instruction or conducting research in the University
or in any College or Institution maintained by the University and are designated as teachers by the
Ordinances.

1. Teacher to be a whole time employee of the University shall be a whole-time salaried

employee of the University and shall devote his / her whole-time to the University and does
not include honorary, visiting, part-time and ad-hoc teachers.

Provided that nothing contained in this Ordinance shall apply to the work undertaken in
connection with the examination of Universities or learned bodies or Public Service
Commissions or to any literary work or publication or radio / television talk or extension
lectures or to any other academic work with the permission of the Vice-Chancellor.

No whole-time salaried teacher of the University shall without the permission of the Executive
Council engage directly or indirectly in any trade or business whatsoever or any private tuition
or other work to which any emolument or honorarium is attached. However, teachers may
engage in consultancy work as per UGC guidelines and with prior approval of the University.

2. Nature of Duties:

Every teacher shall undertake to take part in such activities of the University and perform such
duties in the University as may be required by and in accordance with the Act, the Statutes
and Ordinances framed there-under, for the time being in force, whether the same relate to
organization of teaching, research, extension, examination of students, their discipline,
welfare, and generally to act under the direction of the authorities of the University.

3. Period of Probation and Confirmation:

The minimum period of probation shall be one year extendable by a maximum period of one
more year in case of unsatisfactory performance.

Provided that the Executive Council for the reasons recorded, may waive the condition of
probation.
Provided further that the condition of probation shall not apply in case of teachers appointed
by the Executive Council under the Statute 19 (1).

The confirmation at the end of one year shall be automatic, unless extended for another year
by a specific order, before expiry of the first year.

Probation and confirmation rules shall be as applicable only at the initial stage of recruitment,
issued from time to time, by Central Government.

All other Central Government rules on probation and confirmation shall be applicable mutatis
mutandis.

27
4. Confirmation:

It shall be the duty of the Registrar to place before the Executive Council the case of
Confirmation of a teacher on probation, not later than forty days before the end of the period of
probation.

The Executive Council may then either confirm the teacher or decide not to confirm him, or
extend the period of probation so as not to exceed twenty-four months in all.

In case the Executive Council decides not to confirm the teacher, whether before the end of
twenty-four months’ period of his / her probation, or before the end of the extended period of
probation, as the case may be, he shall be informed in writing to that effect, not later than
thirty days before the expiration of that period.

Provided that the decision not to confirm a teacher shall require a two-third majority of the
members of the Executive Council present and voting.

5. Increment:

Every teacher shall be entitled to increment in his / her scale of pay, unless the same is
withheld or postponed by a resolution of the Executive Council and after the teacher has been
given due opportunity to make his / her written representation.

6. Age of retirement:

Subject to the provision of Statute 25, every teacher confirmed in the service of the University,
shall continue in such service until he/ she attains the age of superannuation as prescribed by
the UGC and Govt. of India from time to time.

Provided further that if the date of Superannuation of a teacher falls at any time during the
Academic Session, the Executive Council may on the recommendation of the Vice-Chancellor
re-employ the teacher for any period up to the end of the academic session, with a view not to
disturb the teaching work of the Department / Centre.

In special cases, a teacher on his / her attaining the age of superannuation, may be re-
employed on a contract in keeping with the regulations in this behalf as issued by the UGC
from time to time.

7. Variations in terms and conditions of service:

Every teacher shall be bound to act in conformity with the Statutes, Ordinances, Regulations
and rules of the University as well as a code of professional ethics as may be formulated by
the University.

Provided that no change in the terms and conditions of service of a teacher shall be made
after his / her appointment in regard to designation, scale of pay, increment, provident fund,
retirement benefits, age of retirement, probation, confirmation, leave; leave salary and removal
from service so as to adversely affect him.

28
8. Professional Code of Conduct:

Every teacher of the University shall abide by the Code of Conduct framed by the University
and the following lapses would constitute misconduct on the part of a University teacher.

i) Any lapse in performing his/ her duties as assigned by the university from time to time.

ii) Gross partiality in assessment of the students, deliberately over marking/under marking
or attempts at victimization on any ground.

iii) Inciting students against other students, colleagues or administration (This does not
interfere with the right of a teacher to express his / her difference of opinion on
principles in seminars and other places where students are present) or any other such
actions which are against the interest of the university.

iv) Indulging in communal activities, or making inappropriate remarks on caste, creed,

religion, race or sex in his / her relationship with his / her colleagues and trying to use
the above considerations for improvement of his / her prospects or any other such
actions which are against the interest of the university.

v) Refusal to carry out the decisions by appropriate administrative and academic bodies
and / or functionaries of the University.

vi) Indulging in Plagiarism of any sort within the legal meaning, interpretation and
expression of the term.

9. Resignation:

A whole-time salaried teacher may, at any time, terminate his / her contract by giving the
University three months’ notice in writing or on payment to the University of three months
salary in lieu thereof. The notice period shall be one month in case of probationers,
contractual, temporary and ad-hoc teachers or salary in lieu thereof.

Provided that the Executive Council may waive the requirement of notice at its discretion.

10. Contract:

The written contract between a teacher and the University required to be entered into under
Section 33 (1) of Central Universities Act shall be in the form prescribed by the Ordinances.

11 Fixation of pay of re-employed pensioners

As per the Government of India Rules issued from time to time.

12. Teaching Days, Work Load And Leave Rules

The rules and conditions governing number of teaching days, work load and leave rules shall
be as prescribed by the UGC and Govt. of India from time to time.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt. of India, as
communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-11-2012, and letter F.No.56-
7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-
4, New Delhi, March 28, 2017.

29
 ORDINANCE-15*

SENSITIZATION, PREVENTION AND

REDRESSAL OF SEXUAL HARASSMENT (SPARSH)
(Under Section 28(n) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

Gender equity, including protection from sexual harassment and right to work with dignity is universally
recognized basic human right. Eradication of social evils has been the prime aim of Constitution of India.
Article 15 of the Constitution of India prohibits discrimination on grounds of religion, race caste, sex, or place
of birth. Article 42 makes provision for securing just and human conditions of work. Article 51-A(e) makes it
incumbent on every citizen to promote harmony and spirit of the common brotherhood amongst all the people
of India transcending religious, linguistic, and regional or sectional diversities; to renounce practices
derogatory to the dignity of women. India is also a signatory to the convention on the “Elimination forms of
discrimination against women.” Resultantly, Dr. Hari Singh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar hereby introduces
and enforces Ordinance titled “Sensitization, Prevention and Redressal of Sexual harassment.”

Bodies of SPARSH:

SPARSH shall include the Apex body of (SPARSH) (ABS) and the University Complaints Committee (UCC).
The ABS shall aim to sensitize and work to prevent sexual harassment in the university. The UCC shall
consider complaints regarding sexual harassment, and will conduct enquiries, suggesting suitable action.

Functions, Powers and duties of ABS:

i. To uphold the commitment of Dr. Hari Singh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar to provide campus
environment free of gender-based discrimination, sexual harassment and other acts of gender-based
violence.
ii. To promote a social and psychological environment, which will raise awareness about gender based
discrimination and prevent sexual harassment and other acts of gender based violence.
iii. To generate awareness about gender based discrimination, sexual harassment and other acts of
gender based violence.

Functions, powers and Duties of UCC:

i. To fulfill the directives of the Supreme Court enjoining all employees to develop and implement a policy
against sexual harassment at the workplace.
ii. To evolve a permanent mechanism for prevention and redressal of gender based discrimination, sexual
harassment and other acts of gender based violence.
iii. To ensure that the provisions of the ordinance are implemented in letter and spirit through proper
reporting and redressal of the complaints.

Operational definitions:
i Sexual harassment: This shall include such unwelcome sexual behaviour (whether directly or by
implication) as:
a. Unwanted physical contact and advances.
b. A demand or request for sexual favours.
c. Sexually-coloured remarks
d. Displaying pornography
e. Any other unwelcome physical, verbal or non-verbal conduct of sexual nature
ii Academic staff: This shall include any person on the staff of the university who is appointed to a
teaching and/or research post, whether full time, temporary, adhoc, part time, visiting, honorary, or on special
duty, or employees on muster roll/daily wage/casual or project basis.
iii Campus: This includes all the places vested, controlled and/or administered by
Dr. Hari Singh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar.
iv Non-governmental Organization (NGO): This shall include any NGO registered under the
Societies Registration Act or is a public Charitable Trust. Such an NGO should be engaged in work
30
connected with gender equality.
v Counsellor: This shall include any women from among the staff, who has expertise in social and
personal counseling on matters arising out of incidents of sexual harassment.
vi Non-teaching staff: This shall include any person on the staff of the university who is not appointed
to a teaching and/or research post, whether full time, temporary, ad-hoc, part time, on daily wages, on
honorary or on special duty, or deputation, and shall include employees on muster roll/daily wage/casual or
project basis.
vii Resident: This shall include any person who is a temporary or a permanent resident occupying any
accommodation or premises managed and/or allotted by Dr. Hari Singh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar (M.P.)
viii Service provider: This shall include any person who runs or manages commercial enterprises, or
provides services on the campus.

5. Constitution of ABS:

The ABS committee shall consist of the following members, who will be nominated by the Vice-Chancellor.
i. The Chairperson, a women nominated by the Vice-Chancellor, Dr. Hari Singh Gour Vishwavidyalaya,
Sagar from amongst the faculty members.
ii. Five members representing various faculties/centers of the University, of which at least three shall be
women.
iii. Two students representatives of which at least one be girl student (names to be proposed by Dean,
Students’ Affairs for Vice-Chancellor’s approval).
iv. Two members from the non-teaching staff, of which at least one should be women.
v. One woman NGO representative.
vi. One woman counselor.

6. Constitution of UCC:

The Vice-Chancellor shall nominate the members of UCC from among the members of the Apex Committee. It
shall comprise of the following.
i. Five (at least three women) teacher representatives.
ii. One non-teaching staff representative of the University.
iii. One person, with known contribution to women’s issues, to be co-opted from outside the University,
who could be an NGO representative.
iv. The chairperson shall be elected from amongst the above-mentioned members.
v. One member-secretary shall also be elected from amongst the above-mentioned members.

7. Term of office of chairperson and members of ABS and UCC:

i. The chairperson and members shall hold office, as such, for a term of two years from the date on which
they assume office.
ii. Provided that no chairperson or any member shall hold office for more than two terms.

8. Vacancy in the office of chairperson or members of ABS/UCC:

If the office of the chairperson or any other members becomes vacant, or if either of them remains absent
without written intimation for three consecutive meetings, or for two months, whichever is more, another
member may be appointed to fill in the vacancy. The new chairperson/member shall be nominated by the
Vice-Chancellor.

9. Procedures for Transaction of Business of ABS:

i. The ABS will hold at least five meetings/ programmes in an academic year, with not more than 2 months gap
between the two meetings.
ii. Proceedings of all the meetings shall be recorded, confirmed and adopted by ABS members.
iii. Any member may request the chairperson to call an emergent meeting of the ABS for which at least 24 hours
advance notice shall be given. The quorum for the meeting shall be one third members of the ABS.
31
10. Procedure for Filing Complaints with the UCC:

i. Wide publicity to be given for filing complaints.

ii. Complaints to be registered in strict confidence.
iii. Taking cognizance of complaints about sexual harassment, the UCC shall conduct enquiries, provide
assistance and redressal to the victims, recommend penalties and other action to be taken.
iv. Any student resident, service provider, outsider, faculty member or non-teaching staff may make a complaint of
sexual harassment against a student, resident, service provider, outsiders, faculty members or non-teaching-
staff.
v. The party may lodge a complaint directly to the Vice-Chancellor, or to any member of the UCC.
vi. The complaint may be oral or in writing. If it is oral, it shall be put into writing by the UCC.
vii. The UCC may hear both the parties (Complainant and the accused) in a manner as it may deem appropriate,
and determine the course of action that the situation merits.
viii. viii.The UCC will be responsible for conducting a formal enquiry against the student/teacher/non-teaching staff
member/service provider allegedly involved in a case on the basis of its findings during the preliminary enquiry.
ix. The inquiry shall be conducted under the rules and procedure already laid down by the University and will be in
conformity with the principles of natural justice.
x. The formal inquiry shall commence within a week and shall be completed within two months from the date of its
reference. If the UCC finds it impractical to dispose of the case within the given time, it will be recorded in
writing, and the period may be extended by the Vice-chancellor.

11. Penalties:

These shall be awarded as per University rules for employees. In case of students/service providers, they
could include
 Warning
 Debarring entry into hostel/campus
 Withholding results
 Expulsion from the university
 Denial of re-admission
 Written apology
 Bond of good behaviour

Note: In case of harassment by an outsider, that is, a person unconnected with the University, the university
authorities shall initiate action by making a complaint with the appropriate authorities.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt. of India, as
communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-11-2012, and letter F.No.56-
7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-
4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

32
 ORDINANCE-16*

Curbing the Menace of Ragging in Higher Educational Institutions

(Under Section 28 (n) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

Ragging is prohibited and punishable under the UGC Regulations on “Curbing the Menace of
Ragging in Higher Educational Institutions (2009)” as issued and amended by the UGC from time to
time.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt. of
India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-11-2012,
and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the Gazette of India,
Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

33
 REVISED ORDINANCE-17*

General Rules

“DOCTOR HARISINGH GOUR VISHWAVIDYALAYA, SAGAR, M.P.”

CADRE RECRUITMENT RULES
NON-TEACHING AND OTHER ACADEMIC POSTS 2022

The Executive Council of the “Doctor Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar, Madhya
Pradesh”, in exercise of the powers conferred under Section-28(2) and Section 12 (2) (i) &(iv) of
the Central Universities Act, 2009,read with Statutes 22 and 23 (2) of the Second Schedule
contained in “The Central Universities Act, 2009” and in supersession of existing Recruitment
Rules(Non-teaching & Other Academic posts) 2018, hereby frames the following rules for
regulating the recruitment to the Non-Teaching and Other Academic Posts in the University under
Revised Ordinance No.17.

1. SHORT TITLE AND COMMENCEMENT:

1.1 These Rules shall be called Central University Non-teaching and Other Academic Posts
Recruitment Rules 2022 of “Doctor Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar, Madhya
Pradesh”.

1.2 These Rules shall come into force with effect from the date of issue of notification by the
University.

2. DEFINITION:

In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires:

2.1 ‘Act’ shall mean the” Central Universities Act, 2009”as amended from time to time.
2.2 ‘Executive Council’ shall mean the Executive Council of “Doctor Harisingh Gour
Vishwavidyalaya”.
2.3 ‘Appointing Authority’ in relation to any post in the University shall imply the
authority competent to make appointment to that post under the Act / Statute /
Ordinances/CRRs/Regulations of the University as amended from time to time.
2.4 'Cadre' shall mean the strength of service or a part of service sanctioned as a
separate unit.
2.5 'Departmental Candidate' shall mean the employee working on regular basis in the
“Doctor Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya” against a substantive post in the
University but does not include an employee working on ad-hoc, daily wage, contract, or
temporary basis.
2.6 ‘Direct Recruitment' shall mean the recruitment made other than by promotion,
deputation or absorption.
2.7 'Government' shall mean the Government of India.
2.8 ‘Non-Teaching Employee’ shall mean an employee of the University other than the
teachers of the University.
2.9 ‘Other Academic Staff’ shall mean the other academic staff as defined in the “UGC
Regulations on Minimum Qualifications for Appointment of Teachers and Other Academic
Staff in Universities and Colleges and Other Measures for the Maintenance of Standards in
34
 Higher Education, 2018’ and as amended from time-to-time, which includes the cadres of
Librarians, Directors of Physical Education and Sports.
2.10 ‘Regular Service’ shall mean the service rendered by an employee in the cadre on regular
basis and shall not include the service on contract/ daily wage/temporary/ad-hoc basis

2.11 'Schedule' shall mean the Schedule(s) appended to these Rules.

2.12 Selection Committee' shall mean a composition of members of Selection Committee as
specified in the Act, Statutes, Ordinances, UGC Regulations, Guidelines or the Cadre
Recruitment Rules of the University.
2.13 Departmental Promotion Committee and Departmental Confirmation Committee shall
mean departmental Promotion Committee and Departmental Confirmation Committee
respectively, as defined in the Schedule-II.
2.14 'Statutes’, ‘Ordinances' and ‘Regulations’ shall mean, respectively, the 'Statute’,
‘Ordinance' and ‘Regulations’ of the University under “Central Universities Act, 2009”,
for the time being in force and as amended from time to time.
2.15 'University' shall mean Doctor Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya” established under
“Central Universities, Act, 2009”.
2.16 ‘Age’ shall mean the upper age limit as specified in the Schedule-I.
2.17 ‘Notified date’ shall mean the date specified in the Notification.
2.18 ‘UGC’ shall mean the University Grants Commission established under the UGC Act, 1956.
2.19 ‘SC’ shall mean Scheduled Caste, ‘ST’ shall mean Scheduled Tribe, ‘OBC’ shall mean
Other Backward Class, ‘PwBD’ shall mean Persons with Benchmark Disability, EWS
shall mean Economically Weaker Sections.
2.20 ‘On Probation’ with relation to a person shall mean a person appointed to any post on
probation as specified in these rules.
2.21 ‘Substantive appointment’ shall mean appointment on a substantive post on regular basis
including on probation followed by confirmation.
2.22 (a) ‘Service or Experience’ wherever prescribed under these rules for direct
recruitment shall mean a condition for appointment to any post shall include the period
which the person has worked on such lower post.
(b) ‘Service or Experience’ wherever prescribed under these rules for promotion shall
mean a condition for promotion to any higher post, shall include the period which the
person has continuously worked on such lower post on regular basis.
2.23 ‘Competent Authority’ shall mean the authority competent to exercise different powers
and functions under these Rules.
2.24 All other words and expressions, used herein, but not defined in these Rules, unless the
context otherwise requires, shall have the same meaning as they have been assigned in
the “Central Universities Act, 2009”, Statutes, Ordinances and Regulations made there
under or in the relevant rules framed by the Government of India as amended from time
to time.

3. EXTENT OF APPLICATION:
3.1 These Rules shall apply to all appointments of non-teaching posts including Other
Academic Staff on regular/tenure/deputation/promotion basis by the University as the case
may be.
3.2 Instructions issued by the Govt. of India/UGC regarding appointment, conditions of
service and admissible emoluments etc. of the non-teaching employees and other
academic staff from time to time shall apply mutatis mutandis with due approval of the
Executive Council.

4. CLASSIFICATION OF POSTS:
35
 4.1 Group ‘A’(Pay Level 10 and above)
4.2 Group ‘B’(Pay Level 6 to 9)
4.3 Group ‘C’ including Multi-Tasking Staff (MTS) (Pay Level 1 to 5)

5. SCHEDULE:
The number of posts, with classification, Pay-Matrix, details of qualification, experience,
method of recruitment, age limit, etc. for various posts and any other information relevant to
these posts are specified under Schedule-1.

6. APPOINTING AUTHORITY:
The Appointing Authority in respect of various posts in the University shall be asunder:

Appointing Authority Posts

A. Executive Council Permanent appointment to all Group ‘A’ posts
B. Vice-Chancellor (i) Permanent appointment to all Group ‘B ’posts
(ii) Temporary appointment to all Group ‘A’/Group ‘B’ posts
C. Registrar (i) Permanent appointment to all Group ‘C’ posts.
(ii) Temporary appointment to all Group ‘C’ posts.

7. METHOD OF RECRUITMENT:
The recruitment to various posts shall be made by the Appointing Authority by the following
methods:
1. Direct Recruitment
2. Promotion
3. Deputation / Absorption
4. Tenure Appointment

8. AUTHORIZED SANCTIONED STRENGTH OF POSTS UNDER VARIOUS

CADRES:

8.1 The authorized sanctioned strength of the posts under each of the cadres as on the date of
notification shall be as specified in Scheduled-I under these rules.
8.2 After notification of these rules, any new post sanctioned by the UGC/MOE from time to
time shall be added to the authorized sanctioned strength of posts under respective cadres
with due approval of the Executive Council of the University.

9. FUTURE MAINTENANCE OF THE CADRE/POSTS:

9.1 All the appointments made through the method of recruitment, mentioned under Rule-7
above, in the University after notification of these rules, shall be made only in accordance
with the provision of these rules. The Executive Council may add any other posts and/or
Cadre as and when any new post/cadre is sanctioned by UGC / MOE. In case of sanction
of new post(s) by UGC/MOE, necessary procedural formalities such as framing of
recruitment rules of such posts (wherever necessary) have to be made and approval of the
Ministry of Education is required to be obtained. The Executive Council may abolish any
post under intimation to UGC. However, for conversion of any post to another post prior
36
 approval of UGC shall be required.
9.2 The seniority of the employees borne in each cadre/post specified in these rules shall be
maintained by the Registrar of the University and/or other officer authorized for the
purpose by the Competent Authority. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, any
class or category of posts and incumbents thereof may be placed in any of the offices or
establishments, as the case may be, by general or specific order(s) of the Vice-Chancellor
or the Registrar.

10. INITIAL CONSTITUTION:

10.1 The employees holding the posts on regular basis in accordance with the prevailing rules
i.e. prior to the commencement of these rules shall be deemed to have been appointed in
accordance with the provisions of these rules.

10.2 The regular continuous service of the personnel mentioned under sub-rule (1) prior to the
initial constitution shall count for the purpose of probation period, qualifying service for
promotion, confirmation and pension scheme as applicable in the service.

11. PROCEDURE TO BE ADOPTED FOR RECRUITMENT:

I. ISSUE OF ADVERTISEMENT:
The vacant posts of permanent nature, posts approved under specific schemes of permanent
nature, the posts of temporary nature likely to continue, tenure /deputation posts, etc. shall be
advertised at an appropriate time, giving at least one insertion in any of the national dailies
and one insertion in the University website. The candidates may fill up the prescribed
application forms along with the details of qualifications, experience and other requirements
as per the procedures to be prescribed by the university and submit the applications duly
completed in all respects along with the prescribed application fees, if any, within the
stipulated time.

Note:
(a) In order to reduce the cost of advertisement, only essential details of the recruitment
including the closing date of the application shall be indicated in the advertisement.
The closing date may be extended at the discretion of the Vice-Chancellor depending
on the exigency of the situation, by notifying on the website only, for which the
interested candidates have to be in constant touch with the website of the university.
(b) In addition to the provisions mentioned at Para 11 (I) above, the University at its
discretion, may request the Employment Exchange to sponsor candidates for posts as
per the prescribed educational qualifications, experience etc.

II. TIME LIMIT FOR RECRUITMENT PROCESS:

The university may ensure that the entire recruitment process including and starting from
advertisement, conducting written examination or holding the interview may be completed
within six months. (Ref: DoPTO.M.No.Misc.14017/15/2015-Estt.(RR) dated 11.01.2016
duly forwarded by UGC to all central universities vide letter No.F.74-1/2017(CU) dated 16th
October, 2017).

Provided that, if in the opinion of the Vice-Chancellor, the circumstances so warrant, he/she
may extend the time limit for the recruitment process by a maximum period of six months.

37
III. APPLICATION FORM

(a) Candidates shall be required to download the application forms from the website of the
University or submit the applications in the prescribed format online.

(b) Applications for all the posts shall be entertained only in the prescribed format
(Online/Offline), along with the prescribed fee, payable in favour of the Registrar,
Doctor Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya” through online/offline payment.

(c) The schedule of charges for the application form and the prescribed fee shall be
determined by the Vice-Chancellor, from time to time. Concessions in application/
processing fee, wherever provided, shall be as per Govt. of India norms.

(d) Receipt of applications after the closing date:

 The closing date for receipt of applications shall ordinarily be 30 days from the date
of release of advertisement on the university website or from the date of publication
in the employment news, whichever is later. However, the Vice-Chancellor may, at
his discretion, decide the extension of the closing date for receipt of applications,
keeping in view the exigency of the situation before the closing date is over.
Incomplete applications, and the applications received after the due date, shall not
be entertained.
 The Vice-Chancellor may, however, allow the acceptance of any application
received after the closing date, subject to production of proof to his/her satisfaction
that the application along with the enclosures and the remittance details, if any was
posted by the candidate on or before the closing date.
 In case the closing date is a holiday, the next working day shall be treated as the
closing date. Incomplete applications and applications not submitted in the
prescribed format, not with the prescribed fee, self-certified enclosures, etc. shall be
summarily rejected.

(e) The application should be addressed to “The Registrar, Doctor Harisingh Gour
Vishwavidyalaya” in a closed cover super-scribing "Application for the post of -----”.

(f) Holding of Written/Skill Tests:

 While filling up the posts under direct recruitment, the University shall hold the
written and/or Skill tests for all Group “B” and “C” Non-Teaching posts.
 The written test may comprise Reasoning Ability, Simple Arithmetic, General
Knowledge, Domain Knowledge of the Establishment, Accounts, Examinations,
Language proficiency in English and Hindi, etc. wherever applicable, noting and
drafting etc. and/or skill tests, or any other type of test depending upon the job
requirements (such as posts under Technical/Laboratory services, Engineering,
Information and Communication Technology, Library services etc.) to be decided
by the University.
 The University may conduct written tests in two stages (i) an objective type test
(Paper I) carrying 100 marks, and (ii) a descriptive-type test (Paper II) carrying 100
marks.
 The minimum qualifying marks to be secured in Paper I shall be 40%. The answer
scripts of the candidates for the descriptive test shall be evaluated only in respect of
those candidates who secure the minimum qualifying marks in Paper I. The
candidates who secure 50% marks in Paper II shall be called for the skill
test/interview, wherever applicable.

38
  The marks allocated for the skill test, wherever applicable, shall be 50 and the
minimum qualifying marks in the skill test shall be 25. The merit list of the
candidates shall be drawn based on the performance in Paper I (Objective Type
Test) and Paper II (Descriptive test) and Interview (wherever applicable) subject to
qualifying the skill test, wherever applicable.

Notwithstanding the above, the University at its discretion may hold single written test
(Descriptive Test) and skill test, wherever applicable, depending upon the number of
candidates, job requirements (such as posts under Technical/Laboratory services,
Engineering, Information and Communication Technology, Library services etc.)
(g) The marks allocated for the interview wherever applicable shall be 20% of the total
marks and shall be added to the marks scored in Paper I and Paper II or single written
(descriptive test) test as the case may be for the preparation of the merit list.

(h) The competent authority to frame the syllabi for the tests, skill tests, modalities for
carrying out the tests, evaluation, etc., shall be the Vice-Chancellor.

(i) Relaxation in qualifying marks or any other relaxation in the test, if any for the reserved
categories shall be extended as per the Govt. of India guidelines as amended from time
to time.

(j) The University may at its discretion adopt appropriate procedures for recruitment to
Group ‘A’ non-teaching posts on similar lines as given above.

12. COMPOSITION AND FUNCTIONS OF THE SELECTION COMMITTEE:

12.1 The Composition of Selection Committee shall be as prescribed in the Statutes/
Ordinances /UGC Regulations/ Notifications/ Guidelines/ Schedule-II of CRR.

12.2 The recommendations of the Selection Committee shall be submitted to the Appointing
Authority for consideration and approval.

12.3 If two or more candidates are recommended by the Selection Committee, the
recommendations shall be made in order of merit.

12.4 No recommendation shall be made by the selection committee with any condition
attached to it.

13. QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE:

The qualification (essential and desirable) and experience required shall be as indicated in the
Schedule. The qualification prescribed in the schedule for each of the post shall be the
minimum qualification.

14. AGE LIMIT:

The upper age limit for appointment to various posts shall be as specified in the Schedule. The
crucial date for determining the age shall be the closing date of the application.

39
15. RESERVATION OF POSTS:

15.1 The University shall strictly follow the instructions of the Government of India in
respect of reservation/relaxation/concessions to various categories in recruitment/ promotions,
etc., pertaining to age, qualifying marks, experience/ fees, etc. as amended from time to time.

15.2 The candidate belonging to the reserved categories shall enclose self-attested copies
of the caste/class certificate and/or medical certificate (pertaining to the determination
of degrees of disability in case of PwBD candidates) from the competent authority in the
format prescribed by the Government of India (subject to verification at a later date), failing
which the application shall be rejected.

15.3 A candidate belonging to SC/ST/OBC who has been selected on the same standard as
applied to the General candidates and who appears in the general merit list is to be treated
as own merit candidate. Such candidate will be adjusted against unreserved point of the
reservation roster. In other words, a candidate applying against the unreserved vacancy cannot
be considered for any relaxation.

15.4 When a relaxed standard is applied in selecting an SC/ST/OBC candidate, for

example in the age limit, experience, qualification, extended zone of consideration larger than
what is provided for un-reserved candidates etc., the SC/ST/OBC/PwBD candidates are to be
counted against reserved vacancies. Such candidates would be deemed as un-available for the
consideration against un-reserved vacancies. However, age relaxation given to PwBD
candidates will not be considered as relaxed standard for the above purpose.

Note: Nothing in these Rules shall affect the reservations, relaxation of age limit and other
concessions required to be provided to the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes and other
special categories of persons in accordance with the instructions issued by the Central
Government from time to time.

Payment of TA: A candidate shall attend the interview at the designated place and time at his
own expenses. However, the outstation candidates belonging to the SC & ST categories shall
be reimbursed to and fro rail fare (sleeper class) for self only by the shortest route. In case any
station is not connected by rail, ordinary bus fare shall be paid by the shortest route on
production of ticket. The above-mentioned concessions shall not be admissible to those SC/ST
candidates who are already in Central/ State Government Service/or holding any other
employment under PSUs/Local Governments/ Panchayats.

16. CONSTITUTION AND ROLE OF SCREENING COMMITTEE:

 The Vice-Chancellor may constitute a Screening Committee by including at least one

outside expert in the relevant field, in addition to the internal members.
 The Member-Secretary to the Screening Committee shall be nominated by the
Vice-Chancellor. It shall be the duty of the Member-Secretary to place the relevant
documents/rules/guidelines, etc., relating to the selection before the Screening Committee.
 The Screening Committee shall screen the applications and shortlist the candidates in
accordance with the eligibility criteria, prescribed in the advertisement and as per
recruitment rules. Except for the posts of Registrar, Finance Officer, Controller of
Examinations, Librarian, Director of Physical Education, it must be ensured that the ratio
of the number of vacant posts to be filled and the number of candidates to be called for
40
 interview does not exceed 1:15. In order to comply with this requirement of maximum
ratio, the Screening Committee may fix higher criteria at its discretion for the candidates.
 If minimum three eligible applicants are not available for any vacancy to appear for the
written test/interview, the post shall be re-advertised at-least twice after which the
University may take appropriate action with regard to the selection.
 This condition shall not be insisted upon in case of selection on deputation (without
absorption). In case of posts in which there is a provision for holding a common written
test, all the eligible candidates, subject to the minimum 3, may be called for the written test
notwithstanding the maximum prescribed ratio. However, the successful candidates in the
written test may be called for interview, wherever required in order of merit subject to
maximum ratio of 1:15.
 The Screening Committee(s) may at its discretion, recommends the candidate for the post
on conditional basis and the conditions must be complied with, by the candidate before the
written test/skill test/interview as the case may be. Till such time, the candidature of the
candidate shall continue to remain provisional.

Note: The Acting/In-charge Vice-Chancellor shall not make any appointment to permanent
non-teaching positions. However, the Acting/In-charge Vice-Chancellor may constitute a
Screening Committee/Selection Committee for the appointment of temporary posts as per
MHRD (now MoE) letter F. No. 19-58/2014-Desk (U) dated 09/01/2014 subject to approval of
the Executive Council.

17. CONSTITUTION OF SELECTION COMMITTEES/ DEPARTMENTAL PROMOTION

COMMITTEES/ DEPARTMENTAL CONFIRMATION COMMITTEES*

The Constitution of the Selection Committees and Departmental Promotion Committees (DPC)/
Departmental Confirmation Committees* are specified in the Schedule-II. The Vice-Chancellor,
at his discretion, may include the Head or any other senior member of the unit Concerned (in the
absence of the Head of the Unit) in the Selection Committee/ Departmental Promotion
Committee at the time of selection/promotion to any post in the University. Any other
member/members can also be included in the Selection Committee/Departmental Promotion
Committee as per the GoI /UGC guidelines.
(*Ref: DoPTO.M.No.AB.14017/21/2011-Estt. (RR) dated 10th May, 2013)
A person shall be disqualified for sitting as a member of any Selection/Departmental Promotion
Committee and Departmental Confirmation Committee and from taking part in any
selection/promotion process under these Rules, if he/she is related to any candidate or there
would be any conflict of interest in case of his association with the selection process. For this
purpose, the University shall obtain an undertaking to this effect from the member concerned
prior to the commencement of the selection process as per Govt. of India norms.

18.QUORUM:
18.1 The Quorum for the Selection Committee/ Departmental Promotion
Committee/Departmental Confirmation Committee prescribed under the UGC Regulations/
Notifications/Statutes of the University/Instructions shall be applicable mutatis mutandis as
amended from time to time.

18.2 For other posts, two-thirds of the members present shall form the quorum for the meeting
of a Selection Committee, which shall include the Chairperson, the Visitor’s nominee (wherever
applicable), at least one external expert out of the two Experts or at least two external experts
out of three Experts and one representative from the respective prescribed category as per GOI
norms.
41
19.DIRECT RECRUITMENT BY OPEN SELECTION:

19.1 Wherever the UGC guidelines in respect of any particular non-teaching post are not
available or framed, the University shall frame its own recruitment rules, laying down the
qualifications, experience and nature of duties, etc., according to the requirements and suitability
of the post.

19.2 Recruitment to any regular post in the University shall be made on the recommendations
of a duly-constituted Selection Committee, as prescribed under these rules.

19.3 The Chairman shall be entitled to vote at the Selection Committee meeting and, in case of
a tie, shall have a casting vote.

19.4 In case two or more candidates are recommended for appointment, the recommendation
shall be in order of merit.

19.5 The recommendations of the Selection Committee for Statutory posts and other Group ‘A’
academic posts covered under the UGC Regulations, 2018 as amended from time to time (such
as Librarian, Deputy Librarian, Assistant Librarian, Director of Physical Education, Assistant
Director of Physical Education, etc.) shall be placed before the Executive Council for approval.
If the Executive Council is unable to accept the recommendations made by a Selection
Committee, it shall record its reasons and submit the case to the Visitor for final orders as
prescribed under Statutes.

19.6 The recommendations of the Selection Committee for non-statutory Group ‘A’, ‘B’ &
Group ‘C’ posts shall be placed before the competent authority as prescribed under these rules
for consideration and approval. In case the recommendations of the Selection Committee are not
accepted, the reason(s) for non-acceptance of such recommendations shall be recorded and
submitted to Executive Council. The power to reject the recommendations of the Selection
Committee shall rest with the Executive Council and the decision of the Executive Council shall
be final.

20.SENIORITY:

The seniority of each candidate in the respective cadre shall be determined on the basis of
his/her position in the merit list recommended by the Selection Committee and in accordance
with the relevant rules of the Govt. of India/UGC.

21.APPOINTMENT AND JOINING TIME:

21.1 The appointment of a candidate shall be subject to the verification of antecedents,

educational qualifications, experience and medical fitness.

21.2 An offer of appointment issued by the University should clearly specify the period (which
shall not normally exceed one or two months) after which the offer would lapse automatically if
the candidate did not join within the specified period.

21.3 If, however, within the specified period, are quest is received from the candidate for
extension of time, it may be considered by the University but extension beyond three months
shall not be ordinarily granted. It may however be granted by the competent authority only as an
exception where facts and circumstances so warrant. In any case extension may be given only up
to a maximum of six months from the date of issue of the original offer of appointment. An offer
42
 of appointment would lapse automatically after expiry of six months from the date of issue of
the original offer of appointment. The candidate who joins within the above-mentioned period of
six months shall have his seniority fixed under the seniority rules applicable to the service/post
concerned to which he/she is appointed, without any depression of seniority.

22.GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RECRUITMENT:

22.1 Candidate who is already in service shall submit his application through proper channel
along with vigilance clearance certificate from the competent authority. However, he may send
an advance copy of his application and in case his application is not forwarded due to whatever
reasons till the time of written test or interview as the case may be, he/she, should produce a "No
Objection Certificate along with the Vigilance Clearance Certificate in a sealed cover" from the
employer.

22.2 The application for appointment on deputation shall be forwarded by the employer along
with the Annual Performance Appraisal Reports (APARs)/ACR for the preceding five years and
Vigilance Clearance Certificate, duly certified by the Competent Authority.

22.3 It shall be the responsibility of the candidate to ascertain his/her own eligibility for the post
for which he/she is applying in accordance with the prescribed qualifications, experience, etc.,
and submit his application duly filled-in, along with the desired information and documents as
per the advertisement. Suppression of factual information, supply of fake documents, providing
false or misleading information or canvassing in any manner on the part of the candidates shall
lead to his disqualification. In case, it is detected at any point of time in future, even after
appointment, that the candidate was not eligible, his appointment shall be liable to termination
forth with as per this clause. This must be mentioned in the letter of offer and appointment
clearly.

22.4 Acceptance of documents submitted by an applicant shall be subject to verification by the

competent authority at any point of time even after joining the employment. If any document is
found to be false/fake/incorrect either before or after appointment, the document shall be
summarily rejected or action may be initiated against the candidate which shall lead to
cancellation of his appointment, as the case may be.

22.5 The person appointed against any post shall be governed by the
Act/Statutes/Ordinances/Rules of the University and also the CCS (Conduct) Rules, 1964, CCS
(CCA) Rule, 1965 or any other rules of the Government of India, as amended from time to time
and any other rule/resolution prescribed specifically for maintaining the conduct of the
employees by the Executive Council of the University.

22.6 The appointment of a candidate shall be subject to verification of character and

antecedents by the competent authority. Until the verification of character and antecedents
reports are received, the appointment shall be treated as provisional. In case the report/s with
regard to his conduct, character, antecedents, etc., is found to be unsatisfactory, the appointment
shall be cancelled/ terminated forth with.

43
22.7 Canvassing in any form on behalf of any candidate shall be treated as a disqualification
which shall lead to cancellation of candidature.

22.8 In pursuance of the Letter No. 19-50/2015-Desk-U, dated 22.12.2015, of the M.H.R.D
(Now MoE), there shall be no interview for appointment to the Group ‘C’ and ‘B’ posts.
Accordingly, no interview shall be held for appointment to the Group ‘C’ and Group ‘B’ posts.

22.9 The selected candidate shall produce a medical fitness certificate issued by a Govt.
Hospital/or Govt. /CGHS empanelled Hospital duly countersigned by the concerned civil
surgeon or the Medical Superintendent/Director of the concerned hospital for Group B and C
post and certificate from the Medical Board issued by a Govt. Hospital/or Govt. /CGHS
empanelled Hospital for Group A post as the case may be prior to his joining.

22.10 The terms and conditions of appointment shall be communicated to the candidate in the
form of ‘Offer of Appointment’ to the selected candidates. If the candidate does not accept the
terms and conditions mentioned in the offer of appointment within the stipulated time, the offer
shall be treated as withdrawn.

22.11 The selected candidates shall be required to perform duties as per the Rules of the
University, as amended from time to time. The University shall be free to assign any duty as per
the exigency of the situation at any time even during non-working hours/holidays which the
employee shall have to perform without fail to avoid any disciplinary action.

22.12 The minimum educational qualification and experience, constitution of Selection

Committee, prescribed quota, method of recruitment or any other eligibility criteria, etc. for
direct recruitment or promotion/under career progression scheme, wherever applicable on the
posts of Registrar, Finance Officer, Controller of Examinations, Librarian, Deputy Registrar,
Assistant Registrar, Assistant Librarian, etc. and equivalent posts shall be governed strictly as
per the UGC's guidelines/regulations. Any amendment to the Notification/ Regulations/
Guidelines of the UGC/Government of India in future shall be adopted mutatis-mutandis by the
University for implementation in supersession of the existing provisions already adopted and
incorporated in these Rules.

22.13 At the time of recruitment, a ‘Service Agreement’ shall be executed between the
University and the employee concerned and a copy of the same shall be kept with the Registrar.
Such service agreement shall be duly stamped as per the rates applicable.

22.14 The candidate shall bring all original certificates relating to his age, qualifications,
experience, etc. at the time of tests or interview wherever applicable. In case the candidate fails to
submit the original documents for verification of the certified photocopies of the enclosures to his
application, he may not be allowed to appear at the tests/interview and his candidatures may be
treated as cancelled without any further communication in this regard.

22.15(i) The details of the vacancies shall be indicated in the advertisement. The University may
also include the details with regard to anticipated vacancies arising due to retirement of
employee(s) of that particular year or any case of voluntary retirement or resignation for which
the employee has served notice prior to the issue of advertisement shall be included in the instant
44
 advertisement. The University reserves the right to fill or not to fill up the posts advertised for
any reasons whatsoever. However, the number of posts filled up shall not exceed the number of
posts advertised including anticipated vacancies.

(ii) The University may draw a reserved panel to fill up a post. In case a candidate on higher
merit regrets to join within a period of six months or resigns/dies after joining, within a period of
one year, the offer shall be made to the next candidate in the merit list, (if otherwise in order), to
reduce the delay in filling up of the vacancies. Such a vacancy should not be treated as fresh
vacancy.
(Reference: DoPTOMNo.41010/18/97-Estt (B) dated 13th June, 2000)

The University reserves the right to withdraw an advertisement, either partly or wholly, at any
time without assigning any reason.

(iv) If any advertisement for any post is withdrawn by the University, the application fee
collected from the candidates shall be refunded within a reasonable period of time. In case of any
ambiguity pertaining to the eligibility criteria for any post, the decision of the Executive Council
shall be final.

23. PROMOTION:
23.1 The candidates to be considered for promotion must comply with the prescribed
eligibility criteria as on the date of issue of the notification.

23.2 Promotion is earned by dint of hard work, good conduct, and result-oriented
performance, as reflected in the APARs. Only performance reported ''Good (Grade Point 5)"
carrying Pay Level 11, consistently for the preceding five years shall be taken into consideration
by the DPC. In case of Group ‘A’ post carrying Pay Level 12 or above, persons reported “Very
Good” (Grade Point 7) shall only be considered. Those with "Average Performance", which is
not an adverse remark, shall not be considered for promotion by the DPC. The University may
hold the written/skill tests at the time of promotion of the employees of the University and fix
qualifying marks as per the schedule appended herewith, in addition to the screening the Annual
Performance Appraisal Reports (APAR) for preceding years, depending upon the length of
Qualifying Service. While screening the Annual Performance Appraisal Reports, the University
may also fix any other criteria for consideration of the DPC.

23.3 The DPC should assess the suitability of the employees for promotion on the basis of
their service records and the Annual Performance Appraisal Reports for the preceding five
years, as specified above at clause 23.2.

23.4 In case there is any adverse entry in the APAR, or for want of prescribed score in the
APAR, the case of promotion shall not be considered unless and until the competent authority
expunges such adverse entry. If the competent authority does not expunge the adverse entry or
does not increase the score after review of performance as per procedures, the employee
concerned may have to wait for the required number of reports carrying the prescribed
benchmarks as required for the post under these Rules.

23.5 The eligibility criteria, Vigilance Clearance Reports and APAR dossiers, duly
completed in all respects along with the seniority list and results of the written test (if conducted
by the University) of the eligible employees to be considered for promotion, with details of the
number of vacancies, number of posts reserved for SCs/STs/PwBDs, etc. shall be provided to
the DPC for consideration as per GoI rules.
45
 23.6 In the case of "Selection", the zone of consideration of eligible employees extended
zone for SCs/STs/PwBDs to ensure the promotional chances against the reserved quota shall be
decided by the DPC on the basis of the service records of the employees. The normal zone and
the extended zone will be as per the Govt. of India rules.

23.7 The departmental test shall only be qualifying in nature. The DPC shall make its own
assessment of the employees and shall determine the merit of those being assessed for
promotion with reference to the benchmark "Good" i.e. minimum score 5 for all employees up
to the Pay Level 11 and “Very Good", i.e. a minimum score of 7 for all Group 'A' posts up to the
Pay Level 12 and above, accordingly, grade the employees as 'fit' or 'unfit' only. Those who are
graded as 'fit' shall be included in the select panel in order of their inter-se-seniority in the feeder
grade, subject to the availability of regular vacancies. Those employees who are graded 'unfit' by
the DPC shall not be included in the selection panel. There shall be no supersession in
promotion among those who are graded 'fit'. The grading and score are quoted below:

S. Grading System and Score in APAR

No.
(i) Grade "between 8-10 "shall be rated as 'outstanding' and shall be given a score of 9 for the
purpose of calculating average scores for appointment/promotion.
(ii) Grade "between 6 and short of 8 "shall be rated as 'very good' and will be given a score of
7 for the purpose of calculating average scores for appointment/promotion.
(iii) Grade "between 4 and short of 6 "shall be rated as 'good' and shall be given a score of 5
for the purpose of calculating Average scores for appointment/promotion.
(iv) Below 4 shall be given a score of 'zero'.

(a) The meeting of the Departmental Promotion Committee (DPC) shall ordinarily be convened
at least once a year, which shall depend upon the availability of vacancy.

(b) The administrative authorities shall ordinarily ensure that the information furnished to the
Departmental Promotion Committee are accurate and in proper order in all cases and a
certificate to this effect duly signed by the officer designated for the purpose shall form a
part of the note for the DPC.

(c) Penalties of any kind (major) shall constitute a bar to one's eligibility for promotion or
confirmation as per DoPT guidelines. However, minor penalty of "censure" would not
constitute a bar on the eligibility and consideration for the purpose of
promotion/confirmation unless otherwise mentioned specifically in the order about such a
bar on the eligibility.

(d) The following cases shall be brought to the notice of the DPC:
(i) Employees under suspension;
(ii) In respect of whom a charge-sheet has been issued and disciplinary proceedings are
pending; and
(iii) In respect of whom prosecution for a criminal charge has been pending in the Court of
Law.

The DPC shall assess their suitability without regard to the disciplinary aspect. The findings
of the DPC shall be kept in a sealed cover as per the fact recorded in the proceedings of the
DPC. The same procedures shall be followed by subsequent DPCs till the disciplinary/
criminal cases are concluded. On conclusion of the case, the sealed cover will be opened. In
case the employees is completely exonerated, the due date of his promotion shall be
46
 determined and he will be promoted notionally with reference to the date of promotion of his
junior and if necessary by reverting the junior most officiating person. If not exonerated, the
recommendations of the DPC in sealed cover shall not be acted upon.

(e) The cases of employees under cloud after clearance by the DPC shall be settled in
accordance with the Government of India rules.

24. FUNCTIONS OF THE DPC:

24.1 The Departmental Promotion Committee (DPC) shall consider and make recommendations
in all cases of Group A, B and C employees. The constitution of DPC for various categories of
posts shall be as prescribed under the Cadre Recruitment Rules of the University.

24.2 While considering the promotional cases, the Departmental Promotion Committee shall
consider the following:

(i) Provisions of the Rules/Act/ Statutes/ Ordinances/ University Regulations/ UGC

Regulations/guidelines and GOI Rules as applicable from time to time.
(ii) Eligibility criteria and relaxations/concessions applicable to the SC/ST/PwBD
categories.
(iii) Work and Conduct Reports
(iv) The Annual Performance Appraisal Reports (APARs) for the preceding five years along
with the Annual Property Returns (APRs) as available with the competent authority.
While screening the Annual Performance Appraisal Reports (APARs), the DPC may
also adopt the criteria with regard to the bench marks as mentioned in the
Statutes/Ordinances/Govt. of India rules.
(v) Vigilance Clearance Report
(vi) Roster points of the cadre(s) as per the reservation policy of the Govt. of India/UGC.
(vii) Performance in the interview/skill test/written test, if conducted by the University as per
rules.
(viii) The DPC is expected to screen the cases and decide the eligibility based on the
aforementioned documents like APARs, Vigilance Clearance Report, Roster,
Recruitment Rules etc.

Note: In case APAR(s) for any particular period has not been written/endorsed by the designated
authority despite the fact that the employee concerned produces the proof of submission of
self-appraisal report(s) duly filled-in for that particular period(s) to the concerned section,
the DPC/Screening Committee shall ignore the report(s) of that particular period(s) and
shall take into account the report(s) of the immediately preceding period(s). It is mandatory
on the part of the designated officer to make entry in the relevant register to be maintained
for this purpose and issue proper receipt to the employee concerned as a proof of submission
of the appraisal reports. There shall be proper entry in the relevant register with regard to
each movement of the APAR till the completion of its process.

25. MODE OF PROMOTION:

25.1 The university should strictly adhere to the quota prescribed for Promotion of the eligible
internal candidates as per the Recruitment Rules. In case candidates are not available under the
internal quota and the posts are filled up through direct recruitment in the interest of the university,
future vacancy may be shifted proportionately to the Promotion quota and filled up out of the
eligible internal candidates from the feeder cadre. In the light of the above, the DPC shall be
required to ensure the number of available vacancies under the promotion quota.
47
 25.2 In addition to the conditions for promotion for the posts, as specified at 23 above, University
may decide the method and procedure to be followed for promotion in respect of any category of
posts. For this purpose, the University, at its discretion, may opt the fitness-cum-seniority or hold
written test or other trade/professional tests and fix qualifying marks for any post to assess the
competence in an objective manner. In such cases, association of at least one external expert shall
be mandatory.

25.3 Mere possession of eligibility conditions shall not entitle an employee to be promoted to the
next higher post from the date of his eligibility. After completion of formalities such as Annual
Performance Appraisal Reports (APARs)/ACRs, Vigilance Clearance Report, the Departmental
Promotion Committee may be constituted to evaluate and assess the eligibility of the employees.
The employees shall be considered for promotion based on the recommendations of the DPC duly
approved by the Competent Authority of the University.

25.4 All promotions of the non-teaching staff belonging to Group ‘A’, ‘B’ and Group ‘C’ shall
take effect from the date of joining.

25.5 Qualifying in Typing Test/Skill Test with knowledge of computers shall be the compulsory
requirement for promotion to the post of Lower Division Clerk, Upper Division Clerk, Assistant,
Semi-Professional Assistant, Library Assistant and other positions as identified from time to time.
Further, qualifying in Typing Test/Skill Test with knowledge of computers shall be the
compulsory requirement for all Personal Assistants of the University who shall be considered for
promotion as Private Secretary as per the eligibility criteria prescribed in these Rules as prescribed
for direct recruitment. The University may impose any condition to be complied with at a future
date failing which the competent authority may order for stoppage of increment.

26. AD-HOC PROMOTIONS:

In case there is an existing vacancy and no eligible employee is available in the feeder Cadre for
promotion, the competent authority may consider relaxation by a maximum period of one year at
its discretion to promote an employee on ad-hoc basis after completing all procedural formalities,
as laid down under Rule 22 above. However, this arrangement shall not be allowed to continue
beyond one year in case the employee concerned is not considered for regular promotion.

27. PANEL:
The panel drawn for promotion/direct recruitment shall be valid for a period of one year from the
date of the meeting of the DPC/ date of approval of the recommendations, respectively.

28. MODIFIED ASSURED CAREER PROGRESSION SCHEME (MACP)/ CAREER

ADVANCEMENT SCHEME (CAS)/ DYNAMIC ASSURED CAREER PROGRESSION
SCHEME
The financial up-gradation under the Career Advancement Schemes such as MACP/CAS/DACP
Scheme in respect of non-teaching staff of the University shall be allowed as per the provisions
of the Act/Statutes/Ordinances, Rules of the University and orders/guidelines of
UGC/Government of India (as amended from time to time) duly adopted by the University.

(a) The Modified Assured Career Progression Scheme (MACPs) of the Govt. of India, duly
communicated for implementation by the UGC in respect of Non-Teaching employees,
shall be effective from 15.01.2009 (i.e. the date of establishment of Central University), or
48
 as per the eligibility criteria prescribed by the GOI/UGC from time to time, whichever is
later. Similarly, in case of Medical Officer, Dynamic Assured Career Progression Scheme
(DACPs) shall be applicable as prescribed by the Govt. Of India/UGC from time-to-time.
(b) In case of up-gradation of pay scale, up to the level of Joint Registrar or equivalent, the
Registrar shall chair the meeting of the Screening Committee. The Vice-Chancellor shall
nominate at least one external expert and other members representing SC/ST/
OBC/PwBD/Minorities etc. wherever required as per the guidelines of the UGC /GoI.

(c) Any dispute in implementation of the aforementioned Career Advancement Schemes shall
be referred to the University Grants Commission, and the decision of the UGC shall be final.

29. DEPUTATION:
The University may fill up any post on deputation by drawing officers from Govt. of
India/Autonomous Bodies/PSUs as per UGC/GOI Rules. The officer to be considered for
deputation against any post below Pay Level-14 must be less than 56 years of age and Pay Level-14
and above must be less than 58 years of age. In case the appointment is made on deputation by
following the due process of selection prescribed for the post under the Cadre Recruitment Rules,
the incumbent may be allowed to continue for the period as prescribed by the Govt. of India from
time to time or till he attains the age of superannuation prescribed for that particular cadre,
whichever is earlier. An appointment on deputation may be made initially for a period of three
years (except statutory posts) which may be extended further at the discretion of the Competent
Authority subject to satisfactory performance. The University, however, shall have the right to
repatriate all incumbents, including the incumbents holding the statutory posts, at any time even
before the prescribed period in case his performance, integrity or conduct are found to be
unsatisfactory at any stage, in the opinion of the competent authority.
Ordinarily, no person working on deputation shall be absorbed in any post of the University after
expiry of his period of deputation. In case, it is decided in the interest of the University to absorb
any such person, then the University may take up the matter with his parent organization for
concurrence after obtaining the option of the employee concerned subject to the condition that the
matter of absorption is specifically mentioned in the advertisement. After obtaining the consent of
the parent department, the case shall be placed before the Competent Authority for a final decision.
In case he is absorbed in the University, he shall be assigned the bottom seniority of that particular
cadre as per the Govt. of India rules.

30. PROBATION:
30.1 In case of direct recruitment, the selected candidate shall be kept on probation for a period as
specified in these rules. The date from which confirmation should be given effect is the date
following the date of satisfactory completion of the prescribed period of probation or the extended
period of probation, as the case may be. The decision to confirm the probationer or to extend the
period of probation as the case may be communicated to the probationer normally within 6 to 8
weeks prior to the completion of Probation period. Probation should not be extended for more than
a year and, in no circumstances, an employee should be kept on probation for more than double the
normal prescribed period of probation. The officer will be deemed to have successfully completed
the probation period if no order confirming, discharging or reverting the officer is issued within
eight weeks after expiry of double the normal period of prescribed probation. On completion of the
probation period or any extension thereof, employees shall, if considered fit for permanent
appointment, be retained in the appointments on regular basis and be confirmed against the
available substantive vacancies as the case may be. In case there is no perceivable improvement
despite all this, his/her services shall be discharged by giving him/her one month's notice in advance
or on payment of one month's salary in lieu of notice. The employee concerned may also exercise
his/her option to resign by giving one month's notice.
49
 As regards other matters relating to probation, the employee will be governed by the instructions
issued by the Government of India in this regard from time to time.

30.2 In the case of promotion to the next higher group, the employee(s) shall be kept on probation
for a period of two years from the date of joining. The appointing authority may at its discretion,
extend the period of probation by one year on ground of non-performance, misconduct or
misbehavior or if he/she fails to comply with the terms and conditions of the appointment to the
post to which he/she was promoted. In case there is no perceivable improvement despite all this, he
shall be reverted to his parent post, with immediate effect, and consequently all the employees
promoted against the consequential vacancies due to the promotion of this employee shall be
reverted to their respective parent posts, in case they cannot be adjusted in any other similar vacant
posts. However, there shall not be any probation for promotion within the same group.

Note:
(i) If an employee who has been recruited/promoted to any post, avail himself of leave on a
piecemeal basis, or at a time for a period of two months or more during the period of
probation, his probation shall be extended proportionately, i.e., equal to the total period
of leave availed by the employee concerned.

(ii) In order to avoid any anomalous situation, all cases of probation of the officials should
be reviewed in every six months. In case, the result of review of performance of an
official is found to be unsatisfactory, or not up to the mark, he shall be apprised of the
consequences of unsatisfactory performance during the period of probation. Such an
appraisal should be issued in advance after which the performance of the official
concerned should be continuously kept under observation.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything contained in the above-mentioned provision, if a probationer

is placed under suspension during the period of probation, the period of probation may
be extended till such period as the appointing authority deems fit in the circumstances.

(iv) As for temporary Government servants they should, as a matter of rule, be asked to
resign from the parent department/ office at the time of release from the parent
department/office. An undertaking to the effect that he/she will resign from the parent
department/office, in the event of his/her selection and appointment to the post applied
for may be taken from his/her at the time of forwarding the application. This procedure
is to be followed even in case of a temporary Government servant applying as a direct
recruit for a post in the same organization.

(v) An employee of the University shall be confirmed through Departmental Confirmation

Committee.

(vi) An employee of the University shall not be confirmed on his post unless and until he
signs the ‘Service Agreement’.

(vii) There shall be no probation in the case of an employee appointed to a post on

deputation, tenure or on re-employment after superannuation.

(viii) The appointing authority shall record the reasons in writing while terminating the
appointment of a probationer or extension of the normal period of probation.

50
31. APPLICATION OF GOVT.OF INDIA RULES/ UGC REGULATIONS:
If any particular provision concerning the qualifications for recruitment and promotion or
seniority under these Rules is silent ,the corresponding rules operating in the Govt. of India/UGC,
or the qualifications prescribed by the Govt. of India/ UGC shall apply mutatis-mutandis.

Further, the Pay Matrix contained in the Schedules for various posts shall be revised as per the
GOI/UGC regulations/guidelines as amended from time to time.

32. POWER TO RELAX:

32.1 Relaxation in age, experience, qualifying marks, etc., may be granted to the candidates
belonging to the Schedule Caste/Schedule Tribes/OBC/PwBD or any other reserved category for
reserved posts as per the UGC/Govt. of India guidelines. A certificate to this effect issued from
the competent authority should be attached with the prescribed application form. Wherever a
relaxation of qualification, including percentage of marks, is permitted under the UGC/Govt. of
India guidelines, such relaxation shall also be considered in appropriate cases subject to
recommendations of the Screening Committee.

32.2 The relaxation in age shall also be given in respect of the following categories as mentioned
against each:

S. Category of Persons Extent of age relaxation

No.
Regular Employees of the Central Govt. /State As per Government of
1. Govt./Central Universities/UGC maintained India rules.
deemed to be Universities/other Central/State
Autonomous bodies/organizations /Institutions.
2. Ex-Servicemen

The upper age limit for appointment of Group ‘C’ posts is relaxable for Group ‘C’ and erstwhile
Group ‘D’ departmental candidates upto 40 years in case of General candidates and 45 years in
case of candidates belonging the SC/ST who has rendered three years continuous regular service
in university in accordance with the instructions or orders issued by the Govt. of India.

33. DISQUALIFICATION:
The following categories of persons shall not be eligible to apply for any position in the University:

33.1 Who has been convicted by any Court of Law or any criminal proceedings are pending
against him;
33.2 Who is a person of unsound mind and question able conduct or not medically fit to
perform his duties.
33.3 Who has entered into or contracted a marriage with a person having a living spouse;

51
 Provided that the Competent Authority of the University may, if satisfied that such
marriage is permissible under the personal law applicable to such person and the other
party to the marriage and there are other grounds for doing so, exempt any person from
the operation of these rules;
33.4 Who is not a citizen of India; and
33.5 Any other category of person disqualified for appointment by the Govt. OfIndia/State
Govt./UGC from time to time.

34. VIGILANCE CLEARANCE:

34.1 Candidate who is already in service shall submit the Vigilance Clearance Certificate from the
employer or his authorized officer, to the effect that no disciplinary/criminal proceedings are
pending or contemplated against him. It shall be directly sent by the parent department or be
handed over to the employee concerned in sealed cover at the time of written/skill test/interview as
applicable or along with the application.

34.2 Willful suppression of factual information or any document relating to the eligibility or
otherwise as a candidate, followed by supply of fake documents or misleading statement or
information in the application or tampering with the documents or providing such information
relating to the achievements, caste, educational qualifications, experience or domicile, etc., the
Chief Vigilance Officer of the University shall have the powers to investigate/inquire into the
matter and submit his report to the Vice-Chancellor for further action at any stage of recruitment
process or employment. If any of these acts is found to be true, the candidate shall be disqualified
for appointment to the post or if already appointed, his/her services shall be liable to be
terminated, with immediate effect after adhering to the procedures.

4.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of para 10 in Schedule-II of the CRR, wherever, there is only
one sanctioned post in any cadre, the post shall be filled through direct recruitment only.

35. REMOVAL OF DIFFICULTIES:

If any difficulty arises in the implementation or operation of any of the provision of these rules,
the Vice-Chancellor may, from time to time issue with the approval of the Executive Council,
such general or specific directions but not in consistent with the provisions of the Act, Statutes,
Ordinances or directives of the Government of India, Ministry of Education/University Grants
Commission, which appear to be necessary for the purpose of removing such difficulty.

36. INTERPRETATION:
Any ambiguity or lack of clarity with regard to any clause of the Rules, the matter may be referred
to UGC for clarification.

37. AMENDMENT OF RULES:

Amendment, modification, changes, withdrawal, suspension and relaxation in any or all of
provisions of these Rules shall be done with prior approval of Govt. of India/UGC.

38. RESIDUARY MATTERS:

In regard to the matters not specified or referred to in these rules, the corresponding provisions as
provided by the UGC for their employees or as prescribed by the Govt. of India relating to its
employees, as amended from time to time, shall be followed. In case any particular provision in
52
 these Rules is in conflict with any provision of the UGC Regulations/guidelines or Govt. of India
Orders, the provisions of the UGC Regulations/guidelines or Govt. of India Orders shall prevail.

39. LIABILITY OF OFFICERS TO SERVE ANYWHERE IN INDIA:

The non-teaching employees and other academic staff shall be liable to serve anywhere in India
within the jurisdiction of the University.

40. TERRITORIAL JURISDICTION:

In case of any dispute, the territorial jurisdiction for adjudication shall be the “High Court of Madhya
Pradesh at Jabalpur”

41. REPEAL:
All the existing rules and orders in relation to the matters covered under these rules shall stand repealed
but any action already taken pursuant to such existing rules and orders shall be deemed to have been
taken under these rules.

**************

53
 Schedule-II
Selection Committee for Direct Recruitment /Departmental Promotion
Committee/Departmental Confirmation Committee
of Non-Teaching Employees

(1) Following shall be the constitution of the Selection Committees:

(a) For Group ‘A’ posts (other than statutory posts and those covered under UGC
Regulations):

1. Vice-Chancellor/Pro Vice-Chancellor* : Chairperson

(*in the absence of Vice-Chancellor)
2. Two experts, not in service of the University, nominated by : Member
the Vice-Chancellor out of the panel approved by the EC.
3 Head of the Unit/Department : Member

4 One member of the EC nominated by it. : Member

5 A representative of SC/ST/OBC/Minority#/Women/PwBD, if : Member

any of the candidates belonging to these categories, to be
nominated by the Vice-Chancellor, if any of the above
members of the Selection Committee do not belong to the
same category.
6 Registrar : Member

(b) For Group ‘B’ posts:

1. Pro Vice-Chancellor/Registrar* : Chairperson
(*in the absence of Pro Vice-Chancellor)

2. Two experts, not in the service of the University, nominated : Member

by the Vice-Chancellor out of the panel approved by the EC.

3 Head of the Unit/Department : Member

4 A representative of SC/ST/OBC/Minority#/Women/PwBD, if : Member

any of the candidates belonging to these categories, to be
nominated by the Vice-Chancellor, if any of the above
members of the Selection Committee do not belong to the
same category.

5 Registrar/JointRegistrar/Deputy Registrar : Member

54
 (c) For Group ‘C’ posts:
1. Registrar : Chairperson

2. Two experts, not in service of the University, nominated by : Member

the Vice-Chancellor out of the panel approved by the EC.

3 Head of the Unit/Department : Member

4 A representative of SC/ST/OBC/Minority/Women/PwBD, if : Member

any of the candidates belonging to these categories, to be
nominated by the Vice-Chancellor ,if any of the above
members of the Selection Committee do not belong to the
same category.

5 Joint Registrar/Deputy Registrar : Member

55
(2) Following shall be the constitution of the Departmental Promotion Committee:

(a) For Group ‘A’ posts (other than statutory posts):

1. Vice-Chancellor/Pro Vice-Chancellor*(*in the absence of : Chairperson

Vice Chancellor)

2. One expert, not in service of the University, nominated by the : Member

Vice-Chancellor

3. Head of the concerned Unit/Department : Member

4. A representative of SC/ST/OBC/Minority/Women/PwBD ,if : Member

any of the candidates belonging to these categories, to be
nominated by the Vice-Chancellor, if any of the above
members of the Selection Committee do not belong to the
same category.

5 Registrar : Member

(b) For Group ‘B’:

1. Pro Vice-Chancellor/Registrar* :
Chairperson
(*in the absence of Pro Vice-Chancellor)

2. One expert, not in service of the University, nominated by the :

Vice-Chancellor Member

3. Head of the concerned Unit/Department : Member

4. A representative of SC/ST/OBC/Minority/Women/PwBD, if :
any of the candidates belonging to these categories, to be
nominated by the Vice-Chancellor, if any of the above Member
members of the Selection Committee do not belong to the
same category.

5. Registrar/Joint Registrar/Deputy Registrar Member

56
(c) For Group ‘C’:

1. Registrar : Chairperson

2. One expert, not in service of the University, nominated by :

Member
the Vice-Chancellor

3. Head of the concerned Unit/Department : Member

4. A representative of SC/ST/OBC/Minority#/Women/PwBD, if :
any of the candidates belonging to these categories, to be
Member
nominated by the Vice-Chancellor, if any of the above
members of the Selection Committee do not belong to the
same category.

5 Joint Registrar/Deputy Registrar of the unit concerned : Member

57
(3) Following shall be the constitution of the Departmental Confirmation Committee:

(a) For Group ‘A’ posts (other than statutory posts):

1. Vice-Chancellor/Pro Vice-Chancellor*(*in : Chairperson

the absence of Vice Chancellor)

2. Head of the concerned Unit/Department : Member

3. A representative of SC/ST/OBC/Minority/Women/PwBD, if : Member

any of the candidates belonging to these categories, to be
nominated by the Vice-Chancellor, if any of the above
members of the Selection Committee do not belong to the
same category.

4 Registrar : Member

(b) For Group ‘B’ posts:

1. Pro Vice-Chancellor/Registrar* : Chairperson

(*in the absence of Pro Vice-Chancellor)

2. Head of the concerned Unit/Department : Member

3. A representative of SC/ST/OBC/Minority/Women/PwBD, if : Member
any of the candidates belonging to these categories, to be
nominated by the Vice-Chancellor, if any of the above
members of the Selection Committee do not belong to the
same category.

4. Registrar/Joint Registrar/Deputy Registrar Member

58
 (c) For Group ‘C’ posts:

1. Registrar : Chairperson

2. Head of the concerned Unit/Department : Member

3. A representative of SC/ST/OBC/Minority/Women/PwBD, if :
any of the candidates belonging to these categories, to be
nominated by the Vice-Chancellor ,if any of the above Member
members of the Selection Committee do not belong to the
same category.

4 Joint Registrar/Deputy Registrar of the unit concerned : Member

# The representative of the Minority shall be associated in the Selection Committee if the
number of vacancies is 10 or more than 10.

Quorum:
Two-thirds of the members shall form the quorum for the meeting of a Selection Committee, which
shall include the Chairperson, the Vice-Chancellor’s nominee (wherever applicable), at least one
external expert out of the two experts and one representative from the respective reserved category
as per requirement.

Two-thirds of the members shall form the quorum for the meeting of a Departmental Promotion
Committee/Departmental Confirmation Committee.

59
 DOCTOR HARISINGH GOUR VISHWAVIDYALAYA, SAGAR (M.P.)
INDEX
ADMINISTRATIVE / MINISTERIAL SERVICES
PAY STRUCTURE

SUMMARYOFPOSTS

CorePayScaleasp
NameofPost Group er6thCPC 7thCPCPayM Page
PayBand GradePay atrix Nos.
(Rs.) (Rs.)
ADMINISTRATIVE/MINISTERIALSERVICES
1. Registrar A 37400-67000 10000 Level14 28
2. Finance Officer A 37400-67000 10000 Level14 29
3. Controller of Examinations A 37400-67000 10000 Level14 30
4. Deputy Registrar A 15600-39100 7600 Level12 31
5. Assistant Registrar A 15600-39100 5400 Level10 32
6. Section Officer B 9300-34800 4600 Level7 33
7. Assistant B 9300-34800 4200 Level6 34
8. Upper Division Clerk C 5200-20200 2400 Level4 35

9. Lower Division Clerk C 5200-20200 1900 Level2 36

10. Multi Tasking Staff C 5200-20200 1800 Level1 37

OTHERISOLATED ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
11. Internal Audit Officer A 15600 - 39100 7600 Level12 38
12. Public Relation Officer A 15600 - 39100 5400 Level10 39

13. Law Officer A 15600 - 39100 5400 Level10 40

SECRETARIAL SERVICES

14. Private Secretary B 9300–34800 4600 Level7 41

15. Personal Assistant B 9300–34800 4200 Level6 42

LIBRARY SERVICES

16. Librarian Academic 43

A 37400-67000 10000
Level14
Academic
17. Deputy Librarian A 15600-39100 8700 44
Level13A
18. Assistant Librarian Academic 45-46
A 15600-39100 6000
Level10
19. Information Scientist A 15600-39100 5400 Level10 47

20. Professional Assistant B 9300–34800 4200 Level6 48

21. Semi Professional Assistant C 5200–20200 2800 Level5 49

22. Library Assistant C 5200–20200 2000 Level3 50

23. Library Attendant C 5200–20200 1800 Level1 51

60
61
 CorePayScaleas
per6thCPC 7thCPCPay Page
NameofPost Group
Matrix Nos.
PayBand GradePay
(Rs.) (Rs.)
TECHNICAL/LABORATORY SERVICES
Technical Officer 52
24. A 15600-39100 5400 Level10

25. Senior Technical Assistant B 9300–34800 4200 Level6 53

26. Technical Assistant C 5200-20200 2800 Level5 54
27. Laboratory Assistant C 5200–20200 2400 Level4 55
28. Laboratory Attendant C 5200–20200 1800 Level1 56
INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECH. SERVICES

29. Senior System Analyst A 15600–39100 7600 Level12 57

30. System Analyst A 15600-39100 5400 Level 10 58
31. Senior Technical Assistant B 9300–34800 4200 Level6 59
32. Technical Assistant C 5200-20200 2800 Level5 60
ENGINEERING SERVICES

33. Executive Engineer(Civil) A 15600-39100 6600 Level11 61

34. Executive Engineer (Electrical) A 15600-39100 6600 Level11 62
Assistant Engineer(Civil/Electrical)
35. B 9300–34800 4600 Level7 63
Junior Engineer (Civil/Electrical)
36. B 9300–34800 4200 Level6 64
RAJBHASHA SERVICES

37. Hindi Officer A 15600–39100 5400 Level10 65

38. Hindi Translator B 9300–34800 4200 Level6 66
39. Hindi Typist C 5200-20200 1900 Level2 67
SECURITY SERVICES
40. Security Officer B 9300–34800 4600 Level7 68
41. Security Inspector C 5200–20200 2800 Level5 69
GUESTHOUSE/HOSTEL SERVICES
42. Guest House Manager B 9300–34800 4200 Level6 70
43. Cook C 5200–20200 1900 Level2 71
TRANSPORT SERVICES
44. Driver C 5200-20200 1900 Level2 72

62
 REGISTRAR

1 Name of Post Registrar

2 Number of Post 1 (One)
3 Classification Group ‘A’
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Pay Level 14
5 Whether Selection or non-selection post Not Applicable
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits Preferably below 57 years
7 Educational and other qualifications Essential:
required for direct recruits i) Master’s degree with at least 55% of the marks or an
equivalent grade in a point scale wherever grading system is
followed.

ii) At least 15 years of experience as Assistant Professor in the

Academic Level 11 and above or with 8 years of service in
the Academic Level 12 and above including as Associate
Professor along with experience in educational
administration
or
Comparable experience in research establishment and/ or
other institutions of higher education,

or
15 years of administrative experience, of which 8 years
shall be as Deputy Registrar or an equivalent post.

8 Whether Age and educational Not Applicable

qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Not Applicable
10 Method of recruitment whether by direct Direct/Deputation for a tenure of five years or till attaining the
recruitment or by promotion or by age of superannuation i.e. 62 years, whichever is earlier
deputation/absorption and percentage of
(Eligible for reappointment after observance of due selection
the post to be filled by various methods.
process)
11 In case of recruitment by promotion/ Deputation:
deputation / absorption, grades from Qualifications & Experience: As indicated at col. 7.
which promotion / deputation / Grade: Holding analogous post or eight years’ experience at Pay
absorption to be made Level-12
Selection Committee: As at column 12.

12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per Act/Statutes /UGC Notification

Committee

63
 FINANCE OFFICER
1 Name of Post Finance Officer
2 Number of Post 1 (One)
3 Classification Group ‘A’
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Pay Level 14
5 Whether Selection or non-selection Not Applicable
post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits Preferably below 57 years
7 Educational and other qualifications Essential:
required for direct recruits i) Master’s degree with at least 55% of the marks or an
equivalent grade in a point scale wherever grading system is
followed.

ii) At least 15 years of experience as Assistant Professor in the

Academic Level 11 and above or with 8 years of service in
the Academic Level 12 and above including as Associate
Professor along with experience in educational
administration

or
Comparable experience in research establishment and/ or
other institutions of higher education,

or
15 years of administrative experience, of which 8 years shall
be as Deputy Registrar or an equivalent post.

8 Whether Age and educational Not Applicable

qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Not Applicable
10 Method of recruitment whether by Direct/Deputation for a tenure of five years or till attaining the age
direct recruitment or by promotion or of superannuation i.e. 62 years, whichever is earlier
by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled by (Eligible for reappointment after observance of due selection
various methods. process)
11 In case of recruitment by promotion/ Deputation:
deputation / absorption, grades from Appointment preferably by drawing officers not below the Level
which promotion / deputation / 12 belonging to the Indian Audit and Accounts services or other
absorption to be made similar organized Services in Central/ State Govt.
or
University System/ Other organisation subject to fulfilment of
qualification as indicated under col. 7 on Deputation for a tenure of
5 years or till attaining the age of 62 years, whichever is earlier.
Note: The Selection Committee for deputation shall be the same as
at column 12.
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per Act/Statutes /UGC Notification
Committee

64
 CONTROLLER OF EXAMINATIONS

1 Name of Post Controller of Examinations

2 Number of Post 1 (One)
3 Classification Group ‘A’
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Pay Level 14
5 Whether Selection or non-selection post Not Applicable
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits Preferably below 57 years
7 Educational and other qualifications Essential:
required for direct recruits i) Master’s degree with at least 55% of the marks or an
equivalent grade in a point scale wherever grading system is
followed.

ii) At least 15 years of experience as Assistant Professor in the

Academic Level 11 and above or with 8 years of service in
the Academic Level 12 and above including as Associate
Professor along with experience in educational
administration

or
Comparable experience in research establishment and/ or
other institutions of higher education,
or
15 years of administrative experience, of which 8 years
shall be as Deputy Registrar or an equivalent post.

8 Whether Age and educational Not Applicable

qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Not Applicable
10 Method of recruitment whether by direct Direct/Deputation for a tenure of five years or till attaining the
recruitment or by promotion or by age of superannuation i.e. 62 years, whichever is earlier
deputation/absorption and percentage of
(Eligible for reappointment after observance of due selection
the post to be filled by various methods.
process)
11 In case of recruitment by promotion/ Deputation:
deputation/absorption, grades from Qualifications & Experience: As indicated at col. 7.
which promotion/ deputation/ absorption Grade: Holding analogous post or eight years’ experience at Pay
to be made Level-12
Selection Committee: As at column 12.

12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per Act/Statutes /UGC Notification

Committee

65
 DEPUTY REGISTRAR
1 Name of Post Deputy Registrar
2 Number of Post (s) 05 (Five)
3 Classification Group – A
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 12
Pay Level 13 (after 05 years of service)
5 Whether Selection or non- Selection
selection post Not applicable in case of Direct Recruitment/Deputation
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 50 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct i. Master’s Degree with at least 55% of the marks or an
recruits equivalent grade in a point scale wherever grading system is
followed.
ii. Five years of experience as Assistant Registrar or in
equivalent post in the Pay Level 10 and above.

8 Whether Age and educational Age: No

qualifications prescribed for direct Academic Qualification: Must possess at least Bachelor’s degree from
recruits will apply in the case of a recognized University.
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any One year
10 Method of recruitment whether by 75% by Direct Recruitment
direct recruitment or by promotion 25% by promotion, failing which by deputation.
or by deputation/absorption and (Ref: MHRD Letter No.1-7/2015-.U.II (2) dated 02/11/2017)
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Promotion: Assistant Registrar with five years regular service in Pau
promotion/ deputation/absorption, Level 11.
grades from which promotion/ Deputation: Officers holding analogous posts on regular basis or with
deputation/absorption to be made five years regular service in Pay Level 11or with eight years regular
service in Pay Level 10 in the Central/State Government, Universities
and other autonomous organisations.
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

66
 ASSISTANT REGISTRAR
1 Name of Post Assistant Registrar
2 Number of Post (s) 08 (Eight)
3 Classification Group – A
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 10
Pay Level 11 (after 08 years of service following the UGC norms)
5 Whether Selection or non- Selection
selection post Not applicable in case of Direct Recruitment/Deputation
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 40 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct I. Master’s Degree with at least 55% of the marks or an
Recruits equivalent grade in a point scale wherever grading system is
followed.
II. The appointment under direct recruitment shall be made
through an All India open competition by conducting a
written test and interview.

8 Whether Age and educational Age: No

qualifications prescribed for direct Qualification: No, but must possess at least Bachelor's degree from a
recruits will apply in the case of recognized University/Institute.
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Two Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by 50% by direct recruitment
direct recruitment or by promotion
or by deputation/absorption and 50% by promotion, failing which by deputation/direct recruitment.
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Promotion: 5 years of regular service as Section Officer/ Private
promotion/ deputation / Secretary (pay level 7 & above).
absorption, grades from which
promotion / deputation / Based on merit from among the eligible candidates having requisite
absorption to be made experience from feeder cadres on the basis of a written test.

Deputation:
Officers holding analogous posts on regular basis or with 5 years regular
service in lower grades position in Level 7/Level 8 in the Central /State
Government, Universities and other autonomous organizations.
Knowledge of Computer Applications
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules
Committee

67
 SECTION OFFICER
1 Name of Post Section Officer
2 Number of Post (s) 31 (Thirty One)
3 Classification Group – B
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Pay Level 7
Whether Selection or non-selection Selection
5
post Not Applicable in case of Direct Recruitment/Deputation
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 35 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct i) A Bachelor’s Degree in any discipline from any recognised
recruits Institute/ University.
ii) Three Years’ Experience as Assistant in the Level 6 or eight
years as UDC in Level 4 in any Central / State Govt./
University/ PSU and other Central or State Autonomous
Institutions or holding equivalent positions in any reputed
Private companies/ bank with annual turnover of at least
Rs.200/- Crores or more.
iii) Proficiency in Computer Operation, noting and drafting.

8 Whether Age and educational Age: No

qualifications prescribed for direct Academic Qualification: Yes (As indicated at column 7)
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Two Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by 75% by Promotion from the cadre of Assistant subject to qualifying the
direct recruitment or by promotion departmental test, failing which by deputation.
or by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled 25% by Direct Recruitment (based on written test and skill test)
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Promotion: 05 years of regular service from the feeder grade of Assistant
promotion/ deputation/absorption, in Level 6subject to seniority-cum-fitness with academic qualification as
grades from which promotion / in Col.7 above.
deputation / absorption to be made
Deputation: Officers holding analogous post on regular basis or with
three years regular service in Level 6 or equivalent in the Central/ State
Govt. Universities or autonomous organisations and possess the
Bachelor’s degree as prescribed for direct recruits at Col.7 above.
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules
Committee

68
 ASSISTANT
1 Name of Post Assistant
2 Number of Post (s) 52 (Fifty Two)
3 Classification Group – B
Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade
4 Level 6
Pay
Whether Selection or non- Non-Selection in case of promotion
5
selection post Not Applicable in case of Direct Recruitment/Deputation
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 35 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct Bachelor Degree from a recognized University / Institution.
recruits
Three Years of experience as UDC or equivalent in the Level 4 in Central/
State Government/ University/ PSU and other Central / State Autonomous
Bodies or equivalent pay package in the reputed private Companies/
corporate banks with a minimum annual turnover of at least Rs.200/-
Crores or more.

Proficiency in Typing, Computer applications, noting and drafting.

8 Whether Age and educational Age: No

qualifications prescribed for direct Academic Qualification: Yes (As indicated at column 7)
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Two Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by 75% by Promotion
direct recruitment or by promotion
or by deputation/absorption and 25% by Direct Recruitment (based on written test and skill test)
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Promotion: UDC with 5 years of regular service in Level 4 according to
promotion/ deputation/absorption, seniority-cum-fitness.
grades from which promotion/
deputation/absorption to be made
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules
Committee

69
 UPPER DIVISION CLERK
1 Name of Post Upper Division Clerk
2 Number of Post (s) 65 (Sixty Five)
3 Classification Group – C
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 4
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Selection
selection post Not applicable in case of Direct Recruitment
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 32 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct 1. A Bachelor’s Degree from any recognized Institute/
recruits University.
2. Two year experience as Lower Division Clerk/ Equivalent
posts in University/ Research Establishment / Central State
Govt./ PSU/ Autonomous Bodies or equivalent pay package in
the reputed private Companies/ corporate banks with a
minimum annual turnover of at least Rs.200/- Crores or more.
3. Speed in English Typing @ 35 wpm OR Speed in Hindi
Typing @ 30 wpm
4. Proficiency in Computer Operations.
8 Whether Age and educational No
qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Two Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by 75% by Promotion
direct recruitment or by promotion
or by deputation/absorption and 25% by Direct Recruitment (based on written test and skill test)
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Promotion:
promotion/ deputation/absorption, Lower Division Clerk/Hindi Typist with five years regular service in
grades from which promotion/ Pay Level 2 according to seniority cum fitness failing which by direct
deputation/absorption to be made recruitment.
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules
Committee
*The post of Hindi Typist is to be clubbed with LDC for the purpose of Career progression with
bottomseniority in future, inter-se-seniority between the two cadre shall be maintained.

70
 LOWER DIVISION CLERK

1 Name of Post Lower Division Clerk

2 Number of Post (s) 127 (One Hundred Twenty Seven)
3 Classification Group – C
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 2
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Selection
selection post Non-Selection for Col. 10 (iii)
Not Applicable for Direct Recruitment
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 32 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct (i) A Bachelor’s Degree from any recognized Institute/
recruits University.
(ii) English Typing @ 35 wpm OR Hindi Typing @ 30 wpm(35wpm and
30wpm correspond to 10500KDPH/ 9000KDPH on an average of 5 Key
depressions for each work)
(iii) Proficiency in Computer Operations.
8 Whether Age and educational No
qualifications prescribed for
direct recruits will apply in thecase
of promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Two Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by i) 85% by Direct Recruitment through written and skill test in various
direct recruitment or by promotion components of MS Office particularly in MS Word, MS Excel, etc.
or by
deputation/absorption and
ii) 10% of vacancies shall be filled up from amongst the Group 'C' employees
percentage of the post to be filled in the Level 1 and who possess Senior Secondary (10+2) or equivalent
by various methods. qualification and have rendered three years regular service in the grade, on
the basis of the departmental qualifying examination. The maximum age
limit for eligibilityfor such examination is 45 Years**

Note: The panel shall be valid for a period of one year.

iii. Promotion: 5% of the vacancies shall be filled on seniority- cum-fitness

basis from Group 'C' (MTS) employees who have five years regular
service in posts in the Level 1 subject to fulfilling the educational
qualification of (10+2) or equivalent.

The relaxation of Skill/Typing Test for the promotion from MTS to

LDC shall be governed as per DoPT OM No. F.o.14020/1/2014-Estt.
(D) dated 22nd April, 2015.
11 In case of recruitment by
promotion/ deputation /absorption, As in Column No. 10
grades from which
promotion/deputation / absorption
to be made
12 Composition of DPC or As per schedule II of these Rules.
Selection Committee
**Only those Group-C (Level-1) employees, who are holding the posts of MTS/Isolated posts
shall be considered eligible for the post of LDC through Departmental Qualifying Examination.
71
 MULTI TASKING STAFF

1 Name of Post Multi-Tasking Staff (MTS)

2 Number of Post (s) 83 (Eighty Three)
3 Classification Group – C
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Pay Level 1
5 Whether Selection or non-selection Not Applicable
post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 32 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct 10th Pass from a recognized Board.
recruits OR
ITI Pass.
8 Whether Age and educational Not Applicable
qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Two Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by Direct Recruitment through Written and Trade Test.
direct recruitment or by promotion
or by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Not Applicable
promotion/ deputation/absorption,
grades from which promotion/
deputation/absorption to be made
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

72
 INTERNAL AUDIT OFFICER

1 Name of Post Internal Audit Officer (On Deputation only)

2 Number of Post (s) 1 (One)
3 Classification Group – A
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Pay Level 12
5 Whether Selection or non-selection post Not Applicable
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 56 Years (on deputation)
7 Educational and other qualifications Not Applicable
required for direct recruits
8 Whether Age and educational Not Applicable
qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Not Applicable
10 Method of recruitment whether by direct Deputation
recruitment or by promotion or by
deputation/absorption and percentage of
the post to be filled by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by promotion/ Deputation: By drawing officers belonging to Audit and
deputation/absorption, grades from Accounts Services or other similar organised Accounts
which promotion/ deputation/absorption Services in Central / State Govt., holding analogous posts on
to be made regular basis.
OR

with three years regular service in Level 11 or equivalent in the

area of Audit and Accounts in any Govt. Department/
Autonomous Bodies.
OR

with five years regular service in Level 10 or equivalent in

the
area of Audit and Accounts in any Govt. Department/
Autonomous Bodies.
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

73
 PUBLIC RELATION OFFICER

1 Name of Post Public Relation Officer

2 Number of Post (s) 01 (One)
3 Classification Group – A
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 10
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Not Applicable
selection post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 40 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct i. Masters' Degree with at least 55% of marks or its equivalent
recruits grade of B in the UGC 7 point scale in Journalism and Mass
Communication from recognised University / Institute.
ii. At least Five years experience in the editorial department/
Centre of any Central / State Govt. department / PSU /
Central / State Educational Institutions established English/
regional Newspaper accredited with ABC, National News
Agencies, Radio or Television, Film Media, reputed
advertising agencies with excellent command of speaking in
English, Hindi and Regional Language.

Desirable:
Good working knowledge of computer applications.
8 Whether Age and educational Not Applicable
qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Two Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by Direct Recruitment
direct recruitment or by promotion
or by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Not Applicable
promotion/ deputation/absorption,
grades from which promotion/
deputation/absorption to be made
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

74
 LAW OFFICER

1. Name of Post Law Officer

2. Number of Post 01 (One)
3. Classification of the post Group ‘A’
4. Scale of Pay/Pay Band/Grade Level 10
Pay/Pay Level
5. Selection or Non-Selection Post Not Applicable
6. Age limit for direct Recruits 40 Years
7. Educational and other Essential Qualification:
qualifications required for direct (i) LLB. from a recognized Indian Universities / Institutions
recruits with at least 7 years’ experience of law practice in a Court of
Law in the civil/criminal/service matter duly certified.
(ii) LL.M. from the recognized Indian Universities /
Institutions with at least 55% of marks or an equivalent
grade point in the grade point scale.

8. Whether age & educational Not Applicable

qualifications prescribed for
direct recruits will apply in the
case of promotees?
9. Period of probation, if any. Two Years
10. Method of recruitment whether Direct Recruitment
by direct recruitment or by
promotion or by
deputation/absorption and
percentage of the vacancies to
be filled by various methods.
11. In case of recruitment by Not Applicable
promotion / deputation /
absorption, grades from which
promotion/deputation/absorption
to be made.
12. If a Departmental Promotion As per Schedule II of these rules.
Committee exists what is it
composition.

75
 PRIVATE SECRETARY
1 Name of Post Private Secretary
2 Number of Post (s) 03 (Three)
3 Classification Group – B
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 7
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Selection
selection post Not applicable in case of Direct Recruitment
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 35 Years
7 Educational and other Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct 1. A Bachelor’s Degree from a recognized University/Institute.
recruits 2. At least 03 Years experience as Personal Assistant or 5
years as Stenographer in a University/ Research
establishment/ Central/ State Govt. /PSU and other
autonomous bodies.
3. English/Hindi Stenography speed:120 wpm in English or 100
wpm in Hindi
4. English/Hindi Typing speed: 35 w.p.m. in English or 30
w.p.m.in Hindi.
5. Knowledge of computer applications.

Skill Test Norms on Computer:

Dictation: 10 minutes @ 120 w.p.m. in English/100 w.p.m. in Hindi
Transcription: 50 minutes (English)/ 60 minutes (Hindi)
Desirable:
Proficiency in English & good communication skills.
8 Whether Age and educational Age: No
qualifications prescribed for direct Academic Qualification: Yes
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Two Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by i) 75% by promotion
direct recruitment or by promotion
or by deputation/absorption and ii) 25 % by direct recruitment failing which by deputation.
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Promotion:
promotion/ deputation/absorption, Personal Assistant with 05 (five) years regular service in Level 6on the
grades from which promotion/ basis of seniority-cum-fitness, subject to qualifying in the stenography
deputation/absorption to be made test as mentioned under column 7..

Deputation:
Persons holding analogous posts on regular basis or with 3 years
regular service as Personal Assistant in the Level 6/Level 7 of any
Central/State Govt./ University/ Public Sector Undertaking as other
Central or State Autonomous bodies and fulfilling the educational
qualifications and
other professional requirements as prescribed at column 7.
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee
76
 PERSONAL ASSISTANT
1 Name of Post Personal Assistant
2 Number of Post (s) 05 (Five)
3 Classification Group – B
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Pay Level 6
5 Whether Selection or non-selection Selection
post Not Applicable in case of Direct Recruitment
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 35 Years
7 Educational and other qualifications Essential Qualifications:
required for direct recruits 1. A Bachelor’s Degree in any discipline from any recognised
Institute/ University.
2. Proficiency in Stenography in English or Hindi with
minimum speed of 100wpm.
3. Proficiency in Typing in English or Hindi with minimum
speed of 35 / 30 wpm respectively.
4. Knowledge of Computer Applications.
5. Two years experience as Stenographer or equivalent in
Central State Govt. Organisations / University Research
Institution or Central / State autonomous Institution/reputed
private institutions having a turnover 200 Crores.

Desirable: Proficiency in English and good communication skills.

Skill Test Norms on Computer:
Dictation: 10 minutes @ 100 w.p.m.
Transcription: 40 minutes English/55 minutes Hindi
8 Whether Age and educational Not Applicable
qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any 2 Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by i) 75% by promotion failing which by deputation.
direct recruitment or by promotion ii) 25 % by direct recruitment failing which by deputation.
or by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Promotion: Stenographer with 05 (five) years regular service in
promotion/ deputation/absorption, Level 4on the basis of seniority-cum-fitness, subject to qualifying in
grades from which promotion/ the stenography test as mentioned under column 7.
deputation/absorption to be made
Deputation: Officers holding analogous post on regular basis or with
three years regular service in Level 4/Level 5 or equivalent in the
Central/ State Govt. Universities or autonomous organisations and
possess the qualification as prescribed for direct recruits at Col.7
above.
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule 2 of these Rules.
Committee

77
 LIBRARIAN

1 Name of Post Librarian

2 Number of Post 01 (One)
3 Classification Group – A
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Academic Level 14
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Not Applicable
selection post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits Preferably below 57 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct i) Master’s Degree in Library Science/ Information Science/
recruits Documentation Science with at least 55% of marks or an
equivalent grade in a point scale wherever the grading system
is followed.
ii) At least 10 years as a Librarian at any level in University
Library or ten years of teaching as Assistant/ Associate
Professor in Library Science or ten years’ experience as a
College Librarian.
iii) Evidence of innovative Library services, including the
integration of ICT in a library.
iv) A Ph.D. Degree in library science/ documentation/ archives
and manuscript keeping.

8 Whether Age and educational Not Applicable

qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any One Year
10 Method of recruitment whether by Direct recruitment failing which by Deputation.
direct recruitment or by promotion
or by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Deputation: Officers of Central/ State Governments, Universities and
promotion / deputation/ other Autonomous Organizations holding analogous posts on regular
absorption, grades from which basis subject to possessing educational qualification and experience as
promotion/ deputation/absorption prescribed in column 07.
to be made
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per UGC Regulations 2018
Committee

78
 DEPUTY LIBRARIAN
1 Name of Post Deputy Librarian
2 Number of Post (s) 01 (One)
3 Classification Group – A
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Academic Level 13A
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Not Applicable
selection post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 50 Years
7 Educational and other Qualifications:-
qualifications required for direct i. Master’s degree in Library Science/ Information Science/
recruits documentation science, with at least 55% of the marks or an
equivalent grade in a point scale wherever the grading
system is followed.
ii. Eight years experience as an Assistant University Librarian/
College Librarian.
iii. Evidence of innovative library services including integration
of ICT in library.
iv. A Ph.D. Degree in library science / information science/
Documentation Science/ Archives and manuscript keeping/
computerization of library
8 Whether Age and educational Not Applicable
qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any One Year
10 Method of recruitment whether by Direct Recruitment
direct recruitment or by promotion
or by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Not Applicable
promotion/ deputation/absorption,
grades from which promotion/
deputation/absorption to be made
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per UGC Regulations 2018
Committee

79
 ASSISTANT LIBRARIAN

1 Name of Post Assistant Librarian

2 Number of Post (s) 02 (Two)
3 Classification Group – A
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Academic Level 10
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Not Applicable
selection post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 40 Years
7 Educational and other Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct i. A Master’s degree in Library Science, Information Science
recruits or Documentation Science or an equivalent professional
degree with at least 55% of marks (or an equivalent grade in
a point scale wherever grading system is followed)
ii. A consistently good academic record with knowledge of
computerization of library.
iii. Qualifying in the National Eligibility Test (NET) conducted
by the UGC, CSIR or similar test accredited by the UGC
like SLET/SET or who are or have been awarded a Ph.D.
degree in accordance with the "University Grants
commission (Minimum Standards and Procedure for Award
of M.Phil./Ph.D. Degree), Regulations 2009 or 2016 and
their amendments from time to time as the case may be:

Provided that the, candidates registered for the Ph.D. programme prior to
July 11, 2009, shall be governed by the provisions of the then existing
Ordinances / Bye-laws / Regulations of the Institutions awarding the
degree and such Ph.D. candidates shall be exempted from the
requirement of NET/SLET/SET for recruitment and appointment of
Assistant Professor or equivalent positions in Universities/Colleges /
Institutions subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions:

a) The Ph.D. degree of the candidate has been awarded in regular

mode
b) The Ph.D. thesis has been evaluated by at least two external
examiners;
c) Open Ph.D. viva voce of the candidate had been conducted;
d) The candidate has published two research papers from his/her Ph.D.
work out of which at least one must be in a refereed journal;
e) The Candidate has presented at least two papers based on his/her
Ph.D. work in conferences/ seminars sponsored/ funded/ supported
by the UGC/ ICSSR/ CSIR or any other similar agency.

Note:

(i) The fulfillment of these conditions is to be certified by the

Registrar or the Dean (Academic Affairs) of the university
concerned.

80
 (ii) NET/SLET/SET shall also not be required for such Masters
Programmes for which NET/SLET/SET is not conducted by
the UGC, CSIR or similar test accredited by the UGC like
SLET/SET.
8 Whether Age and educational Not Applicable
qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any One Year
10 Method of recruitment whether by Direct Recruitment
direct recruitment or by promotion
or by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Not Applicable
promotion/ deputation/absorption,
grades from which promotion /
deputation / absorption to be made
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per UGC Regulations 2018
Committee

81
 INFORMATION SCIENTIST
1 Name of Post Information Scientist
2 Number of Post (s) 01 (One)
3 Classification Group – A
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 10
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Not Applicable
selection post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 40 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct First Class M.E. / M.Tech. (Computer Science) / Information
recruits Technology) Or equivalent.
OR
First Class B.E. / B.Tech (Computer Science) / Information Technology)
or equivalent with two years of relevant experience.
OR
First Class Master in Computer Applications (MCA) or equivalent with
two years of relevant experience.
OR
First Class M.Sc. (Computer Science/ Information Technology) from a
recognized University/ Institute with three years of relevant experience.
OR
First Class Masters Degree in Library and Information Science (M.Lib.
or M.LIS) and Post Graduate Diploma in Computer Applications or
MCA or M.Sc. (Computer Science/Information Technology)
Desirable Qualification:
Relevant experience in Library/office automation/server
configuration/maintenance of e-resource/data base management/
content management/ programming/ development of website/
portals/information systems/gateway and networking.
8 Whether Age and educational Not Applicable
qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any 2 Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by Direct Recruitment failing which by deputation
direct recruitment or by promotion
or by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Deputation: Officers of the Central/ State Government, Autonomous or
promotion/ deputation/absorption, Statutory Organisation, PSU, University or recognised research institution;
grades from which promotion/ (i) Holding analogous post on regular basis in the parent cadre or
deputation/absorption to be made department or
(ii) with 5 years’ service rendered after appointment to the post on regular
basis in the Level 6/7 or equivalent in the parent cadre or department; and
(iii) Possessing the qualifications and experience prescribed for direct
recruitment under column 7.
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee
82
 PROFESSIONAL ASSISTANT
1 Name of Post Professional Assistant
2 Number of Post (s) 03 (Three)
3 Classification Group – B
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Pay Level 6
5 Whether Selection or non-selection Selection
post Not applicable in case of Direct Recruitment
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 35 Years
7 Educational and other Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct 1. Master’s Degree in Library & Information Science from any
recruits recognised University /Institution with 02 years experience
in the relevant field in a University/Research establishment /
Central / State Govt. / PSU and Library of other autonomous
Institutions.

OR
Bachelor’s Degree in Library / Library and Information Science
from any recognised Institute/ University with 03 years experience
in the relevant field in a University / Research Establishment /
Central / State Govt. / PSU and Library of other autonomous
Institutions.
2. Knowledge of Computer Applications.

8 Whether Age and educational Age: No

qualifications prescribed for direct Academic Qualification: Yes as at (column 7).
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any 2 Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by i) 75% by promotion
direct recruitment or by promotion
or by deputation/absorption and ii) 25 % by direct recruitment failing which by deputation.
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Promotion: Semi Professional Assistant with five years regular
promotion/ deputation/absorption, service in Level 5through seniority-cum-fitness, subject to qualifying
grades from which promotion/ in the Computer typing test failing which by deputation / direct
deputation/absorption to be made recruitment
Deputation: Employees of the Central/ State Government,
Autonomous or Statutory Organisation, PSU, University or recognised
research institution;
(i) Holding analogous post on regular basis in the parent cadre or
department.
(ii) With 5 years’ service rendered as Semi Professional Assistant in
the Level 5 or equivalent in the parent cadre or department.
(iii) Possessing the qualifications and experience prescribed for direct
recruitment under column 7.
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

83
 SEMI PROFESSIONAL ASSISTANT

1 Name of Post Semi Professional Assistant

2 Number of Post (s) 10 (Ten)
3 Classification Group – C
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Pay Level 5
5 Whether Selection or non-selection Selection
post Not applicable in case of Direct Recruitment
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 32 Years
7 Educational and other Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct Master’s Degree in Library Science and Information Science from any
recruits recognized University/Institution
OR
Bachelor’s Degree in Library/ Library and Information Science from a
recognized Institute/ University with two years relevant experience in a
University/ Research Establishment / Central / State Govt./ PSU
Autonomous Institutions.
8 Whether Age and educational Age: No
qualifications prescribed for direct Academic Qualification: Yes
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any 2 Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by 75% by Promotion failing which by direct recruitment.
direct recruitment or by promotion 25% by Direct Recruitment
or by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Promotion: Library Assistant with 5 years of regular service in Level 4.
promotion / deputation /
absorption, grades from which
promotion / deputation /
absorption to be made
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

84
 LIBRARY ASSISTANT

1 Name of Post Library Assistant

2 Number of Post (s) 06 (Six)
3 Classification Group – C
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 4
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Selection
selection post Not applicable in case of Direct Recruitment.
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 32 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct i) Bachelor’s degree in Library & Information Science or
recruits equivalent from a recognized University.
ii) Typing speed of 30 words per minute in English.
iii) Knowledge of Computer Applications.

8 Whether Age and educational Age: No

qualifications prescribed for direct Qualification: No. But must possess the qualification as indicated in
recruits will apply in the case of Column 11.
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any 2 Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by 75% by promotion
direct recruitment or by promotion 25% by Direct Recruitment
or by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Promotion: Library Attendant possessing 10+2 qualification or
promotion/ deputation/absorption, equivalent and certificate in Library Science with five years regular
grades from which promotion/ service in Level 1.
deputation/absorption to be made

12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.

Committee

85
 LIBRARY ATTENDANT

1 Name of Post Library Attendant

2 Number of Post (s) 14 (Fourteen)
3 Classification Group – C
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 1
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Not Applicable
selection post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 32 Years
Educational and other Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct
recruits i) 10+2 or its equivalent examination from a recognized Board.
ii) Certificate course in Library Science from a recognized
Institution.
iii) One year experience in a University/ College/ Educational
Institution Library.
iv) Basic knowledge of computer applications.

8 Whether Age and educational Not Applicable

qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any 2 Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by Direct Recruitment
direct recruitment or by promotion
or by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Not Applicable
promotion/ deputation/absorption,
grades from which promotion/
deputation/absorption to be made
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

86
 TECHNICAL OFFICER

1 Name of Post Technical Officer

2 Number of Post(s) 04 (Four)
3 Classification Group ‘A’
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band/Grade Level 10
Pay
5 Whether selection or non- Not Applicable
selection post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 40 Years
7 Educational and other Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct (i) Master’s Degree with 55% marks in the relevant
recruits subject.
(ii) 5 years’ experience of maintenance / operation of
sophisticated scientific Instruments in the Laboratory as
Senior Technical Assistant or equivalent.
OR
Researchers having 5 years experience of operation of
Sophisticated scientific Instruments in the Laboratory at
Post Doctoral Level will also be eligible.

The experience should be in University/ Research

establishment / Central / State Govt. / PSU and other
autonomous bodies or Private organization of repute
with annual turnover of at least Rs.200/- Crores or
more.
8 Whether age and educational Not Applicable
qualifications prescribed for
direct recruits will apply in the
case of promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Two Years
10 Method of recruitment whether Direct Recruitment
by direct recruitment or by
promotion or by
deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be
filled by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by NA
promotion/
deputation/absorption, grades
from which
promotion/deputation/absorption
to be made
12 Composition of DPC or As per schedule II of these Rules.
Selection Committee

87
 SENIOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANT

1 Name of Post Senior Technical Assistant

2 Number of Post(s) 08 (Eight)
3 Classification Group ‘B’
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band/Grade Pay Level 6
5 Whether selection or non- Non-Selection
selection post Not Applicable for direct recruitment
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 35 Years
7 Educational and other Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct Master’s Degree in the relevant subject with at least two years
recruits experience in relevant field
OR
First Class Bachelor’s Degree in the relevant subject with
minimum five years of working and maintenance experience of
sophisticated scientific Instruments in the Laboratory. However,
the relevant subject will be as decided by the university as per the
functional requirement of the department concerned.
The experience should be in University/ Research establishment /
Central / State Govt. / PSU and other autonomous bodies or
Private organization of repute with annual turnover of at least
Rs.200/- Crores or more.
8 Whether age and educational No
qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Two Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by 75% by Promotion
direct recruitment or by
promotion or by 25% by Direct Recruitment (based on written test and skill test)
deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Promotion: Technical Assistant with five years regular service in
promotion/ deputation/absorption, the Level 5according to seniority-cum-fitness
grades from which
promotion/deputation/absorption
to be made
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

88
 TECHNICAL ASSISTANT
1 Name of Post Technical Assistant
2 Number of Post (s) 24 (Twenty Four)
3 Classification Group – C
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 5
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Non Selection
selection post Not Applicable in case of direct recruitment.
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 32 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct
Bachelor’s degree with minimum three years of working and
recruits
maintenance/ operation experience of Scientific Instruments in the
Laboratory. However, the relevant subject will be as decided by the
university as per the functional requirement of the department
concerned.
The experience should be in University/ Research establishment /
Central / State Govt. / PSU and other autonomous bodies or Private
organization of repute with annual turnover of at least Rs.200/- Crores
or more.
8 Whether Age and education No
qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any 2 Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by 75% by Promotion.
direct recruitment or by promotion 25% by Direct Recruitment (based on written test and skill test)
or by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Promotion: Laboratory Assistant with five years of regular service in
promotion/ deputation/absorption, Level 4 according to seniority-cum-fitness failing which by direct
grades from which promotion/ recruitment/deputation
deputation/absorption to be made
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

89
 LABORATORY ASSISTANT
1 Name of Post Laboratory Assistant
2 Number of Post (s) 29 (Twenty Nine)
3 Classification Group – C
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 4
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Selection
selection post Not Applicable for Direct Recruitment
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 32 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct Bachelor’s degree with minimum two years of working and
recruits maintenance experience of sophisticated scientific Instruments in the
Laboratory. However, the relevant subject will be as decided by the
university as per the functional requirement of the department
concerned.
The experience should be in University/ Research establishment /
Central / State Govt. / PSU and other autonomous bodies or Private
organization of repute with annual turnover of at least Rs.200/- Crores
or more.
8 Whether Age and educational Age: No
qualifications prescribed for direct Academic Qualification: Yes
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any 2 Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by 25% by Promotion
direct recruitment or by promotion 75% by Direct Recruitment
or by deputation/absorption and .
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Promotion:
promotion/ deputation/absorption, Laboratory Attendant with eight years of regular service in Level 1 with
grades from which promotion/ the requisite qualification prescribed at Col.No.7.
deputation/absorption to be made
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

90
 LABORATORY ATTENDANT

1 Name of Post Laboratory Attendant

2 Number of Post (s) 86 (Eighty Six)
3 Classification Group – C
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 1
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Not Applicable
selection post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 32 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for directrecruits 10+2 with Science stream from any recognized Central/ State
Board
OR

10th Pass from any recognized Central/ State Board with

Science as one ofthe subjects and skill certificate programme
in Laboratory Technology.
8 Whether Age and educational qualifications Not Applicable
prescribed for direct recruits will apply in the
case of promotions

9 Period of probation, if any 2 Years

10 Method of recruitment whether by direct Direct Recruitment
recruitment or by promotion or by
deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled by various
methods.

11 In case of recruitment bypromotion/ Not Applicable

deputation/absorption, gradesfrom
which promotion/
deputation/absorption to be made

12 Composition of DPC or As per schedule II of these Rules.

Selection Committee

91
 SENIOR SYSTEM ANALYST

1. Name of Post Senior System Analyst

2. Number of Post 01 (One)
3. Classification of the post Group ‘A’
4. Scale of Pay/Pay Band/Grade Level 12
Pay/Pay Level
5. Selection or Non-Selection Not Applicable
Post
6. Age limit for direct Recruits 50 Years
7. Educational and other Qualification:
qualifications required for direct B.E./B.Tech. (Computer Science & Engineering) with at least 55%
recruits of marks and 9 years of experience of extensive programming and
System Management from a recognized Public/PUS/Private
organization.
OR
M.Sc. (Computer Science)/MCA/M.Tech.(Computer Science &
Engineering) with 55% of marks and 8 years’ experience of
extensive programming and system management from a recognized
Public/PUS/Private organization.

8. Whether age & educational Not Applicable

qualifications prescribed for
direct recruits will apply in the
case of promotions?
9. Period of probation, if any. One Year
10. Method of recruitment whether Direct Recruitment failing which by deputation.
by direct recruitment or by
promotion or by
deputation/ absorption and
percentage of the vacancies to be
filled by various methods.

11. In case of recruitment by Deputation :

promotion / deputation / An Officer of Central Government, State Government, Union
absorption, grades from which Territories, Autonomous/ Statutory Organizations, PSUs,
promotion/ deputation/ Universities or recognized Research Institutions holding the
absorption to be made. analogous post and pay in parent cadre of department.
OR
Having five years of experience in the above mentioned
organization in pay level 10/11 or equivalent on regular basis in
parent cadre or department.
12. Composition of DPC or As per schedule II of these Rules.
Selection Committee

92
 SYSTEM ANALYST

1. Name of Post System Analyst

2. Number of Post 02 (Two)
3. Classification of the post Group ‘A’
4. Scale of Pay/Pay Band/Grade Level 10
Pay/Pay Level
5. Selection or Non-Selection Post Not Applicable
6. Age limit for direct Recruits 40 Years
7. Educational and other Essential Qualification :
qualifications required for direct 1. B.E./B.Tech. in Computer Science & Engineering/Electronics
recruits Engineering.
2. 05 years programming experience in in languages like
C/C++/JAVA etc. databases: MySQL/ORACLE with PHP etc.
Foundations and practices under WINDOWS/LINUX/UNIX
platforms from a recognized Public/PUS/Private organization.
OR
1. M.E./M.Tech. in Computer Science & Engineering/Electronics
Engineering/M.Sc. Computer Science/MCA.
2. 03 years’ programming experience in languages like
C/C++/JAVA etc. databases: MySQL/ORACLE with PHP etc.
Foundations and practices under WINDOWS/LINUX/UNIX
platforms from a recognized Public/PUS/Private organization.
8. Whether age & educational Not Applicable
qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions?
9. Period of probation, if any. Two Years
10. Method of recruitment whether by Direct Recruitment
direct recruitment or by promotion
or by deputation/absorptionand
percentage of the vacancies to be
filled by various methods.

11. In case of recruitment by Not Applicable

promotion/deputation / absorption,
grades from which promotion/
deputation/ absorption
to be made.
12. Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

93
 SENIOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANT (ICT)

1. Name of Post Senior Technical Assistant

2. Number of Post 03 (Three)
3. Classification of the post Group ‘B’
4. Scale of Pay/Pay Band/Grade Level 6
Pay/Pay Level
5. Selection or Non-Selection Post Not Applicable
6. Age limit for direct Recruits 35 Years
7. Educational and other qualifications Essential Qualification :
required for direct recruits (1) B.E./B.Tech. in Computer Science & Engineering/Electronics
Engineering.
OR
M.C.A./M.Sc. in Computer Science
(2) 02 years programming experience in in languages like
C/C++/JAVA etc. databases: MySQL/ORACLE with PHP etc.
Foundations and practices under WINDOWS/LINUX/UNIX
platforms from a recognizedPublic/PUS/Private organization.

8. Whether age & educational Not Applicable

qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions?
9. Period of probation, if any. Two Years
10. Method of recruitment whether by Direct recruitment through Written Test and Skill Test (if
direct recruitment or by promotion or required)
by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the vacancies to be
filled by various methods.
11. In case of recruitment by promotion / Not Applicable
deputation / absorption, grades from
which promotion/ deputation/
absorption to be made.
12. Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

94
 TECHNICAL ASSISTANT (ICT)

1 Name of Post Technical Assistant

2 Number of Post (s) 01 (One)
3 Classification Group – C
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 5
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Not applicable
selection post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 32 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualification :
qualifications required for direct
recruits i) Bachelor‘s Degree in Engineering / Technology in Computer Science
and Technology / Information Technology from any recognized
University or Institute.
OR
Master’s Degree in Computer Science/Technology / MCA from any
recognized University / Institute.
ii) At least 02 years experience in relevant field in University/ Research
establishment / Central / State Govt. / PSU and other autonomous
bodies or Private organization of repute with annual turnover of at
least Rs.200/- Crores or more.

8 Whether Age and educational

qualifications prescribed for Not applicable.
direct recruits will apply in the
case of promotions
9 Period of probation, if any 2 Years
10 Method of recruitment whether Direct Recruitment
by direct recruitment or by
promotion or by
deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be
filled by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by
promotion/ Not applicable.
deputation/absorption, grades
from which promotion/
deputation/absorption to be
made
12 Composition of DPC or As per Schedule II of these rules.
Selection Committee

95
 EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (CIVIL)
1 Name of Post Executive Engineer (Civil)
2 Number of Post (s) 01 (One)
3 Classification Group – A
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 11(after 5 years of service as Executive Engineer with level 11, an
Pay incumbent shall be assessed by the Departmental Promotion Committee –
DPC for moving to the level 12 in the same designation)
5 Whether Selection or non- Not Applicable
selection post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 45 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct a) First Class Bachelor’s Degree in the Civil Engineering from a
recruits recognised Institute/ University or equivalent.
b) 08 years of experience as Assistant Engineer in the relevant field
from CPWD/State Government PWD services or similar organized
services/Semi Government/ PSU/ Statutory or Autonomous
organization/ University System or reputed private organizations
with an annual turnover of at least Rs.200/- Crores or more

Desirable Qualifications:
1. Experience in construction of projects of multi-storey buildings and
have experience in planning/estimation/measurement/tendering as
per the CPWD/ PWD norms. Good knowledge of CPWD manuals,
preparations/checking of estimates, drawings, structural details, bill
of quantities, substitute/deviation items statements and other
associated issues related with building and constructions.
2. Knowledge of Computer Aided Design (CAD) and latest
Management Technology/other relevant software.

8 Whether Age and educational Not Applicable

qualifications prescribed for
direct recruits will apply in the
case of promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Two Years
10 Method of recruitment whether By promotion failing which deputation/direct recruitment
by direct recruitment or by
promotion or by deputation/
absorption and percentage of the
post to be filled by various
methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Promotion: Assistant Engineer having degree relevant branch of
promotion/ deputation/ engineering with 08 years of regular services in the pay level 7based on
absorption, grades from which Seniority-cum-fitness from Assistant Engineers subject to fulfilment of
promotion/ deputation/ academic qualification mentioned at Column 7
absorption to bemade
Deputation: Officers holding analogous post or one below category with
3 years experience, in the CPWD/ State Government PWD services or
similar organized services/ Semi Government/ PSU/ Statutory or
Autonomous Organisation/ University System:
12 Composition of DPC or As per schedule II of these Rules.
Selection Committee

96
 EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (ELECTRICAL)
1 Name of Post Executive Engineer (Electrical)
2 Number of Post (s) 01 (One)
3 Classification Group – A
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 11 (after 5 years of service as Executive Engineer with level 11, an
Pay incumbent shall be assessed by the Departmental Promotion Committee –
DPC for moving to the level 12 in the same designation)
5 Whether Selection or non- Selection
selection post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 45 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct 1. First Class Bachelor’s Degree in Electrical Engineering from a
recruits recognised Institute/ University or equivalent.
2. 08 years of experience as Assistant Engineer in the relevant field
from CPWD/State Government PWD services or similar organized
services / Semi Government / PSU / Statutory or Autonomous
organization/ University System or reputed private organizations
with an annual turnover of at least Rs.200/- Crores or more

Desirable Qualifications:
Experience in construction / maintenance of sub-stations/ multi-storey
buildings, distribution system and have experience in planning /
estimation / tendering as per the CPWD/ PWD norms. Good
knowledge of CPWD manuals, preparations/checking of estimates,
drawings, bill of quantities, substitute/deviation items statements and
other associated issues related with electrical installations.
8 Whether Age and educational Age: No
qualifications prescribed for Qualification: Yes(as at column 7)
direct recruits will apply in the
case of promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Two Years
10 Method of recruitment whether By promotion failing which by Deputation / Direct Recruitment
by direct recruitment or by
promotion or by
deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be
filled by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Promotion: Assistant Engineer having degree relevant branch of
promotion/ engineering with 08 years of regular services in the pay level 7 (GP
deputation/absorption, grades 4600)based on Seniority-cum-fitness from Assistant Engineers subject to
from which promotion/ fulfilment of academic qualification mentioned at Column 7
deputation/absorption to be
made Deputation: Officers holding analogous post or one below category with
3 years experience, in the CPWD/ State Government PWD services or
similar organized services/ Semi Government/ PSU/ Statutory or
Autonomous Organisation/ University System:
12 Composition of DPC or As per schedule II of these Rules.
Selection Committee

97
 ASSISTANT ENGINEER (CIVIL /ELECTRICAL)
1 Name of Post Assistant Engineer (Civil /Electrical)
2 Number of Post (s) 03 (Civil-02 & Electrical-01)
3 Classification Group – B
4 Scale of Pay Level 7
5 Whether Selection or non-selection Selection
post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 35 Years
7 Educational and other qualifications Qualifications:
required for direct recruits i) First Class Bachelor’s Degree in relevant field from a
recognized Institute/ University or equivalent.
ii) Three years’ experience in the relevant field as Junior
Engineer or Equivalent in State Government PWD services
or similar organized services/ Statutory or Autonomous
organization/ University System or reputed private
organizations with an annual turnover of at least Rs.200/-
Crores or more.

8 Whether Age and educational Age: No

qualifications prescribed for direct Qualification: Yes as in (column.7)
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Two Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by 50% by direct recruitment
direct recruitment or by promotion 50% by promotion
or by deputation/absorption and NOTE: Wherever there is only one sanctioned post selection will be
percentage of the post to be filled by made by direct recruitment.
various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Promotion: Five years of regular service as Junior Engineer having
promotion/ deputation/absorption, degree in a relevant branch of engineering and technology; or 08 years
grades from which promotion/ of regular service having diploma in engineering.
deputation/absorption to be made Deputation: Officers holding analogous post or one below category
with 3 years experience, in the CPWD/ State Government PWD
services or similar organized services/ Semi Government/ PSU/
Statutory or Autonomous Organization/ University System:

12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.

Committee

98
 JUNIOR ENGINEER
1 Name of Post Junior Engineer
2 Number of Post (s) 05 (Civil-03 & Electrical-02)
3 Classification Group – B
Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade
4 Level 6
Pay
Whether Selection or non- Not Applicable
5
selection post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 35 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for directBachelor’s Degree of Engineering/Technology in relevant field from a
recruits recognised Institute/ University with one year relevant experience
OR
Diploma in Engineering in the relevant field and three years’ experience
in relevant field in CPWD / State PWD or Similar Organised Services /
Statutory or Autonomous Organisations / Central / State Universities /
Autonomous Institutions or reputed Private construction company with an
annual turnover of at least Rs.200/- Crores or more.
8 Whether Age and educational Not Applicable
qualifications prescribed for
direct recruits will apply in the
case of promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Two Years
10 Method of recruitment whether Direct Recruitment
by direct recruitment or by
promotion or by
deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be
filled by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Not Applicable
promotion/ deputation/
absorption, gradesfrom
which promotion/
deputation/absorption to be
made
12 Composition of DPC or As per schedule II of these Rules.
Selection Committee

99
 HINDI OFFICER

1 Name of Post Hindi Officer

2 Number of Post (s) 01 (One)
3 Classification Group – A
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band/ Grade Level 10
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non-selection post Not Applicable

6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 40 Years

7 Educational and other qualifications required Essential Qualifications:
for direct recruits Master’s Degree of a recognised University in Hindi with
English as a compulsory or elective subject or as the
medium of examination at the degree level;
O
R
Master’s Degree of a recognized University in English
with Hindi as a compulsory or elective subject or as the
medium of examination at the degree level;
O
R
Master’s degree of a recognised University in any subject
other than Hindi or English, with Hindi medium and
English as a compulsory or elective subject or as the
medium of examination at the degree level;
O
R
Master’s degree of a recognised University in any subject
other than Hindi or English. With English Medium and
Hindi as a compulsory or elective subject or as a medium
of a examination at the degree level;
O
R
Master’s Degree of a recognized University in any
subject other than Hindi or English, with Hindi and
English as a compulsory or elective subjects or either of
the two as a medium of examination and the other as a
compulsory or elective subject at the degree level
A
N
D
Three Years experience of using / applying terminology
(terminological work) in Hindi and translation work from
English to Hindi or vice- versa, preferably of technical
or scientific literature under Central / State Govt. /
Autonomous Body / Statutory Organisation / PSU /
Universities or recognised research or educational
institutes
O
R
Three Years experience of teaching in Hindi and English
or research in Hindi or English under Central / State
100
 Govt./ Autonomous Body/ Statutory Organisations/
PSUs/ Universities or recognised research or educational
institutions.

Desirable Qualifications:
Studied one of the languages other than Hindi
included in the 8th schedule of the Constitution at 10th
level from a recognised board.

8 Whether Age and educational qualifications Not Applicable

prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of promotions

9 Period of probation, if any 2 Years

10 Method of recruitment whether by direct Direct Recruitment
recruitment or by
Promotion or by deputation/ absorption and
percentage of the post to be filledby various
methods.

11 In case of recruitment by promotion Not Applicable

/deputation/absorption, grades from which
promotion/deputation/ absorption to be made

12 Composition of DPC or Selection Committee As per schedule II of these Rules.

101
 HINDI TRANSLATOR
1 Name of Post Hindi Translator
2 Number of Post (s) 01 (One)
3 Classification Group – B
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Pay Level 6
5 Whether Selection or non-selection Not Applicable
post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 35 Years
7 Educational and other qualificationsrequired Qualifications:
for direct recruits Master’s Degree of a recognised University in Hindi
with English as a compulsory or elective subject or as
the medium of examination at the degree level;
OR
Master’s Degree of a recognized University in English
with Hindi as a compulsory or elective subject or as the
medium of examination at the degree level;
OR
Master’s degree of a recognised University in any
subject other than Hindi or English, with Hindi medium
and English as a compulsory or elective subject or as
the medium of examination at the degree level;
OR
Master’s degree of a recognised University in any
subject other than Hindi or English. With English
Medium and Hindi as a compulsory or elective subject
or as a medium of a examination at the degree level;
OR
Master’s Degree of a recognized University in any
subject other than Hindi or English, with Hindi and
English as a compulsory or elective subjects or either of
the two as a medium of examination and the other as a
compulsory or elective subject at the degree level
AND
Recognized Diploma or Certificate course in translation
from Hindi to English & vice versa or two years
experience of translation work from Hindi to English
and vice versa in Central or State Government office,
including Government of India Undertaking.

Studied one of the languages other than Hindi included

in the 8th schedule of the Constitution at 10th level from
a recognised board.
8 Whether Age and educational Not Applicable
qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case ofpromotions

9 Period of probation, if any 2 Years

102
10 Method of recruitment whether by direct Direct Recruitment
recruitment or by promotion or by
deputation/absorption and percentage of the
post to be filled by
various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by promotion/ Not Applicable
deputation/absorption, grades from which
promotion/
deputation/absorption to be made
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

103
 HINDI TYPIST
1 Name of Post Hindi Typist
2 Number of Post (s) 01 (One)
3 Classification Group – C
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 2
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Not Applicable
selection post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 32 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct i. Bachelor’s Degree from a recognized University/ Institute.
recruits ii. 30 words per minute in Hindi Typing Speed.
iii. Knowledge of Computer Applications

8 Whether Age and educational Not Applicable

qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any 2 Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by Direct Recruitment
direct recruitment or by promotion
or by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Not Applicable
promotion/ deputation/absorption,
grades from which promotion/
deputation/absorption to be made
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

104
 SECURITY OFFICER
1 Name of Post Security Officer
2 Number of Post (s) 01 (One)
3 Classification Group – B
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 7
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Not Applicable
selection post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 35 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct Bachelor’s Degree from a recognized University/ Institution with five
recruits years experience as Security Supervisor / Supervisory Position in
Security in a Govt. Office, Educational Institute / Private
Organisation of repute with an annual turnover of at least Rs.200/-
Crores or more
O
R
Persons who have served in the Army or such Uniformed Service at
JCO level or equivalent or above, with 10th standard pass or Army
class I Examination or an equivalent examination.
A
N
D
Holding a valid Driving License (LMV/ Motor cycle).
8 Whether Age and education Not Applicable
qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any 2 Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by Direct Recruitment failing which by deputation.
direct recruitment or by promotion
or by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Deputation:
promotion/ deputation/absorption, Officer from the Central/ State Govt./ Universities/ Other
grades from which promotion/ autonomousorganizations.
deputation/absorption to be made i. Holding analogous post on regular basis.
O
R
ii. With three years regular service in the relevant field in the Level
6.
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

105
 SECURITY INSPECTOR
1 Name of Post Security Inspector
2 Number of Post (s) 03 (Three)
3 Classification Group – C
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 5
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Not Applicable
selection post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 32
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct Bachelor’s Degree from a recognized University/ Institution
recruits with three years’ experience as Security Supervisor /
Supervisory Position in Security in a Govt. Office,
Educational Institute / Private Organisation of repute with
an annual turnover of at least Rs.200/- Crores or more.
OR
Persons who have served in the Army or such
Uniformed service with at least Class 10th standard
pass or Army Class I examination or an equivalent
examination.
AN
D
Holding a valid Driving License (LMV / Motor cycle).
8 Whether Age and education Not Applicable
qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any 2 Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by 100% by Direct Recruitment
direct recruitment or by promotion
or by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Not Applicable
promotion/ deputation/absorption,
grades from which promotion/
deputation/absorption to be made
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

106
 GUEST HOUSE MANAGER
1 Name of Post Guest House Manager
2 Number of Post (s) 01 (One)
3 Classification Group – B
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 6
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Not Applicable
selection post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 35 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct 1. Bachelor’s Degree in Hotel Management or allied field
recruits
from a recognized University / Institution with one
year relevant experience
O
R
Diploma in Hotel Management or allied field from a
recognizedUniversity / Institute with two years relevant
experience
2. Knowledge of Computer applications
8 Whether Age and education Not Applicable
qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any 2 Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by Direct Recruitment
direct recruitment or by promotion
or by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Not Applicable
promotion/ deputation/absorption,
grades from which promotion/
deputation/absorption to be made
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

107
 COOK
1 Name of Post Cook
2 Number of Post (s) 01 (One)
3 Classification Group – C
4 Scale of Pay/Pay Band / Grade Level 2
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Not applicable.
selection post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 32 Years
7 Educational and other Qualifications:
qualifications required for direct 1. 10thClass from a recognized Board.
recruits 2. ITI Trade certificate in Bakery and Confectionery (one
year duration)
3. 03 years experience in cooking / catering services in
educational institutions/ guest houses, at least 3 starred
hotels or similar organisations.

8 Whether Age and educational Not Applicable

qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any Two Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by Direct recruitment
direct recruitment or by promotion
or by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Not Applicable
promotion/ deputation/absorption,
grades from which promotion/
deputation/absorption to be made
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

108
 Driver
1 Name of Post Driver
2 Number of Post (s) 06 (Six)
3 Classification Group – C
4 Scale of Pay/ Pay Band/ Grade Level 2
Pay
5 Whether Selection or non- Not applicable.
selection post
6 Age Limit for Direct Recruits 32 Years
7 Educational and other Essential Qualification:
qualifications required for direct i. 10th Class from a recognized Board.
recruits ii. Possession of a Valid Commercial Driving License for
Light/Medium/ Heavy Vehicles issued by the Competent
Authority having no adverse endorsement.
iii. Knowledge of motor mechanism (the candidates should be
able to remove minor defects in vehicles).
iv. Experience of driving motor vehicles for at least 05 years
in an organization.
8 Whether Age and educational Not Applicable
qualifications prescribed for direct
recruits will apply in the case of
promotions
9 Period of probation, if any 02 Years
10 Method of recruitment whether by Direct recruitment through driving test, knowledge of traffic
direct recruitment or by promotion rules and skill test.
or by deputation/absorption and
percentage of the post to be filled
by various methods.
11 In case of recruitment by Not Applicable
promotion/ deputation/absorption,
grades from which promotion/
deputation/absorption to be made
12 Composition of DPC or Selection As per schedule II of these Rules.
Committee

For promotion to different higher grades of Drivers, Staff Car driver rules of GoI shall be applicable.

*Approved by Executive Council in its 28th Meeting held on 14 November 2022.

109
 ORDINANCE-18*

FEES PAYABLE BY STUDENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY

1. FEES PAYABLE:
1.1. The Executive Council on the recommendations of the Academic Council shall
from time to time, prescribe the fees payable by the students.
1.2. The students of the following categories shall be exempted from payment of
fees as noted below:
• Student enrolled for part-time program.
• Medical Fee.
• Students who are Employees of the University
• Tuition Fee.
• Library Fee.
• Medical Fee.
• Security Deposit.
Note: The provision of this clause shall not apply to those employed by the University on
contract/ ad-hoc / daily wages.
(c) Students who are Employee’s children.
1. Tuition Fee.
2. Medical Fee.
3. Security Deposit (if a suitable surety/undertaking is furnished).

2. DUE DATE OF FEES PAYMENT:

Students shall deposit fee as follows:
2.1 Fees in Semester system will be paid at the beginning of Semester.
2.2 Annual fees shall be paid at the commencement of each academic year.
2.3 If a student does not pay fee on time, a fine shall be levied as decided by the
Academic Council.

3. BLIND STUDENTS EXEMPTED:

Blind students shall be exempted from payment of all fees except the security deposit.

4. REFUND OF FESS, SECURITY DEPOSIT ETC.:

4.1. Security deposits are refundable, on an application from the student on
his/her leaving the University, after deducting all dues, fines and other
claims against him/her.
4.2 If any student does not claim the refund of any amount lying to his/her credit
within one calendar year of his/her leaving the University, his/her claim shall be
forfeited.

Explanation: The period of one year shall be reckoned from the date of the result of
the examination taken by the student or the date from which his name is struck off the
rolls of the University.

4.3 If, after having paid fees, a candidate withdraws from the program, he/ she shall
be refunded fees as per UGC guidelines.
4.4 Applications for withdrawal received beyond 15 days of the last date of
registration would entitle a student for the refund of security deposit only.

110
 4.5 If a student owes any money to the University on account of any damage
he/she may have caused to the University property, it shall be, along with
outstanding tuition fee and fines, if any, deducted from the Security Deposit due to
him/her.

5. FEES TO BE CHARGED FOR ISSUING MARKS SHEETS AND OTHER MATTERS.

5.1 Fees will be charged for supplying duplicate copies of the statement of marks, and
consolidated transcript as prescribed by Academic Council from time to time.
5.2 Fees shall be charged for issuing Transfer, Provisional and other certificates and
duplicate copies thereof as decided by Academic Council from time to time.
5.3 A fee shall be payable by a student, who wishes to add or to alter his name as original
recorded in the University Register and such addition or alternation shall be made to
his original name as alias in the University Enrolment Register after he has fulfilled
the necessary formalities.

*Reframed by the Executive Council in its 16th meeting dated 14.05.2015 as per the advice of the UGC and
approved by the President of India in his capacity as Visitor of the Vishwavidyalaya, vide Id Note No. CIII-
07027/1/2016-CA-III dated 21.03.2018 as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No. F. 56- 5/2016- CU. IV
Dated: 26.03.2018, and were published in the Gazette of India on 27 June 2018.

111
 ORDINANCE-19*

TRAVELING AND HALTING ALLOWANCE RULES

(Under Section 28(o) of the Act and
2(iii) & 12(xx) of the Statutes of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. These Regulations may be called the Traveling and Halting Allowance Regulations of the Dr. Hari
Singh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar (M.P.)
2. They shall apply to :

1. Members of the authorities of the University and members of the Committee(s) appointed
by the authorities or by the Vice Chancellor

2. Officers and employees (teaching and non-teaching) of the University.

3. Students proceeding on approved excursions / field work and any other academic activities

3. Traveling and Halting Allowance shall be applicable to the following categories as below.
a. Members of authorities, Members of Committees appointed by the above authorities.
i. Journey by Rail: AC II Tier each way fare for the members from the place of the
residence to place of work and back/Journey by Air: As per rules of Govt. of India.

ii. Rate of road mileage: As per rules of Government of India.

iii. Rates of road mileage will be on the basis of prevailing rates in the Metropolitan city of
a particular State and, if no rates have been fixed, then the rules of neighboring States
may be adopted. However, if no such rates have been prescribed, the following rates
of road mileage allowance may be fixed subject to other conditions governing grant of
Road Mileage Allowance and regulations of T.A. claim as per the order issued on the
subject from time to time.
iv. For journeys performed in own car/taxi Rs.16/km
(i) For journeys performed by auto-rickshaw/ Rs.8/km Own scooter
(ii)) Daily Allowance: (as per Annexure)
Provided that the Vice Chancellor may grant traveling and halting allowance at any other rate or
rates in special cases, if necessary.

b. Members of the authorities other than the employees of the University who reside at
Headquarters shall be entitled to traveling allowance for attending meetings of authorities
or Committees as prescribed under 3 (a)(2) above.

c. Vice Chancellor
(i) Journey by Rail: Air conditioned or accommodation of the highest class provided by
the Railway.
(ii) Journey by Air: Executive / Business Class
(iii) Rate of road mileage: Actual fare as per rules of Government of India.
d. Other Employees of the University

For purposes of traveling/halting allowance members of the staff will be categorized into five grades as
follows:
Grade Pay
Rs. 10,000 and above and those in the pay scales of HAG+ pay scale and above i) Rs. 7,600 – 9,000

112
 ii) Rs. 5,400 – 8,000
iii) Rs. 4,200 – 4,800
iv) Below Rs. - 4,200

Grade pay Travel Entitlements

Officers drawing grade pay of Rs.10,000/- and above Business/Club class class by air/AC First
and those in pay scale of HAG+ and above by
train

Officers drawing grade pay of Rs.7,600, 8700, 8900 Economy Class by air/AC First class by Train
and 9000/-
Officers drawing grade pay of Rs.5,400, 6000, 6600, Economy Class by air/AC II Tier class by train
7000, 8000/-
Officers drawing grade pay fo Rs.4,200 AC II Tier class by train
- Rs.4,600/- and Rs.4800/-
Officers drawing grade pay below Rs.4,200 First Class/AC III Tier/AC Chair car by Train

Note 1 : In the case of re-employed persons, ‘pay’ means grade pay based on which his pension is fixed.
Note 2: Honorarium or part time workers shall rank in such grade as the Vice Chancellor may decide on a
case to case basis.
e) Students proceeding on academic activities.
4. General:
i) A member of the staff will be paid traveling/halting allowance for travel in connection with official
work or in connection with congresses, conferences or seminars when he/she is sent as a delegate
by the University (and is not paid by the authorities organizing the congress etc) or when he has to
proceed on field work or accompany students on educational tour/field work. Approval of the
competent authority prescribed for the purpose shall, however, be taken before undertaking such
journeys.

Note: In the case of congresses/conferences/seminars, approval of the Vice Chancellor shall be

obtained. The Deans may sanction field work by teachers and other Research/Technical Staff of
the University in respect of projects approved by the University and within the sanctioned provision.
ii) In case of other tours on official work, Finance Officer, Deans and Registrar may authorize the
move in the case of staff working with them. In the case of Deans and Registrar the tour
programme shall be got approved by the Vice Chancellor.
iii) When a person combines tour with vacation/leave and does not return to headquarters
immediately on completion of tour, he will be entitled to traveling/halting allowance for onward
journey only.

iv) When a member of the vacation staff is required to come to headquarters from outside to attend,
during vacation meetings of the Registrar or other Statutory bodies and of Committees appointed
by these bodies or meetings of examination committees etc. he will be entitled to travel grant for
the journey from the place of stay outside to the place of the meeting and back but not to any
halting allowance.

v) A person compulsory recalled to duty before the expiry of leave sanctioned to him will be entitled to
draw travel grant from the place at which the communication reaches him provided the leave is
curtailed by not less than a month. If the period by which the leave is curtailed is less than a month
travel grant may be allowed at the discretion of the Vice Chancellor.
vi)

113
a. A teacher attending conference/seminar/workshop etc. with the financial assistant under the
scheme “Unassigned Grants” of University Grants Commission, rules of unassigned grants
shall be followed.

b. In respect of teachers nominated/deputed to attend the conferences/seminar/ workshop

from out of the University funds other than unassigned grants the following cases of
teachers shall be considered for approval by the competent authority.

i) A person who is nominated or elected as President of Chairman of the

Conference/meeting/section etc.
ii) A person whose paper has been accepted for being presented at the
Conference/Seminar.
iii) The traveling allowance shall not exceed the actual traveling expenses and halting
allowance may be paid as decided by the Vice Chancellor.

vii) On educational tour/field work trips, the railway fare will be allowed at the
concessional rate; where such concession is permissible under the railway
regulations, by the class to which the person is entitled according to his grade.

viii) The authority competent to permit a person to proceed on tour etc. may sanction an
advance to cover his traveling expenses for a period not exceeding thirty days. A
second advance is not permissible except under special sanction of the Vice
Chancellor, until an account has been given of the first advance.

ix) The T.A. bills shall be submitted within a month of the completion of the tour.
Balance out of the advance, if any, shall however be refundable immediately.
Unless permitted by the Vice Chancellor the entitlement of a person to traveling
and halting allowances is forfeited as deemed to have been relinquished if the
claim is not preferred within six months from the date on which they become due.
x) Traveling and halting allowances once drawn and admitted shall not be revised in
consequence of revision of TA regulations or increase in pay resultant on
promotion/grant of advance increments with retrospective effect except for late
authorization/drawl of increments.

xi) The Deans and Registrar will be their own Controlling Officers. They will also be
Controlling Officers in the case of the staff working with them.

xii) It is the duty of a Controlling Officer before signing or counter – singing a traveling
allowance bill

a. To see that the halt has not been unnecessarily or unduly protracted;

b. To satisfy himself that traveling allowance for journey by Rail has been
claimed for the class of accommodation actually used; and

c. To observe any other instructions which the Registrar or the Vice

Chancellor may give for his guidance. The Controlling Officer may disallow
any claim, in his opinion, does not fulfill the above conditions.

xiii) The Controlling Officer may permit a person to draw the actual cost of hiring a
conveyance not exceeding the scales given below in connection with ajourney

114
 performed in the University’s interest within a radius of 8 kms, from his
headquarters when a staff car /University conveyance is not made available and no
traveling allowance is admissible.

Rules in this regard shall be as prescribed as per Govt. of India rules issued and amended time to time.

Note: The conveyance hire reimbursed shall normally be the bus fare if the places to be visited are
connected by the public conveyance. If on such routes any other conveyance is hired, the hire charges
may be reimbursed on the certificate of the Finance Officer, Deans and Registrar that in the interest of
the University work or due to the urgency it was necessary to hire such a conveyance. If the places to be
visited are not connected by public conveyance, scooter fare may be paid.

Note 1: Conveyance expenses will not be reimbursed in respect of a journey if the person concerned is
granted any compensatory leave or otherwise receives any special remuneration, for the purpose of the
duty which necessitated the journey. However, where the person is recalled to office from his residence
the controlling officer may reimburse conveyance expenses in addition to the overtime allowance
admissible to him.

Note 2: In the case of a person less than in rank of Assistance or equivalent conveyance expenses may
be paid if he is required to come to office outside the ordinary hours of duty and does not receive any
special remuneration /overtime allowance.

Note 3: When a person travels a class lower than that he is entitled, he shall be entitled to the
reimbursement fare of the class actually used.

Schedule (DA Rates)

Grade pay(1) Daily Allowance
Officers drawing grade pay of Rs.10,000/- and above Reimbursement for Hotel accommodation / guest house
and those in of HAG+ and above of upto Rs. 5000/- per day / reimbursement of AC taxi
charges of upto 50 kms per day for travel within the
city and reimbursement of food bills not exceeding Rs.
500/- per day.

Officers drawing grade pay fo Rs.7,600 to- Rs.9,000/- Reimbursement for Hotel accommodation / guest house
of upto Rs.3000/- per day; reimbursement of non-AC
taxi charges of upto 50 kms per day for travel within
the city and reimbursement of food bills not exceeding
Rs. 300/- per day.

Officers drawing grade pay fo Rs.5,400 to- Rs.7,000/- Reimbursement for Hotel accommodation / guest house
of upto Rs.1500/- per day; reimbursement of taxi
charges of upto Rs.150 per day for travel within the city
and reimbursement of food

bills not exceeding Rs.200/- per day.

115
Officers drawing grade pay fo Rs.4,200 to - Rs.4,800/- Reimbursement for Hotel accommodation / guest house
of upto Rs.500/- per day; reimbursement of taxi charges
of upto Rs.100 per day for travel within the city and
reimbursement of food bills not exceeding Rs.150/- per
day.

Officers drawing grade pay below Rs.4,200 Reimbursement for Hotel accommodation / guest house
of upto Rs.300/- per day; reimbursement of travel
charges of upto Rs.50 per day for travel within the city
and reimbursement of food bills not exceeding Rs.100/-
per day.

Anything not contained in this ordinance may be dealt as per rules of Government of India.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt. of
India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-11-2012, and
letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the Gazette of India,
Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017.

116
 ORDINANCE NO-20*
UNIVERSITY BUILDING COMMITTEE
(Under Section 28(j) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

Existing Proposed Amendment After Amendment

1. There shall be a Building Committee of the No change 1. There shall be a Building Committee of the University consisting
University consisting of the following: of the following:
i. The Vice Chancellor Vice-Chancellor – Chairperson i. The Vice Chancellor shall be the Ex-officio Chair
shall be the Ex-Officio Chairperson of the Committee. person
Chairman of the
Committee.
ii Finance Officer Member No Change ii Finance Officer Member
iii Chief Engineer (Civil) of Member iii Chief Engineer (Civil) of CPWD or state PWD or Member
CPWD or state PWD or his No Change his representative not below the rank of
representative not below Superintending Engineer
the rank of Superintending
Engineer
iv Superintending/Executive Member iv Superintending/Executive Engineer (Electrical) Member
Engineer (Electrical) of No Change of CPWD or state PWD
CPWD or state PWD
v A representative of the Member No change v A representative of the Planning Board of Member
Planning Board of University.
University.
vi Principal of the Engineering Member Principal of the Engineering College of the vi Principal of the Engineering College of the Member
College of the University or University or Head of Civil Engineering University or Head of Civil Engineering
Head of Civil Engineering Department (where it exists) otherwise a Department (where it exists) otherwise a person
Department (where it person of equal status from a neighboring of equal status from a neighboring
exists) otherwise a person University/College University/College
of equal status from a
neighboring
University/College
vii A representative from the Member No Change vii A representative from the user Department Member
user department
viii University Engineer Member No Change viii University Engineer Member
ix Two Professors/Associate Member ix Two Professors/Associate Professor of the Member
Professor of the University No Change University nominated by the Vice-Chancellor
nominated by the Vice-
Chancellor
x A retired Chief Engineer / Member x A retired Chief Engineer / Superintending Member
Superintending Engineer No Change Engineer (Civil) of CPWD/State PWD/Public
(Civil) of CPWD/State Sector Undertaking
PWD/Public Sector
Undertaking
xi Superintending/Executive Member No Change xi Superintending/Executive Engineer (Public Member
Engineer (Public Health) of Health) of CPWD or State PWD
CPWD or State PWD
xii Senior most Architect of the Member xii Senior most Architect of the University (where it Member
University (where it exists) exists) otherwise a Chief Architect or person of
otherwise a Chief Architect No Change equal status from a neighboring
or person of equal status University/College
from a neighboring
University/College
xiii Chief Architect /Deputy Member xiii Chief Architect /Deputy chief Architect or a Member
chief Architect or a person person of equivalent status from a Central or
of equivalent status from a No Change State Department
Central or State
Department
xiv Senior most Landscaping Member xiv Senior most Landscaping Expert of the Member
Expert of the University University (where it exists), otherwise from some
(where it exists), otherwise neighboring Institution/Government Department
from some neighboring / Public Sector Undertaking or to be hired as a
Institution/Government No Change Consultant by the University for a limited period
Department / Public Sector
Undertaking or to be hired
as a Consultant by the
University for a limited
period
xv Registrar Member No Change xv Registrar Member
Sectary Sectary
The Vice Chancellor may invite any No Change The Vice Chancellor may invite any expert as and when felt
expert as and when felt necessary in the necessary in the Building Committee.
Building and Works Committee.
The University may consider paying reasonable remuneration
The University may consider paying to the hired experts so that they devote time and make valuable
reasonable remuneration to the hired contributions.
experts so that they devote time and make

117
valuable contributions.
1/2 of the members of the Building Committee 1/2 of the members of the Building 2. 1/2 of the members of the Building Committee shall form the
shall form the quorum for holding meeting of the Committee shall form the quorum for quorum for holding meeting of the Building Committee.
Building Committee. However, presence of at holding meeting of the Building Committee. However, presence of at two Engineers and one Architect is
least three Engineers and one Architect is must. However, presence of at two Engineers and must.
one Architect is must.
Members other then ex-officio shall hold office Members other then ex-officio shall hold office for three years.
for three years. Members other then ex-officio shall hold office
for three years.
3. The Building Committee shall be responsible 3. The Building Committee shall be responsible for finalizing the
for finalizing the Plans and estimates of the No change Plans and estimates of the various Building Projects proposals and
various Building Projects proposals and for for ensuring the completion of the Building in accordance with the
ensuring the completion of the Building in The Building Committee of the University approved plans and estimates and proper utilization of the funds.
accordance with the approved plans and may, after thorough examination, properly
estimates and proper utilization of the funds. prioritize and recommend the specific The Building Committee of the University may, after thorough
projects to be started along with their cost examination, properly prioritize and recommend the specific
and quarterly/yearly requirement of funds projects to be started along with their cost and quarterly/yearly
till completion. requirement of funds till completion.

The Building Committee should also ensure the The Building Committee should also ensure the following:
following:
(i) Value Architecture and Value Engineering: That the Architects
(i) Value Architecture and Value Engineering: involved & suggest Value architecture with a view to economize
That the Architects involved & suggest Value No change the project by avoiding unnecessary high cost options, without
architecture with a view to economize the compromising on quality. The Value engineering also aims to
project by avoiding unnecessary high cost achieve the same goal.
options, without compromising on quality.
The Value engineering also aims to achieve
the same goal.
(ii) That the Master plan not only takes care of (ii) That the Master plan not only takes care of immediate
immediate requirements but also takes into No change requirements but also takes into account further expansion scopes
account further expansion scopes for varies and for varies and unforeseeable needs.
unforeseeable needs.

(iii) That the implementation of the project is (iii) That the implementation of the project is properly prioritized so
properly prioritized so as to take up only as to take up only essential works in the first /earlier phases e.g.
essential works in the first /earlier phases e.g. No Change teaching-learning infrastructures like class rooms, hostels, faculty
teaching-learning infrastructures like class residences etc. It may also consider certain modular designs, which
rooms, hostels, faculty residences etc. It may can be expanded gradually in future as per requirements.
also consider certain modular designs, which
can be expanded gradually in future as per
requirements.
(iv) That the Faculty residences should only as No Change (iv) That the Faculty residences should only as per immediate
per immediate needs. needs.
(v) That the Guest house should not be too big No Change (v) That the Guest house should not be too big which remains
which remains underutilized.
underutilized.
(vi) That the ‘Plantation Master plan‘ for the No Change (vi) That the ‘Plantation Master plan‘ for the whole campus,
whole campus, involving experts in landscaping, involving experts in landscaping, horticulture, forestry etc., is
horticulture, forestry etc., is prepared to plant prepared to plant maximum number of trees and plants,
maximum number of trees and plants, wherever wherever possible e.g. along boundary walls/roads/tracks, in
possible e.g. along boundary walls empty spaces which are not to be used for any other purpose.
/roads/tracks, in empty spaces which are not to
be used for any other purpose.
(vii) That the green building concept is No Change (vii) That the green building concept is adopted so that the
adopted so that the proposed building are proposed building are less power consuming. Use of solar
less power consuming. Use of solar energy should be promoted.
energy should be promoted.

(viii) That the planning should include rain No Change (viii) That the planning should include rain water harvesting and
water harvesting and waste water waste water recycling.
recycling.
(ix) That no wasteful expenditure is incurred No Change (ix) That no wasteful expenditure is incurred on any component.
on any component.
4. The Committee shall meet at least twice No Change 4. The Committee shall meet at least twice in a year, or as and
in a year, or as and when necessary. when necessary.
5. The Building Committee shall be No Change 5. The Building Committee shall be responsible for ensuring the
responsible for ensuring the completion of completion of the building in accordance with the approved plans
the building in accordance with the approved and estimates and proper utilization of the funds received from
plans and estimates and proper utilization of the University Grants Commission, the Government, other
the funds received from the University Grants funding agencies and from the University’s own resources
Commission, the Government, other funding
agencies and from the University’s own
resources
6. After the approval by the Building 6. After Building committee's 6. After Building committee's recommendation, the university
Committees, the University shall place the recommendation, the university may place may place the proposal for these specific building projects
proposal for the building project, before Finance the proposal for these specific building before Finance Committee for its approval. After FC's approval,

118
Committee for its approval along with a projects before Finance Committee for its the University may place the same before the Executive
certificate that the plans and estimates are in approval. After FC's approval, the University Council for its approval. These proposals then may be
conformity with the norms. There is no need to may place the same before the Executive forwarded to UGC for examination by its Standing Committee
send the building proposals to UGC, but Council for its approval. These proposals and for funding. One or more members of the UGC standing
detailed information shall be sent to UGC in then may be forwarded to UGC for committee may make site visits for on-site inspection of the
prescribed format, which will be examined by examination by its Standing Committee and projects before sanctioning funds.
the UGC with the help of a Standing Committee for funding. One or more members of the
constituted by the Chairman, UGC for the UGC standing committee may make site The concerned bureau of UGC will sanction only project wise
purpose. Comments of the Expert Committee, if visits for on-site inspection of the projects funds and not lumpsum and will release monthly/ quarterly
any, shall be incorporated in the Building before sanctioning funds. project-wise funds depending upon the utilization to avoid
Committee decisions. parking of funds as per the instructions of Finance Ministry.
The concerned bureau of UGC will sanction Diversion of funds from one project to another will be done
only project wise funds and not lumpsum only with the permission of UGC's Standing Committee.
and will release monthly/ quarterly project-
wise funds depending upon the utilization
to avoid parking of funds as per the
instructions of Finance Ministry. Diversion
of funds from one project to another will be
done only with the permission of UGC's
Standing Committee.
7. Proposals for construction/r enovation/ repair 7. Proposals for construction/renovation/repair costing more
costing more than Rs. 75.00 lakhs will be sent No Change than Rs. 75.00 lakhs will be sent to UGC for examination by the
to UGC for examination by the Standing Standing Committee.
Committee.

NOTE: The above mentioned composition NOTE: The above mentioned composition and functions shall
and functions shall stand amended as per No Change stand amended as per the notification /instructions issued by
the notifications / instructions issued by the UGC from time to time.
the UGC from time to time.

*Amended by the Executive Council in its 21st Meeting held on 30 July, 2017.

119
 ORDINANCE-21*

PURCHASE COMMITTEE
(Under Section 28 (j) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. There shall be a Central Purchase Committee of the University for the purchase of goods consisting of
the following members, namely :

i. One of the Deans to be nominated by Vice chancellor Chairman

ii. Registrar
iii. Finance Officer
iv. Head of the Department/Institution concerned;
v. Officer in charge of Purchase & Procurement - (Secretary).

2. The above Committee shall be responsible for procurement of Goods as defined hereunder:

The term “goods” includes all articles, material, commodities, live stock, furniture, fixtures, raw material,
spares, instruments, machineries, equipments etc. purchased or otherwise acquired for the use of the
University but excludes books, publications, periodicals etc. for a library.

3. The procedure to be followed in making procurement for the University School/

Department/Centre/Division/Section should conform to the following yardsticks:

(i) The specifications in terms of quality, type etc., as also quantity of goods to be procured, should be
clearly spelt out keeping in view the specific needs of the procuring
School/Department/Centre/Division/Section.

(ii) The specifications so worked out should meet the basic needs of the Department/ Centre/Section
without including superfluous and non-essential features, which may result in unwarranted
expenditure.

(iii) Care should also be taken to avoid purchasing quantities in excess of requirement to avoid
inventory carrying costs;

a. Offers should be invited following a fair, transparent and reasonable procedure;

b. The procuring authority should be satisfied that the selected offer adequately meets the
requirement in all respects;

c. The procuring authority should satisfy itself that the price of the selected offer is reasonable and
consistent with the quality required;

d. At each stage of procurement the concerned procuring authority must place on record, in
precise terms, the considerations which weighed with it while taking the procurement decision.

(iv) The University may utilize the approved registered suppliers for procurement of goods through
Limited Tender Enquiry. A Head of Department may also register suppliers of goods which are
specifically required by the Department or Office.

4. Purchase of goods without quotation :

120
 Purchase of goods upto the value of Rs.15,000/- (Rupees Fifteen Thousand) only on each
occasion may be made without inviting quotations or bids on the basis of a certificate to be recorded
by the competent authority in the following format.

“I, _______________, am personally satisfied that these goods purchased are of the requisite
quality, specification and priced at prevailing market rate and have been purchased from a reliable
supplier”.
5. Purchase of goods by purchase committee:
Purchase of goods costing above Rs.15,000/- (Rupees Fifteen Thousand) only and upto
Rs.1,00,000/- (Rupees One Lakh) only on each occasion may be made on the recommendations
of a duly constituted Local Purchase Committee consisting of three members of appropriate level as
decided by the Competent Authority. The committee will survey the market to ascertain the
reasonableness of rate, quality and specifications and identify the appropriate supplier. Before
recommending placement of the purchase order, the members of the committee will jointly record a
certificate as under.

“Certified that we ___________________, members of the Local Purchase Committee are jointly
and individually satisfied that the goods recommended for purchase are of the requisite
specification, quality and priced at the prevailing market rate and the supplier recommended is
reliable and competent to supply the goods in question.”

6. Purchase of goods directly under rate contract:

The University may procure goods directly from firms under rate contract with DGS&D. The prices
to be paid for such goods shall not exceed those stipulated in the rate contract and the other salient
terms and conditions of the purchase should be in line with those specified in the rate contract.
The Department/Centre/ Division/ Section shall make its own arrangement for inspection and
testing of such goods where required.

A demand for goods should not be divided in to small quantities to make piecemeal purchases to
avoid the necessity of obtaining the sanction of competent authority required with reference to the
estimated value of the total demand.

7. Purchase of goods through bids:

The University may follow the following standard method of obtaining bids in :
(i) Advertised Tender Enquiry;
(ii) Limited Tender Enquiry;
(iii) Single Tender Enquiry.

Advertised Tender Enquiry :

(i) Subject to exceptions incorporated under Rules as above, invitation to tenders by

advertisement should be used for procurement of goods of estimated value Rs.25 lakh
(Rupees Twenty Five Lakh) and above. Advertisement in such case should be given in the
Indian Trade Journal (ITJ), published by the Director General of Commercial Intelligence and
Statistics, Kolkata and at least in one national daily having wide circulation.

121
(ii) The University should also publish all its advertised tender enquiries on the website and
provide a link with NIC website. It should also have its website address in the advertisements
in Indian Trade Journal and Newspapers.

(iii) The University should also host the complete bidding document in its website and permit
perspective bidders to make use of documents downloaded from the website on payment of
the amount specified, if priced.

(iv) Where the University feels that the goods of the required quality, specifications etc., may not
be available in the country and it is necessary to also look for suitable competitive offers from
abroad, the Department/Centre/Section may send copies of the tender notice to the Indian
embassies abroad as well as to the foreign embassies in India. The selection of the embassies
will depend on the possibility of availability of the required goods in such countries.

(v) Ordinarily, the minimum time to be allowed for submission of bids should be three weeks from
the date of publication of the tender notice or availability of the bidding document for sale,
whichever is later. Where the department also contemplates obtaining bids from abroad, the
minimum period should be kept as four weeks for both domestic and foreign bidders.

Limited Tender Enquiry:

(i) This method may be adopted when estimated value of the goods to be procured is up to
Rupees Twenty-five Lakhs. Copies of the bidding document should be sent directly by speed
post/registered post/courier/e-mail to firms which are borne on the list of registered suppliers
for the goods in question as referred to above. The number of supplier firms in Limited Tender
Enquiry should be more than three. Further, web based publicity should be given for limited
tenders. Effort should be made to identify a higher number of suppliers to obtain more
responsive bids on competitive basis.

(ii) Purchase through Limited Tender Enquiry may be adopted even where the estimated value of
the procurement is more than Rupees twenty five lakhs, in the following circumstances.

(a) The competent authority in the University certifies that the demand is urgent and any
additional expenditure involved by not procuring through advertised tender enquiry is
justified in view of urgency. The University should also put on record the nature of the
urgency and reasons why the procurement could not be anticipated.

(b) There are sufficient reasons, to be recorded in writing by the competent authority,
indicating that it will not be in public interest to procure the goods through advertised tender
enquiry.

(c) The sources of supply are definitely known and possibility of fresh source(s) beyond those
being tapped, is remote.

(d) Sufficient time should be allowed for submission of bids in

122
 Limited Tender Enquiry cases: Two bid system

For purchasing high value goods of a complex and technical nature, bids may be obtained in two
parts as under:

(a) Technical bid consisting of all technical details along with commercial terms and conditions; and

(b) Financial bid indicating item-wise price for the items mentioned in the technical bid.

The technical bid and the financial bid should be sealed by the bidder in separate covers duly
super scribed and both these sealed covers are to be put in a bigger cover which should also be
sealed and duly super scribed. The technical bids are to be opened and evaluated by the competent
committee or authority. At the second stage financial bids of only the technically acceptable offers
should be opened for further evaluation and ranking before awarding the contract.

Late Bids:

In case of advertised tender enquiry or limited tender enquiry, late bids (bids received after
specified date and time for receipt of bids) shall not be considered.

Single Tender Enquiry:

Procurement from a single source may be resorted to in the following circumstances:
(i) It is in the knowledge of the user department that only a particular firm is the manufacturer
of the required goods.

(ii) In a case of emergency, the required goods are necessarily to be purchased from a
particular source and the reason for such decision is to be recorded and approval of
competent authority obtained.

(iii) For standardization of machinery or spare parts to be compatible to the existing sets of
equipment (on the advice of a competent technical expert and approved by the competent
authority), the required item is to be purchased only from a selected firm.

Contents of Bidding Document: All the terms, conditions, stipulations and information to be
incorporated in the bidding document are to be shown in the following headings:

1: Instruction to Bidders. 2: Conditions of Contract.

3: Schedule of Requirements.
4: Specifications and allied Technical Details
5: Price Schedule (to be utilized by the bidders for quoting their prices) 6: Contract Form.
7: Other Standard Forms, if any, to be utilized by the purchaser and the bidders.
Bid Security:

(i) To safeguard against bidder’s withdrawing or altering its bid during the bid validity period in
case of advertised or limited tender enquiry, Bid Security (also known as Earnest Money) is to

123
 be obtained form the bidders except those who are registered with the Central Purchase
Organization, National Small Industries Corporation(NSIC). The bidders should be asked to
furnish bid security along with their bids. Amount of bid security should ordinarily range
between two to five percent of the estimated value of the good to be procured. The bid
security may be accepted in the form of Account Payee Demand Draft, Fixed Deposit Receipt,
Banker’s Cheque or Bank Guarantee from any of the commercial banks in an acceptable form,
safeguarding purchaser’s interest in all respects. The bid security is normally to remain valid for
a period of forty-five days beyond the final date validity period.

(ii) Bids Securities of the unsuccessful bidders should be returned to them at the earliest after the
expiry of the final bid validity and latest on or before the 30th day of the award of the contract.

Advance payment to supplier:

Ordinarily, payments for services rendered or supplies made should be released only after the
services/supplies have been made. However, it may become necessary to make advance
payments in the following types of cases:
(i) Advances payment demanded by firms holding maintenance contracts for servicing of Air-
conditioners, computers, other costly equipment, etc.
(ii) Advance payment demanded by firms against fabrication contracts, turnkey contracts etc.

Such advance payments should not exceed the following limits:

(i) Thirty per cent of the contract value to private firms:

(ii) Forty per cent of the contract value to a State or Central Government agency or a Public Sector
undertaking; or
(iii) In case of maintenance contract, the amount should not exceed the amount payable for six
months under the contract.

University may relax, in consultation with the Finance Officer, the ceilings (including percentage laid
down for advance payment for private firms) mentioned above. While making any advance
payments as above, adequate safeguards in the form of bank guarantee etc. should be obtained
from the firm.

Part Payment to suppliers:

Depending on the terms of delivery incorporated in a contract, part payment to the supplier may be
released after it despatches the goods from its premises in terms of the contract.

Transparency, competition, fairness and elimination of arbitrariness in the

procurement process:

All conditions stipulated under Rule 160 of General Financial Rules, 2005 of Government of India
issued by the Ministry of Finance Department of Expenditure shall be applicable.

8. The Officer in charge of Purchase & Procurement shall convene the meeting of the Purchase Committee within
4 weeks from the date of receipt of indent or as and when necessary.

9. The purchase committee shall approve the tenders of rates of the firms in different item requirements and the
orders for the items approved by the aforesaid Committee shall be placed with these firms by university as and

124
 when necessary.

10. In case the rates of the approved firms go up / down subsequently, the Purchase Committee meeting shall be
convened again to approve of the rates before purchase aremade.

11. If the purchase of any item the rate which has not already been approved by the Committee should become
necessary in exceptional circumstances and time does not permit the convening of a meeting of the Purchase
Committee, the purchase of the item shall be approved by the competent authority and the same shall be
placed before the next meeting of the Purchase Committee.

12. Similarly, in the event of a change in the rate already approved by the Purchase Committee and time when
does not permit the convening of a meeting of the Purchase Committee, the purchase of the revised rates shall
be approved by the competent authority and the same shall be placed before the next meeting of the Purchase
Committee.

13. The Central Purchase Committee may appoint a Sub Committee consisting of at least three members, as and
when required.

14. One third of the members shall form the quorum.

Anything not covered in the above rules will be governed by the GOI (GFR Rules 2005) as issued and amended from
time to time.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt. of
India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-11-2012, and
letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the Gazette of India,
Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017.

125
 ORDINANCE NO: 22(A)*

MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION, MANAGEMENT OF ACADEMIC PROGRAMMES, EXAMINATION,

EVALUATION AND GRADING SYSTEM FOR PROGRAMMES OF STUDIES OTHER THAN THE
RESEARCH DEGREE PROGRAMME
(Under Section 28 (1) (c) and 28 (1) (g) of the Central University Act 2009)

Existing Amendme After Amendment

nt
Medium of Instruction and Examination: Medium of Instruction and Examination:
No
1. The medium of instruction in respect of all 1. The medium of instruction in respect of all
Change
Programmes of Studies offered by the Schools, Programmes of Studies offered by the Schools,
Departments and Centers of Studies shall be English/ Departments and Centers of Studies shall be English/
Hindi, except in cases of studies / research in Hindi, except in cases of studies / research in
languages. languages.
2. Question Papers of all examinations shall be set and 2. Question Papers of all examinations shall be set and
answered in English/Hindi language, except in case of answered in English/Hindi language, except in case of
examinations in languages / literature, where the examinations in languages / literature, where the
question papers may be set and answered in the question papers may be set and answered in the
respective languages either in totality or in part, respective languages either in totality or in part,
depending upon the requirements of the course. depending upon the requirements of the course.
3. Project Work / Project Report / Dissertation / Field 3. Project Work / Project Report / Dissertation / Field
Work Report / Training Report etc, if any, shall have to Work Report / Training Report etc, if any, shall have to
be written in English/Hindi, except in case of the be written in English/Hindi, except in case of the
Programmes of Studies in languages / literature, where Programmes of Studies in languages / literature, where
the same may be required to be written in the respective the same may be required to be written in the respective
language. language.

Management and Administration of Academic Programmes: No Management and Administration of Academic Programmes:
Change
4. Director of Academic Affairs: There shall be a Director of 4. Director of Academic Affairs: There shall be a Director of
Academic Affairs (DOAA) to plan and coordinate all the CBCS Academic Affairs (DOAA) to plan and coordinate all the CBCS
programs. The responsibilities of the Director of Academic programs. The responsibilities of the Director of Academic
Affairs include: Affairs include:

(i) Preparation of (a) Academic Calendar, (b) Application for (i) Preparation of (a) Academic Calendar, (b) Application for
Admission, and (c) Registration Form. Admission, and (c) Registration Form.

(ii) Coordination of programs between schools and other (ii) Coordination of programs between schools and other
external institutions. external institutions.
(iii) Coordination of common time tables in consultation with (iii) Coordination of common time tables in consultation with
schools. schools.
(iv) Consideration of appeals from students regarding the (iv) Consideration of appeals from students regarding the
operational problems related to CBCS. operational problems related to CBCS.

5. CBCS Office: To discharge the responsibilities of CBCS No 5. CBCS Office: To discharge the responsibilities of CBCS
programs of the University, there shall be an exclusive Change programs of the University, there shall be an exclusive
administrative wing called the CBCS Office. The CBCS Office shall administrative wing called the CBCS Office. The CBCS Office shall
have the following functions: have the following functions:
Advertisement of CBCS Programs, approval of admission of Advertisement of CBCS Programs, approval of admission of
students made by Departments/Schools/Centers, course students made by Departments/Schools/Centers, course
registration, coordination of time table and preparation of Academic registration, coordination of time table and preparation of Academic
Calendar. Calendar.

6. Prospectus and Handbook: No 6. Prospectus and Handbook:

(a) The Prospectus issued along with the application form shall Change (a) The Prospectus issued along with the application form shall
contain; contain;
(i) A profile of the University, (ii) List of Schools of the (i) A profile of the University, (ii) List of Schools of the
University and programs offered in University University and programs offered in University
Departments, (iii) Eligibility conditions for various Departments, (iii) Eligibility conditions for various
programs, (iv) Fee Structure (course/program, programs, (iv) Fee Structure (course/program,
examination and other fees) and (v) Time-Table for examination and other fees) and (v) Time-Table for
Entrance Examination. Entrance Examination.
(b) The Hand Book given to the students admitted to (b) The Hand Book given to the students admitted to
Departments/Schools at the time of admission shall contain: Departments/Schools at the time of admission shall contain:
(i) CBCS Regulations and (ii) The Academic Calendar. (i) CBCS Regulations and (ii) The Academic Calendar.

126
7. The Feedback of the Students: There shall be an evaluation of No 7. The Feedback of the Students: There shall be an evaluation of
the course taught to the students in accordance with the Change the course taught to the students in accordance with the
parameters fixed for such a purpose and also in consonance with parameters fixed for such a purpose and also in consonance with
the prevailing practice / convention in the Universities of the the prevailing practice / convention in the Universities of the
country. The modalities of such an exercise would broadly respond country. The modalities of such an exercise would broadly respond
to teacher-taught relationship as determined by quality, style, to teacher-taught relationship as determined by quality, style,
manner and method of teaching along with efficacy of manner and method of teaching along with efficacy of
communication and the like. The terms of evaluation will be communication and the like. The terms of evaluation will be
pursued by the Committee constituted for such a purpose by the pursued by the Committee constituted for such a purpose by the
Vice-Chancellor of the University. The configuration of evaluation Vice-Chancellor of the University. The configuration of evaluation
shall generate the following ethics: shall generate the following ethics:
(i) Nature of course (i) Nature of course
(ii) Effectiveness of course (ii) Effectiveness of course
(iii) Comprehensibility by the students (iii) Comprehensibility by the students
(iv) Effectiveness of communication (iv) Effectiveness of communication
(v) Employment of Audio/Visual Aids (wherever applicable) (v) Employment of Audio/Visual Aids (wherever applicable)
(vi) Sincerity and regularity of teacher/ instructor. (vi) Sincerity and regularity of teacher/ instructor.

Examination System: No Examination System:

8. All Programmes of Studies of the University shall Change 8. All Programmes of Studies of the University shall
be offered under Semester System and Examination be offered under Semester System and Examination
and evaluation of students shall be through and evaluation of students shall be through
Comprehensive Continuous Internal Assessment Comprehensive Continuous Internal Assessment
(CCA). (CCA).

9. As a general principle, the Comprehensive Continuous 9. As a general principle, the Comprehensive Continuous
Internal Assessment and End Semester Examination Internal Assessment and End Semester Examination
shall comprise the following components: shall comprise the following components:
(i) Mid Term Examination....................20% (i) Mid Term Examination....................20%
(ii) Continuous Internal Assessment.....20% (ii) Continuous Internal Assessment.....20%
(iii) End-Semester Examination.............60% (iii) End-Semester Examination.............60%
10. Depending upon the nature and requirements of a 10. Depending upon the nature and requirements of a
particular course, individual Departments/Centre shall, particular course, individual Departments/Centre shall,
within the overall framework of Comprehensive within the overall framework of Comprehensive
Continuous Internal Assessment (CCA) prescribed by Continuous Internal Assessment (CCA) prescribed by
the Board of Studies concerned, have freedom to the Board of Studies concerned, have freedom to
prescribe additional/different components and prescribe additional/different components and
weightage for different component. Provided that the weightage for different component. Provided that the
weightage of the End-Semester Examination shall not be weightage of the End-Semester Examination shall not be
less than 60%. less than 60%.
11. Detailed distribution and break-up of the 11. Detailed distribution and break-up of the
Comprehensive Continuous Internal Assessment Comprehensive Continuous Internal Assessment
(CCA) shall be specified by the teacher concerned (CCA) shall be specified by the teacher concerned
in the Detailed Course outlined for each course in the Detailed Course outlined for each course
taught by him/her during a semester. taught by him/her during a semester.
12. The question papers for the End-Semester 12. The question papers for the End-Semester
Examinations shall be of 3 (Three) hours duration and Examinations shall be of 3 (Three) hours duration and
shall be set such as to comprise the following sections: shall be set such as to comprise the following sections:
(i) Section A: shall have 10 (Ten) Objective Type (i) Section A: shall have 10 (Ten) Objective Type
Questions of 1 (one) Mark each. All questions in this Questions of 1 (one) Mark each. All questions in this
Section shall be compulsory (Total 10 Marks) Section shall be compulsory (Total 10 Marks)
(ii) Section B: shall have 6 (Six) Short Answer Questions (ii) Section B: shall have 6 (Six) Short Answer Questions
(SAQs) of 5 (Five) Marks each, out of which the (SAQs) of 5 (Five) Marks each, out of which the
examinee shall be required to attempt any ( four) examinee shall be required to attempt any ( four)
questions; (Total 20 Marks) questions; (Total 20 Marks)
(iii) Section C: shall have 5 (Five) Essay/LongAnswer (iii) Section C: shall have 5 (Five) Essay/LongAnswer
Questions (LAQs) of 10 marks each. Out of which the Questions (LAQs) of 10 marks each. Out of which the
examinee shall be required to attempt any three examinee shall be required to attempt any three
questions (Total 30 Marks); questions (Total 30 Marks);
Paper Setting & Evaluation: Paper Setting & Evaluation:
No
13. The overall framework of the Comprehensive Continuous
Change
13. The overall framework of the Comprehensive Continuous
Internal Assessment (CCA), including the broad Internal Assessment (CCA), including the broad
guidelines regarding the content, format, duration guidelines regarding the content, format, duration
and timings of different components of examination and and timings of different components of examination and
evaluation shall be as decided by the Board of Studies. evaluation shall be as decided by the Board of Studies.
14. Within the overall framework of examination and 14. Within the overall framework of examination and
evaluation as decided by the Board of Studies, the evaluation as decided by the Board of Studies, the
content, format, duration of various components of the content, format, duration of various components of the
CCA shall be decided by the concerned faculty CCA shall be decided by the concerned faculty

127
 members and notified to students along with the members and notified to students along with the
detailed course outline provided at the commencement of detailed course outline provided at the commencement of
each course. each course.

15. Since the University follows Choice Based Credit System 15. Since the University follows Choice Based Credit System
(CBCS) and CCA, the question paper for m i d t e r m a n d (CBCS) and CCA, the question paper for m i d t e r m a n d
i n t e r n a l a s s e s s m e n t examination of a course shall i n t e r n a l a s s e s s m e n t examination of a course shall
be set by the faculty member who is teaching that be set by the faculty member who is teaching that
course and that he/she shall also be the evaluator. course and that he/she shall also be the evaluator.

16. The End Semester question paper will be set in such a 16. The End Semester question paper will be set in such a
manner that 50% of papers of core courses shall be set manner that 50% of papers of core courses shall be set
and evaluated by external examiners. However, the theory and evaluated by external examiners. However, the theory
papers for the end semester examination of the last papers for the end semester examination of the last
semester of any program shall be set internally. semester of any program shall be set internally.
17. In case of examinations involving viva-voce, practical 17. In case of examinations involving viva-voce, practical
etc. in a course offered by a Department / Centre, etc. in a course offered by a Department / Centre,
the evaluation shall be done by a panel the evaluation shall be done by a panel
comprising of the concerned faculty member and comprising of the concerned faculty member and
an external expert to be appointed by the Dean of the an external expert to be appointed by the Dean of the
School concerned, from the panel recommended by School concerned, from the panel recommended by
concerned Board of Studies. However, the end concerned Board of Studies. However, the end
semester examination of the last semester of any semester examination of the last semester of any
program shall be conducted by two internal program shall be conducted by two internal
examiners. examiners.
18. Project Work / Project Report / Dissertation / Field Work 18. Project Work / Project Report / Dissertation / Field Work
Report / Training Report etc. shall be evaluated by an Report / Training Report etc. shall be evaluated by an
external evaluator appointed by the Dean of the School external evaluator appointed by the Dean of the School
concerned from the panel recommended by concerned concerned from the panel recommended by concerned
Board of Studies. Provided further that in case of viva- Board of Studies. Provided further that in case of viva-
voce based on the Project Work /Project Report / voce based on the Project Work /Project Report /
Dissertation / Field Work Report / Training Report etc. Dissertation / Field Work Report / Training Report etc.
evaluation shall be done by a committee comprising of evaluation shall be done by a committee comprising of
the Advisor concerned and the external evaluator. the Advisor concerned and the external evaluator.
19. The end semester examination including paper setting, 19. The end semester examination including paper setting,
evaluation, viva-voce and practical examination shall be evaluation, viva-voce and practical examination shall be
remunerative both for external and internal examiners. remunerative both for external and internal examiners.
The remuneration shall be decided by the Academic The remuneration shall be decided by the Academic
Council from time to time. Council from time to time.

Guidelines for Paper Setting: No Guidelines for Paper Setting:

Change
21. The question papers for the Mid-Semester 21. The question papers for the Mid-Semester
Examination shall be based on at least 50% of the Examination shall be based on at least 50% of the
course content prescribed for the Semester. course content prescribed for the Semester.
22. The question papers for the End Semester 22. The question papers for the End Semester
Examination shall be based on the total course Examination shall be based on the total course
content prescribed for the Semester. content prescribed for the Semester.
23. The paper setter shall set the question paper for the 23. The paper setter shall set the question paper for the
Mid-Term Examination and shall arrange to make Mid-Term Examination and shall arrange to make
adequate number of copies / printouts, which adequate number of copies / printouts, which
shall be submitted in sealed cover marked as shall be submitted in sealed cover marked as
Confidential to the Head of the Department / Confidential to the Head of the Department /
Director of the Centre, at least five days prior to the Director of the Centre, at least five days prior to the
commencement of the Mid-Term Examination; commencement of the Mid-Term Examination;
24. Each paper setter shall be responsible for ensuring 24. Each paper setter shall be responsible for ensuring
secrecy and confidentiality of the question paper set secrecy and confidentiality of the question paper set

128
 by him/her; by him/her;
25. For Mid-Term Examination the Head of the 25. For Mid-Term Examination the Head of the
Department / Director of the Centre shall keep the Department / Director of the Centre shall keep the
question papers received from the paper question papers received from the paper
setters in the safe custody till the date of setters in the safe custody till the date of
examination and shall arrange to issue the same on examination and shall arrange to issue the same on
the date of examination to the invigilator concerned. the date of examination to the invigilator concerned.
26. The paper setter for the End Semester 26. The paper setter for the End Semester
Examination shall set the question paper in the Examination shall set the question paper in the
prescribed format and shall submit the same in prescribed format and shall submit the same in
sealed cover marked as Confidential to the sealed cover marked as Confidential to the
Controller of Examinations, at least fifteen Controller of Examinations, at least fifteen
days prior to the commencement of the End days prior to the commencement of the End
Semester Examination; Semester Examination;
27. The question papers of the end semester 27. The question papers of the end semester
examination set by the paper setters shall be examination set by the paper setters shall be
reviewed in the meeting of the Examination reviewed in the meeting of the Examination
Committee of the Board of Studies of the Committee of the Board of Studies of the
Department / Centre concerned held before the Department / Centre concerned held before the
examination. examination.

Guidelines for Evaluation: No Guidelines for Evaluation:

Change
27. It shall be the bounden duty of the 27. It shall be the bounden duty of the
concerned faculty members to evaluate all concerned faculty members to evaluate all
assignments, comprehensive continues internal assignments, comprehensive continues internal
assessment (CCA) and mid-term examination assessment (CCA) and mid-term examination
answer scripts and t o s h o w the same to the answer scripts and t o s h o w the same to the
students within one week of the date of such students within one week of the date of such
examination and submit the marks / grades awarded examination and submit the marks / grades awarded
to the students to the Head of the Department/ to the students to the Head of the Department/
Director of the Centre concerned. Director of the Centre concerned.
28. Each examiner shall be required to evaluate 28. Each examiner shall be required to evaluate
the answer scripts of the End-Semester the answer scripts of the End-Semester
Examination within 15 days of the date of Examination within 15 days of the date of
examinations and shall be required to return to examinations and shall be required to return to
Controller of Examinations, the evaluated answer Controller of Examinations, the evaluated answer
scripts along with the award list. scripts along with the award list.
29. Head of the Department / Director of the Centre 29. Head of the Department / Director of the Centre
concerned, shall forward to the Controller of concerned, shall forward to the Controller of
Examination, the consolidated award list of marks / Examination, the consolidated award list of marks /
grades awarded to the students in the Continuous grades awarded to the students in the Continuous
Internal Assessment and Mid-Term Examination of Internal Assessment and Mid-Term Examination of
each course offered by the Department. each course offered by the Department.

Revaluation of Answer Scripts: No Revaluation of Answer Scripts:

30. No revaluation of answer sheet is permitted. Change 30. No revaluation of answer sheet is permitted.
However, aggrieved student may apply on the However, aggrieved student may apply on the
prescribed application form along with the prescribed application form along with the
prescribed fees, for retotaling of his/her answer prescribed fees, for retotaling of his/her answer
script(s) to the Controller of Examinations within script(s) to the Controller of Examinations within
seven working days from the date of declaration of the seven working days from the date of declaration of
results. the results.
31. Retotaling of the answer script shall be done by a 31. Retotaling of the answer script shall be done by a
board comprising two members to be appointed board comprising two members to be appointed

129
 by the Controller of Examinations. by the Controller of Examinations.

Conduct of Examination: Conduct of Examination:

32. All examinations of the University (except the 32. All examinations of the University (except the
entrance examinations for admission in different entrance examinations for admission in different
Programmes of Studies) shall be conducted and held Programmes of Studies) shall be conducted and held
at the University Campus only. at the University Campus only.
33. The Date Sheet for Mid-Term and End- 33. The Date Sheet for Mid-Term and End-
Semester Examination shall be notified by the Semester Examination shall be notified by the
Heads of the Department / Directors of the Heads of the Department / Directors of the
Centers / Deans of the School at least fifteen Centers / Deans of the School at least fifteen
days prior to the commencement of the days prior to the commencement of the
examinations. examinations.
34. The Mid-Term and End-Semester 34. The Mid-Term and End-Semester
Examinations shall be conducted under the Examinations shall be conducted under the
general supervision of the Head of Department, general supervision of the Head of Department,
who shall act as Centre Superintendent for all who shall act as Centre Superintendent for all
examinations of the courses of his/her Department. examinations of the courses of his/her Department.
He/she shall arrange for the invigilation duties from He/she shall arrange for the invigilation duties from
amongst the faculty members and shall be amongst the faculty members and shall be
responsible for the fair and orderly conduct of the responsible for the fair and orderly conduct of the
examination. examination.

Indiscipline and Unfair Means in Examination: No Indiscipline and Unfair Means in Examination:
35. There shall be zero-tolerance against use of unfair means Change 35. There shall be zero-tolerance against use of unfair means
and unfair practices in connection with examination and each and unfair practices in connection with examination and each
examinee shall be required to strictly adhere to the examinee shall be required to strictly adhere to the
instructions for taking examination. Non adherence to such instructions for taking examination. Non adherence to such
instructions shall attract disciplinary action. instructions shall attract disciplinary action.

36. Use of unfair means is strictly prohibited and shall invite 36. Use of unfair means is strictly prohibited and shall invite
serious disciplinary actions for anyone found using unfair means serious disciplinary actions for anyone found using unfair means
during any examination. Unfair practices and Unfair means during any examination. Unfair practices and Unfair means
relating to examination shall mean and include: relating to examination shall mean and include:
(i) Exerting pressure, coercion and undue influence for (i) Exerting pressure, coercion and undue influence for
postponement and change of dates and timings of postponement and change of dates and timings of
examination examination
(ii) Threatening the invigilator or any other behaviour (ii) Threatening the invigilator or any other behaviour
amounting to insubordination as reported by the amounting to insubordination as reported by the
Invigilator / Centre Superintendent. Invigilator / Centre Superintendent.
(iii) Seeking favours from and/or threatening the (iii) Seeking favours from and/or threatening the
examiners, paper setters, evaluators, invigilators, co- examiners, paper setters, evaluators, invigilators, co-
examinees or any other officer or staff of the University. examinees or any other officer or staff of the University.
(iv) Resorting to such practices and engaging into (iv) Resorting to such practices and engaging into
activities that are specifically prohibited during the activities that are specifically prohibited during the
course of examination course of examination
(v) Keeping in possession of materials of any kind related (v) Keeping in possession of materials of any kind related
to the subject of the examination concerned including to the subject of the examination concerned including
mobile / cell phones / electronic aids, unless mobile / cell phones / electronic aids, unless
otherwise permitted as a component of otherwise permitted as a component of
examination and/or copying or attempting to examination and/or copying or attempting to
copy from the materials in possession or from other copy from the materials in possession or from other
persons within or outside the examination hall, persons within or outside the examination hall,

(vi) Exchanging notes, inter-changing answer scripts, (vi) Exchanging notes, inter-changing answer scripts,
helping other examinees, seeking help from and/or helping other examinees, seeking help from and/or
consulting other examinees or any other person consulting other examinees or any other person
inside or outside the examination hall. inside or outside the examination hall.
(vii) Attempts of impersonation including writing some (vii) Attempts of impersonation including writing some
other candidate's registration number / roll other candidate's registration number / roll
number in the answer paper and/or exchanging number in the answer paper and/or exchanging

130
 or attempting to exchange answer sheets or other or attempting to exchange answer sheets or other
materials during the course of examination. materials during the course of examination.
(viii) Sitting or occupying seats other than the one allotted (viii) Sitting or occupying seats other than the one allotted
to the candidate or changing the seat during the to the candidate or changing the seat during the
course of examination without the permission of the course of examination without the permission of the
invigilator. invigilator.
(ix) Boycott / walkout of the examination and or causing (ix) Boycott / walkout of the examination and or causing
disturbances of any kind during the conduct of disturbances of any kind during the conduct of
examination. examination.
(x) Any other act of omission or commission as may be (x) Any other act of omission or commission as may be
declared by the Executive Council as unfair means in declared by the Executive Council as unfair means in
respect of any or all the examinations, from time to respect of any or all the examinations, from time to
time. time.
37. Detection of unfair means, indiscipline and 37. Detection of unfair means, indiscipline and
disturbances during the examination shall be disturbances during the examination shall be
brought to the notice of the Centre Superintendent by brought to the notice of the Centre Superintendent by
the invigilator concerned in writing. the invigilator concerned in writing.
38. The Centre Superintendent shall report to the 38. The Centre Superintendent shall report to the
Controller of Examinations without delay, each case Controller of Examinations without delay, each case
of alleged use of unfair means in the examination of alleged use of unfair means in the examination
with full details of the evidence in support thereof with full details of the evidence in support thereof
and the statement of the candidate concerned, if and the statement of the candidate concerned, if
any, on the forms supplied by the Controller of any, on the forms supplied by the Controller of
Examinations for the purpose. Examinations for the purpose.
39. In case a candidate found using unfair means in 39. In case a candidate found using unfair means in
examination refuses to make and sign the said examination refuses to make and sign the said
statement, the incident shall be recorded by the statement, the incident shall be recorded by the
Invigilator and countersigned by the Centre Invigilator and countersigned by the Centre
Superintendent. Superintendent.
40. The answer book of the candidate found using unfair 40. The answer book of the candidate found using unfair
means in the examination shall be seized and the means in the examination shall be seized and the
candidate may be permitted to write remaining part candidate may be permitted to write remaining part
of his/her examination on a separate answer-book to of his/her examination on a separate answer-book to
be issued to him/her. The Centre Superintendent be issued to him/her. The Centre Superintendent
shall send both the answer-books to the Controller of shall send both the answer-books to the Controller of
Examinations along with his/her report. Examinations along with his/her report.
41. All individual cases of reported use of unfair means 41. All individual cases of reported use of unfair means
in examination shall be referred to the Examination in examination shall be referred to the Examination
Discipline Committee. Provided that in case of use of Discipline Committee. Provided that in case of use of
unfair means on a mass scale at an examination unfair means on a mass scale at an examination
centre, the Vice-Chancellor shall have powers to centre, the Vice-Chancellor shall have powers to
cancel the examination of all the candidates cancel the examination of all the candidates
appearing from the centre concerned and order re- appearing from the centre concerned and order re-
examination an initiate further disciplinary action examination an initiate further disciplinary action
against all concerned. against all concerned.

Examination Discipline Committee: No Examination Discipline Committee:

42. The Examination Discipline Committee shall consist of the Change 42. The Examination Discipline Committee shall consist of the
following members: following members:
(i) The Dean of Students' Welfare, who shall be (ii) The Dean of Students' Welfare, who shall be
the Chairperson the Chairperson

(ii) The Proctor (ii) The Proctor

(iii) Two faculty members to be nominated (iii) Two faculty members to be nominated
by the Vice-Chancellor by the Vice-Chancellor
(iv) The Controller of Examination, who shall (iv) The Controller of Examination, who shall
be the Member-Secretary. be the Member-Secretary.

43. The Terms of office of the Members of the No 43. The Terms of office of the Members of the
Examination Discipline Committee, other than the Ex- Change Examination Discipline Committee, other than the Ex-
Officio Members, shall be one year from the Officio Members, shall be one year from the
date of appointment and that three Members of date of appointment and that three Members of
the Committee shall constitute the quorum. the Committee shall constitute the quorum.

44. Depending upon the extent and severity, the punishment No 44. Depending upon the extent and severity, the punishment
for the use of Unfair Means may include: Change for the use of Unfair Means may include:

(i) Awarding “I” Grade /”F” Grade to the candidate in (i) Awarding “I” Grade /”F” Grade to the candidate in
the particular examination in which the Unfair Means the particular examination in which the Unfair Means

131
 was used; was used;

(ii) Awarding “I” Grade /”F” Grade in all examinations (ii) Awarding “I” Grade /”F” Grade in all examinations
taken by the candidate during the semester; taken by the candidate during the semester;

(iii) Debarring for certain specified number of semesters (iii) Debarring for certain specified number of semesters
from appearing in examination of the University; from appearing in examination of the University;

(iv) Cancellation of admission from the University; (iv) Cancellation of admission from the University;
(v) Rustication from the University and debarring the (v) Rustication from the University and debarring the
student from taking admission in any Programme of student from taking admission in any Programme of
Studies of the University for certain specified period Studies of the University for certain specified period
of time; and of time; and
(vi) Rustication from the University and debarring the (vi) Rustication from the University and debarring the
student from taking admission in any Programme of student from taking admission in any Programme of
Studies of the University for ever; Studies of the University for ever;
45. The Examination Discipline Committee shall decide No 45. The Examination Discipline Committee shall decide
the extent, and magnitude of punishment to those Change the extent, and magnitude of punishment to those
found guilty of using Unfair Means in examination found guilty of using Unfair Means in examination
with due regard to the nature and extent of offence with due regard to the nature and extent of offence
committed by a candidate in use of Unfair Means committed by a candidate in use of Unfair Means
and shall ensure that the punishment is and shall ensure that the punishment is
commensurate to the offence committed and in commensurate to the offence committed and in
accordance with the principle of natural justice; accordance with the principle of natural justice;
46. All decisions taken by the Committee will be placed 46. All decisions taken by the Committee will be placed
before the Vice-Chancellor for approval. before the Vice-Chancellor for approval.
47. A candidate found guilty of using Unfair Means in 47. A candidate found guilty of using Unfair Means in
examination by the Examination Discipline examination by the Examination Discipline
Committee, may appeal to the Vice-Chancellor, in Committee, may appeal to the Vice-Chancellor, in
writing, within one month of the receipt of the writing, within one month of the receipt of the
decision of the University; and if the Vice- decision of the University; and if the Vice-
Chancellor is satisfied that the representation Chancellor is satisfied that the representation
merits consideration, he/she may refer the case back merits consideration, he/she may refer the case back
to the Examination Discipline Committee for to the Examination Discipline Committee for
reconsideration. reconsideration.

Specific Provisions for the Conduct of Entrance Examination No Specific Provisions for the Conduct of Entrance Examination
for Admission: Change for Admission:
48. The Paper Setters for the Common Entrance 48. The Paper Setters for the Common Entrance
Examination shall be appointed by the Vice- Examination shall be appointed by the Vice-
Chancellor. Chancellor.
49. The overall administration, conduct, supervision and 49. The overall administration, conduct, supervision and
control of the Common Entrance Examination shall control of the Common Entrance Examination shall be
be the responsibility of the Controller of the responsibility of the Controller of Examinations
Examinations who with the approval of the Vice- who with the approval of the Vice-Chancellor, shall
Chancellor, shall arrange: arrange:
(i) To get the question papers for the Common Entrance (ii) To get the question papers for the Common
Examination set by the paper setter(s) appointed by Entrance Examination set by the paper setter(s)
the Vice-Chancellor; appointed by the Vice-Chancellor;
(ii) For the confidential printing of the question (ii) For the confidential printing of the question
papers for the Common Entrance Examination; papers for the Common Entrance Examination;
(iii) To appoint Centre Superintendents for each of the (iii) To appoint Centre Superintendents for each of the
Examination Centers; Examination Centers;
(iv) For the smooth conduct of the Common Entrance (iv) For the smooth conduct of the Common Entrance
Examination in all Examination centre and exercise Examination in all Examination centre and exercise
general supervision and control and; general supervision and control and;
(v) For the evaluation of the Answer scripts and preparation of (v) For the evaluation of the Answer scripts and preparation of
the merit list; the merit list;
50. In the absence of Controller of Examinations or otherwise 50. In the absence of Controller of Examinations or otherwise
if the circumstances so warrant the Vice-Chancellor may if the circumstances so warrant the Vice-Chancellor may
appoint a Coordinator of the Common Entrance appoint a Coordinator of the Common Entrance
Examination who shall perform such functions as specified Examination who shall perform such functions as specified
in the preceding clause. in the preceding clause.

51. The Common Entrance Examination shall be held at 51. The Common Entrance Examination shall be held at
the designated Examination Centers as approved by the designated Examination Centers as approved by
the Academic Council and notified in the University the Academic Council and notified in the University
Prospectus. Prospectus.

132
52. Each Examination Centre shall be under the charge 52. Each Examination Centre shall be under the charge
of a Centre Superintendent, who shall ensure smooth of a Centre Superintendent, who shall ensure smooth
and fair conduct of the Common Entrance Examination. and fair conduct of the Common Entrance Examination.
53. During an entrance examination, all candidates shall 53. During an entrance examination, all candidates shall
be under the disciplinary control of the Centre be under the disciplinary control of the Centre
Superintendent, whose instructions on the conduct of Superintendent, whose instructions on the conduct of
examination shall be final and binding. If a candidate examination shall be final and binding. If a candidate
disobeys instructions or misbehaves with Centre disobeys instructions or misbehaves with Centre
Superintendent / Supervisory staff / invigilator / any Superintendent / Supervisory staff / invigilator / any
other staff / other examinees, he/she may be other staff / other examinees, he/she may be
expelled from the examination them and there. expelled from the examination them and there.
54. Notwithstanding anything contained in these 54. Notwithstanding anything contained in these
Ordinances, the examination of all such Ordinances, the examination of all such
candidates who are found using Unfair Means in the candidates who are found using Unfair Means in the
Common Entrance Examination shall be cancelled and Common Entrance Examination shall be cancelled and
consequently his/her answer script will not be consequently his/her answer script will not be
considered for evaluation and preparation of merit list. considered for evaluation and preparation of merit list.

Grading System: No Grading System:

55. The University shall have grading system based Change 55. The University shall have grading system based
on a Ten (10) point scale of evaluation of t h e on a Ten (10) point scale of evaluation of t h e
performances of students in terms of marks, grade performances of students in terms of marks, grade
points, letter grade and class. points, letter grade and class.
56. The total performance of a student within a 56. The total performance of a student within a
semester shall be indicated by the semester shall be indicated by the
(a)S e m e s t e r Grade Point Average (SGPA); (a)S e m e s t e r Grade Point Average (SGPA);
a n d Weighted Average Marks (WAM); The grade a n d Weighted Average Marks (WAM); The grade
sheet of a student in the final semester of a sheet of a student in the final semester of a
programme shall also include; programme shall also include;
(b)The SGPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to 2 (b)The SGPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to 2
decimal points and reported in the grade sheets decimal points and reported in the grade sheets
(i) Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA); and (i) Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA); and
(ii) Overall Weighted Percentage Marks (OWPM). (ii) Overall Weighted Percentage Marks (OWPM).
The CGPA and OWPM being the real indicators of a The CGPA and OWPM being the real indicators of a
student’s performance. These shall be calculated as student’s performance. These shall be calculated as
under: under:
SGPA = (∑Ci Gi ) / (∑ Ci ) SGPA = (∑Ci Gi ) / (∑ Ci )
WAM= (∑Ci Mi ) / (∑ Ci ) % WAM= (∑Ci Mi ) / (∑ Ci ) %
CGPA = (∑ ∑ Cni Gni) / (∑ ∑ Ci ) CGPA = (∑ ∑ Cni Gni) / (∑ ∑ Ci )
OWPM = (∑ ∑ Cni Mni ) / (∑ ∑ Cni ) % OWPM = (∑ ∑ Cni Mni ) / (∑ ∑ Cni ) %
Where Where
Ci = number of credits in ith course, Ci = number of credits in ith course,
Mi = marks obtained in the ith course, Mi = marks obtained in the ith course,
Gi = grade point obtained in the ith course, Gi = grade point obtained in the ith course,
Cni = number of credits of the ith course of the nth Cni = number of credits of the ith course of the nth
semester, semester,
Mni = marks of the ith course of the nth semester, Mni = marks of the ith course of the nth semester,
Gni = grade points of the ith of the nth semester. Gni = grade points of the ith of the nth semester.

No
Course-Wise Letter Grade & Grade Point: Change Course-Wise Letter Grade & Grade Point:
57. Accordingly, the percentage of marks obtained by a student 57. Accordingly, the percentage of marks obtained by a student
in a course will be indicated by a grade point and a letter in a course will be indicated by a grade point and a letter
grade on a Ten (10) point scale as under: grade on a Ten (10) point scale as under:

PERCENTAGE GRADE LETTER GRADE PERCENTAGE GRADE LETTER GRADE

OF MARKS POINT OF MARKS POINT
91-100 10 O (Outstanding) 91-100 10 O (Outstanding)
75-90 9 A+ (Excellent) 75-90 9 A+ (Excellent)
65-74 8 A (Very good) 65-74 8 A (Very good)
55-64 7 B+ (Good) 55-64 7 B+ (Good)
50-54 6 B (Above Average) 50-54 6 B (Above Average)
45-49 5 C (Average) 45-49 5 C (Average)
40-44 4 P (Pass) 40-44 4 P (Pass)
0-39 0 F (Fail) 0-39 0 F (Fail)
Absent 0 Ab (Absent) Absent 0 Ab (Absent)

58. A student obtaining Grade F shall be considered failed and 58. A student obtaining Grade F shall be considered failed and

133
 will be required to reappear in the examination. will be required to reappear in the examination.
59. For non credit courses "Satisfactory" or "Unsatisfactory" 59. For non credit courses "Satisfactory" or "Unsatisfactory"
shall be indicated instead of the letter grade and this will shall be indicated instead of the letter grade and this will
not be counted for the completion of SGPA/CGPA. not be counted for the completion of SGPA/CGPA.

No
CGPA, Overall Letter Grade and Class: Change CGPA, Overall Letter Grade and Class:
60. The overall cumulative performance of a student shall be 60. The overall cumulative performance of a student shall be
indicated by the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA). indicated by
61. The marks and the grades obtained in the courses the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA).
corresponding to the maximum number of credits specified 61. The marks and the grades obtained in the courses
for completion of a Programme of Studies will be taken corresponding to the maximum number of credits specified
into consideration in arriving at the OWPM with overall for completion of a Programme of Studies will be taken
Letter Grade and Class, as under: into consideration in arriving at the OWPM with overall
OWPM LETTER GRADE CLASSS Letter Grade and Class, as under:
91-100 O (Outstanding) First Class OWPM LETTER GRADE CLASSS
(Outstanding) 91-100 O (Outstanding) First Class
75-90 A+ (Excellent) First Class (Outstanding)
65-74 A (Very good) First Class 75-90 A+ (Excellent) First Class
55-64 B+ (Good) Second Class 65-74 A (Very good) First Class
50-54 B (Above Average) Second Class 55-64 B+ (Good) Second Class
45-49 C (Average) Third Class 50-54 B (Above Average) Second Class
40-44 P (Pass) Pass Class 45-49 C (Average) Third Class
40-44 P (Pass) Pass Class

62. A student who has successfully completed all the No 62. A student who has successfully completed all the
courses to accumulate the minimum specified number of Change courses to accumulate the minimum specified number of
credits under the Comprehensive Choice Based Credit credits under the Comprehensive Choice Based Credit
System shall be deemed to have completed the Programme of System shall be deemed to have completed the Programme of
Studies. Studies.

Ranking of Students: Ranking of Students:

No
Change
63. The first three ranks in every Programme of Studies shall be 63. The first three ranks in every Programme of Studies shall be
decided on the basis of OWPM. decided on the basis of OWPM.

All the rank holders in each Programme of Studies shall be No All the rank holders in each Programme of Studies shall be
awarded the Certificate of Merit, subject to fulfillment of the Change awarded the Certificate of Merit, subject to fulfillment of the
following criteria: following criteria:

a. Should have first position with more than 60 percent a. Should have more than 60 percent marks (OWPM);
marks (OWPM); Should
have more b. Should have passed all the Semesters of a Programme
b. Should have passed all the Semesters of a Programme than 60 of Study without any break;
of Study without any break; percent
marks c. Should have passed all the Courses in a
c. Should have passed all the Courses in a (OWPM); Programme of Study without any back log
Programme of Study without any back log No meaning thereby that he/she has not been awarded ‘F’
meaning thereby that he/she has not been awarded ‘F’ Change or ‘I’ grade in any course; and
or ‘I’ grade in any course; and
d. Should have exhibited good conduct and character
d. Should have exhibited good conduct and character No during the period of a Programme of Study.
during the period of a Programme of Study. Change

Attendance: Attendance:
64. No student shall be permitted to sit for the End- 64. No student shall be permitted to sit for the End-
semester examination in the course in which he/she semester examination in the course in which he/she
has secured less than 75% attendance. has secured less than 75% attendance.
65. The teacher handling a course shall be responsible 65. The teacher handling a course shall be responsible
for maintaining a record of attendance of students for maintaining a record of attendance of students
who have registered for the course and shall who have registered for the course and shall
display on the Notice Board of the Department the display on the Notice Board of the Department the
monthly attendance record of each student. monthly attendance record of each student.
66. All teachers shall intimate the Head of the 66. All teachers shall intimate the Head of the

134
 Department/Director of the Centre concerned, at Department/Director of the Centre concerned, at
least seven calendar days before the last least seven calendar days before the last
instruction day in the semester, particulars of all instruction day in the semester, particulars of all
students who have secured less than 75% students who have secured less than 75%
attendance in one or more courses. attendance in one or more courses.
67. The Head of the Department / Director of the Centre 67. The Head of the Department / Director of the Centre
shall display on the Notice Board of the shall display on the Notice Board of the
Department names of all students who will not be Department names of all students who will not be
eligible to take the End-semester examinations in eligible to take the End-semester examinations in
the various courses and send a copy of the same to the various courses and send a copy of the same to
the Dean of the School concerned. the Dean of the School concerned.
68. The Dean of the School concerned may grant 68. The Dean of the School concerned may grant
exemption to a candidate who has failed to obtain exemption to a candidate who has failed to obtain
the minimum prescribed 75% attendance for valid the minimum prescribed 75% attendance for valid
reasons provided that such exemptions shall not reasons provided that such exemptions shall not
be granted for attendance below 65%. be granted for attendance below 65%.

Promotion & Progression: No Promotion & Progression:

Change
69. A student shall be required to participate in Mid-Term 69. A student shall be required to participate in Mid-Term
Examination and Internal Assessment as specified in Examination and Internal Assessment as specified in
the Detailed Course Outline, failing which he/she shall the Detailed Course Outline, failing which he/she shall
be deemed to have NOT COMPLETED the course be deemed to have NOT COMPLETED the course
and shall be awarded the "I" Grade. Provided further and shall be awarded the "I" Grade. Provided further
that the "I" Grade shall also be awarded to a that the "I" Grade shall also be awarded to a
candidate in a course in which he/she has been candidate in a course in which he/she has been
declared ineligible to appear in the End-Semester declared ineligible to appear in the End-Semester
Examination of courses on account not meeting the Examination of courses on account not meeting the
minimum prescribed attendance requirements for the minimum prescribed attendance requirements for the
course. course.
70. A student who has been awarded "I" Grade shall be 70. A student who has been awarded "I" Grade shall be
required to re-register for the same course, when it is required to re-register for the same course, when it is
offered in the next semester(s), or shall have to offered in the next semester(s), or shall have to
register for another course under the overall register for another course under the overall
framework of credit accumulation under the framework of credit accumulation under the
Comprehensive Choice Based Credit System to be Comprehensive Choice Based Credit System to be
able to successfully complete the minimum specified able to successfully complete the minimum specified
credit requirements for completion of the Programme credit requirements for completion of the Programme
of Studies. of Studies.
71. A candidate shall be deemed to have successfully 71. A candidate shall be deemed to have successfully
completed a course except in case where he/she completed a course except in case where he/she
has been awarded the "I" Grade or "F" Grade. has been awarded the "I" Grade or "F" Grade.
72. A student who has successfully completed a 72. A student who has successfully completed a
course shall not be permitted to repeat the course course shall not be permitted to repeat the course
to improve his/her grade. to improve his/her grade.
73. A candidate shall be required to secure a 73. A candidate shall be required to secure a
minimum of 40% Marks, in the course taken, to minimum of 40% Marks, in the course taken, to
successfully complete that course, failing which successfully complete that course, failing which
he/she shall be deemed to have failed in the course he/she shall be deemed to have failed in the course
and shall be awarded the "F" Grade. and shall be awarded the "F" Grade.
74. The “F” Grade once awarded shall stay in the 74. The “F” Grade once awarded shall stay in the
grade card of the student and shall not be deleted grade card of the student and shall not be deleted
even when he/she successfully completes the even when he/she successfully completes the
course later. The grade acquired later by the student course later. The grade acquired later by the student
will be indicated in the grade sheet of the will be indicated in the grade sheet of the
subsequent semester in which the candidate has subsequent semester in which the candidate has
appeared for clearance of the arrears. appeared for clearance of the arrears.
75. If a student has been awarded "F" Grade, he/she 75. If a student has been awarded "F" Grade, he/she
shall be required to repeat only the End- Semester shall be required to repeat only the End- Semester
Examination i.e. he/she shall be required to reappear Examination i.e. he/she shall be required to reappear
in End-Semester Examination of that course in the in End-Semester Examination of that course in the
next session. The student shall not be permitted to next session. The student shall not be permitted to
repeat / reappear in the Continuous Internal repeat / reappear in the Continuous Internal
Assessment and/or the Mid-Term Examination. The Assessment and/or the Mid-Term Examination. The
marks o b t ai ne d by him/her in the Continuous marks o b t ai ne d by him/her in the Continuous
Internal Assessment and/or the Mid-Term Internal Assessment and/or the Mid-Term
Examination shall be carried forward for declaring Examination shall be carried forward for declaring
the result. the result.

135
76. A student with "F" Grade in a course shall be 76. A student with "F" Grade in a course shall be
permitted to repeat / reappear in the End- permitted to repeat / reappear in the End-
Semester Examination of the Course along with the Semester Examination of the Course along with the
subsequent End Semester Examinations up to the subsequent End Semester Examinations up to the
maximum duration of that particular programme. maximum duration of that particular programme.
77. If a student secures “F” Grade in a Project Work / 77. If a student secures “F” Grade in a Project Work /
Project Report / Dissertation / Field Work Report / Project Report / Dissertation / Field Work Report /
Training Report etc, he/she shall be required to Training Report etc, he/she shall be required to
resubmit the revised Project Work / Project Report / resubmit the revised Project Work / Project Report /
Dissertation / Field Work Report / Training Report Dissertation / Field Work Report / Training Report
etc as required by the evaluator(s). Provided further etc as required by the evaluator(s). Provided further
that a student shall be permitted to re-submit the that a student shall be permitted to re-submit the
Project Work / Project Report / Dissertation / Field Project Work / Project Report / Dissertation / Field
Work Report / Training Report etc for a maximum Work Report / Training Report etc for a maximum
of three times (including the first submission). of three times (including the first submission).
78. There shall be no system of compartmental / 78. There shall be no system of compartmental /
supplementary examination. supplementary examination.
79. All students admitted to an Odd Semester shall 79. All students admitted to an Odd Semester shall
be eligible for promotion to the Even Semester. be eligible for promotion to the Even Semester.
To be eligible for promotion from an Even Semester to To be eligible for promotion from an Even Semester to
the Odd Semester, a student shall be required to the Odd Semester, a student shall be required to
successfully complete at least 50% of all the courses successfully complete at least 50% of all the courses
registered by him/her so far. All such students who registered by him/her so far. All such students who
are not promoted to the next semester shall be are not promoted to the next semester shall be
treated as Ex-Students and shall continue to remain treated as Ex-Students and shall continue to remain
so till they become eligible for promotion to the next so till they become eligible for promotion to the next
semester. semester.

Special Provisions for Students in the Last Semester of a No Special Provisions for Students in the Last Semester of a
Programme: Change Programme:
80. Special end semester examination of odd semesters 80. Special end semester examination of odd semesters
only, shall be held for the students in the last semester only, shall be held for the students in the last semester
of a programme (outgoing students) . The question of a programme (outgoing students) . The question
papers for outgoing students shall be set and papers for outgoing students shall be set and
evaluated internally. evaluated internally.

81. Provided further that if the student gets ‘F’ grade in 81. Provided further that if the student gets ‘F’ grade in
any course in the last semester of a Programme of any course in the last semester of a Programme of
Study, in such a case, the University shall make Study, in such a case, the University shall make
arrangement to hold special End Term Examination arrangement to hold special End Term Examination
in that course only within one month of the in that course only within one month of the
declaration of the result of last semester of that declaration of the result of last semester of that
Programme of Study. Provided, further that in Programme of Study. Provided, further that in
case of extraordinary exigency, the Academic case of extraordinary exigency, the Academic
Program Committee may decide to get special Program Committee may decide to get special
end-semester examination conducted. end-semester examination conducted.

Re-registration in Failed Courses: No Re-registration in Failed Courses:

82. If a student, who has been awarded ‘F’ Grade wants to Change 82. If a student, who has been awarded ‘F’ Grade wants to
repeat the course by re-registration, he/she may be permitted repeat the course by re-registration, he/she may be permitted
on a payment of prescribed fees. In such cases, the student is on a payment of prescribed fees. In such cases, the student is
permitted to appear in mid semester and continuous internal permitted to appear in mid semester and continuous internal
assessment besides the end semester examinations. assessment besides the end semester examinations.

Grade Card: Grade Card:

83. The grade card issued at the end of the semester to 83. The grade card issued at the end of the semester to each
each student will contain the following: student will contain the following:
(i) Marks obtained for each course registered in the (i) Marks obtained for each course registered in the
semester semester
(ii) Credits earned for each course registered for that (ii) Credits earned for each course registered for that
semester semester
(iii) Performance in each course indicated by the letter (iii) Performance in each course indicated by the letter
grade grade
(iv) Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) of all the (iv) Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) of all the
courses registered for that semester courses registered for that semester
(v) Weighted Average Marks (WAM) of all the (v) Weighted Average Marks (WAM) of all the courses

136
 courses registered for that semester registered for that semester
(vi) Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA), (vi) Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA),
(vii) Overall Weighted Percentage of Marks (OWPM) (vii) Overall Weighted Percentage of Marks (OWPM)
(viii) The class and the grade of all the courses, after (viii) The class and the grade of all the courses, after
completing the programme. completing the programme.
84. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances,
all matters related to the candidates shall be governed by 84. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, all
the rules and procedures framed by the Academic Council matters related to the candidates shall be governed by the
that are in force at that point of time. rules and procedures framed by the Academic Council that
are in force at that point of time.
85. From the date when these Ordinances come into
operation, all previous Ordinances on the subject shall 85. From the date when these Ordinances come into operation,
cease to have effect. all previous Ordinances on the subject shall cease to have
effect.
Provided that this revocation shall not affect the previous
Ordinances so revoked or anything done or suffered under Provided that this revocation shall not affect the previous
any previous Ordinances so revoked or affect any right,
Ordinances so revoked or anything done or suffered under
privilege, obligation or liability acquired, arrived or incurred
any previous Ordinances so revoked or affect any right,
under any Ordinances so revoked. privilege, obligation or liability acquired, arrived or incurred
86. Any doubt or dispute about the interpretation of these under any Ordinances so revoked.
Ordinances shall be referred to the Vice-Chancellor,
whose decision, in his capacity as the Chairman, 86. Any doubt or dispute about the interpretation of these
Academic Council, shall be final. Ordinances shall be referred to the Vice-Chancellor, whose
decision, in his capacity as the Chairman, Academic
Council, shall be final.
The Vice-Chancellor may modify, amend and/ or delete
any of the clauses given in these Ordinances or add any The Vice-Chancellor may modify, amend and/ or delete any
clause(s) to these Ordinances, to facilitate the pursuit of of the clauses given in these Ordinances or add any
excellence in research, provided that any such clause(s) to these Ordinances, to facilitate the pursuit of
modification, amendment, deletion, and addition shall be excellence in research, provided that any such modification,
reported to the Academic Council at its next meeting for amendment, deletion, and addition shall be reported to the
approval. Academic Council at its next meeting for approval.

*Framed/amended by the Executive Council in its 19th meeting dated 09.07.2016 and approved by the
President of India in his capacity as Visitor of the Vishwavidyalaya vide Id Note No.III-07027/1/2016-CA-III
dated 06.07.2017 as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No. F.56-5/2016-CU.IV dated 13.07.2017, and
were published in the Gazette of India on 27 June 2018.

137
 ORDINANCE NO-22(B)*
CURRICULAR FRAMEWORK, PROGRAMME OF STUDIES AND CONDITIONS FOR AWARD OF
DEGREES, DIPLOMAS AND CERTIFICATES
(Under Section 28(1)(b), 28(1)(c) and 28(1)(g) of the Central Universities Act 2009)

Curricular Framework:
1. The curricular framework of the Dr. Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar shall be learner-
centric and based on the holistic approach to higher education. Focused on in-depth
learning, the curricula and syllabi shall be linked to research & scholarship and shall be
continuously reviewed and updated on the basis of feedback and evaluation.
2. The teaching-learning process (classroom activities, self-learning, work placement, and evaluation)
shall aim at nurturing and development of:
a. Knowledge & Comprehension - general, domain specific, discipline specific, organization-
specific, application-orientation;
b. Abilities & Skills - verbal, numeric, synthetic, analytic, soft-skills, entrepreneurial skills,
leadership, team-working; and
c. Values & Aptitude - human values, work ethics, work culture, positive thinking, empathy,
emotional intelligence.
3. The curricula and pedagogy of all Programme of Studies shall seek to:
a. incorporate exposure to current and emerging knowledge, theory and practice;

b. inculcate research aptitude and skills through project work, literature survey, data
collection, analysis, interpretation and inference;
c. develop critical thinking and pursuit of knowledge; and

d. Develop ability to apply knowledge and skill for appraisal, evaluation and problem solving.

4. In order to promote learning driven by the intrinsic curiosity and mastery of the subject, the
curricula shall aim at striking a fine balance between the taught content and independent
learning by students.
5. With a view to discourage rote learning, the curricula of all Programme of Studies shall aim at
assessing the Total Learning Outcome (TLO) by assessing performance of students in terms of
knowledge, comprehension, application, analysis and synthesis.
6. Assessment and evaluation of students shall be based on Total Student Effort (TSE).
Accordingly, it shall take into account the accomplishment of students across the total
workload specifications comprising the:
a. Contact Hours / Organized Classroom Activity;
b. Practical’s / Lab work / Tutorial / Teacher-led Activities;
c. Individual / Group Work;
d. Obligatory / Optional Work Placement;
e. Literature Survey / Library work;
f. Data Collection / Field work / Project Work;

138
 g. Papers / Projects / Dissertation / Thesis / Seminar;
h. Assignments / Quizzes / mid-term; and
i. End-semester examination.
Semester System
7. All Programme of Studies offered by the University shall be based on the Semester-
System. Accordingly, the Academic Calendar of the University shall be divided into (a)
Monsoon Semester (Odd Semesters) spanning from July to December; and (b) Spring
Semester (Even Semesters) spanning from January to June. Each Semester shall have a minimum
of 90 days of teaching spread over 18 weeks.
Choice Based Credit System (CBCS):
8. All Programme of Studies in the University shall be based on a Comprehensive Choice-Based
Credit System (CBCS).
9. The curricula for all Programme of Studies shall offer wide choices to students in terms of
courses, content, mode and pace of learning and shall encourage students to choose their own
basket of courses and decide their own pathways and pace of learning.
10. In order to enable students decide their pathways and exercise choices for basket of courses in
each semester, they will be assisted by Faculty Advisor who will guide them in exercising their
choices.
11. The School Boards shall specify broad framework, set standards and benchmarks by pre-
specifying educational components, learning outcomes and workloads to be followed by
Departments in designing and delivery of courses.
Course Catalogue:
12. The nomenclature / title, educational components, course-requirements including pre-
requisites and co-requisites and credits shall be specified by the Board of Studies within the
broad framework specified by the School Board.
13. All courses as specified and approved by the Boards of Studies / School Board / Academic
Council, shall be listed in the Course Catalogue that shall be continuously reviewed and
updated.
14. The Course Catalogue will provide a comprehensive listing and a brief outline of all courses
offered across all Departments / Centers / Schools of the University.
15. Each course listed in the Course Catalogue shall indicate its level, pre-requisite(s) and co-
requisite(s), expectations in terms of time commitments on the part of students registering for that
course and requirements for successful completion of the course.

Course Registration:
16. After admission to a Programme of Studies and at the commencement of each subsequent
semester, a student shall be required to register for the Courses he/she intends to undergo
during the Semester.
17. The registration for courses shall be made in consultation with the Faculty Advisor(s) and on the
prescribed format and shall be duly signed by the Student, Faculty Advisor and Head of the
Department / Director of the Centre concerned.

139
 18. A student may be permitted to change the courses, if applicable, within 7 days from the date of
course registration.
19. The minimum and maximum number of credits that a student can register for, in a semester shall
be such as prescribed by the Board of Studies/ School Board / Academic Council.
Audit of Course:

20. Subject to the permission of the teacher handling the course, a student may be permitted, on
payment of prescribed fees, to audit, a maximum of two courses without assigning any credits.
Detailed Course Outline:
21. In order to make programme offerings dynamic, flexible, multi-disciplinary and inter-
disciplinary, individual faculty members shall be required to prepare Detailed Course Outline for
each course to be taught by them in a particular semester and shall make the same
available to each student registered to take the course, at the commencement of each
semester.
22. The Detailed Course Outline shall be prepared within the overall framework and broad
guidelines as provided by the Board of Studies / School Board/ Academic Council and shall
include such specific details about a particular course as, completion requirements, assessment
criteria, unit-wise course contents, lecture plan, prescribed texts, reading list, planned activities
for Students Effort/ Teacher-led activities etc.
Assignment of Credits:
23. Credit assigned to a particular course will be decided with due regard to specified Learning
Outcomes, Educational Components and Workload requirements.
Programme of Studies:
24. All Programme of Studies shall be in general adherence to the minimum eligibility conditions,
duration, credit requirements and other conditions of minimum standards as prescribed by the
UGC / National Regulatory Bodies / Professional Councils.
Minimum and Maximum Duration of Programme of Studies:
25. Subject to the requirements of the UGC / Regulatory Body / Professional Council concerned, the
minimum and maximum duration of all Programme of Studies introduced and offered by the
University shall be such as approved by the Academic Council of the University.
Minimum Eligibility Requirements and Criteria for Selection for Admission:
26. Minimum eligibility conditions and criteria for selection of students for admission to various
Programme of Studies including qualifications for admission, age limits and relaxation if any, shall
be prescribed by the Academic Council and notified in the Prospectus. (Given in the Schedule – I of
this ordinance).
Credit Requirements for Completion of Programme of Studies:
27. Subject to the requirements of the UGC / Regulatory Body / Professional Council concerned,
Credit requirements for completion of a Programme of Studies shall be such as prescribed by the
Academic Council of the University. (Given in the Schedule – I of this ordinance).

Conditions for the Award of the Degree / Diploma / Certificate:

140
28. Subject to the requirements of the UGC/ Regulatory Body/ Professional Council concerned, the
conditions of the award of Degree/ Diploma / Certificate shall be such as prescribed by the
Academic Council of the University. (Given in the Schedule – I of this ordinance).
29. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, all matters related to the candidates shall
be governed by the rules and procedures framed by the Academic Council that are in force at that
point of time.
30. From the date when these Ordinances come into operation, all previous Ordinances on the subject
shall cease to have effect.
Provided that this revocation shall not affect the previous Ordinances so revoked or anything done
or suffered under any previous Ordinances so revoked or affect any right, privilege, obligation or
liability acquired, arrived or incurred under any Ordinances so revoked.
31. Any doubt or dispute about the interpretation of these Ordinances shall be referred to the Vice-
Chancellor, whose decision, in his capacity as the Chairman, Academic Council, shall be final.
The Vice-Chancellor may modify, amend and/ or delete any of the clauses given in these
Ordinances or add any clause(s) to these Ordinances, to facilitate the pursuit of excellence in
research, provided that any such modification, amendment, deletion, and addition shall be reported
to the Academic Council at its next meeting for approval.

141
 Schedule-1 of Ordinance-22(B)
REGULATIONS GOVERNING PROGRAMMES UNDER THE CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM
Coverage:
The CBCS is applicable to all full-time PG, UG, Diploma and Certificate programmes of study approved
by the Academic Council. It shall be also applicable to any other program of study approved by the
Academic Council that has been prescribed to follow the CBCS pattern.
Credits and Contact Hours:
(a) One credit shall mean one contact hour of teaching for theory or two hours for laboratory/ practical
course per week in a semester of 18 weeks.
(b) One tutorial hour for a course shall amount to one credit.
(c) One credit shall be assigned to one week of field training program/curriculum stipulated study tour
(CSST) where students spend the entire duration in the field along with the faculty member(s).
(d) Up to three credits shall be assigned to one month of internship/training undergone in a Company/
Organization/ Institutions approved by the Board of Studies of the concerned department.
Outline of Courses under Choice Based Credit System:
(a) Core Course (CC): A course, which should compulsorily be studied by a candidate as a core
requirement is termed as a Core course.
(b) Elective Course: Generally a course which can be chosen from a pool of courses and which may
be very specific or specialized or advanced or supportive to the discipline/ subject of study or which
provides an extended scope or which enables an exposure to some other discipline/subject/domain
or nurtures the candidate’s proficiency/skill is called an Elective Course.
i. Discipline Specific Elective (DSE) Course: Elective courses may be offered by the main
discipline/subject of study is referred to as Discipline Specific Elective. The University/Institute
may also offer discipline related Elective Courses of interdisciplinary nature (to be offered by
main discipline/subject of study).

ii. Dissertation/Project: An elective course designed to acquire special/advanced knowledge, such

as supplement study/support study to a project work. If a candidate studies such a course on his
own with an advisory support by a teacher/faculty member then the course is called
dissertation/project.
iii. Open Elective (OE) Course: An elective course chosen generally from an unrelated
discipline/subject, with an intention to seek exposure is called a Generic Elective or an Open
Elective Course.
P.S.: A core course offered in a discipline/subject may be treated as an elective by other
discipline/subject and vice versa and such electives may also be referred to as Generic Elective.
(c) Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC): The Ability Enhancement (AE) Courses may be of two
kinds: Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses (AECC) and Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC).
“AECC” courses are the courses based upon the content that leads to Knowledge enhancement; i.
Environmental Studies and ii. English/MIL Communication. These are mandatory for all disciplines.
SEC courses are value-based and/or skill-based and are aimed at providing hands-on-training,
competencies, skills, etc.

i. Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses (AECC): Environmental Studies, English

Communication/MIL Communication.

142
 ii. Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC): These courses may be chosen from a pool of courses
designed to provide value-based and/or skill-based knowledge.

* Introducing Research Component in Under-Graduate and Post Graduate Courses

Project work/Dissertation is considered as a special course involving application of knowledge in
solving / analyzing /exploring a real life situation / difficult problem. A Project/Dissertation work would be
of 6 credits. A Project/Dissertation work may be given in lieu of a discipline specific elective paper.

Component of Course:
(a) Every offered course may have three components:
(i) Lecture - L (ii) Tutorial - T (iii) Practical - P
Where, L stands for a class room lecture session. T stands for tutorial session consisting of participatory
discussion/ desk work/ brief seminar presentations by students and such other innovative methods. P
stands for practical session and it consists of hands on experience / laboratory experiments/ field studies
/ case studies etc.

(b) A course may have either one or two or all the three components. That means a course may have
only lecture components (L), or only practical components (P) or combination of any two or all the
three components (L, T, P).
(c) Credit assigned for a particular course may be distributed among all three components.
(d) The concerned BoS will choose the convenient credit pattern for every course based on the
requirement.
Credits Structure for various PG Programmes:
(a) Total credits for any post-graduate / Masters Programme inclusive of Core, Subject and Open
Elective Courses and project work shall be as specified in Table 1.
(b) The distribution of credits for various course types (CC/SE/OE/Project) shall be as specified by
Board of Studies.
(c) A Core course cannot be substituted by any other course. Core courses shall carry usually 5 credits
per course. However, as per requirement of a curriculum, a Core course may be assigned 2 to 5
credits.
(d) The number of Core courses in a semester and for entire PG programme shall be decided by the
Board of Studies of the concerned department. However, total credits for entire programme for Core
courses shall be as prescribed in Table 1.
(e) There shall be sufficient options available to the students for selecting elective courses in each PG
programme. If required elective courses in a programme can be grouped according to specialization
of faculties, and there shall be choices available to the students for selecting one or two courses
from each group.
(f) Before two weeks of commencement of each semester, Departments shall notify the list of available
elective courses and available seats with name of offering faculty for that semester for each course.
However, in view of faculty and laboratory constraints, elective courses may be rotated session
wise.

143
 (g) Open Elective Courses shall be offered in all programmes in the University. A list of OE courses,
detailed course contents, name of faculty in-charge and schedule shall be put on notice board of
departments and on University website.
(h) Each student shall exercise three options for all open elective courses in the order of preference at
least three weeks prior to the end of the semester proceeding the semester in which Open Elective
Courses are to be offered.
(i) Each students shall exercise his/her option in duplicate for open elective, one to the Head of the
parent Department and another to the Head of the Department in which he/she is opting for the
Open Elective Course.
(j) Students admitted in PG course shall take choice based open elective courses offered by the
Departments/ Schools, subject to stipulation as to the minimum (10 students) and maximum (50
students) ceiling strengths in each course.
(k) Subject to the availability of seats, the offering department shall notify the list of selected candidates
before the commencement of the semester.
Table 1: Minimum Credits required for various PG Programmes #
Category Programme Credits Total Maximum
CC SE OE Credits Duration
in years)
I. One Year PG programmes 30 08 02 40 02
II. Two Year PG programmes 60 16 04 80 04
III. Three Years PG programmes 90 24 06 120 05

# A programme governed by National Regulatory Body / Professional Council shall follow the minimum
standards and credit requirements as prescribed by the concerned regulatory Body/ Professional
Council.
* 08 credits can be reserved for project work, if any.
** If required, 2-4 credits can be assigned for internship/project/ term work etc.
Credits Structure for various Under Graduate Programmes:
(a) Total credits for any under-graduate programmes inclusive of Core, Discipline specific elective and
Open Elective Courses and project work shall be as specified in Table 2.
(b) The distribution of credits for various course types (CC/SE/OE/Project) shall be as specified by
Board of Studies.
(c) A Core course cannot be substituted by any other course. Core courses shall carry usually 4-6
credits per course. However, as per requirement of a curriculum, a Core course may be assigned 2
to 5 credits.
(d) The number of Core courses in a semester and for entire UG programme shall be decided by the
Board of Studies of the concerned department. However, total credits for entire programme for Core
courses shall be as prescribed in Table 2.
(e) Each first degree under-graduate programme (e.g. B.A., B.Sc., and B.Com. B.B.A., B.C.A., B.F.A.
etc.) Should consist of Foundation Courses as Ability Enhancement Courses.
(f) Each under-graduate programme shall consist of discipline specific electives and skill enhancement
courses.

144
Scheme for B.Sc., B.A., and B. Com. Programmes:
1. Foundation Courses (FC):
These courses shall be known as Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses (AECC) and will consist of
two courses of 02 credits each.
(i) English/MIL Communication - 02 Credits
(ii) Environmental Studies - 02 Credits
These courses will be offered in the I and II Semester of the programme.
2. Core Courses (CC):
These courses will be in the form of 05/10 courses of 06/03 Credits each of 03 disciplines (subjects) of
choice. However, in disciplines involving practical/ project/ field study, the courses may have 06/04/02
credits for the combination of theory and practical classes.
3. Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC):
These courses may be chosen from a pool of courses designed to promote value based and/ or skill
based knowledge. The students must opt 04 courses from any of the three disciplines of choice. Each
course shall be of 02 Credits.
4. Discipline Specific Elective Courses (DSE):
The student shall opt for discipline specific elective course from a pool of courses offered by each
department such that he/she chooses one course from each discipline of choice.
Table 2: Minimum Credit Required for various UG Programmes #

Category Programme Credits Total Maximum Duration (in

FC CC SEC DSE Credits years)
I. Three Year UG 04 90 08 18 120 05
programmes
(B.A./ B.Sc./ B.Com.)

# A programme governed by National Regulatory Body / Professional Council shall follow the minimum
standards and credit requirements as prescribed by the concerned regulatory Body/ Professional Council.
* 08 credits can be reserved for project work, if any.
** If required, 2-4 credits can be assigned for internship/project/field work/traning etc.
Syllabi Structure:
(a) Every course must be specified as Foundation Course (FC), Core course (CC), Discipline Specific Elective
(DSE) and Skill Enhancement Course (SEC). Project work/ Seminar/ Field Work/ Internship/ Training shall
be treated as Core Course.
(b) While Core Courses may be basic and fundamental in nature, the Elective Courses shall be advanced and
specialized in nature. Open elective courses should be designed with a view to provide exposure to the
students in the unrelated disciplines.
(c) Each course shall have a character code which indicates (i) Name of the Department (Ii) concerned
Semester, (iii) the nature of the Course (CC: Core Course; DSE: Discipline Specific Elective; OE: Open
Elective) and (iv) The Course Number.
(d) Course structure and detailed syllabus for each UG/PG programme shall be approved by the Board of
Studies, School Board and Academic Council.
(e) New Core or Elective course proposed by a faculty should first be approved by the Board of Studies of the
respective department and then it will be placed before the School Board and Academic Council for
approval.

145
(f) Core and Elective courses may be unitized into 04-06 units as per convenience of the Department.
Registration for a Course under CBCS:
(a) After getting admission in any programme students shall register themselves for a set of courses in a
prescribed registration card with advice from faculty members of the Department. The format of registration
card shall be notified in regulation.
(b) Students shall have to register him/ her for courses and credits during the first week of semester.
(c) Each Department shall notify a list of all the courses offered (CC/SEC/OE) specifying the credits with L: T: P
format, the prerequisites and the time slot shall be displayed on notice board of Department.
(d) For each student three copies of registration cards shall be made, one shall be kept in Department and other
to be sent to the Academic Section (DOAA). A copy of the registration card may be provided to student and
the corresponding open elective department.
(e) Each Department shall prepare a consolidated list of students registered for open electives in the
Department. Similarly, department shall prepare a list of their own students who have registered for open
electives in other departments.
(f) Department shall also prepare a consolidated list of courses registered by the candidates during each
semester.
(g) Faculty Advisor shall provide counseling to the students for registration in Elective Courses available in the
department;
(h) The maximum number of students registered for an Elective Course shall be decided by the Board of
Studies of the department in view of the availability of class room and laboratory;
(i) The registration for open electives will be made on first-come-first served basis provided students fulfill the
prerequisite for the course, if any; and
(j) For an open elective, examination and evaluation shall be done by offering department; however,
performance report of the candidate shall be given to parent department.
*Framed/Amended by the Executive Council in its 17th meeting dated 25.08.2015 and approved by the President of
India in his capacity as Visitor of the Vishwavidyalaya vide Id Note No. CIII-07027/1/2016-CA-III dated 21.03.2018 as
communicated by the MHRD vide letter No. F. 56- 5/2016- CU. IV dated: 26.03.2018, and were published in the
Gazette of India on 27 June 2018.

146
 ORDINANCE-23(A)*

On ADMISSION, EXAMINATION AND EVALUATION FOR

THE AWARD OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
(Under Section 28(1) (b), 28 (1)( c) and 28(1)(g) of the Central Universities Act 2009)

Existing Proposed Amendment Read after amendment

This ordinance is based on the “University This ordinance is based on the
Grants Commission (Minimum Standards No change “University Grants Commission
and Procedure for Award of M. Phil./Ph. D (Minimum Standards and Procedure for
Degrees) Regulations, 2016” published in Award of M. Phil./Ph. D Degrees)
the Gazette of India on 5th July, 2016. It Regulations, 2016” published in the
incorporates all the regulations laid down Gazette of India on 5th July, 2016. It
therein. incorporates all the regulations laid
This Ordinance comes into force from the down therein.
Academic Session 2016-2017.
This Ordinance comes into force from
the Academic Session 2016-2017.
1. Eligibility Criteria for Admission to Ph. 1. Eligibility Criteria for 1. Eligibility Criteria for Admission
D. Programme: Admission to Ph. D. to Ph. D. Programme:
Programme:
Candidates seeking admission to the 1.1 Candidates seeking admission to
Ph. D. programme must have a Master's 1.1 Candidates seeking admission to the Ph. D. programme must have a
degree in the concerned/relevant / allied the Ph. D. programme must have Master's degree or a professional
subject with at least 55% marks in a Master's degree or a degree declared equivalent to the
aggregate or its equivalent CGPA (where professional degree declared Master’s degree by the
grading system is followed). equivalent to the Master’s degree corresponding statutory regulatory
by the corresponding statutory body, in the concerned/relevant /
regulatory body, in the allied subject with at least 55%
concerned/relevant / allied subject marks in aggregate or its equivalent
with at least 55% marks in CGPA (where grading system is
aggregate or its equivalent CGPA followed).
(where grading system is
followed). 1.2 A relaxation of 5% of marks,
from 55% to 50%, or an
1.2 A relaxation of 5% of marks, equivalent relaxation of grade,
from 55% to 50%, or an will be allowed for those
equivalent relaxation of grade, belonging to SC/ST/OBC (non-
will be allowed for those creamy layer)/ Differently-Abled
belonging to SC/ST/OBC (non- and other categories of candidates
creamy layer)/ Differently-Abled as per the decision of the
and other categories of candidates Commission from time to time or
as per the decision of the for those who had their Master’s
Commission from time to time or degree prior to 19th September,
for those who had their Master’s 1991. The eligibility marks of
degree prior to 19th September, 55% (or an equivalent grade in a
1991. The eligibility marks of point scale wherever grading
55% (or an equivalent grade in a system is followed) and the
point scale wherever grading relaxation of 5% to the categories
system is followed) and the mentioned above are permissible
relaxation of 5% to the categories based only on the qualifying
mentioned above are permissible marks without including the grace
based only on the qualifying mark.
marks without including the
grace mark.
1.3 Candidates possessing a Degree
considered equivalent to M. Phil.
1.3 Candidates possessing a Degree Degree of an Indian Institution,
considered equivalent to M. Phil. from a Foreign Educational
Degree of an Indian Institution, Institution accredited by an
from a Foreign Educational Assessment and Accreditation
Institution accredited by an Agency which is approved,
Assessment and Accreditation recognized or authorized by an
Agency which is approved, authority, established or
recognized or authorized by an incorporated under a law in its
authority, established or home country or any other statutory
incorporated under a law in its authority in that country for the
home country or any other purpose of assessing, accrediting or

147
 statutory authority in that country assuring quality and standards of
for the purpose of assessing, educational institutions, shall be
accrediting or assuring quality eligible for admission to Ph.D.
and standards of educational programme.
institutions, shall be eligible for
admission to Ph.D. programme.

2. Reservations and Relaxations: 2. Reservations and Relaxations: 2. Reservations and Relaxations:

2.1 Reservations: Reservations in seats for Reservations in seats for applicants of Reservations in seats for applicants of
applicants of reserved categories will be reserved categories will be provided as reserved categories will be provided as
provided as per Government of India per Government of India norms per Government of India norms
norms applicable in admissions from time applicable in admissions from time to applicable in admissions from time to
to time. time. time.
Relaxations in minimum qualifying
marks belonging to SC/ST/OBC (non- Relaxations in minimum qualifying
creamy layer)/ Differently-Abled and marks belonging to SC/ST/OBC (non-
other categories of candidates will be creamy layer)/ Differently-Abled and
applicable as provided in clause 1.2. other categories of candidates will be
applicable as provided in clause 1.2.

2.2 Relaxation in Minimum Qualifying

Marks: A relaxation of 5% of marks, Deleted
from 55% to 50%, or an equivalent
relaxation of grade, may be allowed for
those belonging to SC/ST/OBC (non-
creamy layer)/ Differently-Abled and
other categories of candidates as per the
decision of the Commission from time to
time. The eligibility marks of 55% (or an
equivalent grade in a point scale wherever
grading system is followed) and the
relaxation of 5% to the categories
mentioned above are permissible based
only on the qualifying marks without
including the grace mark.

3. Categories of Ph. D. Candidates:

3. Categories of Ph. D. Candidates: No change
There shall be two categories of
There shall be two categories of candidates:
candidates:
3.1 Full-time Ph.D. candidates:
3.1 Full-time Ph.D. candidates: This category includes research
This category includes research scholars who shall pursue their
scholars who shall pursue their research research for Ph. D. degree at the
for Ph. D. degree at the University as a University as a full time regular
full time regular scholar. scholar.
3.2 Part-time Ph.D. candidates: 3.2 Part-time Ph.D. candidates:
This category is further divided into
This category is further divided
two categories: into two categories:
3.2.1 Part-time Candidates
(Internal): 3.2.1 Part-time Candidates (Internal):
A regular teaching staff of the
A regular teaching staff of the
University with three years of teaching
University with three years of teaching
experience at the time of admission
experience at the time of admission
shall be eligible under this category.
shall be eligible under this category.
Such candidates will be required to
Such candidates will be required to
take study leave during the course
take study leave during the course
work.
work.
However, if the course work could be
However, if the course work could be
completed by the teacher without

148
 affecting his/ her normal teaching load completed by the teacher without
of the department concerned, a study affecting his/ her normal teaching load
leave in such case is not required. A of the department concerned, a study
certificate to this effect from the Head leave in such case is not required. A
of the Department shall be required for certificate to this effect from the Head
admission to the Ph. D. programme. of the Department shall be required for
admission to the Ph. D. programme.
3.2.2 Part time Candidates
(External): 3.2.3. Part time Candidates (External):
This category includes persons working in This category includes persons working
Higher Educational and Research in Higher Educational and Research
Institutions. The candidates have to Institutions. The candidates have to
produce a sponsorship certificate from the produce a sponsorship certificate from the
Parent Institution. Parent Institution.

4. Duration of the Programme: 4. Duration of the 4. Duration of the Programme:

4.1 Ph. D. programme shall be for a minimum Programme:
duration of three years, including course 4.1 Ph. D. programme shall be for 4.1 Ph.D. programme shall be for a minimum
a minimum duration of three duration of three years, including course work
work and a maximum duration of five
years, including course work and a maximum of six years.
years. and a maximum of six years.

4.2 An extension of one year in the 4.2 The women candidates and Persons
maximum duration may be granted by 4.2 The women candidates and Persons with Disability (more than 40%
the Academic Program Committee on with Disability (more than 40% disability) may be allowed a
the recommendation of Research disability) may be allowed a relaxation of one year for Ph. D. in
Advisory Committee in special cases. relaxation of one year for Ph. D. the maximum duration. In addition,
in the maximum duration. In the women candidates may be
addition, the women candidates provided Maternity Leave/ Child
may be provided Maternity Care Leave once in the entire
Leave/ Child Care Leave once in duration of Ph. D. for up to 240 days.
the entire duration of Ph. D. for up
to 240 days.

4. 3 Provided that the women candidates

and Persons with Disability (more than 40%
disability) may be allowed a relaxation of two
years for Ph. D. in the maximum duration. In
addition, the women candidates may be
provided Maternity Leave/ Child Care Leave
once in the entire duration of Ph. D. for up to
240 days.

4.4 Minimum residence required for full time

scholars shall be three years including
course work.

4.5 However, for Part Time Candidates

(External), the minimum residence in
the Department/ Centre should be till
the completion of course work. The
remaining period of minimum duration
may be completed with the Co-
Supervisor in the Parent Institution,
who will be duly appointed by the
Research Advisory Committee.

5. Procedure for Admission: 5. Procedure for Admission: 1. Procedure for Admission:

5.1 For admission to the Ph. D. programme,
the University will notify well in advance 5.1 The University will 5.1 The University will decide on an annual
in the University website and through de basis through Board of Studies of
advertisement in at least two (2) national cide on an annual basis through the Departments, a predetermined and
newspapers, of which at least one (1) shall Board of Studies of the manageable number of Ph. D.
be in the regional language. The number Departments, a predetermined scholars to be admitted; depending on

149
 of seats for admission, subject/discipline- and manageable number of Ph. the number of available Research
wise distribution of available seats, D. scholars to be admitted; Supervisors and other academic and
criteria for admission, procedure for depending on the number of physical facilities available, taking
admission; examination centre(s), where available Research Supervisors into account the norms regarding the
entrance test(s) shall be conducted and all and other academic and physical scholar-teacher ratio, laboratory,
other relevant information will be facilities available, taking into library and such other facilities.
provided in the University website. account the norms regarding the
scholar-teacher ratio, laboratory,
library and such other facilities.

5.2 For admission to the Ph. D.

5.2 The University will decide on an annual programme, the University will
basis, through Board of Studies of 5.2 For admission to the Ph. D.
notify well in advance on programme, the University will
Departments; a predetermined and
the University website and notify well in advance on the
manageable number of Ph. D. scholars
to be admitted; depending on the number through advertisement in at least University website and through
of available Research Supervisors and two (2) national newspapers, of advertisement in at least two (2)
other academic and physical facilities which at least one (1) shall be in national newspapers, of which at
available, keeping in mind the norms the regional language. The least one (1) shall be in the regional
regarding the scholar-teacher ratio, number of seats for admission,
laboratory, library and such other language. The number of seats for
subject/ discipline-wise admission, subject/ discipline-wise
facilities.
distribution of available seats, distribution of available seats,
criteria for admission, procedure criteria for admission, procedure for
for admission; examination admission; examination centre(s),
centre(s), where entrance test(s) where entrance test(s) shall be
shall be conducted and all other conducted and all other relevant
relevant information will be information will be provided on the
provided on the University University website.
website.

5.3 Admission of candidates by a

two stage process through:
5.3 Admission of candidates by a two
5.3.1 Stage I: Entrance Test: stage process through:
5.3 The University shall admit 5.3.1. Stage I: Entrance Test:
candidates by a two stage process through: No change
(a) An Entrance Test shall be
5.3.1 Stage I: Entrance Test: conducted by the University for
(a) An Entrance Test shall be conducted Admission to its Ph. D.
by the University for Admission to its programme. The Entrance Test
Ph. D. programme. The Entrance Test shall be conducted at the
shall be conducted at the Centre(s) Centre(s) notified in advance
notified in advance (changes of (changes of Centre(s), if any, also
Centers, if any, also to be notified will be notified well in advance).
well in advance).
(b) The 50% of the syllabus for the
Entrance Test shall consist of research
(b) The 50% of the syllabus for the
Entrance Test shall consist of
methodology and the remaining 50%
research methodology and the
of the syllabus shall be based on
remaining 50% of the syllabus
specific subject. The qualifying marks
shall be based on specific subject.
of the Entrance Test shall be 50% of
The qualifying marks of the
the total marks for the Entrance Test.
Entrance Test shall be 50% of the
A relaxation of 5% in the qualifying total marks for the Entrance Test.
marks shall be granted to A relaxation of 5% in the
SC/ST and Differently-Abled qualifying marks shall be granted
candidates. to SC/ST and Differently-Abled
(c) However, candidates who have candidates.
qualified UGC-NET (including
JRF/UGC-CSIR NET (including JRF)
shall be exempted from appearing in the (c) However, candidates who have
Entrance Test. qualified UGC-NET (including
JRF) /UGC-CSIR NET (including
(d) The Teacher Fellowship Holders shall
JRF) shall be exempted from
also be exempted from appearing in the
5.3.2 Stage II: appearing in the Entrance Test.
Entrance Test.
Interview/Viva- Voce:
(d) The Teacher Fellowship Holders
No change shall also be exempted from
5.3.2 Stage II: Interview/Viva-Voce: An
appearing in the Entrance Test.

150
 interview/ viva-voce for the candidates; (e)
who qualify in the Entrance Test as well
as the candidates, who are exempted 5.3.2. Stage II: Interview/ Viva-Voce:
from appearing in the Entrance Test, An interview/ viva-voce for the
will be conducted in the concerned candidates; who qualify in the
Department. The candidates will be Entrance Test as well as the
required to discuss their research candidates, who are exempted
interest/area through a presentation from appearing in the Entrance
before a duly constituted Departmental Test, will be conducted in the
Research Committee (DRC). The concerned Department. The
constitution of the Departmental No change candidates will be required to
Research Committee (DRC) is given in discuss their research interest/area
Schedule-1 of this ordinance. through a presentation before a
5.4 At the time of interview/viva voce , the duly constituted Departmental
Departmental Research Committee No change Research Committee (DRC). The
(DRC) shall consider the following constitution of the Departmental
aspects, viz. whether: Research Committee (DRC) is
5.4.1 the candidate possesses the No change given in Schedule-1 of this
competence for the proposed ordinance.
research; No change
5.4.2 the research work can be suitably 5.4 At the time of interview/ viva-
undertaken at the Department; voce, the Departmental Research
5.4.3 the proposed area of research can Committee (DRC) shall consider
No change the following aspects, viz.
contribute to new/additional
knowledge. whether:
No change
The interview/viva voce shall be of 5.4.1 The candidate possesses the
100 marks. competence for the proposed
research;
5.5 On the basis of marks awarded in the
5.4.2 The research work can be suitably
interview/viva-voce; a merit list of the
candidates possessing the competence for undertaken at the Department;
5.4.3 The proposed area of research can
research will be prepared. The candidates
contribute to new/ additional
not possessing the competence for No change knowledge.
research will not be considered for
inclusion in the merit list.
The interview/viva voce shall be of 100
5.7 The University will maintain the marks.
5.6 The admission to Ph. D. programme of a list of all the Ph.D. registered 5.5 On the basis of marks awarded in
Department will be based strictly on the students on its website on year- the interview/ viva-voce; a merit list
basis of merit list prepared on the basis of wise basis. The list will include of the candidates possessing the
marks obtained by the candidates in the the name of the registered competence for research will be
interview/viva-voce. Department / candidate, topic of his/her prepared. The candidates not
Discipline wise reservations will be research, name of his/her possessing the competence for
applicable while admitting the students. supervisor/co-supervisor date research will not be considered for
of enrolment/registration. inclusion in the merit list.

5.6 The admission to Ph. D. programme of

a Department will be based strictly on
the basis of merit list prepared on the
basis of marks obtained by the
candidates in the interview/viva-voce.
Department / Discipline wise
reservations will be applicable while
admitting the students.

5.7 The University will maintain the list

of all the Ph.D. registered students
on its website on year-wise basis.
The list will include the name of the
registered candidate, topic of his/her
research, name of his/her
supervisor/co-supervisor, date of
enrolment/registration.

6. Eligibility Criteria for Supervisors 6. Eligibility Criteria for 6. Eligibility Criteria for Supervisors
Supervisors and Co- and Co- Supervisors:
and
Supervisors:
Co-Supervisors: 6.1 Only a full time regular teacher 6.1. Only a full time regular teacher of

151
 of the University shall be the University shall be recognized
a. A full time regular teacher of the recognized as a Research as a Research Supervisor. The
Supervisor. The external external (outside the University)
University can act as a supervisor. (outside the University) research supervisors are not
The external supervisors are not research supervisors are not allowed.
allowed. However, Co-Supervisor can allowed.
(a) Any full time regular Professor of
be allowed in inter-disciplinary areas (a) Any full time regular Professor the University with at least five
from other departments of the of the University with at least research publications in refereed
University. five research publications in journals may be recognized as
refereed journals may be Research Supervisor.
recognized as Research
b. Any regular Professor of the Supervisor. (b) Any full time regular Associate
University with at least five research (b) Any full time regular Associate /Assistant Professor of the
/Assistant Professor of the University with a Ph. D. degree
publications in refereed journals may University with a Ph. D. degree and at least two research
be recognized as Research and at least two research publications in refereed journals
publications in refereed shall be eligible as Research
Supervisor.
journals shall be eligible as Supervisor to guide the Ph.D.
c. Any regular Associate Professor of Research Supervisor to guide research scholars.
the University with a Ph. D. degree the Ph.D. research scholars.
and at least two research publications
Provided in areas/ discipline
in refereed journals shall be eligible
where there is no or only a
as Research Supervisor to guide the
limited number of referred Provided in areas/discipline where
Ph.D. research scholars.
journals, the Board of Studies there is no or only a limited
d. Any regular Assistant Professor of the
(BoS) may recommend for number of referred journals, the
University, with a Ph. D. degree
relaxation in condition of Board of Studies (BoS) may
having at least three years of teaching
publications for recognition of recommend for relaxation in
experience at PG level and who has
a teacher as research condition of publications for
published at least two research papers
supervisor. The recognition of a teacher as
in refereed journals, shall be eligible
recommendation of BoS for research supervisor. The
as Research Supervisor to guide the
relaxation in condition of recommendation of BoS for
Ph.D. research scholars.
publication shall be effective relaxation in condition of
e. Provided that the condition of “at
after its ratification by the APC. publication shall be effective after
least three years of PG teaching
6.2 Co-supervisor can be allowed its ratification by the Academic
experience” for an Assistant
in interdisciplinary areas from Program Committee (APC).
Professor may be relaxed by the Vice-
same/ other Departments of the
Chancellor in exceptional cases on the
University or outside the
recommendation of Board of Studies
University/ research institutions
(BOS) and Dean of the School
with the approval of the 6.2 Co-supervisor can be allowed in
concerned for the reasons to be
Research Advisory Committee. interdisciplinary areas from same/
recorded.
f. Provided that in areas/discipline other Departments of the
(a) Provided, that the
where there is no are only a limited Emeritus Professors, University or outside the
number of referred journals, the Honorary Professors, University/ research institutions
Adjunct Faculty of the with the approval of the Research
Board of Studies (BoS) may University shall be eligible
recommend for relaxation in to act as Co-Supervisor. Advisory Committee.
condition of publications for
(b) Provided, further that an
recognition of a teacher as research Inspire Faculty in the
supervisor the recommendation of University may also act as
BoS shall be ratified by the APC. a Co-Supervisor.
(c) The recognized faculty / (a) Provided, that the Emeritus
g. Provided further that the Emeritus
adjunct faculty of the
Professors, Honorary Professors, Professors, Honorary Professors,
institution(s) with whom
Adjunct Faculty of the University the University has entered Adjunct Faculty of the University
into an MOU for teaching / shall be eligible to act as Co-
shall be eligible to guide as Co-
research collaboration may Supervisor.
Supervisor for Ph. D. scholars. also be appointed as co-
h. Provided further that an Inspire supervisor(s).
Faculty in the University may also act
Provided further that in case a
as a Co-Supervisor. research supervisor, under whose

152
i. Provided also that the recognized supervision a thesis has been (b) Provided, further that an
prepared in part or in full, ceases Inspire Faculty in the
faculty / adjunct faculty of the to be a teacher of the University, University may also act as a
institution(s) with whom the he/ she may, subject to his/her Co-Supervisor.
University has entered into an MOU availability shall be continued as
research supervisor of the scholar
for teaching / research collaboration
already registered under his/ her (c) The recognized faculty /
may also be appointed as co- supervision. However, in such adjunct faculty of the
supervisor(s) provided they hold cases, a regular faculty member institution(s) with whom the
from the department/centre shall University has entered into
Ph. D. degree with at least 3 years of
be appointed as co-supervisor. an MOU for teaching /
teaching experience at PG Level/ 5 research collaboration may
years of research experience. also be appointed as co-
supervisor(s).

j. Provided further that in case a Provided, further that in case a

research supervisor, under whose research supervisor, under whose
supervision a thesis has been prepared supervision a thesis has been
prepared in part or in full, ceases to
in part or in full, ceases to be a be a teacher of the University, he/ she
teacher of the University, he/ she may, subject to his/her availability
may, subject to his/her availability shall be continued as research
supervisor of the scholar already
shall be continued as research registered under his/ her supervision.
supervisor of the scholar already However, in such cases, a regular
registered under his/ her supervision. faculty member from the
department/centre shall be appointed
However, in such cases, a regular as co-supervisor.
faculty member from the
department/centre shall be appointed
as co-supervisor.

7. Allocation of Research Supervisor and 7. Allocation of Research 7. Allocation of Research Supervisor

Co-Supervisor: Supervisor and Co-Supervisor: and Co-Supervisor:
7.1 The allocation of Research Supervisor 7.1 No change 7.1 The allocation of Research Supervisor
for an admitted research scholar shall be for an admitted research scholar shall
decided by the Board of Studies of the be decided by the Board of Studies of
concerned Department depending on the concerned Department depending
on the number of scholars per
the number of scholars per Research
Research Supervisor, the available
Supervisor, the available specialization specialization among the Supervisors
among the Supervisors and the research and the research interests of the
interests of the scholars as indicated by scholars as indicated by them at the
them at the time of interview/viva voce. time of interview/viva voce.

7.2 The maxi mu m number of Ph. D.

scholars allocated to a Res earch 7.2 The maximum number of Ph. D.
Supervisor/ Co-Supervisor at any given scholars allocated to a Research
Supervisor/ Co-Supervisor at any
point of time shall be as follows: 7.2 No change given point of time shall be as
(i) Professor – 08 (Eight) follows:
(ii) Associate Professor – 06 (Six) (i) Professor – 08 (Eight)
(ii) Associate Professor – 06 (Six)
(iii) Assistant Professor – 04 (Four) (iii) Assistant Professor – 04 (Four)

However; in any academic session, up to However; in any academic session,

50% of vacant seats; under a research up to 50% of vacant seats under a
supervisor; may be available for research supervisor; shall be
allocation to research scholars. While available for allocation to research
calculating the 50% of vacant seats, the scholars. While calculating the 50%
fractions may be rounded off to the next of vacant seats, the fractions may be
higher digit. rounded off to the next higher digit.

7.3 In case of topics which are of inter-

disciplinary nature where the Board of
7.3 In case of topics which are of inter-
Studies (BoS) of the concerned
disciplinary nature the Board of

153
 Department feels that the expertise in the Studies (BoS) may appoint a Co-
Department has to be supplemented from Supervisor from same / outside the
outside, it may appoint a Co-Supervisor Department/ School/ the University as
from outside the Department/ School/ 7.3 In case of topics which are of given in the clause 6.2.
College/ Institution on such terms and inter-disciplinary nature the
conditions as may be specified and agreed Board of Studies (BoS) may
upon by the consenting appoint a Co-Supervisor from
Institutions/Colleges. Provided that the same / outside the Department/
Co-Supervisor shall be appointed with the School/ the University as given in
approval of the Research Advisory the clause 6.2.
Committee (RAC).
7.4 In case of relocation of a Ph. D. woman
scholar due to marriage or otherwise, the 7.4 In case of relocation of a Ph. D.
research data shall be allowed to be woman scholar due to marriage or
transferred to the University to which the otherwise, the research data shall be
scholar intends to relocate provided all the allowed to be transferred to the
other conditions in these Regulations are University to which the scholar
followed in letter and spirit and the intends to relocate provided all the
research work does not pertain to the 7.4 No change other conditions in these
project secured by the parent institution/ Regulations are followed in letter
supervisor from any funding agency. The and spirit and the research work
scholar will however give due credit to the does not pertain to the project
parent guide and the institution for the secured by the parent institution/
part of research already done. supervisor from any funding
agency. The scholar will however
give due credit to the parent guide
and the institution for the part of
research already done.

8 Course Work: Credit requirements, 8. Course Work: 8. Course Work:

number, duration, syllabus, minimum Credit requirements, number, Credit requirements, number,
standards for completion, etc. duration, syllabus, minimum duration, syllabus, minimum
8.1 The course work shall be treated as standards for completion, etc. standards for completion, etc.
prerequisite for Ph. D. preparation. The 8.1. The course work shall be treated as
credit assigned to the Ph. D. course work No change prerequisite for Ph. D. preparation.
shall be 16 credits. The credit assigned to the Ph. D.
course work shall be 16 (credits).
8.2 A minimum of four credits shall be 8.2 A minimum of four credits shall be
assigned to a course on Research assigned to a course on Research
Methodology which could cover areas Methodology which could cover areas
such as quantitative methods, computer such as quantitative methods,
applications, and research ethics. Review computer applications, and research
of published research in the relevant field ethics. Review of published research
will be assigned four credits. Credits may in the relevant field will be assigned
also be assigned for training, field work, four credits. Credits may also be
etc. Other courses shall be advanced level assigned for training, field work, etc.
courses preparing the students for Ph. D. Other courses shall be advanced level
degree. courses preparing the students for Ph.
8.3 The structure of the Course Work is given D. degree.
in the Schedule-1 of this Ordinance. The 8.3 The structure of the Course Work is
medium of instruction and examination given in the Schedule-1 of this
for the courses shall be prescribed by the Ordinance. The medium of instruction
respective Board of Studies and examination for the courses shall
8.4 All courses prescribed for Ph. D. course be prescribed by the respective Board
work shall be in conformity with the of Studies
credit hour instructional requirement and 8.4 All courses prescribed for Ph. D.
shall specify content, instructional and course work shall be in conformity
assessment methods. They shall be duly with the credit- hour instructional
approved by the Academic Council. requirement and shall specify content,
8.5 The Department where the scholar instructional and assessment methods.
pursues his/her research shall prescribe They shall be duly approved by the
the course(s) to him/her based on the Academic Council.
8.5 The Department where the scholar
recommendations of the Research
pursues his/her research shall
Advisory Committee of the research
prescribe the course(s) to him/her
scholar.
based on the recommendations of the
8.6 All candidates admitted to the Ph.D. Research Advisory Committee of the
programmes shall be required to complete research scholar.
the course work prescribed by the 8.6 All candidates admitted to the Ph.D.
Department during the initial one or two programmes shall be required to

154
 semesters. complete the course work prescribed
by the Department during the initial
8.7 Grades in the course work, including one or two semesters.
research methodology courses shall be 8.7 Grades in the course work, including
finalized after a combined assessment by research methodology courses shall
the Research Advisory Committee and all be finalized after a combined
the faculty members imparting assessment by the Research Advisory
instructions to various courses and the Committee and all the faculty
final grades shall be communicated to the members imparting instructions to
University. various courses and the final grades
8.8 A Ph. D. scholar has to obtain a minimum shall be communicated to the
of 55% of marks or its equivalent grade in University.
the course work in order to be eligible to 8.8 A Ph. D. scholar has to obtain a
continue in the programme and submit the minimum of 55% of marks or its
thesis. equivalent grade in the course work in
order to be eligible to continue in the
programme and submit the thesis.

9 Evaluation of Course Work and 9. Evaluation of Course Work and 9. Evaluation of Course Work and
Grading System: Grading System: Grading System:
The syllabi, teaching and evaluation of the
course work shall be followed on the pattern No change The syllabi, teaching and evaluation
of the course work shall be followed
as mentioned in ordinance 22(A) and 22(B).
on the pattern as mentioned in
However, all the question papers for the Ph. ordinance 22(A) and 22(B).
D. course work shall be set and evaluated However, all the question papers for
internally by the teachers imparting the Ph. D. course work shall be set
instructions. and evaluated internally by the
9.1 For the course work, the candidate will be teachers imparting instructions.
evaluated using grading system based on
9.1 For the course work, the candidate
will be evaluated using grading
a Ten (10) point scale in terms of marks,
system based on a Ten (10) point
grade points, letter grade and class.
scale in terms of marks, grade points,
9.2 The total performance of a student within a
letter grade and class.
semester shall be indicated by the (a)
Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA);
9.2 The total performance of a student
(b) Cumulative Grade Point Average
within a semester shall be indicated
(CGPA); and the CGPA, being the real
by the (a) Semester Grade Point
indicators of a student’s performance.
Average (SGPA); (b) Cumulative
These shall be calculated as under:
Grade Point Average (CGPA); and
SGPA = (∑Ci Gi ) / (∑ Ci )
the CGPA, being the real indicators
CGPA = (∑ ∑ Cni Gni) / (∑ ∑ Ci )
of a student’s performance. These
Where
shall be calculated as under:
Ci = number of credits in ith course,
SGPA = (∑Ci Gi ) / (∑ Ci )
Gi = grade point obtained in the ith course,
CGPA = (∑ ∑ Cni Gni) / (∑ ∑ Ci
Cni = number of credits of the ith course of
)
the nth semester,
Where
Gn = grade points of the ith of the nth
Ci = number of credits in ith
semester.
course,
Gi = grade point obtained in the
ith course,
Cni = number of credits of the ith
course of the nth semester,
Gni = grade points of the ith of the
9.3 Course-wise Letter Grade & Grade nth semester.
Point:
9.3 Course-wise Letter Grade & Grade
Accordingly, the marks obtained by a student Point:
in a course will be indicated by a grade point
and a letter grade on a Ten (10) point scale as Accordingly, the marks obtained by a
student in a course will be indicated by a

155
under: grade point and a letter grade on a Ten
(10) point scale as under:
PERCENTAGE OF GRADE POINT LETTER
MARKS GRADE
91-100 10 O (Outstanding) PERCENTAGE OF GRADE LETTER
MARKS POINT GRADE
75-90 9 A+ (Very good) 91-100 10 O (Outstanding)
65-74 8 A (Good) 75-90 9 A+ (Very good)
55-64 7 B+ (Average) 65-74 8 A (Good)
50-54 6 B (Pass) 55-64 7 B+ (Average)
0-49 0 C (Fail) 50-54 6 B (Pass)
0-49 0 C (Fail)

A student obtaining grade C in a course shall A student obtaining grade C in a course

be considered fail in the particular course and shall be considered fail in the particular
will be required to reappear in the course and will be required to reappear in
examination. the examination.
For non credit courses "Satisfactory" or
"Unsatisfactory" shall be indicated instead of For non credit courses "Satisfactory" or
the letter grade and this will not be counted "Unsatisfactory" shall be indicated
for the computation of SGPA/CGPA.
instead of the letter grade and this will
A student who has successfully completed not be counted for the computation of
all the courses to accumulate the SGPA/CGPA.
minimum specified number of credits under
the Comprehensive Choice Based Credit A student who has successfully
System w i t h m i n i m u m C G P A o f 7 completed all the courses to
shall be deemed to have completed the Course accumulate the minimum specified
Work. number of credits under the
Comprehensive Choice Based Credit
If a student gets a CGPA less than 7, he/ she System w i t h m i n i m u m C G P A o f
shall be permitted to re-appear in End Semester 7 shall be deemed to have completed the
Examination of as many courses as deemed fit Course Work.
on the recommendation of the Research
Advisory Committee of the student. If a student gets a CGPA less than 7, he/ she
shall be permitted to re-appear in End
Semester Examination of as many courses
as deemed fit on the recommendation of the
Research Advisory Committee of the
student.

10 Research Advisory Committee and its 10. Research Advisory Committee 10. Research Advisory Committee and
Functions: and its Functions: its Functions:
10.1 There shall be a Research Advisory
10.1 There shall be a Research Advisory
No change Committee (RAC) for each Ph. D.
Committee (RAC) for each Ph. D.
Scholar. The Composition of the
Scholar. The composition of the RAC
RAC is given in Schedule-1 of this
is given in Schedule-1 of this
Ordinance. This Committee shall
Ordinance. This Committee shall have
have the following responsibilities:
the following responsibilities:
10.1.1 To review the research proposal and 10.1.1 To review the research proposal
finalize the topic of research; and finalize the topic of research;
10.1.2 To guide the research scholar to 10.1.2 To guide the research scholar to
develop the study design and develop the study design and
methodology of research and identify methodology of research and
the course(s) that he/she may have to identify the course(s) that he/she
do. may have to do.
10.1.3 To periodically review and assist in 10.1.3 To periodically review and assist in
the progress of the research work of the progress of the research work of
the research scholar. the research scholar.

10.2 A research scholar shall appear

before the Research Advisory
10.2 A research scholar shall appear before the Committee once in six months to
Research Advisory Committee once in make a presentation of the progress
six months to make a presentation of the of his/ her work for evaluation and
progress of his/ her work for evaluation further guidance. The six monthly
and further guidance. The six monthly progresses reports shall be submitted
progresses reports shall be submitted by by the Research Advisory Committee

156
 the Research Advisory Committee to the to the Office of Director, Academic
office of Director, Academic Affairs with Affairs with a copy to the research
a copy to the research scholar. The format scholar. The format of the Progress
of the Progress Report is given in Report is given in Annexure-I of the
Annexure-I of the Ordinance. Ordinance.

10.3 In case ,the progress of the research

Scholar is unsatisfactory, the Research
Advisory Committee shall record the
10.3 In case, the progress of the research reasons for the same and suggest
scholar is unsatisfactory, the Research corrective measures. If the
Advisory Committee shall record the research scholar fails to implement
reasons for the same and suggest these corrective measures, the Research
corrective measures. If the research Advisory Committee may recommend
scholar fails to implement these corrective to the University through the Head and
measures, the Research Advisory Dean concerned, with specific
Committee may recommend to the reasons for cancellation of the
University through the Head and Dean registration of the research scholar.
concerned, with specific reasons for
cancellation of the registration of the
research scholar.

11. Submission of Synopsis of the Proposed 11. Submission of Synopsis of the 11. Submission of Synopsis of the
Research: Proposed Research: Proposed
No change Research:
11.1 Within four months from the date of
successful completion of the course 11.1 Within four months from the date
work, the scholar shall submit the of
detailed synopsis on the topic of his/her successful completion of the course
research work duly forwarded by the work, the scholar shall submit the
Research Advisory Committee (RAC). detailed synopsis (one copy) on the
The format for synopsis is given in topic of his/her research work duly
Annexure-II of this Ordinance. forwarded by the Research
11.2 The scholar should defend the synopsis Advisory Committee (RAC) to
before the Departmental Research Office of DoAA. The format for
Committee (DRC). The DRC, if synopsis is given in Annexure-II of
satisfied by the proposed synopsis, this Ordinance.
shall send the synopsis to the 11.2 The scholar should defend the
Academic Programme Committee synopsis before the Departmental
(APC) for ratification. Research Committee (DRC). The
11.3 If the DRC is not satisfied by the DRC, if satisfied by the proposed
defence of the synopsis by the scholar, synopsis, shall send the synopsis
it may suggest the modification, to the Academic Programme
which may be incorporated in the Committee (APC) for ratification.
revised synopsis by the scholar in 11.3 If the DRC is not satisfied by the
consultation with the RAC. defence of the synopsis by the
11.4 Within two months from the date of scholar, it may suggest the
rejection of the synopsis, the scholar modification, which may be
should submit the revised synopsis, incorporated in the revised
which is to be defended by him/her synopsis by the scholar in
before the DRC. If the DRC is consultation with the RAC.
satisfied by the defence of the revised 11.4 Within two months from the date
synopsis it shall be submitted to APC of rejection of the synopsis, the
for ratification. scholar should submit the revised
11.5 In case the DRC is not satisfied by the synopsis, which is to be defended
defence of the revised thesis, it will be by him/her before the DRC. If the
reported to the APC and the DRC is satisfied by the defence
registration of the scholar in the Ph.D. of the revised synopsis it shall be
programme shall be cancelled. submitted to APC for ratification.
11.5 In case the DRC is not satisfied by
the defence of the revised
11.6 All the decisions of the DRC in this thesis, it will be reported to the
regard shall be forwarded to the APC and the registration of the
Director of Academic Affairs through scholar in the Ph.D. programme
Dean of the concerned school. shall be cancelled.

11.6 All the decisions of the DRC in

157
 this regard shall be forwarded to
the Director of Academic
Affairs through Dean of the
concerned school.

12. Candidacy to the Ph.D. Programme: 12. Candidacy to the Ph.D. 12. Candidacy to the Ph.D.
Programme:
12.1 The synopsis as approved by DRC will Programme:
be placed before the APC for ratification.
No change 12.1 The synopsis as approved by DRC
After ratification of the synopsis, the
will be placed before the APC for
scholar shall be provisionally admitted
ratification. After ratification of the
to the candidacy of the Ph. D.
synopsis, the scholar shall be
programme.
provisionally admitted to the candidacy
12.2 The scholar shall be admitted to the
of the Ph. D. programme.
candidacy of the Ph.D. Programme,
after ratification of the provisional
12.2 The scholar shall be admitted to the
candidacy by the Academic Council.
candidacy of the Ph.D. Programme, after
ratification of the provisional candidacy by
the Academic Council.

13. Modification/ Change of the Subject of 13. Modification/ Change of the

Research: area of Research: 13. Modification/ Change of the area of
13.1 A Ph. D. scholar may, on the Research:
recommendation of his/her RAC,
No change 13.1 A Ph. D. scholar may, on the
recommendation of his/her
modify the subject of h i s / her RAC, modify the area of
research with the approval of h i s /her research with the
the DRC provided that the approval of the DRC
provided that the request for
request for such modification is such modification is made
made no t later than one year no t later than one year after
after th e approval of the his/ the approval of the his/ her
synopsis by the DRC.
her synopsis by the DRC.
13.2 The scholar should submit a new
synopsis on the modified subject 13.2 The scholar should submit a
which is to be approved by the DRC new synopsis on the
following the procedure as given in modified subject which is to
be approved by the DRC
clause 11.
following the procedure as
13.3 Provided, further that the candidate given in clause 11.
shall be required to submit his/her 13.3 Provided, further that the
thesis within the maximum time candidate shall be required
period prescribed in Clause 4. to submit his/her thesis
within the maximum time
13.4 Such a modification/ change of the period prescribed in
subject of research shall be reported Clause 4.
to the APC for ratification.
1 3 . 4 Such a modification/
change of the area of
research shall be reported to
the APC for ratification.

14.Removal of Name of a Ph.D. Scholar from 14.Removal of a Ph.D. Scholar 14. Removal of a Ph.D. Scholar from the
the Rolls of the University: from the Rolls of the Rolls of the University:
14.1Admission of a scholar in Ph.D. University: 14.1 Admission of a scholar in Ph.D.
programme shall stand automatically No change programme shall stand automatically
removed from the rolls of the University if removed from the rolls of the
he/she: University if he/she:
14.1.1 Fails to successfully complete the
course work within two semesters; 14.1.1 Fails to successfully complete the
14.1.2 Fails to submit the synopsis to the course work within two semesters;
DRC within the stipulated period. 14.1.2 Fails to submit the synopsis to the

158
 14.1.3 Fails to submit the thesis within the DRC within the stipulated period.
maximum permissible duration for Ph. D.; 14.1.3 Fails to submit the thesis within the
14.1.3 Fails to pay the University fees and maximum permissible duration for Ph.
other dues; D.;
14.1.4 Appear in any other examination of 14.1.3 Fails to pay the University fees and
a programme without submitting the Ph. D. other dues;
thesis; 14.1.4 Appear in any other examination of
14.1.5 Indulge in any behaviour or conduct a programme without submitting the Ph.
that violates University rules/ D. thesis;
discipline leading to punishment of 14.1.5 Indulge in any behaviour or
removal of name from the rolls of the conduct that violates University
University under relevant/ concerned rules/ discipline leading to
Ordinances/ Regulations of the punishment of removal of name
University. from the rolls of the University
14.2 If a Ph. D. scholar takes an under relevant/ concerned
employment without completing the Ordinances/ Regulations of the
minimum residence requirement. University.

14.3 Admission to the Ph.D. Programme 14.2 If a Ph. D. scholar takes an

may be cancelled by the APC on the employment without completing
recommendation of the BoS of the the minimum residence
Department / Centre concerned, in case requirement.
a candidate admitted to the Ph.D. 14.3 Admission to the Ph.D.
Programme breaches the provisions of Programme may be cancelled by
this Ordinance or any other relevant the APC on the recommendation
Ordinance / Rules of the University. of the BoS of the Department /
Centre concerned, in case a
candidate admitted to the Ph.D.
Programme breaches the
provisions of this Ordinance or
any other relevant Ordinance /
Rules of the University.

15. Modification of the Title of the Thesis: 15. Modification of the Title of the 15. Modification of the Title of the
15.1 If there is a need for modification of Thesis: Thesis:
the title of research topic, the
No change 15.1 If there is a need for
candidate shall submit an application modification of the title of
to the DRC through his/ her RAC at research topic, the candidate
least four months before the date of shall submit an application to
submission of the thesis for approval. the DRC through his/ her RAC
15.2 The DRC may approve the at least four months before the
modification, if found satisfactory date of submission of the thesis
and forward it to the Academic for approval.
Section for record.
15.3 A minor change in the title of the 15.2 The DRC may approve the
thesis suggested during the Pre- modification, if found
Submission Seminar will not attract satisfactory and forward it to
any time bar as stipulated in clause the Academic Section for
15.1 record.

15.3 A minor change in the title of

the thesis suggested during
the Pre- submission Seminar
will not attract any time bar

159
 as stipulated in clause 15.1.

16. Change of Research 16. Change of Research Supervisor:

16. Change of Research Supervisor: Supervisor: 16.1 A change o f Research
Supervisor under following
16.1 A change o f Research Supervisor No change
exceptional circumstances is
under following exceptional circumstances is
allowed:
allowed:
16.1.1 Change / modification in the
16.1.1 Change / modification in the
subject / area of research;
subject / area of research;
16.1.2 New direction of research
16.1.2 New direction of research
warranting appointment of
warranting appointment of
subject matter specialist as
subject matter specialist as
Research Supervisor;
Research Supervisor;
16.1.3 The Research Supervisor
16.1.3 The Research Supervisor leaves the
leaves the University and/or
University and/or ends his/her
ends his/her association
association with the University.
with the University.
16.2 In the circumstances described above,
a research scholar may make a 16.2 In the circumstances described
written request listing the reasons above, a research scholar
for change of research supervisor to may make a written request
the Head of the Department (HOD). listing the reasons for change
of research supervisor to the
16.3 The HOD shall place such a request
Head of the Department
before the DRC. If DRC is satisfied with
(HOD).
the reasons stated by the candidate for
change of Research Supervisor, a new 16.3 The HOD shall place such a
Research Supervisor shall be allocated to request before the DRC. If
the research scholar. DRC is satisfied with the
reasons stated by the
16.4 The change of research supervisor shall
candidate for change of
be ratified by the APC on the
Research Supervisor, a new
recommendation of the Dean of the
Research Supervisor shall be
School. It shall be placed in the
allocated to the research
Academic Council for ratification.
scholar.

16.4 The change of research

supervisor shall be ratified by
the APC on the
recommendation of the Dean
of the School. It shall be
placed in the Academic
Council for ratification.

17. Pre-Submission Seminar: 17. Pre-Submission Seminar: 17. Pre-Submission Seminar:

17.1 When the thesis is in the final stage of No change 17.1 When the thesis is in the final
completion, the student shall give a pre- stage of completion, the student
submission seminar presentation before shall give a pre-submission
RAC at least two months prior to the seminar presentation before RAC
date of submission of the thesis. at least two months prior to the
17.2 The pre-submission seminar shall be date of submission of the thesis.
open to all the faculty members and 17.2 The pre-submission seminar shall
research scholars of the University. be open to all the faculty members and
17.3 A notice of the seminar must be research scholars of the University.

160
 displayed on the Departmental Notice 17.3 A notice of the seminar must be
Board and same to all departments in the displayed on the Departmental
University, at least ten days in advance Notice Board and same to all
by the Head of the Department. departments in the University, at
17.4 The scholar will present his/her research least ten days in advance by the
work in the open seminar and will obtain Head of the Department.
comments and criticism which may be
incorporated in his/her thesis. 17.4 The scholar will present his/her
17.5 The intimation that the open seminar has research work in the open seminar
been successfully presented should be and will obtain comments and
communicated by the research supervisor criticism which may be
through the Head of the Department and incorporated in his/her thesis.
Dean of School to the Director of 17.5 The intimation that the open
Academic affairs. seminar has been successfully
presented should be communicated
by the research supervisor through
the Head of the Department and
Dean of School to the Director of
Academic affairs.

18. Publication Requirements: 18. Publication Requirements: 18. Publication Requirements:

18.1 A scholar must publish at least one No change 18.1 A scholar must publish at least one
research paper based on his/her research paper based on his/her
research work in a refereed journal research work in a refereed journal
before submitting the thesis. before submitting the thesis.
18.2 The scholar must also present at least
two papers in conference/seminars 18.2 The scholar must also present at least
before the submission of the thesis. two papers in conference/seminars
18.3 A thesis can be submitted only after the before the submission of the thesis.
satisfactory fulfilment of the above two
requirements. 18.3 A thesis can be submitted only after
18.4 The scholar must publish evidence for the satisfactory fulfilment of the
the publication and presentation in the above two requirements.
form of reprints and presentation 18.4 The scholar must publish evidence
certifications. for the publication and presentation
18.5 If a paper published contains authors in the form of reprints and
other than Ph.D. scholar and his/her presentation certifications.
supervisor, co-supervisor(s), the
candidate must give a declaration 18.5 If a paper published contains authors
stating the extent of his/her other than Ph.D. scholar and his/her
contribution. supervisor, co-supervisor(s), the
candidate must give a declaration
stating the extent of his/her
contribution.

19. Submission of Synopsis of the Thesis: 19. Submission of Synopsis of the 19. Submission of Synopsis of the
Thesis: Thesis:
Within one month after the successful
completion of the pre-submission seminar, No change Within one month after the successful
the student shall submit five copies of the completion of the pre-submission
synopsis of the thesis, duly forwarded by seminar, the student shall submit three
RAC, and the Head of the Department. copies of the synopsis of the thesis, duly
The candidate may be required to submit forwarded by RAC, and the Head of the
the synopsis in electronic form also. Department. The candidate may be
required to submit the synopsis in
electronic form also.

20. Appointment of Examiners for the 20. Appointment of Examiners for 20. Appointment of Examiners for the
Evaluation of the Thesis: the Evaluation of the Thesis: Evaluation of the Thesis:
No change 20.1 Once a candidate has
20.1 Once a candidate has delivered
successfully the open seminar, a delivered successfully the
panel consisting of ten external open seminar, a panel
examiners specializing in the area of consisting of ten external

161
 the topic of the research should be examiners specializing in the
prepared. The external examiners on area of the topic of the research
the panel shall not be below the rank should be prepared. The external
of University Professor or in examiners on the panel shall not
equivalent position in R&D or in be below the rank of University
academic institution/laboratory. The Professor or in equivalent
external members on the panel for position in R&D or in academic
the evaluation of the thesis; should institution/ laboratory. The
not be Members of the Board of external members on the panel
Studies of Department / Centre for the evaluation of the thesis;
concerned or the members of the should not be Members of the
concerned School Board. Board of Studies of Department
/ Centre concerned or the
20.2 The panel of examiners shall be members of the concerned
prepared by an Examination School Board.
Committee consisting of the
Research Supervisor, the Chairman 20.2 The panel of examiners shall
of the concerned Board of Studies be prepared by an Examination
and the Chairman of the concerned Committee consisting of the
School Board. The Dean of Research Supervisor, the
concerned School in capacity of the Chairman of the concerned
Chairman of the School Board shall Board of Studies and the
be the Chairman of the Examination Chairman of the concerned
Committee. School Board. The Dean of
20.3 The Vice-Chancellor shall, from concerned School in capacity
the panel so submitted, appoint two external of the Chairman of the School
examiners besides the Research Supervisor; Board shall be the Chairman
to evaluate the thesis. Provided that, if the of the Examination
Vice-Chancellor is not satisfied with the Committee.
panel submitted to him/her, he/she may refer
the panel back through the Dean concerned,
inviting a fresh panel of external examiners. 20.3 The Vice-Chancellor shall,
from the panel so submitted,
appoint two external examiners
20.4 Besides the external examiners, the
besides the Research
Research Supervisor shall also act as an
Supervisor; to evaluate the
internal examiner of the thesis.
thesis. Provided that, if the
Vice-Chancellor is not
20.5 If an evaluation report is not
satisfied with the panel
received within three months from the
submitted to him/her, he/she
dispatch of the thesis to the examiners, the
may refer the panel back
Vice-Chancellor may appoint another
through the Dean concerned,
examiner for evaluation of the thesis.
inviting a fresh panel of
external examiners.

20.4 Besides the external

examiners, the Research
Supervisor shall also act as an
internal examiner of the thesis.

20.5 If an evaluation report is not

received within three months
from the dispatch of the thesis
to the examiners, the Vice-

162
 Chancellor may appoint
another examiner for
evaluation of the thesis.

21. Submission of the Thesis: 21.Submission of the Thesis: 21.Submission of the Thesis:
No change
21.1 No scholar shall be permitted to 21.1 No scholar shall be permitted to
submit his/ her thesis for the Ph.D.
submit his/ her thesis for the
degree unless he/ she has pursued
Ph.D. degree unless he/ she has
research at the University or at the
pursued research at the
centre recognized by the University for
University or at the centre
not less than three years after
recognized by the University for
his/her admission to Ph.D.
not less than three years after
programme.
his/her admission to Ph.D.
programme.
21.2 Provided that a semester may be
declared zero semester(s) in the case of a
21.2 Provided that a semester may be
student if he/she could not continue with
declared zero semester(s) in the
the academic programme during that
case of a student if he/she could
period due to illness and hospitalization or
not continue with the academic
due to accepting any scholarship /
programme during that period
fellowship leading to his/her absence from
due to illness and hospitalization
the University. Such zero semester(s) shall
or due to accepting any
not be counted for calculation of duration
scholarship / fellowship leading
of the programme in case of such a student.
to his/her absence from the
Provided further that in case a candidate
University. Such zero semester(s)
is permitted by the University to accept a
shall not be counted for
scholarship / fellowship related to his/her
calculation of duration of the
research, such Semester(s) shall not be
programme in case of such a
treated as zero semesters for such a student.
student. Provided further that in
case a candidate is permitted by
21.3 The first page of the thesis shall be as
the University to accept a
per ANNEXURE – III given in this
scholarship / fellowship related
Ordinance.
to his/her research, such
Semester(s) shall not be treated
21.3.1 The thesis shall also contain a certificate
as zero semesters for such a
to the effect that the thesis
student.
incorporates the results of
investigations carried out by the
candidate himself / herself and that
21.3 The first page of the thesis shall be
as per
the results are not submitted earlier
ANNEXURE – III given in this
to any other institution / university
Ordinance.
for the award of any degree. This
certificate shall be signed by the
candidate and the supervisor(s).The 21.3.1 The thesis shall also contain a
certificate shall be as per certificate to the effect that the
ANNEXURE – IV given in this thesis incorporates the results of
Ordinance. investigations carried out by the
candidate himself / herself and
21.3.2 The candidate shall also be that the results are not
submitted earlier to any other
required to submit a “No Dues
institution / university for the
Certificate” from various award of any degree. This
concerned offices of the University certificate shall be signed by the
prior to the submission of his/her candidate and the
thesis. supervisor(s).The certificate shall
21.3.3 The Candidate shall be required to be as per ANNEXURE – IV
submit four hard copies of the given in this Ordinance.
thesis and its soft copy on four
CDs to t h e Director of Academic 21.3.2 The candidate shall also be
Affairs through the R A C , t h e required to submit a “No Dues
Head of the Department / Director
of the Centre together with the Certificate” from various concerned
prescribed fees. offices of the University

163
 prior to the submission of his/her
21.3.4 The thesis shall be written in English thesis.
or Hindi. However, when the
21.3.3 The Candidate shall be required
subject matter relates to or is
to submit four hard copies of the
based on a language other than thesis and its soft copy on four
English/Hindi, it may be written CDs to t h e Director of
in the relevant language, as Academic Affairs through the
R A C , t h e Head of the
approved by the BOS. Department / Director of the
Centre together with the
21.3.5 The scholar shall be required to prescribed fees.
submit an abstract of the thesis in
Hindi and English for depositing in
21.3.4 The thesis shall be written in
Shodh Ganga.
English or Hindi. However,
when the subject matter relates
to or is based on a language
other than English/Hindi, it may
be written in the relevant
language, as approved by the
BOS.

21.3.5 The scholar shall be required to

submit an abstract of the thesis in Hindi
and English for depositing in Shodh
Ganga.

22. Evaluation of the Thesis: 22. Evaluation of the Thesis: 22.Evaluation of the Thesis:
22.1 After obtaining the consent of the 22.1 After obtaining the consent
No change
Examiners so appointed by the Vice- of the Examiners so
Chancellor, the Director of the appointed by the Vice-
Academic Affairs shall arrange to Chancellor, the Director of
dispatch the thesis to each examiner for the Academic Affairs shall
the evaluation of the thesis and arrange to dispatch the
submission of their report. thesis to each examiner for
the evaluation of the thesis
22.2 Each examiner shall be required to and submission of their
submit a detailed report to the report.
Director of Academic Affairs 22.2 Each examiner shall be
containing a clear recommendation required to submit a
whether in his/ her opinion: detailed report to the
22.2.1 The thesis be accepted for the Director of Academic
award of the degree of Ph.D. and Affairs containing a clear
the viva-voce examination of the recommendation
candidate be held; or the thesis be whether in his/ her opinion:
referred back to the research scholar 22.2.1 The thesis be accepted for the
for revision; or he thesis be rejected. award of the degree of Ph.D. and
the viva-voce examination of
22.3 The examiner(s) shall not the candidate be held;
recommend that the thesis be or
accepted for the award of the 22.2.2 the thesis be referred
degree and viva-voce examination back to the research scholar for
be held unless he/she is satisfied revision; or
that that the thesis constitutes a
contribution to knowledge 22.2.3 the thesis be rejected.
characterized either by the
discovery of new facts or by re- 22.3 The examiner(s) shall not

164
 interpretation of known facts or recommend that the thesis
development of new techniques / be accepted for the award
methodologies / models and that of the degree and viva-voce
the methodologies pursued by the examination be held unless
candidate are sound and its literary he/she is satisfied that that
presentation is satisfactory. the thesis constitutes a
contribution to knowledge
22.4 In case an examiner recommends
characterized either by the
that the thesis be referred back to
discovery of new facts or
the candidate for revision, he/she
by re-interpretation of
shall be required to give in his/her
known facts or
detailed report the reasons for such
development of new
a recommendation and also clearly
techniques / methodologies
delineate the details of the revision
/ models and that the
that is required to be made by the
methodologies pursued by
candidate in the thesis.
the candidate are sound and
its literary presentation is
22.5 In case an examiner recommends
satisfactory.
that the thesis should be rejected,
he/she shall be required to give in
his/her detailed report for the reasons
22.4 In case an examiner
justifying the recommendation.
recommends that the thesis
be referred back to the
candidate for revision,
he/she shall be required to
give in his/her detailed
report the reasons for such
a recommendation and also
clearly delineate the details
of the revision that is
required to be made by the
candidate in the thesis.

22.5 In case an examiner

recommends that the thesis
should be rejected, he/she
shall be required to give in
his/her detailed report for the
reasons justifying the
recommendation.

23 Viva-Voce Examination: 23. Viva-Voce Examination: 23. Viva-Voce Examination:

23.1 The Director of the Academic No change 23.1 The Director of the
Affairs, after receipt of the detailed reports Academic Affairs, after
and recommendations of all the Examiners receipt of the detailed reports
shall put the reports before the Vice- and recommendations of all
Chancellor. The Vice-Chancellor shall direct the Examiners shall put the
the Head of the Department concerned to reports before the Vice-
arrange the vive-voce Examination, if he/she Chancellor. The Vice-
is satisfied that all the Examiners have Chancellor shall direct the
unanimously recommended that the thesis be Head of the Department
accepted for the award of the degree and concerned to arrange the vive-

165
 viva-voce examination be held. voce Examination, if he/she is
satisfied that all the Examiners
In case all the Examiners of the thesis
have unanimously
have not recommended unanimously
recommended that the thesis
that the thesis be accepted for the award
be accepted for the award of
of the degree and the viva-voce
the degree and viva-voce
examination of the candidate be held,
examination be held.
the Director of Academic Affairs
(DOAA) shall be required to act as In case all the Examiners of
under: the thesis have not
(i) In case an examiner has recommended recommended unanimously
that the thesis be referred back to the that the thesis be accepted for
candidate for revision, the candidate the award of the degree and
shall be required to submit the revised the viva-voce examination of
thesis within a period of one year and the candidate be held, the
that the revised thesis shall be sent for Director of Academic Affairs
evaluation to the same examiner who (DOAA) shall be required to
had recommended for the revision. If act as under:
on revision, the examiner recommends
that the thesis be accepted for the
(i) In case an examiner has
award of the degree and viva voce
recommended that the thesis
examination be held, the Viva Voce
be referred back to the
Examination of the candidate shall be
candidate for revision, the
held;
candidate shall be required to
(ii) In case the examiner after evaluation of submit the revised thesis
the revised thesis recommends either that within a period of one year
the thesis be further revised or be and that the revised thesis
rejected, the Vice-Chancellor shall shall be sent for evaluation to
appoint a fourth examiner for the the same examiner who had
evaluation of the thesis and the opinion of recommended for the revision.
the fourth examiner shall be final. If on revision, the examiner
recommends that the thesis be
(iii) In case an examiner has recommended
accepted for the award of the
that the thesis be rejected, the Vice-
degree and viva voce
Chancellor shall appoint a fourth
examination be held, the Viva
examiner for the evaluation of the thesis
Voce Examination of the
and the opinion of the fourth examiner
candidate shall be held;
shall be final.
(ii) In case the examiner after
(iv) No thesis shall earn a degree unless al l
evaluation of the revised thesis
t h e exa mi ners have recommended
recommends either that the
that the thesis be accepted for the award
thesis be further revised or be
of the degree and viva voce examination
rejected, the Vice-Chancellor
be held.
shall appoint a fourth examiner
for the evaluation of the thesis
23.2 If two examiners have recommended
and the opinion of the fourth
that the thesis be rejected, the thesis
examiner shall be final.
shall be rejected for Award of Ph.D.
Degree. (iii) In case an examiner has
23.3 The viva-voce examination of the recommended that the thesis be
candidate shall be conducted by a rejected, the Vice-Chancellor
Viva-Voce Board consisting of : shall appoint a fourth
(i) an external examiner of the examiner for the evaluation of
thesis, as appointed by the Vice- the thesis and the opinion of the
Chancellor to conduct the Viva fourth examiner shall be final.

166
 Voce examination;
(iv) No thesis shall earn a degree
(ii) the Head of the Department /
unless al l th e examin ers
Director of Centre and
have recommended that the
(i ii) the Supervisor(s) concerned.
thesis be accepted for the award
of the degree and viva voce
examination be held.
Pro vid ed, th at if both the
external exami ners have
23.2 If two examiners have
expressed their inabil ity to
recommended that the
cond uct the vi vo-voce
thesis be rejected, the
examinat ion, an external
thesis shall be rejected for
examiner from the panel of
Award of Ph.D. Degree.
examiners sh al l be appointed by
th e Vi ce-Chancellor to conduct 23.3 The viva-voce examination of
th e viva-vo ce exami nation. the candidate shall be
conducted by a Viva-Voce
The Viva Voce examination shall be Board consisting of :
conducted under the supervision
of the Head of the Department and (i) an external examiner of the
shall be held on the
University Campus. thesis, as appointed by the
Vice-Chancellor to conduct
23.4 The viva-voce examination shall be the Viva Voce
open to all members of the examination;
Faculty and Research Scholars of (ii) the Head of the
the University. Department / Director of
Centre and
23.5 The viva-voce Board having satisfied (iii) the Supervisor(s)
itself that the thesis submitted by concerned.
the candidate is his/her own work
and that the candidate has defended
Pro vid ed , th at if b oth the
his/her thesis satisfactorily, shall
extern al examin ers h ave
recommend for the award of the
exp ressed th eir in ab ilit y
degree of Ph. D. to the candidate. In
to co ndu ct th e vi vo -vo ce
case of any difference of opinion
examin at ion , an extern al
in this regard, the decision of the
examin er fro m th e p anel
external examiner shall be
o f examin ers sh al l be
considered final.
appo in ted b y t h e Vice-
23.6 The recommendation of the Ch an cel lo r to co ndu ct the
Viva Voce Board together with vi va-vo ce examin ation.
all other relevant documents
The Viva Voce examination
shall be forwarded by the Director shall be conducted under the
of Academic Affairs to the supervision of the Head of the
Chairman, Academic Council/ Department and shall be held
on the University Campus.
Vice-Chancellor for approval and
also for issue of the provisional
23.4 The viva-voce examination
certificate and furth er
shall be open to all members
processing of the award of
of the Faculty and Research
degree.
Scholars of the University.

The manner in which the viva-voce examination 23.5 The viva-voce Board having
is to be conducted is to be prescribed by the
Viva-Voce Board itself. satisfied itself that the thesis
submitted by the candidate is
his/her own work and that

167
 the candidate has defended
his/ her thesis satisfactorily,
shall recommend for the
award of the degree of Ph. D.
to the candidate. In case of
any difference of opinion in
this regard, the decision of
the external examiner shall
be considered final.

23.6 The recommendation of the

Viva Voce Board together
with all other relevant
documents shall be
forwarded by the Director of
Academic Affairs to the
Chairman, Academic
Council/ Vice-Chancellor for
approval and also for issue of
the provisional certificate
and further processin g
of the award of
degree.

The manner in which the viva-voce

examination is to be conducted is to be
prescribed by the Viva-Voce Board itself.

24 Declaration of Result and Award of 24. Declaration of Result and 25 Declaration of Result and Award
Degree: Award of Degree: of Degree:
No change
24.1 On receipt of the report that the 24.1 On receipt of the report that the
student has successfully passed the student has successfully passed
viva-voce examination the Chairman, the viva-voce examination the
Academic Council/ Vice-Chancellor Chairman, Academic Council/
will recommend to the Executive Vice-Chancellor will
Council through the Academic recommend to the Executive
Council, for the declaration of result Council through the Academic
and award of the Ph. D. degree. Council, for the declaration of
However, as an interim measure, the result and award of the Ph. D.
Chairman, Academic Council/ Vice- degree. However, as an interim
Chancellor may grant permission for measure, the Chairman,
the declaration of the result and the Academic Council/ Vice-
award of Ph.D. degree. Chancellor may grant
permission for the declaration of
24.2 The date of approval by the the result and the award of
Chairman, Academic Council/ Vice- Ph.D. degree.
Chancellor will be the date of
award of the degree. 24.2 The date of approval by the
Chairman, Academic Council/
24.3 The degree shall be awarded to a Vice-Chancellor will be the
student only if he/she has paid all the date of award of the degree.
dues to the University and, should have
no pending case of indiscipline. 24.3 The degree shall be awarded to a
student only if he/she has paid all
24.4 Along with the Degree, the University the dues to the University and,
will issue a Certificate to the effect that should have no pending case of
the Degree has been awarded in indiscipline.
accordance with the provisions of the
“University Grants Commission 24.4 Along with the Degree, the
(Minimum Standards and Procedure University will issue a Certificate

168
 for Awards of M. Phil. / Ph.D. to the effect that the Degree has
Degree) Regulations, 2016”. been awarded in accordance with
the provisions of the “University
24.5 The University will make earnest Grants Commission (Minimum
efforts to complete the process of Standards and Procedure for
evaluation of the thesis and Awards of M. Phil. / Ph.D.
declaration of the result within six Degree) Regulations, 2016”.
months from the date of submission of
the thesis. 24.5 The University will make earnest
efforts to complete the process of
However, the degree shall be awarded evaluation of the thesis and
only after; the award of the degree has declaration of the result within six
been ratified by the Academic Council. months from the date of
submission of the thesis.

However, the degree shall be

awarded only after; the award of
the degree has been ratified by the
Academic Council.

26 Unfair Means and Plagiarism: 2.5 Unfair Means and 27 Unfair Means and Plagiarism:

25.1 To check the unfair means and Plagiarism: 25.1 To check the unfair means and
plagiarism, a soft copy of the thesis No change plagiarism, a soft copy of the
shall be deposited with the Librarian, thesis shall be deposited with the
J.L.N. Library (of the University). The Librarian, J.L.N. Library (of the
Librarian shall report to Director of University). The Librarian shall
Academic Affairs, if any matter is report to Director of Academic
copied/ lifted from other works. Affairs, if any matter is copied/
25.2 In case a Ph.D. candidate is found lifted from other works.
adopting or suspected of adopting 25.2 In case a Ph.D. candidate is found
unfair means or lifting of other’s work adopting or suspected of adopting
and inserting it in his/ her work unfair means or lifting of other’s
without proper acknowledgement, work and inserting it in his/ her
credit and reference, such penal action work without proper
shall be taken by the University as may acknowledgement, credit and
be necessary to uphold the sanctity and reference, such penal action shall
the integrity of the examination be taken by the University as may
system, research work, and the be necessary to uphold the
credibility of the University. sanctity and the integrity of the
25.3 The University Academic Council for this examination system, research
purpose shall take suo-motu cognizance of
work, and the credibility of the
all such cases. Such cases may also be
reported by any person to the Academic University.
Council, the Head of the Department/ Dean 25.3 The University Academic Council for
of the School/Vice-Chancellor who will this purpose shall take suo-motu
forward the matter to the Academic cognizance of all such cases. Such
Council for its consideration and cases may also be reported by any
recommendation. person to the Academic Council, the
Head of the Department/ Dean of the
School/Vice-Chancellor who will
forward the matter to the Academic
Council for its consideration and
recommendation.

26 Depository with the UGC 26 Depository with the UGC 26 Depository with the UGC
Following the successful completion of the Following the successful completion of
evaluation process and declaration of the No change the evaluation process and declaration
award of Ph. D. the University will submit a of the award of Ph. D. the University
soft copy of the Ph.D. thesis to the UGC will submit a soft copy of the Ph.D.
within a period of thirty days, for hosting thesis to the UGC within a period of
the same in INFLIBNET, accessible to all thirty days, for hosting the same in

169
 Institutions/ Universities. INFLIBNET, accessible to all
Institutions/ Universities.

27 Copyrights 27. Copyrights 27. Copyrights

Doctor Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Doctor Harisingh Gour
Sagar (M.P.) reserves the copyright in No change Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar (M.P.)
respect of all thesis based on which the reserves the copyright in respect of all
University has awarded the Ph.D. degree. thesis based on which the University
The thesis shall be published only with the has awarded the Ph.D. degree. The
permission of the University and such thesis shall be published only with the
publication shall state on the title page itself permission of the University and such
that this was a thesis approved for the award publication shall state on the title page
of Ph. D. degree of the University. itself that this was a thesis approved for
the award of Ph. D. degree of the
University.

28. Financial Assistance: 28.Financial 29. Financial Assistance:

Assistance:
28.1 The University will provide to Ph. 29.1 The University will provide to
D. students, financial assistance in No change Ph. D. students, financial
the form of UGC (Non-NET) assistance in the form of UGC
Fellowship as provided by UGC in (Non-NET) Fellowship as
Central Universities. provided by UGC in Central
Universities.
28.2 The UGC (Non-NET) Fellowship
henceforth, will be referred to as 28.2 The UGC (Non-NET)
University Fellowship. Fellowship henceforth, will be
28.3 The University Fellowship will be referred to as University
awarded on a semester to semester Fellowship.
basis for a period of up to three 28.3 The University Fellowship will
years (or as amended by UGC from be awarded on a semester to
time to time) for Ph. D. Scholars. semester basis for a period of up
28.4 The University Fellowship will be to three years (or as amended by
paid at The rates approved by the UGC from time to time) for Ph.
UGC from time to time. D. Scholars.
28.4 The University Fellowship will
28.5 A student is expected to devote up to be paid at The rates approved by
six hours per towards teachings the UGC from time to time.
assigned to him/ her.
28.5 A student is expected to devote
The renewal of fellowship is up to six hours per towards
contingent on student’s satisfactory teachings assigned to him/ her.
performance in the academic
programs and in the discharge of The renewal of fellowship is
fellowship duties. The students may contingent on student’s
be assigned teaching works only after satisfactory performance in the
the completion of the course work. academic programs and in the
28.6 A student will also be reimbursed for discharge of fellowship duties.
some contingency expenses as per the The students may be assigned
approved terms and procedures to be teaching works only after the
notified from time to time. completion of the course work.
28.6 A student will also be
The reimbursement will be made for a reimbursed for some contingency
Ph.D. scholar on half yearly basis, if expenses as per the approved
he/she is on University Fellowship.
terms and procedures to be
notified from time to time.
28.7 Some financial assistantships in the
form of research Fellowship may also

170
 be available from sponsored The reimbursement will be made for a
Ph.D. scholar on half yearly basis, if
research projects. Assistantships in
he/she is on University Fellowship.
the form of scholarships,
fellowships, etc. may be available 28.7 Some financial assistantships in
through other funding agencies, such the form of research Fellowship
as, the Council of Scientific and may also be available from
Industrial Research (CSIR), sponsored research projects.
Department of Science & Assistantships in the form of
Technology (DST), etc. In such scholarships, fellowships, etc.
cases, University Fellowship shall may be available through other
not be provided. funding agencies, such as, the
28.8 The Ph. D. students admitted Council of Scientific and
without Entrance Test, will not Industrial Research (CSIR),
receive any financial assistance in Department of Science &
the form of University Fellowship Technology (DST), etc. In such
except the NET (UGC/CSIR etc.) cases, University Fellowship
qualified candidates. shall not be provided.
28.8 The Ph. D. students admitted
without Entrance Test, will not
receive any financial assistance
in the form of University
Fellowship except the NET
(UGC/CSIR etc.) qualified
candidates.

29 Medical and Leave Rules: 28 Medical and Leave Rules: 29. Medical and Leave Rules:

No change
29.1 Medical Claims: No separate/fixed 2 29.1 Medical Claims: No separate/fixed
medical assistance is provided to the medical assistance is provided
student. However, the student may to the student. However, the
avail the medical facilities available in student may avail the medical
the University. facilities available in the
University.

29.2 Leave:
29.2 Leave:
The students are entitled for a
The students are entitled for a
maximum period of 30 days of
maximum period of 30 days of leave
leave in a year in addition to
in a year in addition to public
public holidays. They are not
holidays. They are not entitled to any
entitled to any other vacations.
other vacations. Women candidates
Women candidates are eligible
are eligible for maternity leave of 240
for maternity leave of 240 days
days at full rates of fellowship once
at full rates of fellowship once
during the tenure of the Ph.D.
program. Leave up to 6 weeks can during the tenure of the Ph.D.
program. Leave up to 6 weeks
also be granted for miscarriage
can also be granted for
including medical termination of
miscarriage including medical
pregnancy, if supported by a proper
termination of pregnancy, if
medical certificate. Such leave can be
supported by a proper medical
combined with any other leave due
certificate. Such leave can be
and will not entail any loss of
combined with any other leave
financial assistantship.
due and will not entail any loss
29.3 Semester Leave: of financial assistantship.

171
 Semester leave for up to a maximum
of two semesters for Ph.D. scholars 29.3 Semester Leave:
may be sanctioned for bona-fide Semester leave for up to a
reasons. Such a leave would not be, maximum of two semesters for
normally, sanctioned before the Ph.D. scholars may be
student has completed the course sanctioned for bona-fide
work. Leave for more than one reasons. Such a leave would not
semester at a time will not be be, normally, sanctioned before
granted. The candidates will not be the student has completed the
entitled for any fellowship during course work. Leave for more
semester leave period. than one semester at a time will
29.4 Absence without Sanctioned Leave: not be granted. The candidates
Absence without sanctioned leave will not be entitled for any
will entail the loss of financial fellowship during semester
assistantship for the period of leave period.
absence. Absence without
sanctioned leave for a period of 29.4 Absence without Sanctioned
more than four weeks may also Leave:
result in the termination of the Absence without sanctioned
student’s Ph. D. program on the leave will entail the loss of
recommendation of the Board of financial assistantship for the
Studies (BOS) and approval of the period of absence. Absence
Chairman, Academic Council/Vice- without sanctioned leave for a
Chancellor through APC. period of more than four
weeks may also result in the
29.5 If a student is getting a fellowship termination of the student’s
under a scheme other than Non-NET Ph. D. program on the
Fellowship, the leave Rules for the recommendation of the Board
fellowship purpose only, will be of Studies (BOS) and approval
governed by the specific leave rule of of the Chairman, Academic
the particular fellowship scheme. Council/Vice-Chancellor
through APC.
29.6 Record of Attendance and Leave:
The Head of the Department/ Center 29.5 If a student is getting a fellowship
under a scheme other than
shall keep records of attendance and Non-NET Fellowship, the leave
leave for all the Ph.D. students in the Rules for the fellowship
Department/Center. While purpose only, will be governed
by the specific leave rule of the
forwarding the fellowship of the particular fellowship scheme.
student, the leave rule mentioned
above should be followed. 29.6 Record of Attendance and
Leave:

The Head of the Department/Centre shall

keep records of attendance and leave
for all the Ph.D. students in the
Department/Centre. While forwarding
the fellowship of the student, the leave
rule mentioned above should be
followed.

30. Permissions to Proceed For Academic 30. Permissions to Proceed For 30. Permissions to Proceed For
Activities outside the University: Academic Activities outside Academic Activities outside the
30.1 The Ph.D. students may be permitted to the University: University:
proceed for academic activities outside 30.1 The Ph.D. students may be
the University to carry out field work, No change permitted to proceed for academic

172
 library work, computational work, activities outside the University to
experimental work, and laboratory carry out field work, library work,
works etc. computational work, experimental
work, and laboratory works etc.

30.2 They can also be permitted to attend 30.2 They can also be permitted to attend
conference, workshop etc. and will be conference, workshop etc. and will
allowed to undertake any other research be allowed to undertake any other
work related to Ph.D. program, outside research work related to Ph.D.
the University as recommended by the program, outside the University as
research supervisor. recommended by the research
supervisor.
30.3 Such activities with prior permission
shall not entail any loss of financial 30.3 Such activities with prior
assistanceship. permission shall not entail any loss
of financial assistanceship.
30.4 Permission for duration up to 15 days
may be sanctioned by the Head of the 30.4 Permission for duration up to 15
Department on the recommendation of days may be sanctioned by the Head
the supervisor. of the Department on the
recommendation of the supervisor.
30.5 Permission for more than 15 days but
less than 30 days will be sanctioned by 30.5 Permission for more than 15 days
the concerned School Dean on the but less than 30 days will be
recommendation of the supervisor and sanctioned by the concerned School
the Head of the Department. Dean on the recommendation of the
supervisor and the Head of the
Department.
30.6 Permission for 30 days or more will be
sanctioned by the Director of Academic 30.6 Permission for 30 days or more will
Affairs on the recommendation of the be sanctioned by the Director of
supervisor and Head of Department Academic Affairs on the
through the concerned School Dean. recommendation of the supervisor
and Head of Department through
Normally, a student should not be permitted to the concerned School Dean.
undertake academic activities outside the
University, which adversely affects the course Normally, a student should not be
work. However, permission to attend short permitted to undertake academic activities
term national seminars, conferences and outside the University, which adversely
workshops etc. may be granted during course affects the course work. However,
work. permission to attend short term national
seminars, conferences and workshops etc.
may be granted during course work.

31. Removals of Difficulties: 31. Removals of Difficulties: 31. Removals of Difficulties:

Notwithstanding anything contained in Notwithstanding anything
No change contained in this ordinance, the
this ordinance, the Chairman, Academic
Chairman, Academic Council/
Council/ Vice-Chancellor may take Vice-Chancellor may take such
such measures as may be necessary for measures as may be necessary for
removal of doubts/ difficulties and
removal of doubts/ difficulties and to
to resolve any other extraordinary
resolve any other extraordinary issue. issue.

32. The Chairman, Academic Council / Vice- 32. The Chairman, Academic Council/
No change
Chancellor is authorized to: Vice-Chancellor is authorized to:
32.1 Modify, amend and/or delete any of 32.1 Modify, amend and/or delete any
the clauses given in the ordinances or of the clauses given in the
add any clause(s) to these ordinances, ordinances or add any clause(s) to
which shall be reported to the these ordinances, which shall be
Academic Council at its next meeting reported to the Academic Council
for approval. at its next meeting for approval.

32.2Order a special procedure for the 32.2Order a special procedure for the
evaluation of a Ph.D. thesis to protect evaluation of a Ph.D. thesis to
the work of classified nature involving protect the work of classified
national security and sovereignty and nature involving national security

173
 /or to protect the intellectual property and sovereignty and /or to protect
rights of the candidate, the supervisor the intellectual property rights of
and the University. the candidate, the supervisor and
the University.

33. In special circumstances, any 33. In special circumstances, any

No change relaxation to the Ph.D. Program
relaxation to the Ph.D. Program by
by Academic Program
Academic Program Committee/ Committee/ Academic
Academic Council/Executive Council/ Council/Executive Council/ Vice-
Chancellor may be made, subject
Vice-Chancellor may be made,
to fulfilment of “University
subject to fulfilment of “University Grants commission (Minimum
Grants commission (Minimum Standards and Procedure for
Standards and Procedure for Awards of M. Phil. / Ph.D.
Degree) Regulations, 2016”.
Awards of M. Phil. / Ph.D. Degree)
Regulations, 2016”.

34. Notwithstanding anything contained in No change 34. Notwithstanding anything contained

these Ordinances, all matters related to in these Ordinances, all matters
the Ph.D. research scholars shall be related to the Ph.D. research
governed by the rules and procedures scholars shall be governed by the
framed by the Academic Council, that rules and procedures framed by the
are in force at that point of time. Academic Council, that are in force
at that point of time.

35. Any doubt or dispute about the 35. Any doubt or dispute about the
No change
interpretation of these Ordinances shall be interpretation of these Ordinances shall
referred to the Vice-Chancellor, whose be referred to the Vice-Chancellor, whose
decision, in his/ her capacity as the Chairman, decision, in his/ her capacity as the
Academic Council, shall be final. Chairman, Academic Council, shall be
final.

174
 Schedule - 1 of Ordinance 23(A)
REGULATIONS GOVERNING Ph.D. PROGRAM

1. Coverage:
This regulation is applicable to the Ph. D. program of the University.

2. The Departmental Research Committee:

2.1 There shall be a Departmental Research Committee for each department. It shall consist of:
(i) Head of the Department - Chairperson,
(ii) All the members of the Board of Studies who are qualified to be supervisors,
(iii) A faculty member representing the SC/ST category, if no member from the above categories belongs to
SC/ST category.The member belonging to this category will be nominated by the Vice-Chancellor.

2.2 Two thirds of the members present will constitute the quorum. However, the presence of member
mentioned at clause 2.1 (iii) is mandatory.

3. Research Advisory Committee:

There will be a Research Advisory Committee (RAC) for each scholar admitted to the Ph.D.
Programme. The RAC shall consist of:
(i) The Research Supervisor,
(ii) A Teacher from the Department as proposed by the DRC in consultation with the research
supervisor.
(iii) A teacher from other inter-disciplinary department as proposed by the DRC;
Or
A teacher from within the Department in addition to one as above under (ii) to be proposed by the
DRC in consultation with the research supervisor in case there is no inter-disciplinary research
involved.

The Research Supervisor shall be the Convener of the RAC.

4. Credit Requirements for Course Work:

There shall be 16 credits for the course work. The credits assigned to different courses shall be as
follows:
(i) Research Methodology: 4 credits
(ii) One core course: 4 credits
(iii) One elective course (elective/specific area): 4 credits
(iv) Review of Published Research (in relevant field): 4 credits

5. Evaluation Committee for Review of Published Work:

(a) There shall be an Evaluation Committee to evaluate the Review of Published Research. The
evaluation process shall involve seminar presentation by the candidate followed by viva-voce on
the presentation.
(b) The Evaluation Committee shall be proposed by Research Supervisor through the Head of
Department and approved by Dean of School.
(C) The Evaluation Committee will consist of:
(i) The Research Supervisor,
(ii) A subject expert from the Department/ interdisciplinary area, to be recommended by the Research
Supervisor,
(iii) The Head of the Department or his/her nominee who is a member of the BoS.
(iv) An external faculty from outside the student’s parent department to be nominated by the Dean of
the concerned School from a list submitted by the Research Advisor.
(v) The Head of the Department or his/her nominee shall be the Chairman of the Evaluation
Committee.

*Amended by the Executive Council in its Meeting held on 24.01.2018 as per advice of UGC/MHRD

175
 ANNEXURE - I*

PROFORMA FOR SYNOPSIS

1. Title of the thesis: …………………………………………………...……………………

2. Introduction (Giving purpose of research (in about 200 words): …………………….
3. A brief review of the work already done in the field: ………………………………….
4. Noteworthy contribution in the field of proposed work: ………………………………
5. Proposed methodology during the tenure of the research work: ……………………..
6. Expected outcome of the proposed work: ………………………………………………
7. Bibliography in standard format: ……………………………………………………….

Signature of the Supervisor Signature of the Candidate

8. Recommendation of the Board of Studies.

Approved/Not approved

176
 ANNEXURE - II*

PROGRESS REPORT
Semester wise progress Report of the Research work done
SEMESTER: ………

1. Name of a Research Scholar: ……………………………………………………………….

2. Registration No. ………………………………………………………….………………….
3. Department: ..………..…………………………………..………………….………………..
4. School: ………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. Topic of the Ph.D. degree: ..…………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………..……....
6. Name of the Supervisor ……………………………………………………………………..
7. Brief description of the work done during the semester: ..……………………………….
8. Recommendation of the Supervisor: ………………………………………………………
9. Report of the Board of Studies: ……………………………………………………………

Satisfactory/Not satisfactory

(Signatures of the members of the Board of Studies)

177
 ANNEXURE – III*

....................................................................
……………………………………….……
……………………………………………

(Title of the Thesis)

A thesis submitted to the Dr. Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalay for partial Fulfillment
of the Degree of

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

In the School of ……………………………….…………………………………………..

In the Department of ………………………………………..…………………………….

EMBLEM

By
(Name of the Candidate)

Under the Supervision of ……………………………………………

Year Registration No.:

178
 ANNEXURE - IV*

Dated:
------------------------------------------------------------------(Department)

------------------------------------------------------------------- (School)

Dr. Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar (M.P.) [Established under the Central Universities Act 2009.

This to certify that I ___________________________________________ have carried out the research embodied
in the present thesis for the full period prescribed under Ph.D. ordinances of the University.

(SIGNATURE OF THE CANDIDATE)

Name:
Registration No.

SIGNATURE OF THE SUPERVISOR HEAD OF THE DEPARTMENT

*As approved by Academic Council in its 10th Meeting held on 11 July 2015 and ratified by EC
in its 17th Meeting held on 25 August 2015.

179
 AMENDED ORDINANCE NO: 23(B)*
THE AWARD OF THE DEGREE OF
DOCTOR OF SCIENCE (D.Sc.), DOCTOR OF LETTERS (D. Litt.), AND DOCTOR OF LAWS (LL.D.)
Existing Amendment After Amendment
1. ELIGIBILITY 1. ELIGIBILITY
1.1. A candidate seeking admission to D. 1.1. A candidate seeking admission to D. Sc./ D.
Sc./ D. Litt./ LL. D. programme of the No Change Litt./ LL. D. programme of the University, must
University, must have pursued have pursued outstanding research in the
outstanding research in the concerned discipline and obtained the
concerned discipline and obtained minimum qualifications required for admission
the minimum qualifications required as mentioned below. The candidate
for admission as mentioned below. must have obtained a Ph. D. or an equivalent
The candidate degree from this University, in the concerned
must have obtained a Ph. D. or an discipline, at least 5 (five) academic years
equivalent degree from this prior to the date of application,
University, in the concerned
discipline, at least 5 (five) academic
years prior to the date of application,
OR OR
must have obtained a Ph. D. or an must have obtained a Ph. D. or an equivalent
equivalent degree from any other degree from any other recognized university
recognized university or from a or from a foreign university of standing, in the
foreign university of standing, in the concerned discipline, at least 5 (five)
concerned discipline, at least 5 (five) academic years prior to the date of
academic years prior to the date of application,
application,
OR
must be a permanent teacher of the OR
this University, who has put in a must be a permanent teacher of the this
minimum of 5 (five) years of service University, who has put in a minimum of 5
in that capacity, in this University, (five) years of service in that capacity, in this
prior to the date of application, and University, prior to the date of application, and
has obtained a Ph. D. or an has obtained a Ph. D. or an equivalent degree
equivalent degree from this or from from this or from any other recognized
any other recognized university or university or from a foreign university of
from a foreign university of standing, standing, in the concerned discipline.
in the concerned discipline.

2. APPLICATION No Change 2. APPLICATION

2.1 A candidate, who is seeking 2.1 A candidate, who is seeking admission to D.
admission to D. Sc./ D. Litt./ LL. D. Sc./ D. Litt./ LL. D. programme and who is
programme and who is eligible for eligible for admission in accordance with
admission in accordance with Clause Clause 1.1 of these Ordinance, shall apply to
1.1 of these Ordinance, shall apply the Controller of Examinations by submitting
to the Controller of Examinations by the following:
submitting the following: His/ her bio-data giving the details of
His/ her bio-data giving the details of educational qualifications, fields of
educational qualifications, fields of specialization, research experience, academic
specialization, research experience, distinctions, etc., along with a passport size
academic distinctions, etc., along photograph.
with a passport size photograph. Title of the thesis.
Title of the thesis.
A brief account of his/ her
recent research work, in about 1000
words on the subject relevant to the A brief account of his/ her recent
discipline in which he/ she has research work, in about 1000 words on the
applied for admission to D. Sc./ D. subject relevant to the discipline in which he/
Litt./ LL. D. programme, showing she has applied for admission to D. Sc./ D.
how far his/ her work is original and Litt./ LL. D. programme, showing how far his/
is contributory to the advancement of her work is original and is contributory to the
knowledge. advancement of knowledge.
List of publications.
Attested copies of certificates in
support of qualifications and List of publications.
experience. Attested copies of certificates in support of
qualifications and experience.
2.2 The last date for submission of the

180
 application form shall be 31st July in 2.2 The last date for submission of the application
an academic year. form shall be 31st July in an academic year.
2.3 The Controller of Examinations shall 2.3 The Controller of Examinations shall send the
send the application of the candidate application of the candidate to the concerned
to the concerned School/Centre School/Centre within a week after the last
within a week after the last date of date of the submission of application.
the submission of application.

3. RESEARCH Degree COMMITTEE To be deleted Deleted

(RDC)
3.1 Subject to the general
superintendence of the Academic
Council, a committee, namely, the
RDC shall deal with all matters
connected with the D. Sc./ D. Litt./
LL. D. programme of the University
in accordance with this Ordinance.
However, the degree to be awarded
shall be formally approved only by a
Research Degree Committee, whose
constitution is as follows.
3.2 The constitution of the Research
Degree Committee shall be as
follows:
Vice-Chancellor Chairman Pro
Vice-Chancellor Member Dean
of school concerned The Head
of the Department concerned
Member Two expert members out of
which one member is Members
nominated by the Vice-Chancellor
and another is by the Advisor of the
concerned candidate Registrar
Secretary

4. ADMISSION
4.1 The RDC shall scrutinize the 4.1 The BoS shall scrutinize the 4.1 The BoS shall scrutinize the applications of the
applications of the candidates and applications of the candidates candidates seeking admission to the
shall recommend the eligible seeking admission to the D.Sc./D.Litt./LL.D. programme. The BoS
candidates for admission, to the D.Sc./D.Litt./LL.D. programme. atleast with one external member will conduct
Academic section of the University. The BoS atleast with one external the interview of shortlisted candidates and will
The RDC shall also send the list of member will conduct the interview recommend the names of the candidates after
the names of the Advisors of the of shortlisted candidates and will assessing the potential, to the Academic
candidates to the Academic section recommend the names of the Affairs section of the University
for communicating to the concerned candidates after assessing the
candidates. potential, to the Academic Affairs
section of the University
4.2 The BoS shall also send the list of
4.2 The Registrar shall issue the letter of names of the Advisors of the 4.2 The BoS shall also send the list of names of the
admission to each candidate candidates to the Academic Advisors of the candidates to the Academic
recommended by the RDC. Affairs section for communicating Affairs section for communicating to the
to the concerned candidates. concerned candidates.
4.3 The Registrar shall issue the letter
4.3 Within one month after the receipt of of admission to each candidate 4.3 The Registrar shall issue the letter of admission
the letter of admission, the candidate recommended by the BoS, after to each candidate recommended by the BoS,
shall pay the prescribed fee as approval of the Vice Chancellor. after approval of the Vice Chancellor.
prescribed by the Academic Council
from time to time and shall get
registered in the concerned
Department by filling a registration
form.
5. SUBMISSION OF THE THESIS
5.1 A candidate, admitted to D. Sc./ D. A candidate admitted to D. Sc./ D. Litt./ A candidate admitted to D. Sc./ D. Litt./ LL. D.
Litt./ LL. D. programme in LL. D. programme shall deliver a programme shall deliver a pre-submission
accordance with Clause 4 of this pre-submission seminar in the seminar in the Department before the BoS of
Ordinance, shall deliver a pre- Department before the BoS of the the concerned department wherein at least
submission seminar in the concerned department wherein at one external member of BoS must be present.
Department before the submission of least one external member of BoS The seminar shall be arranged by the Advisor
the thesis, which shall be arranged must be present. The seminar of the candidate. Based on the
by the Advisor of the candidate to shall be arranged by the Advisor recommendations of the BoS, candidate shall

181
 apprise the teachers and other of the candidate. Based on the be permitted to submit the thesis.
research workers of the recommendations of the BoS,
Department/School of his/ her work. candidate shall be permitted to
submit the thesis.

5.2 The candidate, within one year The candidate may submit the thesis The candidate may submit the thesis after two years
from the date of his/ her admission, after two years from the date of from the date of admission. He/she must
shall submit the thesis to the admission. He/she must submit submit the thesis within five years from the
Registrar approved by the RDC, and the thesis within five years from date of admission otherwise his/her
duly forwarded by its Chairman. the date of admission otherwise candidature shall be cancelled.
his/her candidature shall be
cancelled.
5.3 The candidate shall submit the 5.3 The candidate shall submit the thesis as per
thesis as per the following No Change the following guidelines:
guidelines:
Five copies of the thesis in Five copies of the thesis in hardbound form as
hardbound form as per the format per the format given in Annexure – A.
given in Annexure – A. The title page of the thesis shall contain a
The title page of the thesis shall statement that the thesis has been submitted
contain a statement that the thesis for the award of the concerned degree for
has been submitted for the award of which the candidate has been admitted.
the concerned degree for which the
candidate has been admitted. A soft copy in CD of the Extended Abstract of
A soft copy in CD of the Extended the thesis mentioned in Annexure – A.
Abstract of the thesis mentioned in A declaration by the candidate that the thesis
Annexure – A. has not been submitted for any other degree
A declaration by the candidate that or diploma, as per the format given in
the thesis has not been submitted for Annexure – B.
any other degree or diploma, as per
the format given in Annexure – B. A certificate from the Advisor, Head of the
A certificate from the Advisor, Head of Department and the Dean of the School that
the Department and the Dean of the the thesis has been submitted for the award
School that the thesis has been of the concerned degree of the University, as
submitted for the award of the concerned
per the format given in Annexure – C.
degree of the University, as per the
format given in Annexure – C.
The thesis shall be either in English The thesis shall be either in English or in Hindi
or in Hindi except for the case where except for the case where the subject of the
the subject of the thesis itself is a thesis itself is a language. In such a case, the
language. In such a case, the thesis thesis may, at the option of the candidate, be
may, at the option of the candidate, in that specific language.
be in that specific language.

5.4 The work of the candidate shall No Change 5.4 The work of the candidate shall comply with
comply with the following conditions the following conditions to merit the award of
to merit the award of the degree: the degree:
(a) It must be a substantial work making
a distinct addition to learning in the (a) It must be a substantial work making a distinct
concerned subject of the discipline. addition to learning in the concerned subject
(b) It must be original in the sense of of the discipline.
opening up new fields of research, or
of making a marked advancement on (b) It must be original in the sense of opening up
the results of previous investigations, new fields of research, or of making a marked
or of giving a new interpretation of advancement on the results of previous
the facts already known. investigations, or of giving a new
(c) It must be a scholarly work of interpretation of the facts already known.
high quality.
(d) It must be the work done during the (c) It must be a scholarly work of high quality.
last five years before the submission (d) It must be the work done during the last five
of the thesis. years before the submission of the thesis.

(e) It must be the work published in (e) It must be the work published in reputed
reputed journals in the form of journals in the form of research papers and/
research papers and/ or published in or published in the form of books/
the form of books/ monographs, monographs, chapter contribution to books/
chapter contribution to books/ monographs, etc., out of which at least two
monographs, etc., out of which at must be authored solely by the candidate.
least two must be authored solely by
the candidate.
(f) It must not be the work, which has (f) It must not be the work, which has been
been previously submitted for a previously submitted for a degree or a

182
 degree or a diploma in this or in any diploma in this or in any other University.
other University.
6. EXAMINATION
6.2 Panel of Examiners: Panel of Examiners: Panel of Examiners:
While forwarding the thesis of the The BoS shall recommend a panel of six The BoS shall recommend a panel of six experts in
candidate to the Academic Section experts in the concerned area of the the concerned area of the work to the Academic
of the University, the RDC shall work to the Academic Affairs section. Affairs section.
recommend a panel of examiners of
six experts in the concerned area of
the work submitted from out of state
of Madhya Pradesh.

6.3 Board of Examiners: No Change Board of Examiners:

On receipt of the panel of the On receipt of the panel of the examiners, the
examiners, the Academic Section Academic Section shall forward the same to the
shall forward the same to the Controller of Examinations, who in turn shall submit
Controller of Examinations, who in it to the Vice-Chancellor for the appointment of the
turn shall submit it to the Vice- Board of Examiners from the panel. The Board of
Chancellor for the appointment of the Examiners shall consist of two members.
Board of Examiners from the panel.
The Board of Examiners shall
consist of two members.
6.4 Evaluation of Thesis: 6.4 Evaluation of Thesis:
(a) The controller of examinations shall get No Change (a) The controller of examinations shall get in touch
in touch with each examiner to with each examiner to ensure acceptance of the
ensure acceptance of the examiner examiner ship. For this purpose, if e-mail address of
ship. For this purpose, if e-mail the examiner is available, he/ she shall be contacted
address of the examiner is available, through e-mail and the soft copy of the Extended
he/ she shall be contacted through e- Abstract of the thesis may be sent to him/ her, to get
mail and the soft copy of the his/ her consent at the earliest. If however, no
Extended Abstract of the thesis may information is received from an examiner within a
be sent to him/ her, to get his/ her reasonable time, his/ her appointment shall be
consent at the earliest. If however, cancelled and a new examiner shall be appointed
no information is received from an from the existing panel of examiners in accordance
examiner within a reasonable time, with Clause 6.3.
his/ her appointment shall be
cancelled and a new examiner shall
be appointed from the existing panel
of examiners in accordance with (b) On receipt of the acceptance from an examiner,
Clause 6.3. the Controller of Examinations shall forward
(b) On receipt of the acceptance from an the copy of the thesis to him/ her, along with a
examiner, the Controller of copy of the regulations relating to the award
Examinations shall forward the copy of the D. Sc./ D. Litt./ LL. D. degree of this
of the thesis to him/ her, along with a University and take necessary action to get
copy of the regulations relating to the the report of the examiner expeditiously.
award of the D. Sc./ D. Litt./ LL. D.
degree of this University and take
necessary action to get the report of
the examiner expeditiously. (c) The examiners shall be requested to submit their
(c) The examiners shall be requested to individual reports within two months of the
submit their individual reports within receipt of the thesis.
two months of the receipt of the (d) In case, an examiner does not send his/her
thesis. report within the above period, a reminder
(d) In case, an examiner does not send shall be sent to him/her. This shall be followed
his/her report within the above by a subsequent reminder after a fortnight.
period, a reminder shall be sent to
him/her. This shall be followed by a (e) In the event of the report not being received
subsequent reminder after a from the examiner within 6 months, his/her
fortnight. examiner ship shall be cancelled and a new
(e) In the event of the report not being examiner shall be appointed, from the existing
received from the examiner within 6 panel of examiners, as per Clause 6.3.
months, his/her examiner ship shall
be cancelled and a new examiner
shall be appointed, from the existing (f) The examiners shall examine the thesis
panel of examiners, as per Clause specifically with a view to judge whether the
6.3. work is in accordance with Clause 5.4.

183
(f) The examiners shall examine the (g) The examiners shall give explicit reports with
thesis specifically with a view to any one of the following recommendations
judge whether the work is in
accordance with Clause 5.4. (i) the thesis be accepted for the award of D.
Sc./ D. Litt./ LL. D. degree
(g) The examiners shall give explicit
reports with any one of the following (ii) the thesis be rejected
recommendations
(iii) The thesis be submitted in a revised form
(i) the thesis be accepted for the award after adding some more work to the already
of D. Sc./ D. Litt./ LL. D. degree submitted work.
(ii) the thesis be rejected
(h) The examiner shall give specific and
(iii) The thesis be submitted in a revised
unambiguous reasons for his/ her
form after adding some more work to
recommendations. If the thesis is
the already submitted work.
recommended for revision, the examiner may
(h) The examiner shall give specific and suggest points for improvement of the
unambiguous reasons for his/ her presented work.
recommendations. If the thesis is
recommended for revision, the
examiner may suggest points for (i) If the thesis is recommended for revision, the
improvement of the presented work. candidate shall be required to submit the
revised thesis not earlier than six months and
(i) If the thesis is recommended for revision, not later than two years, from the date of
the candidate shall be required to communication of the report to him/ her by the
submit the revised thesis not earlier University. The candidate shall be required to
than six months and not later than remit only the Examination fee for submitting
two years, from the date of the revised thesis.
communication of the report to him/
her by the University. The candidate (j) If the thesis has been recommended for revision,
shall be required to remit only the a fresh appointment of examiners in
Examination fee for submitting the accordance with Clause 6.3 shall be made
revised thesis. from the existing panel of examiners. If the
(j) If the thesis has been recommended need be, a fresh panel of examiners may be
(j) If the thesis has been recommended for for revision, a fresh appointment recommended by the BoS. The other
revision, a fresh appointment of of examiners in accordance with procedures as per the Clause 6.4 (a) to (f)
examiners in accordance with Clause 6.3 shall be made from shall be followed for the evaluation of the
Clause 6.3 shall be made from the the existing panel of examiners. thesis. However, the Controller of
existing panel of examiners. If the If the need be, a fresh panel of Examinations, along with the revised thesis,
need be, a fresh panel of examiners examiners may be recommended shall send the copy (copies) of the
may be recommended by the RDC. by the BoS. The other recommendation (s) of the examiner (s) who
The other procedures as per the procedures as per the Clause 6.4 recommended the revision of the thesis.
Clauses 6.4 (a) to (f) shall be (a) to (f) shall be followed for the
followed for the evaluation of the evaluation of the thesis.
thesis. However, the Controller of However, the Controller of
Examinations, along with the revised Examinations, along with the
thesis, shall send the copy (copies) revised thesis, shall send the
of the recommendation(s) of the copy (copies) of the (k) The examiners who evaluate the revised thesis
examiner(s) who recommended the recommendation (s) of the shall recommend only either the acceptance
revision of the thesis. examiner (s) who recommended or the rejection of the thesis and shall not
the revision of the thesis. recommend any further revision of the thesis.
(k) The examiners who evaluate the
revised thesis shall recommend only
No Change
either the acceptance or the rejection
of the thesis and shall not
recommend any further revision of
the thesis.
6.5 Award of the Degree 6.5 Award of the Degree
(a) The reports of all the examiners shall (a) The reports of all the examiners shall (a) The reports of all the examiners shall be placed
be placed before the concerned be placed before the Vice- before the Vice-Chancellor. If all the reports
RDC. If all the reports are Chancellor. If all the reports are are unanimous, recommending the thesis to
unanimous, recommending the unanimous, recommending the be accepted for the award of the degree, and
thesis to be accepted for the award thesis to be accepted for the if the Vice-Chancellor considers the case to
of the degree, and if the RDC award of the degree, and if the be fit and proper, he/she shall recommend it
considers the case to be fit and Vice-Chancellor considers the for the conduct of viva-voce.
proper, it shall recommend it for the case to be fit and proper, he/she
award of the degree. shall recommend it for the
conduct of viva-voce. (b) Even if one examiner recommends the rejection
(a) Even if one examiner recommends the of the thesis, the thesis shall be rejected.
(b) Even if one examiner recommends
rejection of the thesis, the thesis
the rejection of the thesis, the

184
 shall be rejected. thesis shall be rejected. (c) If the thesis is rejected, the candidate shall not
(b) If the thesis is rejected, the candidate (c) If the thesis is rejected, the candidate be allowed to apply again for admission within
shall not be allowed to apply again shall not be allowed to apply a period of 4 (four) years.
for admission within a period of 4 again for admission within a
(four) years. period of 4 (four) years.
(c) After the Research Degree Committee Deleted
approves the thesis for the award of Deleted
the degree, the candidate concerned
may be given the examiners’ reports
for which he/ she shall apply (d) The candidate shall be required to defend the
separately. (d) The candidate shall be required to thesis in a viva voce before a Board of
defend the thesis in a viva voce Examiners consisting of one of the thesis
(d) The year of award of the degree shall be before a Board of Examiners
the year of submission of the thesis examiner, the Head of the Department
consisting of one of the thesis concerned and the Advisor.
provided the thesis is accepted examiner, the Head of the
without revision. In case of revision, Department concerned and the
the year of award of the degree shall Advisor.
be the year of submission of the
revised thesis.
(e) The report of the viva voce examination will be
(e) The degree certificate shall mention the (e) The report of the viva voce placed before the Vice-Chancellor, who after
title of the thesis and the name of the examination will be placed before satisfactory report of the viva voce may permit
concerned Department/ School in the Vice-Chancellor, who after the award of the degree to the candidate.
which the candidate was admitted. satisfactory report of the viva
voce may permit the award of the
degree to the candidate.
(f) The year of award of the degree shall be the year
(f) The year of award of the degree shall
(f) The Academic Section shall send one of the successful completion of the viva-voce.
be the year of the successful
copy of the thesis duly approved for
completion of the viva-voce.
the award of the degree, for
preserving in the library of the (g) The Academic Section shall send one copy of the
(g) The Academic Section shall send
University and the other in the thesis duly approved for the award of the
one copy of the thesis duly
departmental/ faculty library. degree, for preserving in the library of the
approved for the award of the
University and the other in the departmental/
degree, for preserving in the
faculty library.
library of the University and the
other in the departmental/ faculty
library.
7. Notwithstanding anything contained No Change 7. Notwithstanding anything contained in these
in these Ordinances, all matters Ordinances, all matters related to the
related to the candidates shall be candidates shall be governed by the rules and
governed by the rules and procedures framed by the Academic Council
procedures framed by the Academic that are in force at that point of time.
Council that are in force at that point
of time.
8. From the date when these No Change 8. From the date when these Ordinances come
Ordinances come into operation, all into operation, all previous Ordinances on the
previous Ordinances on the subject subject shall cease to have effect.
shall cease to have effect. Provided that this revocation shall not affect
Provided that this revocation shall the previous Ordinances so revoked or
not affect the previous Ordinances anything done or suffered under any previous
so revoked or anything done or Ordinances so revoked or affect any right,
suffered under any previous privilege, obligation or liability acquired,
Ordinances so revoked or affect any arrived or incurred under any Ordinances so
right, privilege, obligation or liability revoked.
acquired, arrived or incurred under
any Ordinances so revoked.
9. Any doubt or dispute about the No Change 9. Any doubt or dispute about the interpretation
interpretation of these Ordinances of these Ordinances shall be referred to the
shall be referred to the Vice- Vice-Chancellor, whose decision, in his
Chancellor, whose decision, in his capacity as the Chairman, Academic Council,
capacity as the Chairman, Academic shall be final.
Council, shall be final. The Vice-Chancellor may modify, amend and/
The Vice-Chancellor may modify, or delete any of the clauses given in these
amend and/ or delete any of the Ordinances or add any clause(s) to these
clauses given in these Ordinances or Ordinances, to facilitate the pursuit of
add any clause(s) to these excellence in research, provided that any
Ordinances, to facilitate the pursuit such modification, amendment, deletion, and
of excellence in research, provided addition shall be reported to the Academic
that any such modification, Council at its next meeting for approval.
amendment, deletion, and addition

185
 shall be reported to the Academic
Council at its next meeting for
approval.

*Framed/amended by the Executive Council in its 19th meeting dated 09.07.2016 and approved by the
President of India in his capacity as Visitor of the Vishwavidyalaya vide Id Note No.III-07027/1/2016-CA-III
dated 06.07.2017 as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No. F.56-5/2016-CU.IV dated 13.07.2017, and
were published in the Gazette of India on 27 June 2018.

186
 ANNEXURE – A*
(as per clause 5.3 (a), (c))

FORMAT OF THE THESIS

The following format may be normally adopted for the D. Sc./ D. Litt./ LL. D. thesis:
1. Cover page.
2. Inner cover page.
3. Declaration by the candidate as per the format given in Annexure – B, to the effect that the work
has not been submitted for any other degree or diploma.
4. Certificate from the Advisor, Head of the Department and Dean of the School as per the format
given in Annexure – C.
5. Contents.
6. An Extended Abstract of about 2000 words, describing the research work carried out during the
last 5 (five) years (before the date of submission), on the subject relevant to the discipline in
which the candidate has applied for the degree, explaining how far the work is original,
exemplary and is contributive to the advancement of knowledge. It shall also summarize the
relevance of the publications to the specific subject of the thesis being submitted.
7. Reprints of the published work by the candidate, in the relevant subject, in the form of research
papers, abstracts of books/ monographs, chapter contribution to books/ monographs/ citations of
candidate’s work by others.
8. List of publications.
9. A personal profile of the candidate with photograph, not exceeding one page.

187
 ANNEXURE – B*
(see Clause 5.3 (d))

CANDIDATE’S DECLARATION

I, …..…………………, declare that this thesis, entitled “……………………… ,” submitted for

(Name of the Candidate) (Title of the thesis)

the award of the degree of ……………….…………………. of this University, has not been submitted
(Name of the Degree)

earlier for the award of any degree or diploma of this or any other University.

Date: ……………….. (Signature of the candidate)

Place: Sagar

188
 ANNEXURE – C*
(as per clause 5.3 (e))

CERTIFICATE

This is to certify that this thesis entitled “………………………………..” has been submitted by
(Title of the thesis)

……………………………………………………………….. for the award of the degree of

(Name of the Candidate)

………………………………… of Dr. Harisingh Gour Viswavidyalaya, Sagar (M.P.).

(Name of the Degree)

…………………………………….. ……………………………………………..
(Signature of the Advisor) (Signature of the Head of the Department)
……………………………………..

(Name & Designation)

(Signature of the Dean of School)

*As approved by Academic Council in its 10th Meeting held on 11 July 2015 and ratified by EC
in its 17th Meeting held on 25 August 2015.

189
 ORDINANCE-24*
CONDITIONS OF RESIDENCE OF THE STUDENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY
(Under Section 28 (1) (h) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

The objectives of the Halls of Residence (Hostels) are as follows:

(a) to provide to the students of the University a congenial place to live so that they can devote
themselves to pursuit of higher learning;

(b) to provide enlightened guardianship to the students during an impressionable age when they are living
away from their parents/guardians;

(c) to ensure that students coming from different backgrounds have an opportunity to live together, imbibe
a spirit of co - operation and goodwill and acquire broader societal frame;

(d) to provide opportunities for co-curricular and extra-curricular activities for all round development or
individual personality and for giving expression to their artistic and creative talent; and

(e) to develop in the students the capacity to govern their own affairs.

1. Residence in Campus:

(a) The students residing in the Halls of Residence shall pay such fee as may be prescribed from time
to time.

(b) The University shall maintain such Halls of Residence as may be necessary to fulfill the objectives
of residence.

(c) Every Hall of Residence shall have a name as the University may assign to it.

(d) A Hall of Residence may accommodate reasonable number of students preferably not
accommodating more than two students in a room.

(e) Each Hall of Residence shall be under the charge of a Warden.

2. Supervision and Control - Central Committee on Residence:

(a) The supervision and control of the Hall of Residence is vested in the Vice - Chancellor. The
Dean of Students’ Affairs (DOSA) will assist the Vice - Chancellor in performing his function with the
help of a Central Committee on Residence.

(b) The Central Committee shall be appointed by the Vice - Chancellor or by such person he may specify on
his behalf and shall comprise the following:

(i) Dean of Students’ Affairs;

(ii) Chief Warden;
(iii) Director Sports; and

190
 (iv) 3 Wardens of Halls of Residence maintained by the University, by rotation.
(c) The term of office of the Central Committee shall be two years.

(d) The functions of the Committee shall be as follows:

i. Management, selection and admission of students to the University Halls of Residence.

ii. Supervision of the Halls of Residence and advice University on matters of policy, etc; relating to
their management;
iii. Maintenance of discipline amongst the resident students;
iv. Transfer of a student from one Hall to another; and
v. Such other duties as may be assigned by the Vice – Chancellor.

(e) The Committee may admonish a student for misconduct, may impose a fine as fixed by the University
on a student, may remove a student from the Hall of Residence.

(f) The Central Committee shall meet as often as necessary and at least twice in every semester.
Meetings shall be convened and presided over by the (DOSA) and 1/3 of its members shall form the
quorum.

(g) The (DOSA) shall submit the decision of the Committee to the Vice -Chancellor who will, wherever
necessary, place it before the Executive Council for consideration and further action.

3. Warden, Prefect and Local Committee

(a) The management of each Hall of Residence and the Mess attached to it shall vest in the Warden
who will be assisted by the Prefect, appointed by the Warden, and a Local Committee which may
consist of:

(i) Warden – Chairperson;

(ii) Prefect; and
(iii) Three to five students of the Hall of Residence.

(b) The Local Committee shall be appointed by the Warden and its term of office shall be one year.

(c) One or more Prefects may be appointed by the Warden who shall assign him/her such duties as
he may deem proper for the smooth functioning of the Hall of Residence.

(d) The Prefect shall hold office for one year and shall be entitled to free accommodation in the Hall of
Residence during the period of office.
(e) accommodation in the Hall of Residence during the period of office.

4. ELIGIBILITY AND PROCEDURE Admissions to Halls of Residence:

a. All students registered for full-time Programmes of study, and who are not employed anywhere, are
eligible to apply for accommodation in the Halls of Residence of the University and will be given first
preference.

191
 i. As soon as a student ceases to satisfy any one of the conditions in (a) above, he will become
ineligible for accommodation in the Hall of Residence.

ii. Students desirous of residing in University hall may apply in the prescribed form after admission to
the Course in the Department.

iii. The Heads of Departments may forward all applications of selected candidates for admission to
their respective departments to the Dean of Students’ Affairs. The applications shall be scrutinised
by the Central Committee which will allot a room in the Hall of Residence to each applicant.

iv. Students joining the University for the first time and those from distant places will be given
preference for accommodation in the Hall of Residence.

v. The accommodation will be allotted for one academic year at a time. Every student shall submit a
fresh application for admission to Hall of Residence in every subsequent year of study. The
applications should reach the Warden of the Hall of Residence concerned at least 15 days before
the commencement of the academic session each year. Re-admission will be permitted only after
the resident is admitted to a Programme of study and after furnishing proof of having paid all
Hall/tuition dues.

b. Research personnel on projects sponsored by organisations like ICCSR, CSIR, UGC, ICAR. ICSSR in
the University on a salary not exceeding the amount of UGC, ICAR and other recognized funding
agencies will be accommodated in a Hall of Residence during the tenure of the project subject to
availability.

5. Appointment, Powers and Functions of Wardens

Wardens of Halls of Residence shall be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor for a period of two years and
they shall be eligible for reappointment.

1. The Wardens of the Halls of Residence shall perform such duties as are assigned to them by the Vice
- Chancellor from time to time and they shall function in consultation with the Chief Warden.

2. Subject to the guidelines of the Central Committee the Warden shall allot rooms to the students and
maintain a list of students along with permanent addresses of guardians and such other information as
may be required, in a form prescribed by the appropriate authority.
3. In addition to the specific duties assigned by the Vice -Chancellor the Wardens shall perform the
following duties:

(i) Welfare of and discipline amongst the residents in the Halls of Residence and to maintain
daily record of the resident students such as students present each day, students absent
from the Halls of Residence together with reasons for absence.

(ii) Oversee health, hygiene and general life of the students in the Halls of Residence and to
ensure that the students observe the Regulations and discipline in accordance with the
Rules framed thereof.

192
 (iii) Report to the Chief Warden all cases of misbehavior, indiscipline and illness of students
residing in his Hall of Residence.

(iv) Safe custody and maintenance of such properties of the concerned Hall of Residence as
are entrusted for their repairs within the funds allotted and norms laid down by the
University authorities for the same.

4. The Warden shall have the right to inspect rooms.

5. The Wardens shall have administrative control over the staff assigned to the Hall of Residence.

6. The Warden shall be available in the Hostel Office everyday at specified hours to attend to official
business and to the problems of resident students.

7. The Warden shall be responsible for the proper up keep and maintenance of such properties of the
concerned Hall of Residence, as are under his/her charge.

8. The Warden shall allot and supervise Rooms and Guest Rooms.

9. The Warden shall check the Resident Student's Register and the Guest Room Register.

10. The Warden shall take disciplinary action against a resident student for keeping any unauthorized
guest.

11. The Warden shall order double-locking of rooms of resident students and their re- opening, when
required.

12. The Warden shall take action for the eviction of resident students in consultation with the Chief
Warden.

13. The Warden shall periodically verify the furniture and fittings of the rooms with the assistance of the
Caretaker and take action for their repairs/replacement for obtaining additional furniture.
14. In case of misuse/damage of the property in the Hall of Residence by the students, the Warden shall
impose necessary fines including withholding of the hostel deposit amount.
Unfurnished residential accommodation will be provided to a Warden on rent-free basis for the period of
the Wardenship.
He/she shall be entitled to such allowance/special pay as the Executive Council may determine from time to
time.

On the expiry of his/her term or on the termination of his/her appointment, the Warden shall be required
to vacate his/her accommodation. The Warden shall also be required to vacate the room before
proceeding on leave for a period exceeding 90 days during his/her tenure, unless he/she is granted special
permission by the Vice-Chancellor on the recommendation of the Chief Warden concerned for retaining the
room.

193
6. Miscellaneous

6.1. All students of the University, residing on campus, shall be under the disciplinary control of the
Vice - Chancellor, and of the authorities of the University.

6.2. The conditions of admission, accommodation and the organisation of mess in the Hall of Residence
maintained by Warden shall be in accordance with the Rules which may be framed in this regard by
the University.

6.3. The prior approval of the Chief Warden shall be necessary for a Warden to go on leave.

6.4. When a Warden is on leave his/her responsibilities and functions will be distributed among other
Wardens for the duration of his/her absence.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt. of
India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-11-2012,
and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the Gazette of India,
Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017.

194
 ORDINANCE-25*

EMPLOYEES AND STUDENTS’

GRIEVANCES REDRESSAL COMMITTEE
(Under Section 28(n) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

There shall be constituted a Mechanism for the redressal of the grievances of Employees and
Students of the University.

Unless otherwise mentioned:

Student means all students who are registered for a Programme of study in any
School/Centre/Department/College or Campus maintained by the University.

Employee means any person appointed by the University and includes teachers and other
staff of the University.

The Grievances Committee shall observe the following general principles:

1. The Campus Community should be made fully aware of the grievance redressal
Mechanism;

2. Every grievance from the student/staff should be registered and acknowledged;

3. If a final decision is not possible within a fortnight, an acknowledgement should be sent

to the applicant along with an indication as to when he/she can expect a final reply;

4. As a matter of general rule no grievances should be pending beyond the limit of three
months;

5. The officer nominated by the Vice-Chancellor and the person responsible for
addressing grievances should make himself/herself freely available to hear the
grievances personally, at least once a week at fixed timings; and

6. In case of any grievance pertaining to the employees & the students, the decision of
the Vice Chancellor shall be final.

I. STUDENTS GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL COMMITTEE:

Chairman – The Pro Vice-Chancellor or such other person to be nominated by the

Vice-Chancellor.

Members:

3 Representatives of Students’ Council.

3 Nominees of the Vice-Chancellor.
Dean of Students’ Affairs, Member-Secretary.
Dean of the School concerned (special invitee)
Powers and Functions:

(i) to entertain written and signed complaints and petitions of students in respect of
matters directly affecting them individually or as a group;

195
(ii) to enquire into the grievances, and make recommendations and report to the
concerned authorities - Academic Council and Executive Council for redressal or
suitable action; and
(iii) to recommend appropriate action against complainant, if allegations made in the
documents are found to be baseless.

II. TEACHERS’ GRIEVANCES COMMITTEE:

The committee constituted by the Executive Council shall consist the following:-

Vice Chancellor or his/her representative - Chairman

Five representatives from the teachers community representing gender, minority, SC,
ST, OBC;
Vice-Chancellor’s nominee shall be the Secretary to the Committee.

Powers and Functions:

(I) to entertain written and signed complaints and petitions of teachers in respect of
matters directly affecting them individually or as group;
(II) to enquire into the grievances, and make recommendations and report to the
concerned authorities-Academic Council and Executive Council for redressal or
suitable action; and
(III) to recommend appropriate action against complainant, if allegations made in the
documents found to be baseless.

III. NON-TEACHING STAFF GRIEVANCES COMMITTEE:

The Chairman - to be nominated by the Vice-Chancellor.

Five representatives from the non-teaching community representing gender, minority,
SC, ST, OBC
The Registrar or his nominee shall be the Member- Secretary of the Committee.

Powers and Functions:

(i) to accept and consider written and signed complaints and petitions of staff (Non-
Teaching) in respect of matters directly affecting them individually or as a group;
(ii) to enquire into the grievances, and make recommendations and report to the
concerned authorities-Academic Council and Executive Council for redressal or
suitable action; and
(iii) to recommend appropriate action against complaints, if allegations made in the
documents found to be baseless.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

196
 ORDINANCE-26*

RULES FOR MEDICAL REIMBURSEMENT

(Under Section 6(xxiii) & 28(o) of the University Act and
12(xx) of the Statutes of the University)

The employees of the University will be governed by the Authorized Medical Attendance
Rules applicable to the Central Government Employees residing in areas not covered under
CGHS scheme.

NOTE:

Employees mean regular / retired employees (both teaching and non teaching) appointed by
the University against a clear vacancy, including employees on deputation.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt. of
India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-11-2012, and
letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the Gazette of India,
Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017.

197
 ORDINANCE-27*

POWERS AND FUNCTIONS OF

HEADS OF DEPARTMENTS OF STUDIES
(Under Section 28 (o) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

The Head of the Department shall:

(1) Be the Academic Head of the Department and shall convene and preside over the
meetings of the Department and the Board of Studies;

(2) Maintain discipline in the Classroom and Laboratories through teachers of the
Department;

(3) Assign to the teachers in the Department such duties as may be necessary for the proper
functioning of the Department;

(4) Be responsible for the coordination and supervision of teaching and research in the
Department;

(5) Recommend leave application of the members of the teaching and non-teaching staff of
the Department to the Dean of the School concerned according to the Rules framed for
the purpose;

(6) Be responsible for the records, equipment and furniture of the Department and the books
of the Departmental Library;

(7) Operate the Budget of the Department; and

(8) Shall be responsible for observance of the provisions of the Act/Statutes/ Ordinances and
Regulations relating to the Department; and

(9) Perform such other academic duties as may be assigned to him/her by the Academic
Council, the Executive Council or the Vice-Chancellor.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

198
 ORDINANCE-28*

POWERS AND FUNCTIONS OF THE DEANS OF SCHOOLS

(Under Statute 5 (3) of Statues of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. The Dean shall be the Head of the School and shall be responsible for the conduct and
maintenance of standard of teaching and research in the school. He shall be the
Chairman and Convener of the School.

2. The Dean of the School shall have the following powers and functions:

(a) Co- ordinate and generally supervise the teaching and research works in the School
through the Heads of the Departments;

(b) Maintain discipline in the classrooms through the Heads of the Departments;

(c) Keep a record of the evaluation of sessional work and of the attendance of the
students at lectures, tutorials or seminars when these are prescribed;

(d) Arrange for the examinations of the University in respect of the students of the School
in accordance with such directions as may be given by the Academic Council;

(e) Shall be responsible for observance of the provisions of the Act / Statutes / Ordinances
and Regulations relating to the Departments and the School;

(f) Convene and preside over the meetings of the School Board and keep the minutes of
the meetings of the Board; and

(f) Perform such other academic duties as may be assigned to him/her by the Academic
Council, the Executive Council or the Vice-Chancellor.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

199
 ORDINANCE-29*

SCHOOL BOARD
(Under Statute 15(3) of Statutes of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. The Dean of the School shall be the Chairperson of the Board and shall convene and
preside over the meetings of the Board.

2. The School Board shall consist of :

(i) Dean of the School;

(ii) All Professors in the School;

(iii) Heads of the Departments assigned to the School who are not Professors

(iv) One Associate Professor and one Assistant Professor from each Department in the
School, by rotation, according to seniority;

(v) One representative each of the Boards of other Schools, which have inter-disciplinary
work with the School, to be nominated by the Vice - Chancellor on the
recommendations of the School Board concerned;

(vi) Not more than two teachers from Colleges, maintained and affiliated, (wherever
applicable) nominated by the Vice - Chancellor on the recommendations of the Board
of Studies; and

(vii) Not more than five persons, not in the service of the University or of the College,
maintained or affiliated (wherever applicable), nominated by the Academic Council for
their special knowledge and expertise in the subject concerned.

Provided that not more than one person per subject shall be nominated.

Provided further that ordinarily at least one person shall be from the State where the
University is located.

3. Term of Office:

The term of Office of members, other than that of the Dean and Professors shall be
three years.

4. Meetings:

(a) The Board shall hold at least two ordinary meetings in an Academic year, one in
each semester;

(b) The Dean may convene special meetings of the Board on his own initiative or at
the suggestion of the Vice - Chancellor or on a written request from at least one-
fifth of the members of the Board.

5. Quorum:

200
 The quorum for the meeting of the Board shall be one-third of its total members.

6. Notice:

Notice for any meeting of the Board shall be issued at least 14 days before the date
fixed for the meetings.

The Dean may convene emergency meeting of the Board at short notice.

7. Rules of Business:

Rules of conduct of the meetings shall be as prescribed by the Regulations in this

regard.

8. Powers and Functions:

The powers and functions of the Board shall be as follows:

(a) To prescribe the qualifications and procedures for admission of candidates to the various
study Programmes in the Departments in the School;

(b) To co-ordinate the teaching, evaluation and research work in the Departments in the
School;

(c) To approve subjects for research for various Degrees;

(d) To constitute Committees to organise the teaching and research work in subjects or areas
which do not fall within the sphere of any Department in the School and to supervise the
work of such Committees;

(e) To recommend to the Academic Council the creation or abolition of teaching posts, and to
consider proposals received from the Departments or Committees mentioned in Clause(d)
above;

(f) To consider Schemes for the advancement of the standards of teaching and research, and
to submit proposals in this regard to the Academic Council;

(g) To formulate arrangements for the School to participate in the work of the different Centres
of Studies in the University;

(h) To promote and review research within the School and to submit reports on research to
the Academic Council;

(i) To frame general Rules for continuous internal evaluation and end-semester
examinations;

(j) To recommend to the Academic Council, the panel of examiners for the evaluation of
thesis after considering proposals received in this regard from BoS;

(k) To recommend to the Academic Council, the award of research Degrees to candidates
who have been found qualified and fit to receive such Degrees;

201
(l) To consider and act on any proposal regarding the welfare of the students of the Schools,
which the council of students Affairs may submit;

(m)To perform all other functions which may be prescribed by the Act, Statutes and
Ordinances, and to consider all such matters as may be referred to it by the Executive
Council, the Academic Council or the Vice-Chancellor; and

n) To delegate to the Dean, or to any other member of the Board or to a Committee such
powers, general or specific, as may be decided upon by the Board from time to time.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

202
 ORDINANCE-30*

CONVOCATION
(Section 28 (o) of the Act and
Statute 29 of Statutes of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. Convocation:

Convocation for the purpose of conferring Degrees shall be held on such date and
place as may be fixed by the Chancellor.

2. Special Convocation:

A special Convocation may be held at such time as may be decided by the Executive
Council for the purpose of conferring Honorary Degrees in accordance with the
procedure or for the purpose of conferring other Degrees under special circumstances
on the recommendation of the Academic Council.

3. The Convocation shall consist of the body corporate of the University.

4. The Chancellor shall, if present, preside over the Convocations of the University held
for conferring Degrees. If the Chancellor is unable to be present, the Vice Chancellor
will preside over the Convocation.

5. At the Annual Convocation, the Vice Chancellor shall present a report of the year’s
work in the University.

6. Notice:

Not less than four weeks’ notice shall be given by the Registrar for meetings of the
relevant statutory authorities for the Convocation.

The Officer concerned shall, with the notice, issue to each member of the Convocation,
a programme of the procedure to be observed thereat.

The candidates who have passed their examinations in the years since the last
Convocation shall be eligible to be admitted to the Convocation.

Provided that in case the Convocation is not held in a particular year, the Vice -
Chancellor shall be competent to authorise admission of successful candidates in the
year to their respective Degrees in absentia and issue the degrees on payment of
prescribed fee.

7. Application:

A candidate for the Degree must submit to the Officer concerned his/ her application on
or before the date prescribed for the purpose for admission to the Degree at the
Convocation in person along with the prescribed fee.

Such candidates who are unable to present themselves in person at the Convocation
shall be admitted to the Degree in absentia by the Chancellor and their Degrees shall
be given by the Controller of Examinations on application and payment of the
prescribed fee.

203
8. Fees:

The fee for admission to the Degree at the Convocation in person and in absentia shall
be fixed by the University.

9. Honorary Degree:

Honorary Degree shall be conferred at Convocation / Special Convocation and may be

taken in person or in absentia.

The presentation of the persons at the Convocation on whom Honorary Degrees are to
be conferred shall be made by the Vice -Chancellor or by a person nominated by him.

Candidates at the Convocation shall wear Academic Dress (gowns) appropriate to their
respective Degree as specified by the University. No candidate shall be admitted to the
Convocation who is not in proper Academic Dress as prescribed by the University.

10. Academic Dress:

The Academic Dress of the University for the Convocation shall be as prescribed by
the University.

11. Convocation Procedure:

The Convocation Procedure shall be as laid down in the Regulations.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

204
 ORDINANCE-31*

AWARD OF FELLOWSHIP, SCHOLARSHIPS, STUDENTSHIPS,

MEDALS AND PRIZES
(Under Section 28 (1) (f) and 6 (1) xii of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. In order to encourage meritorious and deserving students to pursue Courses of studies

and research in the University without great financial strain, the University shall strive
to provide for adequate number of Scholarships, Fellowships, Studentships and Free-
ships, for financial help, and also provide for award of Medals and Prizes.

2. There shall be instituted Scholarships in every subject to be awarded to the students of

the University/Affiliated Colleges (wherever applicable) subject to availability of funds.
Rules for award of the same will be laid down in the Regulations.

3. There shall be fee concession in the form of half and full Free-ships of tuition fee in
each School and teaching Departments as per norms of the UGC.

4. There shall also be a scheme of merit Scholarship, subject to availability of funds,

where the first and second rank holders in every subject will be awarded Scholarship,
the quantum of which shall be decided by the University from time to time.

5. All types of Scholarships and Freeships shall be administered by a Committee

constituted by the Vice-Chancellor.

6. There shall be Fellowships instituted in the University, subject to availability of funds,

for studies or research as approved under the norms of UGC or other funding
Agencies from time to time.

7. There shall be a scheme to award medals/ prizes to the meritorious students of the
University and Affiliated Colleges/Institutions (wherever applicable) for their best
performance in various University Examinations.

8. The University shall have power to institute endowments from time to time in
accordance with the Central Universities Act, 2009.

9. There shall also be a Committee constituted by the Vice-Chancellor for administration

of each endowment and to implement the objects of the endowment.

10. Detailed Guidelines shall be framed from time to time by the Executive Council
governing the administration of Scholarships, Free-ships, Fellowships, Medals and
other such endowments created in the University.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

205
 ORDINANCE-32*

BOARD OF RESEARCH STUDIES

(Under Section 28 (1) (l) and (O) of the Central Universities Act)

1. There shall be a Board of Research Studies comprising of the following:

(i) Vice-Chancellor / PVC – Chairperson - Ex-officio

(ii) Deans of Schools of Studies - Members - Ex-officio
(iii) Heads of Departments - Members - Ex-officio
(not exceeding 5, by rotation)
(iv) Professors other than Deans of Schools - Members - Ex-officio
and Heads of Departments
(not exceeding 5, by rotation)
(v) Four Associate Professors to be - Members
nominated by the Vice-Chancellor
representing different disciplines in the
University
(vi) Four external experts to be nominated - Members
by the Vice-Chancellor representing
different disciplines in the University
(vii) Registrar - Secretary - Ex-officio

2. Subject to the overall guidance of the Academic Council, the Board of Research Studies
shall perform, inter-alia, the following functions:

(i) To prepare a perspective of research and major thrust areas for research, if any, in
the disciplines under its purview;
(ii) To evaluate institutional research projects for funding by national/international
agencies;
(iii) To review the current status of research in each department and critically examine
the progress thereof from time to time;
(iv) To indicate the priority areas of research in the departments particularly with
reference to the role and responsibility of the University under Section 6 (1) (i) and
(xi) of the Central Universities Act taking into account the facilities available in the
University and also create facilities wherever necessary in keeping with the major
thrust areas accepted for the concerned Departments and individual interest of the
members of the faculty;
(v) To evolve norms for consultancy and sharing of revenue between the Principal
Investigator and the University for approval of the Executive Council; and
(vi) To perform such other functions as may be assigned to it by the Academic Council.

3. The Board of Research Studies shall meet at least twice a year.

4. The Board of Research Studies may determine its own procedure for working.

206
5. The quorum of the Board shall be one-third of the total members;

6. The term of Office of the members other than ex-officio members shall be for
a period of three years.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

207
 AMENDED ORDINANCE-33**
Existing Amended

DEPARTMENTS OF STUDIES AND DUTIES OF CONSTITUTION, FUNCTIONS AND

DEPARTMENT DUTIES OF THE DEPARTMENTS IN
(Under Statute 15(5) (b) of the Central Universities Act, THE SCHOOL
2009) (Under Statute 15(5) (b) of the
Central Universities Act, 2009)
1. Members nominated: Constitution of the Department

(1) Two teachers (Conveners UG and PG Programs) of Each Department in a School shall consist
the University who are experts in allied or cognate of the members as given in the Statutes
subject dealt within the Department to be nominated by (15(5) (b) and also such other persons as
the Academic Council for a period of two years, are designated members of the
provided that no such teacher shall be nominated as a Department by the School Board
member of more than two Departments. concerned on the recommendations of the
Department concerned.
(2) Not more than two persons, not engaged in teaching in
the University and having expert knowledge of the Deleted
subject or subjects dealt within the Department of
Centre, may be nominated as members by the Board
of the School concerned for a period of two years.
2. Duties of the Departments of Centre:
The Duties of a Department shall be:

a) to recommend to the Board of the School concerned Deleted

names of examiners in respect of the subject or
subjects dealt with by the Department as the case may
be;

b) to recommend to the admissions Committee No Change

(Committee for Advanced Studies and Research)
applications for candidates for admission to the
research degree along with details of the subjects to be
assigned to the candidates and the names of the
teachers in the Department to be appointed as
Supervisor;
c) to approve the subjects for dissertations at the Master’s No Change
level.
d) To approve the pattern and schedule of seasonal No Change
evaluation for each course offered by the Department ;
e) To allocate teaching work to the teachers and frame
the time-table in accordance with the general time-table
of the School or Schools concerned and the university; No Change
f) To make proposals regarding the creation and abolition
of teaching posts;
g) To make proposals to the Committee for Advanced No Change
Studies and Research regarding research projects to
be taken up by the members of the Department or
Centre, as the case may be, either individually or in No Change
groups;

208
 h) to recommend to the Board concerned courses of to recommend to the Board of Studies
studies; concerned the courses of studies;

i) to approve syllabi and prescribe text-books for the to recommend to the Board of Studies
courses of study; syllabi and text-books for the courses
of study;
j) to appoint from amongst its teachers advisers to No Change
students; and
k) to perform such other functions as may be assigned to No Change
it by the School concerned.
3. Quorum:
The quorum for a meeting of a Department or Centre
shall be one-third of the total members of the No Change
Department, as the case may be.

*Framed/Amended by the Executive Council in its 17th meeting dated 25.08.2015 and approved by the
President of India in his capacity as Visitor of the Vishwavidyalaya vide Id Note No. CIII-07027/1/2016-CA-III
dated 21.03.2018 as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No. F. 56- 5/2016- CU. IV dated: 26.03.2018, and
were published in the Gazette of India on 27 June 2018

209
 AMENDED ORDINANCE-34**
APPOINTMENT OF EXAMINERS
(Under Section 28 (1) (g) of the Act and
Statute 12(2)(xiv)] of the Statutes of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

Existing Amended
I. Continues Assessment and End- Deleted and substituted by :
Semester Examinations of the
University:
Continuous assessment and end 1. Mid-Semester Examination and Continuous
semester examinations of the Assessment:
University shall be conducted by the Mid semester examinational and Continuous
faculty member concerned who will assessment shall be conducted by the Course
also decide the format of the Coordinator concerned who will also decide the
examination after consultation and format of the examination after consultation and
approval of the Head of the approval of the Board of Studies/Dean of School
Department / Dean of School concerned.
concerned.
2. End Semester Examination:
Examiners for end-semester examinations shall be
appointed by Board of Studies. Board of Studies
can constitute a sub committee comprising three
faculty members from amongst its member for
recommending the names of examiners. The
examiners so recommended shall be appointed as
per Guidelines issued by UGC from time to time.
II. For University Entrance No Change
Examination:
The examiners for entrance However, it is numbered as 3.
examinations (if conducted) for
admission to various Programmes of
the University shall be appointed by
the Vice-Chancellor on the basis of the
recommendations of the Deans of the
Schools concerned who will also
recommend the syllabus and format for
the same.
However, wherever common entrance
exam is conducted by a Central
University, the participating
Universities will decide the norm of
evaluation.

* Framed/Amended by the Executive Council in its 17th meeting dated 25.08.2015 and approved by the
President of India in his capacity as Visitor of the Vishwavidyalaya vide Id Note No. CIII-07027/1/2016-CA-III
dated 21.03.2018 as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No. F. 56- 5/2016- CU. IV dated: 26.03.2018, and
were published in the Gazette of India on 27 June 2018

210
 ORDINANCE-35*

APPOINTMENT OF ADJUNCT FACULTY MEMBERS &

SCHOLARS IN RESIDENCE
(Under Section 6(1) (viii), (xvi) and Section 28 (1) (o) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. To encourage interdisciplinary collaboration in research and teaching, the Executive

Council may appoint adjunct faculty members, who preferably are relatively younger and
mid-career professionals and specialists, from other Universities / reputed research
institutions / organizations (AEC, ICSSR, CSIR, ICAR, etc).

2. Such faculty should possess postgraduate or doctoral qualifications and have academic
and research credentials; will be eligible for appointment as Adjunct Faculty in a University
Department and may also include professionals and specialists from PSUs and business
corporations,

3. The adjunct faculty member will be appointed on a tenure appointment for one academic
year, or for two semesters.

4. They will be offered a token honorarium of up to Rs.1500/- per teaching hour/session,

subject to a maximum of Rs.30, 000/- per month.

5. The host University will provide them suitable office-space to facilitate their working and
interaction with students and peers.

6. There will not be more than 5 such members at any given time in the University.

SCHOLARS-IN-RESIDENCE

1. Senior professionals and specialists from research and professional organizations (for
example AEC, ICSSR, CSIR, ICAR, etc.) and those with PSUs and business corporations,
with postgraduate or doctoral qualifications and with academic and research credentials
will be eligible for appointment as Scholar-in-Residence in a University Department.

2. NRI and PIO professionals and specialists, working in overseas organizations, will also be
eligible for these positions. Similarly, these positions will be open to those overseas (non-
Indian) professionals and specialists who have been dealing with India issues in their
work.

3. The Scholar-in-residence will be appointed on a tenure appointment ranging between six

months to twenty-four months and will be offered a consolidated remuneration of up to
Rs.80,000/- a month, and a contingency grant of Rs.1,00,000/- per annum.

4. Besides, the host University will provide them suitable office-space and residential
accommodation.

5. There will not be more than two such members at any given time in the University.

211
The Vice-Chancellor after consulting the person concerned and the Heads of two concerned
Department/Centre/Institute shall make his recommendation to the Executive Council for
appointment as an adjunct faculty member/scholar in residence.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

212
 ORDINANCE-36*

EQUIVALENCE COMMITTEE FOR RECOGNITION OF

EXAMINATIONS/DEGREES
(Under Section 28 (1) (0) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

Composition:
There shall be an Equivalence Committee consisting of the following members:
(1) Pro-Vice-Chancellor
or nominee of Vice-Chancellor Chairman

(2) Deans of the Schools Members

(3) One person nominated by the

Academic Council from amongst its
members for a period of three years Member

(4) Controller of Examinations Member

(5) Registrar Secretary

Functions:
The functions of this Committee shall be:
1. To examine and recommend to the Academic Council equivalence of such
examinations/degrees as may be referred to it from time to time including those of
foreign Universities.

2. To examine and recommend to the Academic Council the withholding, suspension or

cancellation/recognition to any examination/degree for such reasons and such time as
it may deem fit.

3. The Committee may invite a domain expert, wherever necessary, to assist in its
functioning.

Rules of Business:
The Committee shall frame the Rules of business and lay down guidelines for consideration
and approval of the Academic Council. The Academic Council may delegate any of its
powers, in this behalf, to the Equivalence Committee.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

213
 ORDINANCE-37*

POWERS AND FUNCTIONS OF DEAN STUDENTS’ AFFAIRS

(Under Section 28 (1) (l) and (o) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. The Dean of students affairs in the University shall look after the general welfare
of the students as also provide appropriate encouragement for sound and fruitful
relationship between the intellectual and social life of the students and for those
aspects of the University life outside the class-room which contribute to their
growth and development as mature and responsible human beings.
2. The Dean of student’s affairs shall be the Head of the Department so far as
Hostels, Sports, Health Centre, University Cultural Committee and Day Scholars
are concerned.
3. The Dean of Students affairs, inter-alia, will arrange for the guidance of and
advice to the students of the University in matters relating to :
(i) organization and development of students’ bodies;
(ii) counseling and Students’ guidance facilities;
(iii) liaison with Students’ Affairs Committee;
(iv) extra-curricular and sports activities of students’
(v) promotion of students’ participation in co-curricular and social activities;
(vi) students financial aid;
(vii) student-faculty and students-administration relationship;
(viii) career advice services;
(ix) health and medical services for the students;
(x) residential life of the students;
(xi) arranging facilities for educational tours and excursion for students;
(xii) securing facilities for students for further studies in the country and /or
abroad;
(xiii) Alumni activities.
4. The Dean of students affairs will exercise such powers and perform such duties in
the pursuit of the above objectives as may be assigned to him from time to time by
the Vice-Chancellor.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

214
 ORDINANCE-38*

FLOATING POSTS
(Under Section 28 (o) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. There shall be a few floating posts of Professors, the number of which shall depend on
the posts sanctioned by the University Grants Commission from time to time and as
approved by the Executive Council of the University.

2. These posts shall not be assigned to any particular Department but shall be made
available to certain Departments which may be finding it difficult to fill up certain
vacancies by the normal procedure.

3. Persons appointed against these posts will be eminent scholars including those who may
have retired as Professors from this University or any other University or similar institutions
of higher learning in India or abroad.

4. All appointments under floating posts will initially be made ordinarily for one year and
efforts continued for filling these posts in the normal course.

Provided that no floating appointment shall be renewed at the end of the year if the
vacant post in the Department is filled up.

5. No appointment letters to persons appointed under the floating posts shall be issued
unless the appointee enters into a contract with the University as per Proforma Prescribed
for ‘Contract Appointment’.

Persons appointed under these posts shall be eligible to draw the pay last drawn
or as fixed by the Executive Council in accordance with the U.G.C. Guidelines in
this regard.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

215
 AMENDED ORDINANCE-39*
ADMISSION, ENROLLMENT, MIGRATION AND TRANSFER OF STUDENTS
(Under Section 28 (1) (0) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. Admission:
No student shall be eligible for admission to any Under-Graduate or Post-Graduate Program of study under this
University on migration from any other University or Board unless he has passed the equivalent examination or
examinations of the University or Board as prescribed by the Ordinances for admission to the concerned
Program/s by this University.
The application for admission must be supported by:
(a) A migration/no objection certificate from the concerned University/ Board; and
(b) A certificate from the Principal of the College last studied testifying the record of attendance and conduct
of the student.
Provided that the application of a student who has not completed his program of study and has not appeared at
the examination for which he was reading in any other University or Board in India shall be considered for
admission in a program of this University whose pattern and syllabi are similar to that Course/ Program studied by
him in the former University/Board.

2. Enrollment:
The University shall assign an enrollment number to every student admitted to the privilege of the University.
3. Transfer:
Transfer of a student from one affiliated College to another (wherever applicable) during a particular program of
study shall be permitted only on the production of:
(i) A transfer/no objection certificate issued by the Principal of the College from which the migration is sought;
(ii) Certified copies of the report of attendance against his name in the register of students of the College
concerned; and
(iii) A certificate from the University / College testifying to the conduct of the student.

* Reframed by the Executive Council in its 16th meeting dated 14.05.2015 as per the advice of the
UGC and approved by the President of India in his capacity as Visitor of the Vishwavidyalaya, vide Id
Note No. CIII- 07027/1/2016-CA-III dated 21.03.2018 as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No. F.
56- 5/2016- CU. IV Dated: 26.03.2018, and were published in the Gazette of India on 27 June 2018.

216
 ORDINANCE-40*

DEANS’ COMMITTEE
(Under Section 28 (1) (l) and (o) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. The University shall constitute a Committee of Deans of the University to be known as

the Deans’ Committee.

2. The Deans’ Committee shall comprise the following:

(i)The Vice-Chancellor - Chairperson (Ex-Officio)
(ii) All Deans of Schools - Members (Ex-Officio)
(iii) Registrar - Secretary

3. The functions of this Committee will be as follows :

a. To recommend deputation of teachers for International Conferences;

b. To consider such matters as may be necessary arising from the conduct of

examinations, standard of results, etc;

c. To consider general administrative matters relating to functioning of Schools and

Departments; and

d. To consider such other matters as may be assigned to it by the Executive

Council or may be referred to by the Vice-Chancellor.

4. The meetings of the Deans’ Committee shall be convened by the Chairperson.

5. The quorum of the Committee shall be 50% of the total number.

6. The rules of conduct of meetings shall be as may be prescribed by Regulations in this

regard.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

217
 ORDINANCE-41*

CODE OF CONDUCT OF EMPLOYEES OF THE UNIVERSITY

(Under Section 6 (1) (xxi) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

All employees (teaching and non-teaching) of the University shall be governed by the CCS
(Conduct) and CCS (CCA) Rules of the Government of India issued from time to time.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

218
 ORDINANCE-42*
COURSES OF STUDY
(Under Section 28 (b) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. There shall be courses/programs of study in the University for the Degrees in various
Schools/Departments/Centers as under:

A- Under Graduate Programs

S. Abbreviati Nomenclature Level Minimum Eligibility

No. on Duration
Years
Semesters
01 B.A. Bachelor of Arts UG 03 10+2
06
02 B.Com. Bachelor of Commerce UG 03 10+2
06
03 B.Sc. Bachelor of Science UG 03 10+2
06
04 LL.B. Bachelor of Laws UG 03 UG
06
05 B. Pharm. Bachelor of Pharmacy UG 04 10+2
08
06 B. Lib. I. Sc. Bachelor of Library and UG 01 UG
Information Science 02
07 B.J.M.C. Bachelor of Journalism UG 01 UG
and Mass 02
Communications
08 B.B.A. Bachelor of Business UG. 03 10+2
Administration 06
09 B.C.A. Bachelor of Computer UG. 03 10+2
Applications 06 with Maths at
10+2 Level
10 B.F.A. Bachelor of Fine Arts UG 04 10+2
08
11 B.A.-B.Ed. Bachelor of Arts and UG 04 10+2
Bachelor of Education ( 08
Four-year Integrated
Program)
12 B.Sc.-B.Ed. Bachelor of Science UG 04 10+2
and Bachelor of 08
Education ( Four-year
Integrated Program)
13 B. A. LL.B. Bachelor of Laws UG 05 10+2
(Hons.) (Five-year Integrated 10
Program)

B- Post Graduate Programs

01 M.A. Master of Arts PG 02 UG
04
02 M.Sc. Master of Science PG 02 UG
04

219
 03 M.Com. Master of Commerce PG 02 B.Com.
04
04 M.J.M.C. Master of Journalism and PG 02 B.J.M.C.
Mass Communication 04
05 LL.M. Master of Law PG 02 UG in Law
04
06 M.B.A. Master of Business PG 02 UG
Administration 04
07 M. Pharm. Master of Pharmacy PG 02 B. Pharm.
04
08 M. Tech. Master of Technology PG 03 UG
06
09 M.C.A. Master of Computer PG 03 UG with Maths at
Applications 06 10+2 level
10 M. Lib. I. Sc. Master of Library and PG 01 B. Lib. I. Sc.
Information Science 02
11 M.Ed. Master of Education PG 01 B.Ed.
02
12 M.P.A. Master of Performing PG 02 UG
Arts 04
13 M.S.W. Master of Social Work PG 02 UG
04
C - Research Programs:

01 Ph.D. Doctor of Philosophy Research 03 PG

06

2. The Academic Council may modify and provide additional eligibility condition for any program.
3. There will be a National Level Entrance Test for admission to all the programs.
4. The Regulations in respect of all the Programs listed above shall be framed by the Academic Council.
5. In addition to the above the Academic Council shall have the power to introduce, modify or discontinue a program
on the recommendations of the concerned School Committee.
6. The percentage of marks/CGPA as prescribed in the minimum eligibility criterion and allotted seats shall be
approved by the Academic Council from time to time.
7. The Degrees/Diplomas/Certificates as decided by the University in the minimum eligibility conditions shall be from
those Universities/ Institutions/ Boards which have been recognized by the University/UGC.

*Reframed by the Executive Council in its 16th meeting dated 14.05.2015 as per the advice of the UGC and
approved by the President of India in his capacity as Visitor of the Vishwavidyalaya, vide Id Note No. CIII-
07027/1/2016-CA-III dated 21.03.2018 as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No. F. 56- 5/2016- CU. IV
Dated: 26.03.2018, and were published in the Gazette of India on 27 June 2018.

220
 ORDINANCE-43*

ADMISSION COMMITTEE
(Under Section 6(xviii)) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

There shall be an Admission Committee in the University responsible for all

admissions to the University in Diploma/UG/PG/M.Phil/Ph.D. courses. The
constitution of the Admission Committee shall be approved by the Vice Chancellor of
the University every year.

2. The Committee shall

i. scrutinize the Application Forms for admission of the candidates in accordance with the
conditions of admission prescribed by the Academic Council from time to time;

ii. conduct the Admission Test(s) and/or Interview; or as otherwise provided. Provided
that in case of Common Entrance Test to be conducted by the Central Universities
together, the performance in such test will form the basis for subsequent admission
process;

iii. after the evaluation of the Admission test(s), a reasonable number of candidates from
each category will be called for admission to the course concerned subject to their
scoring the minimum cut-off marks in the entrance test for admission to different
courses as prescribed by the Academic Council;

iv. prepare the merit list based on the marks obtained by the candidates in the Admission
Test and/or Interview;

v. prepare a list of the candidates selected for admission to be submitted by the

Chairman of the Committee to the Dean of the School concerned;

vi. suggest methods to improve reliability and standard of the entrance test(s).

1.1 The members of the Committee shall hold office for a term of one academic year.

2.2 The Chairman of Admission Committee may co-opt not more than three members of the
Department/Centre representing different areas of specialisation under intimation to the
Vice-Chancellor.

2.3 Not less than 50% of total number of members of the Committee shall form the
quorum.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

221
 AMENDED ORDINANCE-44*

RESERVATION OF SEATS AND OTHER SPECIAL

PROVISIONS FOR ADMISSION
(Under Section 7 of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

Existing Proposed Read after amendment

Amendment
1. Reservation of Seat No Change 1. Reservation of Seat
Reservation of seats shall be in Reservation of seats shall be in accordance
accordance with the provisions of the with the provisions of the Central Educational
Central Educational Institutions Institutions (Reservation in Admission) Act
(Reservation in Admission) Act 2006 2006 and Circulars of Government of India
and Circulars of Government of India issued and amended in this regard from time
issued and amended in this regard to time.
from time to time.

1.2 Candidates seeking admission No Change 1.2 Candidates seeking admission under
under the reserved categories shall be the reserved categories shall be required to
required to fulfill the prescribed eligibility fulfill the prescribed eligibility conditions for
conditions for admission to the Course. admission to the Course.

1.3 The relaxation in the minimum No Change 1.3 The relaxation in the minimum
prescribed percentage of marks in the prescribed percentage of marks in the
qualifying examination for admission to a qualifying examination for admission to a
Course shall be permissible only in one Course shall be permissible only in one of the
of the categories. categories.

1.4 If a candidate in the reserved No Change 1.4 If a candidate in the reserved

category qualifies for admission in the category qualifies for admission in the
general category he/she shall be general category he/she shall be transferred
transferred to the general category to the general category without prejudice to
without prejudice to the number of seats the number of seats already allocated in that
already allocated in that category which category which will be offered to the next
will be offered to the next eligible eligible candidate in that category.
candidate in that category.

1.5 If sufficient numbers of No Change 1.5 If sufficient numbers of Candidates

Candidates are not available in OBC are not available in OBC category, such
category, such vacant seats shall be vacant seats shall be transferred to the
transferred to the general category. general category.

1.6 The relaxation of marks as given To be deleted

in Para 4.1 (c) and 4.2 (a) below will not
be applicable to the candidates applying
for the admission to Part time/Evening
Courses in the University.

2. Schedule Castes and Scheduled No Change 2. Schedule Castes and Scheduled Tribes
Tribes

222
 2.1 22.5% of seats in all Courses will No Change 2.1 22.5% of seats in all Courses will be
be reserved for Scheduled Castes and reserved for Scheduled Castes and
Scheduled Tribes candidates in the Scheduled Tribes candidates in the following
following order: order:
15% of seats will be reserved for 15% of seats will be reserved for Scheduled
Scheduled Castes and 7.5% for Castes and 7.5% for Scheduled Tribes.
Scheduled Tribes. The reservation, as mentioned in sub-para
The reservation, as mentioned in sub- (2.1) above, is interchangeable, i.e., if
para (2.1) above, is interchangeable, sufficient number of candidates in not
i.e., if sufficient number of candidates in available to fill up the seats reserved for
not available to fill up the seats reserved Scheduled Tribes, they may be filled up by
for Scheduled Tribes, they may be filled suitable candidates from Scheduled Castes
up by suitable candidates from and vice-versa.
Scheduled Castes and vice-versa.

2.2 27% of seats will be reserved for No Change 2.2 27% of seats will be reserved for OBC
OBC candidates. candidates.

2.3 Candidates belonging to No Change 2.3 Candidates belonging to

Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes will
will be given relaxation to the extent of be given relaxation to the extent of 5% in the
5% in the aggregate of marks obtained aggregate of marks obtained in the qualifying
in the qualifying examination. examination.

2.3 Candidates belonging to Scheduled No Change 2.3 Candidates belonging to Scheduled

Castes and Scheduled Tribes will Castes and Scheduled Tribes will be
be given relaxation to the extent of given relaxation to the extent of 5% in
5% in the aggregate of marks the aggregate of marks obtained in the
obtained in the qualifying qualifying examination.
examination.

2.4 The Application Form of a candidate No Change 2.4 The Application Form of a candidate from
from such category must be such category must be submitted along
submitted along with a Certificate with a Certificate of Verification from
of Verification from one of the one of the following authorities:
following authorities:

a. District Magistrate/Additional No Change a. District Magistrate/Additional District

District Magistrate/Collector/ Magistrate/Collector/ Deputy
Deputy Commissioner / Additional Commissioner / Additional Deputy
Deputy Commissioner / Deputy Commissioner / Deputy Collector/ First
Collector/ First Class Stipendiary Class Stipendiary Magistrate/City
Magistrate/City Magistrate (not Magistrate (not below the rank of First
below the rank of First Class Class Stipendiary
Stipendiary Magistrate/ Sub- Magistrate/ Sub-Divisional
Divisional Magistrate/ Taluka Magistrate/Taluka Magistrate/
Magistrate/ Executive Executive Magistrate/Extra Assistant
Magistrate/Extra Assistant Commissioner.
Commissioner.
b. Chief Presidency No Change b. Chief Presidency Magistrate/Additional
Magistrate/Additional Chief Chief
Presidency Magistrate Presidency Magistrate /Presidency
/Presidency Magistrate. Magistrate.

c. Revenue Officer not below the rank No Change c. Revenue Officer not below the rank of
of Tehsildar. Tehsildar.

d. Sub-Divisional Officer of the area No Change d. Sub-Divisional Officer of the area where

223
 where the candidate and/or his/her the candidate and/or his/her family
family normally resides. normally resides.

e. Administrator/Secretary to No Change e. Administrator/Secretary to Administrator/

Administrator/ Development Officer Development Officer (Laccadive and
(Laccadive and Minicoy Islands). Minicoy Islands).

f. An Application Form received No Change f. An Application Form received without

without certificate shall be rejected certificate shall be rejected
2.5 No Change 2.5. (a) The Vacant seat of SC/ST which
(a) The Vacant seat of SC/ST which could not be filled due to non-availability of
could not be filled due to non-availability either Scheduled Caste or Scheduled Tribe
of either Scheduled Caste or Scheduled candidates, or both, in an academic session
Tribe candidates, or both, in an may be thrown open to the general category
academic session may be thrown open in that year and an intimation to this effect
to the general category in that year and may be given to the Special Commission for
an intimation to this effect may be given Scheduled Castes/Tribes of University Grants
to the Special Commission for Commission and Ministry of Human
Scheduled Castes/Tribes of University Resource Development.
(b) The
Grants Commission and Ministry of
conversion of
Human Resource Development.
vacant SC/ST
seats to
(b) The above shall not be applicable (b) The conversion of vacant SC/ST seats
general
to research degree programs i.e. for to general category seats shall not be
category seats applicable for admission to M. Phil. and
admission to M. Phil. and Ph.D. shall not be
degree programs of the University. Ph.D. degree programs of the University.
applicable for
admission to
M. Phil. and
Ph.D. degree
programs of
the University.
3. Special provision for Admission: No Change 3. Special provision for Admission:
3.1 Players No Change 3.1 Players
Two (2) supernumerary seats for No Change Two (2) supernumerary seats for players
players (Sports Seat) shall be (Sports Seat) shall be available for each
available for each Undergraduate Undergraduate Programme of study. One
Programme of study. One (1) (1) supernumerary seat shall be available
supernumerary seat shall be for each Postgraduate Programme of
available for each Postgraduate study. Candidates shall be nominated by
Programme of study. Candidates the Vice-Chancellor for the sports seat(s)
shall be nominated by the Vice- on the recommendation of the Games
Chancellor for the sports seat(s) on and Sports Committee.
the recommendation of the Games
and Sports Committee.

224
 In order to be eligible for sports No Change In order to be eligible for sports seats, the
seats, the following conditions following conditions should be fulfilled:
should be fulfilled:
(i) The candidates should fulfill the
(i) The candidates should fulfill the minimum eligibility criteria for admission
minimum eligibility criteria for to the programme.
admission to the programme. (ii) The candidate should have appeared in
(ii) The candidate should have the entrance test of the concerned
appeared in the entrance test of programme and cleared the cut off
the concerned programme and marks, if any for qualifying in the
cleared the cut off marks, if any entrance test.
for qualifying in the entrance (iii) The candidate must fulfill the Association
test. of Indian Universities (AIU) participation
(iii) The candidate must fulfill the rules/ norms.
Association of Indian (iv) The candidate should have played
Universities (AIU) participation National (senior/junior/sub-junior/youth
rules/ norms. school/Games Federation of India) at
(iv) The candidate should have least up to qualifying examination or
played National should have secured a position in
(senior/junior/sub-junior/youth Zonal/Inter Zonal/ Direct All India up to
school/Games Federation of 4th position Inter University Tournament
India) at least up to qualifying of AIU games.
examination or should have
secured a position in (v) The merit of the qualified candidates for
Zonal/Inter Zonal/ Direct All the admission in Sport Seats shall be
India up to 4th position Inter decided by the Sport achievement marks
University Tournament of AIU awarded on the basis of certificates of
games. achievements. Highest Sport
(v) The merit of the qualified achievement marks/ performance of a
candidates for the admission in candidate will only be considered while
Sport Seats shall be decided by counting the sports achievement marks.
the Sport achievement marks
awarded on the basis of
certificates of achievements.
Highest Sport achievement
marks/ performance of a
candidate will only be
considered while counting the
sports achievement marks.
Sport Achievement Marks in various categories are as follows:
Sport Achievement Marks in various categories are as follows: A-National B-All India/Inter Zonal C-Zonal Inter
A-National (Senior/Junior/ B-All India/Inter Zonal Inter (Senior/Junior/ Inter University
Youth) university organized by AIU Youth) university organized organized by AIU
by AIU
Positio Tea Individ Position Tea Indivi Pos T Indi Posit T Ind Positi T indi
n m ual m dual itio e vid ion e ivi on e vid
1st 30 35 1st 30 35 n a ual a du a ual
Position Position m m al m
2nd 25 30 2nd 25 30 1st 3 35 1st 3 35 1st 1 20
Position Position Posi 0 Positi 0 Positi 5
tion on on
3rd 20 25 3rd 20 25
Position Position 2nd 2 30 2nd 2 30 2nd 1 15
Posi 5 Positi 5 Positi 0
4th 15 15
tion on on
Position
3rd 2 25 3rd 2 25 3rd 0 10
Vizzy 10 -
Posi 0 Positi 0 Positi 8
Trophy
tion on on
4th 1 15 4th 0 08
Positi 5 Positi 5
In case of equal sports achievement on on
Vizzy 1 -
points of candidates in a School, the Troph 0
y
inter-se ranking will be decided on the
basis of the marks obtained in the

225
Entrance Test. And, if the marks
obtained by candidates in the entrance
Test is also equal; then the aggregate In case of equal sports achievement points of
percentage of marks in the qualifying candidates in a School, the inter-se ranking
examination will be considered. If these will be decided on the basis of the marks
are also equal then the candidate senior obtained in the Entrance Test. And, if the
in age will be preferred. marks obtained by candidates in the entrance
Test is also equal; then the aggregate
percentage of marks in the qualifying
examination will be considered. If these are
also equal then the candidate senior in age
will be preferred.

3.2 N. C. C. Cadets No Change 3.2 N. C. C. Cadets

The following benefit will be given on the No Change The following benefit will be given on the
basis of N.C.C. certificates produced by basis of N.C.C. certificates produced by the
the candidates: candidates:

(i) 5% of total marks of Entrance Test (i) 5% of total marks of Entrance Test will be
will be added to the marks added to the marks obtained in the
obtained in the Entrance Test for Entrance Test for those candidates who
those candidates who have “C” have “C” certificate.
certificate.
(ii) 4% of total marks of Entrance Test will be
(ii) 4% of total marks of Entrance Test added to the marks obtained in the
will be added to the marks Entrance Test for those candidates who
obtained in the Entrance Test for have “B” certificate.
those candidates who have “B”
certificate.
(iii) 3% of total marks of Entrance Test
(iii) 3% of total marks of Entrance Test will be added to the marks obtained in the
will be added to the marks Entrance Test for those candidates who
obtained in the Entrance Test for have “A” certificate.
those candidates who have “A”
certificate.
(iv) For candidate having more than one
(iv) For candidate having more than
NCC certificates, the benefit of only the
one NCC certificates, the benefit
highest category of the certificate shall be
of only the highest category of the
permitted.
certificate shall be permitted.

3.3 N. S. S. Volunteers No Change 3.3 N. S. S. Volunteers

2% marks of total marks of Entrance 2% marks of total marks of Entrance Test will
Test will be added to the marks obtained No Change be added to the marks obtained in the
in the Entrance Test for those NSS Entrance Test for those NSS volunteers who
volunteers who have attended two 10 have attended two 10 days’ special Camps
days’ special Camps and one national and one national Integration Camp.
Integration Camp. Relaxation of marks given on the basis of
Relaxation of marks given on the basis NSS Certificates shall be permissible on the
of NSS Certificates shall be permissible production of relevant Certificates.
on the production of relevant

226
Certificates.

3.4 Physically Challenged 3.4 Physically Challenged

1. Relaxation to the extent of 5% marks 1. Relaxation to the extent of 5% marks in the

No Change
in the qualifying examinations shall be qualifying examinations shall be given to the
given to the physically challenged physically challenged candidates.
candidates. 2. Reservations
not less than 2. Reservations not less than 05% of the
2. Reservations of 03% of the seats in
05% of the seats in any programme shall be made for
any programme may be reserved seats in any Persons with benchmark disabilities on
Persons with Disability programme
horizontal basis
(PwD)/Differently-enabled persons on shall be made
for Persons
horizontal basis. with bench 3.The persons with benchmark disabilities
mark shall be given an upper age relaxation of five
disabilities on years for admission in any programme.
horizontal
basis.

3. The persons
with bench
mark
disabilities shall
be given an
upper age
relaxation of
five years for
admission in
any program.
a Foreign Students 4. Foreign 4. Foreign Students
(a) The admission of foreign students Students (a) The admission of foreign students may
may not exceed 10% of the total number not exceed 10% of the total number of
of students admitted to a program students admitted to a program subject to:
No change
subject to:
(i) Their qualifying in the special (i) Their qualifying in the special entrance test
entrance test conducted online for the No change conducted online for the purpose and
purpose and satisfying other conditions satisfying other conditions as laid down from
as laid down from time to time by the time to time by the Academic Council.
Academic Council. (ii) Sponsored candidates from
(ii) Sponsored candidates from Institutes/University with whom the University
No change
Institutes/University with whom the has signed a Memorandum of Understanding
University has signed a Memorandum of (MOU).
Understanding (MOU). (b) In addition to the above provision the
(b) In addition to the above provision the No change foreign candidates sponsored by the
foreign candidates sponsored by the Government of India, may also be admitted
Government of India, may also be as per the conditions provided in various
admitted as per the conditions provided schemes.
in various schemes.
(c) Every foreign student shall have to (c) Every foreign student shall have to
undergo a medical test (including test for undergo a medical test (including test for
AIDS) within a week from the date of AIDS) within a week from the date of
admission. No change admission.
(d) Foreign students admitted to a (d) Foreign students admitted to a
programme shall produce student visa programme shall produce student visa within
within one month after completion of the one month after completion of the admission.
admission. In case of failure to produce In case of failure to produce such certificate
such certificate within the stipulated To be Deleted within the stipulated period the admission
period the admission shall stand shall stand cancelled.
cancelled.

227
Application for admission should be
submitted to the Dean/Head of the
Department concerned.

*Amended by the Executive Council in its Meeting held on 24.01.2018 as per advice of UGC/MHRD.

228
 ORDINANCE-45*

STUDENT’S DISCIPLINE
(Section 6 (xxii) of the Act and
Statute 28(1) of the Statutes of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. Discipline:

Discipline of students includes the observance of good conduct and orderly behavior
by the students of the University;

2. Observance of Discipline:

The following and such other Rules as framed by the University from time to time, shall
strictly be observed by the students of the University;

2.1 Every student of the University shall maintain discipline and consider it his/her duty
to behave decently at all places;

2.2 No student shall visit places or areas declared by the University as "Out of Bounds"
for the students;

2.3 Every student shall always carry on his/her Identity Card issued by the competent
authority;

2.4 Every student, who has been issued the Identity Card, shall have to produce or
surrender the Identity Card, as and when required by the University. The loss of the
Identity Card, whenever it occurs, shall immediately be reported in writing to the
competent authority;

2.5 Any Student found guilty of impersonation or of giving a false name shall be liable
to disciplinary action;

2.6 If a student is found to be continuously absent from Classes without information for
a period of 15 days in one or more Classes, his/her name shall be struck off the rolls.
He/she may, however, be readmitted within the next fortnight by the Dean on payment
of the prescribed readmission fee etc. He/she will not be readmitted beyond the
prescribed period.

3. Indiscipline:

Indiscipline shall include:

3.1 Irregularity in attendance, persistent idleness or negligence or indifference towards

the work assigned;

3.2 Causing disturbance to a Class or the Office or the Library, the auditorium and the
Play Ground etc.;

3.3 Disobeying the instructions of teachers or the authorities;

3.4 Misconduct or misbehavior of any nature at the time of election to the student
bodies or at meetings or during curricular or extra-curricular activities of the University;

229
 3.5 Misconduct or misbehavior of any nature at the Examination Centre;

3.6 Misconduct or misbehavior of any nature towards a teacher or any employee of the
University or any visitor to the University;

3.7 Causing damage, spoiling or disfiguring the property/equipment of the University;

3.8 Inciting others to do any of the aforesaid acts;

3.9 Giving publicity to misleading accounts or rumour amongst the students;

3.10 Mischief, misbehaviour and/or nuisance committed by the residents of the hostels;

3.11 Visiting places or areas declared as ‘out of bounds’ for the students;

3.12 Not carrying the Identity cards issued by the Proctor;

3.13 refusing to produce or surrender the Identity Card as and when required by
Proctorial and other Staff of the University;

3.14 Any act and form of sexual harassment, ragging or discrimination on the basis of
caste, category, religion, race;

3.15 Engaging in unlawful activities that includes membership of banned organizations,

organizing meetings and processions without due permission of the competent
authorities; and

3.16 Any other conduct which is considered to be unbecoming of a student.

4. Punishment:

Students found guilty of breach of discipline shall be liable to such punishment, as

prescribed below:
1) Fine;
2) Ban from Campus;
3) Expulsion; and
4) Rustication.

However, no such punishment shall be imposed on an erring student unless he / she is

given a fair chance to defend himself / herself. This shall not preclude the Vice-
Chancellor from suspending an erring student during the pendency of disciplinary
proceedings against him/her.

5. All powers relating to discipline and disciplinary action in relation to the student shall vest in
the Vice-Chancellor. However, the Vice-Chancellor may delegate all or any of his powers as
he deems proper to the competent authority or to the Discipline Committee as the case may
be or any functionary of the University.

6. (i) Without prejudice to Section 11(5) and also Statute 28(1), there shall be a Discipline
Committee comprising of the following members:

230
 (1) Vice-Chancellor’s nominee or Pro-Vice-Chancellor
(2) Dean Students’ Affairs
(3) Deans of the Schools
(4) Warden, who shall be invited, when the matter concerning his/her Hall of Residence is
required to be placed before the Committee for consideration
(5) Proctor (Member-Secretary)

(ii) Subject to any powers conferred by the Act and the Statute on the Vice-Chancellor, the
Committee shall take cognizance of all matters relating to discipline and proper standards of
behaviour of the students of the University and shall have the powers to punish the guilty as it
deems appropriate.

(i) The said Committee shall, make such Rules as it deems fit for the performance
of its functions and these Rules and any other Orders under them shall be
binding on all the students of the University.

(ii) The recommendations of the Discipline Committee shall be submitted to the

Vice-Chancellor whose decision will be final and binding. However, the Vice-
Chancellor, if he is of the opinion that the case merits review, may refer the case
back to the Discipline Committee for reconsideration.

(iii) Appeal against the decision of the Vice-Chancellor will be dealt in accordance
with the provisions of Section 34 of the Central Universities Act 2009.

(iv) 50% of the total members shall constitute the quorum for a meeting of the said
Committee.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

231
 ORDINANCE-46*

VISITING PROFESSORS
(Under Section 6(xvi) of the Act and
Statute 12 (xviii)) of the Statutes of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. A visiting Professor should be an eminent scholar in his/her field. Generally a person

who has held or is holding the post of Professor or a person who has achieved
distinction outside the University sector, should be considered for appointment as
Visiting Professor.

2. The maximum tenure of appointment of a Visiting Professor shall be two years and the
minimum – not less than three months.

3. The University may appoint a person up to the age of 70 years as a Visiting Professor.

4. A Professor should not be appointed as a Visiting Professor in the same University in

which he/she holds a post immediately before or after superannuation.

5. If a superannuated person from another university is appointed as a Visiting Professor,

the honorarium payable should not exceed Rs.15,000/- p.m. excluding any
superannuation benefits.

6. A person appointed as Visiting Professor from outside the country shall be paid an
honorarium of up to Rs.20,000/- p.m.

7. In case a person serving in an Indian University is appointed as Visiting Professor, the

honorarium payable should be determined on the basis of salary plus 10% of the basic
pay plus dearness allowance, and other allowances, if any admissible (except
conveyance allowance, if any) as per the rates of the parent University. The receiving
University would also contribute towards pensionary benefits or CPF/GPF as per usual
Rules.

8. It is expected that when a serving person is appointed as Visiting Professor, the parent
University would give him/her duty leave without pay.

9. If a person working abroad on a permanent basis is invited as a Visiting Professor, the

University may meet the cost of international air travel from its own resources. Visiting
Professor appointed may be paid travel expenses within India in accordance with the
Rules of the University.

10. Guest House accommodation will be provided free of charge by the host University, but
food charges would be paid by the Visiting Professor.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-11-
2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the Gazette
of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017.

232
 ORDINANCE-47*

GAMES AND SPORTS COMMITTEE

(Under Section 28(l) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. (a) There shall be a Games and Sports Committee consisting of the following members,
namely:
(1) Chairman, appointed by the Vice-Chancellor
(2) Dean Students' Affairs
(3) Presidents of various Games and Sports Clubs
(4) One Outstanding Sportsman from among the students on rolls, nominated by the
Chairman for a period of one year
(5) Director of Physical Education Ex-Officio Secretary

(b) The Chairman of the Committee shall hold office for a term of two years.

2. The Committee shall :

(1) make arrangements and supervise the games and sports of the University and
frame Regulations in this regard;
(2) frame the budget for games and sports;
(3) allocate finances to the various Clubs;
(4) maintain the play-grounds, gymnasia, swimming pools of the University;
(5) hold contests, competitions, tournaments, athletic meets etc.;
(6) recommend to the Vice-Chancellor the names of outstanding players and
sportsmen to be nominated for admission
(7) perform such other functions, as may be assigned to it by the Academic Council
from time to time; and
(8) take measures to attract the sports talent available in the University.

The Director Physical Education will operate the budget under the supervision of DOSA.

The Committee shall hold its meetings at least once in two months under the supervision of
the DOSA.

50% of the total members shall form the quorum for a meeting of the Committee.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017.

233
 ORDINANCE-48*

COMMITTEE ON EQUIVALENCE OF EXAMINATIONS

(Under Section 28(1) (g) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. There shall be a standing Committee of the Academic Council on Equivalence of

Examinations consisting of the following members, namely:

2. The functions of the Committee shall be

(1) to consider the proposal in respect of the recognition of new courses/examinations

of other Universities/Boards/ Institutions together with the report of the Dean of the
School concerned who has examined the courses of study and the standard of the
Courses and to recommend to the Academic Council the Examinations of other
Universities/Boards/Institutions as equivalent to the corresponding Examinations of
the University;

(2) to report to the Academic Council on all matters, which are referred to it;

(3) to consider requests for recognition of Examinations received from other

Universities and Institutions and submit its recommendations to the Academic
Council; and

(4) to prepare a case of moving application for seeking recognition of

Degrees/Diplomas and Certificates awarded by the University equivalent to the
corresponding Degrees, Diplomas and Certificates of Universities and other
institutions within and outside the country.

3. Not less than half the total number of members of the Committee shall constitute the
quorum for a meeting of the Committee.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017.

234
 ORDINANCE-49*

PROCTOR
(Under Statute 28 (1) (o) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. The Proctor shall be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor from amongst the teachers, of the
University not below the rank of Associate Professor and shall exercise such powers and
perform such duties in respect of the maintenance of discipline among students, as may
be delegated/assigned to him/her by the Vice-Chancellor

"Students", referred to above, mean regular, private/ex- students of the University on the
rolls of Departments of Studies/Hostels/Centres/Schools.

2. The Proctor shall hold office for a period of three years and shall be eligible for re-
appointment.

3. The Proctor shall have all such powers delegated to him/her by the Vice-
Chancellor.

4. The Proctor shall be entitled to such allowances and amenities as the Executive Council
may approve from time to time.

5. The Proctor shall be the Secretary of the Discipline Committee, and he/she shall
convene the meetings of the Committee.

6. The Proctor shall be assisted by Deputy Proctors and Assistant Proctors appointed by
the Vice-Chancellor for a term of three years.

7. The Deputy Proctors and Assistant Proctors shall be entitled to such allowances and
amenities as the Executive Council may approve from time to time.

8. The Proctor shall have the power to take cognizance of any breach of discipline, and if
the circumstances so require, to take immediate disciplinary action in such cases.

9. The Proctor shall :

(1) monitor the disciplinary climate prevailing in the student community;

(2) take preventive steps such as issue of notices, warnings, instructions regulating
certain acts, and other arrangements for the purpose of forestalling acts of
individual or collective indiscipline;

(3) collect relevant facts about the incidents of indiscipline, evaluate the evidence and
decide/recommend the quantum of punishment to be imposed on the erring
students. Whenever considered necessary, the Proctor shall place the relevant
information before the Vice-Chancellor or the Discipline Committee for their
decision; and
(4) issue all orders relating to disciplinary proceedings against students.

10. The Proctor shall make arrangement for the maintenance of Cycle/Scooter Stands in the
Schools.

235
11. The Proctor shall maintain liaison with the local Administration in matters regarding the
law and order situation in the University Campus.

12. The Proctor shall have the power:

(1) to suspend or institute proceedings in cases of breach of discipline, referred to

him/her by the Vice-Chancellor or reported to him/her by any other person or
noticed by himself/herself;

(2) to suspend a student from the University up to a maximum period of two weeks; and

(3) to impose a fine as prescribed from time to time.

13. In all cases of disciplinary action, where the Proctor dealing with the matter considers
that a higher punishment than he/she has power to impose is required, he/she shall
report the same to the Discipline Committee for suitable action.

14. Foreign students welfare (visa etc.)

15. VIP Security

16. Protection of University property

The Proctor shall perform such other functions as the Vice-Chancellor may direct from time to
time.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017.

236
 ORDINANCE-50*

TRANSFER OF CREDITS
(Under Section 6(2) (iv) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

This Ordinance is aimed at providing a framework for promoting and facilitating the Inter-
university transfer and mobility of students across different Universities in India and abroad. A
fully evolved credit transfer scheme involves (a) transfer of credits by students of the
University to other Universities/educational institutions; and (b) acceptance of credits earned
by a student(s) from other University(ies).

In the absence of a national qualification framework and credit transfer scheme, individual
University can, at the most, create a facilitative mechanism for transfer of credit to other
Universities/educational institution by prescribing a procedure for the issue of transcript to
students seeking transfer of credit.

As regards acceptance of credit transfer from other Universities, an individual University can,
even in the absence of a national policy, put in place a framework and procedure for
accepting transfer of credits earned by their students from other Universities. However, due
safeguards will have to be put in place to ensure that the credit transfer does not lead to
dilution in the quality.

This Ordinance is aimed at prescribing:

(a) procedure for facilitating and promoting transfer of credits earned by the students of
the University to other Universities/educational institutions; and

(b) policy framework, procedure and conditions for accepting transfer of credits earned by
a student from other Universities/educational institutions.

Facilitation for Transfer of Credits to other Universities/educational institutions

1) The University shall facilitate transfer of credits earned by its students to other
Universities/educational institutions.

2) A student of the University seeking transfer of credit to other Universities/educational

institutions shall submit a written request, along with the fee as prescribed by the
Academic Council from time to time, to the Controller of Examination.

3) The Controller of Examination, upon receipt of such request, shall issue a complete
transcript of the Courses taken by the student in the University and shall forward the
application of the students to the University/educational institution concerned.

Policy and Procedure for accepting Credit Transfer from other Universities

4) The University shall have a policy of accepting transfer of credits earned by a student
from the following Universities/educational institutions/research institutions:
a) Universities recognised under Section 12(b) of the UGC Act.
b) Universities that are members of the Association of Indian Universities.
c) Such foreign University, the Courses/Programmes of which are recognised as equivalent
to those of Indian Universities by the Association of Indian Universities.
d) Indian Institutes of Technology (IIT)
e) Indian Institutes of Management (IIM)

237
 f) National Institutes of Technology (NIT)
g) Indian Institutes of Science Education and Research (IISER)
h) Indian Institutes of Information Technology (IIIT)
i) Schools of Planning and Architecture (SPA)
j) All India Institute of Medical Sciences (AIIMS)
k) Such Indian or Foreign University/educational institution/research institution with which the
University has signed an MOU for students and faculty exchange.
l) Any other University/educational institution/research institution that has been recognised
and approved for the purpose of credit transfer by the Academic Council of the University.

5) Request for acceptance of transfer of credits shall:

a) be entertained only if received from such candidates who have been duly selected for
admission in a Programme of study, as per the Rules and regulations governing admission
in the University;

b) have to be made by the student concerned within 10 days from the date of his/her
admission in the University;

c) have to made in the prescribed format and along with the fees as prescribed by the
Academic Council of the University from time to time;

d) have to be supported by such documents as may be prescribed by the Academic Council.

6) Dean of the School concerned shall be the Nodal Officer for receiving and processing the
request for accepting the transfer of credits. To facilitate and expedite the process, the Dean
may constitute a committee comprising a senior faculty as chairman and two to three faculty
members to process and finalise the request for acceptance of credit.

7) The maximum credits that can be accepted for transfer shall not exceed 20% of the total credits
required for the completion of the Programme of study in which a student has been admitted.
Only such Courses may be considered for acceptance of credit transfer, in which the student has
secured at least B grade or GPA of 2 or 50% marks, as the case may be. In case a student has
earned more credits from other Universities/educational institutions/research institutions, the
student may indicate his/her preference for credit transfer. However, the decision of the Dean of
the School concerned in this regard shall be considered as final.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

238
 ORDINANCE-51*

VISITING FELLOW
(Under Section 6 (xvi) of the Act and
Statute 12(xviii)) of the Statutes of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. A Visiting Fellow should be a scholar of eminence in his/her subject.

2. Superannuated persons up to the age of 70 years may also be considered for appointment as
Visiting Fellow. The minimum tenure of a Visiting Fellow should not be less than a week and
maximum – up to three months.
3. The Visiting Fellow may be paid daily allowance not exceeding Rs.600/- per day for visits up to
one month. For visits beyond one month, the rate may be as in the case of Visiting Professor.

4. Travel expenses may be met in accordance with the Rules of the University.

5. The parent institution will grant academic leave with pay and usual allowance for the duration of the
appointment as Visiting Fellow.

6. The host University would provide accommodation to the Visiting Fellow in the University Guest
House free of charge, but food charges would be paid by the Visiting Fellow.

The same person may not be invited as Visiting Fellow more than once in a year in the same University,
but the period of 3 months can be split up as desired by the University within the period of one year.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

239
 ORDINANCE-52*

APPOINTMENT OF FACULTY AGAINST SANCTIONED POSTS UNDER EXIGENT SITUATIONS

(Under Section 28 (1) of the Act and Statute 12 (2) (xviii) of the Statute of the University)

1. Since selection of Faculty against sanctioned position on regular basis takes time, especially in
the case of the newly established Central Universities, the University may devise its own
mechanism to appoint faculty on such terms and conditions as decided by the Executive Council.

2. Subject to fulfillment of qualifications and experience as prescribed and amended by the UGC
from time to time, the University may identify faculty from other Universities and higher education
institutions for such appointments.

3. The faculty so appointed may be taken for short / medium term engagement on the basis of
deputation/lien and will not exceed a maximum of three years.

4. Such appointment shall be made against sanctioned positions and till such time that regular
selections are made.

5. The emoluments and terms of service of such appointments shall be such as decided by the
Executive Council.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting dated 09.04.2011, noted by the Govt.
of India, as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No.F.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 09-
11-2012, and letter F.No.56-7/2012-Desk (U) dated 21-05-2013 and published in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part-III-Section-4, New Delhi, April 24, 2017

240
 AMENDED ORDINANCES-53*

LIBRARY COMMITTEE
(Under Statute 21 (1) of the Statutes of the Central Universities Act 2009)

1. There shall be a standing committee of the Academic Council called the Library Committee.
The Library Committee shall consist of the following:
a. Vice-Chancellor or his nominee- Chairman
b. Deans of Schools
c. Dean Students Welfare
d. One Professor from each of the Schools to be nominated by the Vice-Chancellor
e. Deleted
f. Librarian (Ex-officio member and Secretary)

2. The term of office of the members of the University Library Committee, other than the ex-officio members, shall be one
calendar year.

3. Subject to the general control of the Academic Council, the duties and functions of the Library Committee shall be:
a) Exercise general supervision over the University Central Library, and all the other Libraries of the University.
b) Frame Regulations for the management and use of the Libraries, subject to the approval of the Academic Council.
c) allocated funds to various Departments, assess the requirements of the Library and other Libraries and frame budget to
be submitted to the Authorities concerned;
d) submit to the Academic Council of the working of all the Libraries of the University annually;
e) recommend to the Executive Council the creation of any new post in the Libraries and;
f) Formulate and administer proposals concerning the development of libraries of the University.
4. The Committee shall meet at least twice in a year.
5. One-third of the total number of members shall constitute the quorum for a meeting of the Committee.
6. The convener shall issue to each member a Notice convening the meeting and a copy of the Agenda at least seven days
before each Ordinary Meeting of the Committee. In case of the Extra ordinary Meeting, the notice and agenda has to be
sent at least 24 hours before the meeting.

*Framed/Amended by the Executive Council in its 17th meeting dated 25.08.2015 and approved by the
President of India in his capacity as Visitor of the Vishwavidyalaya vide Id Note No. CIII-07027/1/2016-CA-
III dated 21.03.2018 as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No. F. 56- 5/2016- CU. IV dated: 26.03.2018,
and were published in the Gazette of India on 27 June 2018

241
 Amended Ordinance-54*

On TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF APPOINTMENT OF HONORARY PROFESSORS AND

EMERITUS PROFESSORS
(Under Statute 12 (2) (xviii) of the Statutes of the Central Universities Act 2009)

Existing After Amendment

Honorary Professor: Honorary Professor:

1. A distinguished scholar who is either in active 1. A distinguished scholar who is either in active
service or on superannuation may be considered for service or on superannuation may be considered
appointment as Honorary Professor by the for appointment as Honorary Professor by the
Executive Council on the recommendation of the Executive Council on the recommendation of the
Dean of the School or Vice-Chancellor. Vice-Chancellor.
2. The duration of the appointment shall be 3 years. 2. The duration of the appointment shall be 3 years.
3. Honorary Professor will not be paid any salary or
3. Honorary Professor will be paid a consolidated
remuneration. However, he/she will be provided
amount of Rs. 25,000 per month in lieu of local
local hospitality and travel expenses from the place
travel expenses and other expenses for engaging
of his/her residence to the University and back
classes and take part in other academic activity.
whenever he/she visits the University for delivering
He/she shall be required to engage 25 hours per
the lectures and for participating in any other
month in direct teaching in the Department.
academic activity of the School.
4. He/she will be provided office space and other
facilities to carry out his/her research/ teaching
activities during his/her tenure.
EMERITUS PROFESSOR EMERITUS PROFESSOR
1. A Professor who has retired from the Dr. 1. A Professor who has retired from the Doctor.
Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya may be invited Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya may be invited
by the Executive Council to continue his/her by the Executive Council to continue his/her
research/teaching activities in the University as research/teaching activities in the University as
an Emeritus Professor after his/her an Emeritus Professor after his/her
superannuation. superannuation.
2. The duration of appointment shall be 3 years with
2. The duration of appointment shall be 3 years
a provision for renewal. The upper age limit for
with a provision for renewal.
Emeritus Professor shall be 75 years.
3. The Emeritus Professor will not be paid any 3. The Emeritus Professor will not be paid any
salary or remuneration. salary or remuneration.
4. He/she will be provided office space and other 4. He/she will be provided office space and other
facilities to carry out his/her research/teaching facilities to carry out his/her research/teaching
activities during his/her tenure. activities during his/her tenure.

*Amendment made by the Executive Council in its Meeting held on 24.01.2018, and approved
by the President of India in his capacity as the Visitor of the Vishwavidyalaya vide ID Note
No.CIII-07027/1/2016-CA-III dated 20.12.2019.

242
 ORDINANCE-55*

ACADEMIC PROGRAMME COMMITTEE

(Under Statute 21 (1) of the Statutes of the Central Universities Act 2009)
1. There shall be a Standing Committee to the Academic Council called Academic Programme Committee.
2. The Academic Programme Committee (APC) shall consist of the following:
a) Vice-Chancellor – Chairman.
b) All Deans of Schools.
c) The senior most Professor of the University.
d) Dean of the Student Welfare.
e) The Director of Faculty Affairs
f) The Director of Academic Affairs – Convener

3. The APC has the following powers of the Academic Council:

(i) To prescribe qualifications for admission to various courses, to determine the intake of students in
each course and to fix various external examination centers and other matters relating to the
admission of the students.
(ii) To recognize examinations, degrees, diplomas of other Universities and educational bodies as
recommended by the equivalence committee for the purpose of admission to various programmes
of the University.
(iii) To consider the special cases of relaxation and deviation from the rules framed by the Academic
Council and to make suitable recommendations.
(iv) To approve the syllabi of various programmes of studies as recommended by concerned Boards of
Studies and School Boards.
(v) To consider the minutes of the School Boards/ Boards of Studies and to make suitable
recommendations to the Academic Council.
(vi) To approve the Academic Calendar of the University.
(vii) To administer and manage all aspects of the Academic Programmes.
(viii) To consider any other matter referred to it by the Vice-Chancellor or the Academic Council.

4. The APC shall meet at least twice in a year preferably 3 days before the meeting of the Academic
Council.
4.1 At least 3 days notice should be given for the meeting of the APC and quorum for the meeting
shall be half of the total members of the APC.

4.2 The Vice-Chancellor shall preside over the meeting of the APC. However, in his absence, the Pro-Vice-
Chancellor or the Senior Most Professor available on duty shall act as the Chairman.

4.3 The Deputy Registrar/Assistant Registrar, Academic Affairs shall be the non-member Secretary of the
APC.

*Framed/Amended by the Executive Council in its 17th meeting dated 25.08.2015 and approved by the
President of India in his capacity as Visitor of the Vishwavidyalaya vide Id Note No. CIII-07027/1/2016-CA-
III dated 21.03.2018 as communicated by the MHRD vide letter No. F. 56- 5/2016- CU. IV dated: 26.03.2018,
and were published in the Gazette of India on 27 June 2018

243
 ORDINANCE 56*

ON RESEARCH PROJECTS

(Under Section 28(O) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. Definition:
i. A 'research project' is defined hereunder as a 'scheme' or 'project' funded
by a Government, semi-Government, autonomous body(ies), public
sector undertaking(s), public/ private limited company(ies), private
trust(s)/foundation(s) and registered body(ies). Funding from foreign
organizations and such entities as agreed to by the University may be
obtained with due permission of the Government of India. Such project
funding shall be for the following purposes.
a. academic investigations.
b. development of technology.
c. monitoring and evaluation work.
d. training & development activities.
e. other extension activities including action research, and
f. carrying out surveys and documentation.
ii. A 'University level' project is a project/scheme sanctioned to the
University by an external funding agency.
iii. An 'individual/inter-departmental/inter-institutional level project' is a
project/scheme sanctioned to an individual teacher or a group of
investigators of the University by an external agency.
iv. A 'Department' means a department of centre of the University.
2. A teacher desirous of seeking financial support (referred to as Chief Investigator
hereafter or such other designation given by the funding agency) from an
external organization will prepare the project proposal as per the requirements of
the funding/sponsoring organization concerned and also prepare a
memorandum giving briefly the objectives of the project and also bringing about
inter alia the way it is likely to support the general research area of the
University.
3. The project will be forwarded by the Head of the Department to the Director,
Research & Development (DoRD) for approval and the HOD shall report the
matter to the Department.
4. i. When securing a major project, if the funding agency stipulates execution
of a Memorandum of Understanding or such other instruments the
University shall consider signing of such a MoU after due scrutiny by a
Committee constituted for the purpose by the Vice-Chancellor which may
consist of the following:
a. Dean (s) of School(s) concerned.
b. HOD(s) concerned.
c. Principal Investigator.
d. Finance Officer.
e. Registrar.

ii. In cases where a project is offered to the University, the same shall be
referred to the Academic Program Committee to scrutinize the terms and

244
 conditions and recommend to the Academic Council for acceptance of
modalities of operation of such projects.
5. Matters relating to application, operation including administration and financial
management, and of assets of the project/scheme shall be laid down in the
Regulations.
6. In cases where the Principal Investigator is the Head of the
Department/Centre, the function of the HoD shall be performed by the Dean for
the purpose of this Ordinance and the Regulation under this.
7. In respect of all other matters not covered under the above provisions of this
Ordinance, the matter shall be referred to the Vice-Chancellor whose decision
shall be final.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its 20th Meeting held on 07 December 2016.

245
 AMENDED ORDINANCE-57*

ON MEDALS FROM ENDOWMENT FUNDS

(Under section 28(m) of the Central Universities Act 2009)

Existing Proposed Amendment Read After Amendment

1. Short Title: Each Endowment shall be known No Change
after the person as specified by the
donor.

2. Amount of A minimum of Rs. 1,00,000/-(Rupees 2. Amount of Endowment : A 2. Amount of Endowment : A

Endowment : One Lakh) only minimum of Rs. 2,50,000/- minimum of Rs. 2,50,000/-
(Rupees Two Lakh Fifty (Rupees Two Lakh Fifty
Thousand) only Thousand) only
3. Manner by which the The amount of Rs. 1,00,000/- 3. Manner by which the 3. Manner by which the
Endowment will be (Rupees One Lakh) shall be invested Endowment will be invested: Endowment will be invested:
invested: in a long term fixed deposit linked The amount Rs. 2,50,000/- The amount Rs. 2,50,000/-
with a Savings Bank Account with a (Rupees Two Lakh Fifty (Rupees Two Lakh Fifty
Nationalized Bank or any other Thousand) only shall be Thousand) only shall be
Government Financial Institution in invested in a long term fixed invested in a long term fixed
any suitable scheme, so that the deposit linked with a Savings deposit linked with a Savings
interest accrued thereon is utilized Bank Account with a Nationalized Bank Account with a
for the award of a Medal. Bank or any other Government Nationalized Bank or any other
Financial Institution in any Government Financial Institution
suitable scheme, so that the in any suitable scheme, so that
interest accrued thereon is the interest accrued thereon is
utilized for the award of a Medal. utilized for the award of a
Medal.
4. Purpose of the The accrued interest of the No Change The accrued interest of the
Endowment : Endowment from its Fixed Deposit Endowment from its Fixed
Account for each year should be Deposit Account for each year
drawn rounded to nearest hundred should be drawn rounded to
rupees (from the Savings Bank nearest hundred rupees (from
Account) and should be utilized for the Savings Bank Account) and
the award of a Medal. should be utilized for the award
of a Medal.
5. Mode of Selection: Medal will be awarded to the No Change Medal will be awarded to the
candidates securing maximum marks candidates securing maximum
(1st Rank) at the Final University marks (1st Rank) at the Final
examination in the year of award in University examination in the
the discipline(s) specified by the year of award in the discipline(s)
donor. specified by the donor.
6. Time of Award: The Medal shall be awarded in the No Change The Medal shall be awarded in
Ceremony on ‘Gour the Ceremony on
Jayanti’ on 26th November each year ‘Gour Jayanti’ on 26th November
along with a citation. The citation in each year along with a citation.
this regard shall be prepared by the The citation in this regard shall
Controller of Examinations of the be prepared by the Controller of
Vishwavidyalaya. Examinations of the
Vishwavidyalaya.
7. Value of the Medal: The value of the Medal awarded in a No Change The value of the Medal awarded
particular year shall be limited to 75 in a particular year shall be
percent of the interest earned on the limited to 75 percent of the
principal of the preceding year. The interest earned on the principal
balance amount is to be added to the of the preceding year. The
principal. balance amount is to be added
to the principal.

8. Period from which the The first award of the Medal shall No Change The first award of the Medal
Fund will be operated: start after one year of the investment shall start after one year of the
made after receipt of the endowment investment made after receipt of
fund of the provided the result of the the endowment fund of the
discipline in which the medal is to be provided the result of the
awarded has been declared failing discipline in which the medal is
which medal shall be awarded in the to be awarded has been
succeeding year along with the declared failing which medal
award due in the next year. shall be awarded in the

246
 succeeding year along with the
award due in the next year.
9. Custodian of the The Finance Officer of the No Change The Finance Officer of the
Endowment Vishwavidyalaya shall be the Vishwavidyalaya shall be the
custodian of the Endowment Fund. custodian of the Endowment
S/he shall maintain all accounts in Fund. S/he shall maintain all
respect of the Endowment Funds. accounts in respect of the
Endowment Funds.

*Amended by the Executive Council in its 28th Meeting held on 14 November 2022.

247
 ORDINANCE- 58*
ON DISTANCE EDUCATION
(Under Section 28 (1) (o) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1. Objective:

The objective of the Institute is to offer education through distance mode for various
programs to the students desirous to continue further studies.

2. Admission:
The Institute will issue prospectus for admission containing application form, profile
of the University, academic calendar, list of programs to be offered, number of
seats in each program, eligibility criteria, fee structure, etc. on yearly basis. The
Admission shall be given on first cum first serve basis.

3. Medium of Instruction and Examination:

3.1 The medium of instruction in respect of all Programs offered by the

Institute of Distance Education (IDE) shall be English/Hindi, except in
cases of studies in languages.

3.2 Question Papers of all examinations shall be set and can be

answered in English/Hindi language, except in case of examinations
in languages/literature, where the question papers shall be set and
answered in the respective languages either in totality or in part,
depending upon the requirements of the program.

3.3 Project Work / Project Report / Dissertation / Field Work Report etc, if
any, shall be written in English/Hindi, except in case of the Programs
of Studies in languages / literature, where the same shall be required
to be written in the respective language.

4. Management and Administration:

4.1 There shall be an Institute of Distance Education (IDE) to run all the
programs through distance mode to be offered by the University. The
University shall appoint a Director who will be the head of the
Institute and shall plan and coordinate all the activities of the
Institute. The responsibilities of the Director shall be:

(i) Preparation of Academic Calendar, Prospectus including etc.

(ii) Organize Personal Contact Program (PCP) for each Program.
(iii) Consideration of appeals from students regarding the operational
problems related to PCP.
(iv) Advertisement for admission.

4.2 Program Coordinator: For each Program, there shall be a Program

Coordinator to be appointed by the Vice Chancellor. The
responsibilities of the Program Coordinator shall be to conduct
Personal Contact Program (PCP) and act as Internal Examiner in
the practical examination, etc.

248
 4.3 Examination Committee: There shall be an Examination Committee
for each program consisting of Director, Dean of concern School
and Program Coordinator. To conduct theory and practical
examinations, the Examination Committee shall propose a panel of
at least four external examiners out of which one shall be
appointed by the Controller of Examinations for setting the paper
and to conduct practical examination.
5. Personal Contact Program (PCP):
To improve the performance of the students in the examinations, there shall be
personal contact classes in each program of about 96-100 hours for annual
programs and 48-50 hours for semester programs; having class room lectures,
teaching through PPT, etc. and addressing students doubts. It will be compulsory for
all the students to attend the aforesaid contact classes at the University at his/her
own cost. For attending the PCP prior information shall be given to all the students
through email/post.
6. Examination System:

All Programs (i.e. Certificate, Diploma, Post Graduate Diploma, UG and PG

Programs) s hall be offered under Semester/Annual System, as the case
may be. The evaluation shall include two types of assessments continuous
or formative in the form of assignments with weightage of maximum 30%
and summative assessment in the form of term-end examination with not
less than 70% for all the programs whether under Semester/Annual basis,
as the case may be.

7. Assignments
The assignment of each paper shall be of maximum 30 Marks or as the
case may be. All Questions shall be compulsory.

8. Term End Examination

The term-end examination of each paper shall be of not less than 70 Marks
or as the case may be.

9. Attendance:
No student shall be permitted to appear in the Term End/Annual examinations
in the course in which he/she has secured less than 75% attendance in Personal
Contact Program (PCP).
10. Conduct of Examination:

All examinations shall be conducted at the University Campus only.

11. Promotion & Progression:

A student shall be required to participate in Term-End/Annual
Examination and submit the Assignments within prescribed date,
failing which he/she shall be deemed to have NOT COMPLETED the
course and shall be awarded the "I" Grade. Provided further that the "I"
Grade shall also be awarded to a candidate in a course in which he/she
has been declared ineligible to appear in the End-Semester/Annual Examination

249
 of courses on account of not meeting the minimum prescribed attendance
requirements for the PCP.
11.1 A student who has been awarded "I" Grade shall be required to re-
register for the same course, when it is offered in the next
semester(s)/Year
11.2 A candidate shall be deemed to have successfully completed a
course except in case where he/she has been awarded the "I"
Grade or "F" Grade.
11.3 A student who has successfully completed a course shall not be
permitted to repeat the course to improve his/her grade.
11.4 A candidate shall be required to secure a minimum of 40%
Marks, in the course taken, to successfully complete that course,
failing which he/she shall be deemed to have failed in the course
and shall be awarded the "F" Grade.
11.5 The “F” Grade once awarded shall stay in the grade card of
the student and shall not be deleted even when he/she
successfully completes the course later. The grade acquired later
by the student will be indicated in the grade sheet of the
subsequent semester/Year in which the candidate has appeared
for clearance of the arrears.
11.6 If a student has been awarded "F" Grade, he/she shall be required
to repeat only the T erm End/Annual Examination i.e. he/she shall be
required to reappear in T erm End/Annual Examination of that course
in the next session. The student shall not be permitted to re-submit the
assignment. The marks obtained by him/her in the assignment shall
be carried forward for declaring the result.
11.7 A student with "F" Grade in a course shall be permitted
to/reappear in the End-Semester/Annual Examination of the
Course along with the subsequent End Semester/Annual
Examinations up to the maximum duration of that particular
Program.
11.8 If a student secures “F” Grade in a Project Work / Project
Report/Dissertation / Field Work Report / Training Report etc,
he/she shall be required to resubmit the revised Project Work /
Project Report/Dissertation / Field Work Report / Training
Report etc as required by the evaluator(s). Provided further
that a student shall be permitted to re-submit the Project Work /
Project Report / Dissertation / Field Work Report / Training
Report etc for a maximum of three times (including the first
submission).
11.9 All students admitted to an Odd Semester shall be eligible
for promotion to the Even Semester. To be eligible for
promotion from an Even Semester to the Odd Semester, a
student shall be required to successfully complete at least 50%
of all the courses registered by him/her so far. All such
students who are not promoted to the next semester shall
be treated as Ex-Students and shall continue to remain so till
they become eligible for promotion to the next semester.

12. Indiscipline and Unfair Means in Examination:

12.1 There shall be zero-tolerance against use of unfair means and
practices in connection with examination and each examinee shall
be required to strictly adhere to the instructions for taking

250
 examination. Non adherence to such instructions shall attract
disciplinary action.
12.2 Use of unfair means is strictly prohibited and shall invite serious
disciplinary actions for anyone found using unfair means during any
examination. Unfair practices and Unfair means relating to
examination shall mean and include:
(i) Exerting pressure, coercion and undue influence for
postponement and change of dates and timings of
examination
(ii) Threatening the invigilator or any other behaviour
amounting to insubordination as reported by the Invigilator /
Centre Superintendent.
(iii) Seeking favours from and/or threatening the examiners,
paper setters, evaluators, invigilators, co-examinees or any
other officer or staff of the University.
(iv) Resorting to such practices and engaging into activities that
are specifically prohibited during the course of examination
(v) Keeping in possession of materials of any kind related to the
subject of the examination concerned including mobile / cell
phones / electronic aids, unless otherwise permitted as a
component of examination and/or copying or attempting to
copy from the materials in possession or from other persons
within or outside the examination hall, the gadget shall be
seized and examination of that paper shall stand cancelled,
further the gadget shall not be returned to the candidate under
any circumstances.
(vi) Exchanging notes, inter-changing answer scripts, helping other
examinees, seeking help from and/or consulting other
examinees or any other person inside or outside the
examination hall.
(vii) Attempts of impersonation including writing some other
candidate's registration number/ roll number in the
answer paper and/or exchanging or attempting to
exchange answer sheets or other materials during the course
of examination.
(viii) Sitting or occupying seats other than the one allotted to the
candidate or changing the seat during the course of
examination without the permission of the invigilator.
(ix) Boycott/walkout of the examination and or causing
disturbances of any kind during the conduct of examination.
(x) Any other act of omission or commission as may be declared
by the Executive Council as unfair means in respect of any or
all the examinations, from time to time.

12.3 Detection of unfair means, indiscipline and disturbances during

the examination shall be brought to the notice of the Centre
Superintendent by the invigilator concerned in writing.

12.4 The Centre Superintendent shall report to the Controller of

Examinations without delay, each case of alleged use of unfair

251
 means in the examination with full details of the evidence in
support thereof and the statement of the candidate concerned,
if any, on the forms supplied by the Controller of Examinations
for the purpose.
12.5 In case a candidate found using unfair means in examination
refuses to make and sign the said statement, the incident shall be
recorded by the Invigilator and countersigned by the Centre
Superintendent.
12.6 The answer book of the candidate found using unfair means in
the examination shall be seized and the candidate may be
permitted to write remaining part of his/her examination on a
separate answer-book to be issued to him/her.The Centre
Superintendent shall send both the answer-books to the
Controller of Examinations along with his/her report.
12.7 All individual cases of reported use of unfair means in
examination shall be referred to the Examination Discipline
Committee consisting of Dean, Students Welfare as Chairman,
Director, IDE, two faculty members to be nominate by the Vice-
Chancellor and Deputy Registrar (Exams) as Member
Secretary on yearly basis. Provided that in case of use of
unfair means on a mass scale at an examination centre, Vice-
Chancellor shall have powers to cancel the examination of all
the candidates appearing from the centre concerned and order
re-examination an initiate further disciplinary action against all
concerned.
12.8 Depending upon the extent and severity, the punishment for
the use of Unfair Means may include:
(i) Awarding “I” Grade /”F” Grade to the candidate in the
particular examination in which the Unfair Means was used;
(ii) Awarding “I” Grade /”F” Grade in all examinations taken
by the candidate during the semester;
(iii) Cancellation of admission from the University;
(iv) Rustication from the University and debarring the student
from taking admission in any Program of Studies of the
University for certain specified period of time; and
(v) Rustication from the University and debarring the student
from taking admission in any Program of Studies of the
University for ever;

12.9 The Examination Discipline Committee shall decide the extent,

and magnitude of punishment to those found guilty of using Unfair
Means in examination with due regard to the nature and extent of
offence committed by a candidate in use of Unfair Means and
shall ensure that the punishment is commensurate to the offence
committed and in accordance with the principle of natural justice;

12.10 All decisions taken by the Committee will be placed before the
Vice-Chancellor for approval.

12.11 A candidate found guilty of using Unfair Means in examination by

the Examination Discipline Committee, may appeal to the Vice-

252
 Chancellor, in writing, within one month of the receipt of the
decision of the University; and if the Vice-Chancellor is satisfied
that the representation merits consideration, he/she may refer the
case back to the Examination Discipline Committee for
reconsideration.

13. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION ONLY FOR ANNUAL SYSTEM:

(i) Candidates securing less than 40% marks in individual papers will be
a given supplementary. Such candidates can re-appear at the
subsequent examination in the papers concerned.
(ii) A candidate declared eligible for supplementary shall be required to
clear the same in next two subsequent attempts. Any attempt un-
availed of shall lapse automatically and after expiry of this period he
will be deemed to have failed in the examination.
(iii) An ex-student candidate seeking permission for re-admission to a
subsequent examination shall submit his/her application on
prescribed form to the Director Institute of Distance Education by the
date fixed for the purpose together with such fees and documents as
are required for him/her.
(iv) The Vice-Chancellor may, if a candidate is failing at an examination or
missing a division by one mark, condone deficiency of one mark.
Where the deficiency is so condoned, one mark shall nowhere be
added.
14. Program Development and Approval Processes
A Program Project Report is required to be prepared [as per the guideline of
UGC(ODL) regulation 2017] before introducing any new Program duly
approved by the Board of Studies of concerned department of regular mode,
School Board and Academic Council. Credit Based System should be
followed. as per the guideline of UGC(ODL) regulation 2017 in ODL mode
one credit accounts for 30 study hours. In syllabi the content should be
divided into Blocks and Units.

15. Grading System:

15.1 The University shall have grading system based on a Ten (10)
point scale of evaluation of the performances of students in
terms of marks, grade points, letter grade and class.

15.2 The total performance of a student within a semester shall be

indicated by the S e m e s t e r G rade P oint A verage ( SGPA)/ and
for annual system by Grade Point Average (GPA); a n d W eighted
Average Marks (WAM); the grade sheet of a student in the final
semester of a Program shall also include;

253
 (b) The SGPA/GPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to 2 decimal
points and reported in the grade sheets (i) Cumulative Grade
Point Average (CGPA); and (ii) Overall Weighted Percentage
Marks (OWPM). The CGPA and OWPM being the real indicators of
a student’s performance. These shall be calculated as under:

SGPA = (∑Ci Gi ) / (∑ Ci )
WAM= (∑Ci Mi ) / (∑ Ci ) %
CGPA = (∑ ∑ Cni Gni) / (∑ ∑ Ci )
OWPM = (∑ ∑ Cni Mni ) / (∑ ∑ Cni ) %

Where
Ci = number of credits in ith course,
Mi = marks obtained in the ith course,
Gi = grade point obtained in the ith course,
Cni = number of credits of the ith course of the nth semester,
Mni = marks of the ith course of the nth semester,
Gni = grade points of the ith of the nth semester.
16. Course-Wise Letter Grade & Grade Point:
16.1 Accordingly, the percentage of marks obtained by a student in a
Program will be indicated by a grade point and a letter grade on a
Ten (10) point scale as under:
PERCENTAGE OF GRADE POINT LETTER GRADE
MARKS
91-100 10 O (Outstanding)
75-90 9 A+ (Excellent)
65-74 8 A (Very good)
55-64 7 B+ (Good)
50-54 6 B (Above Average)
45-49 5 C (Average)
40-44 4 P (Pass)
0-39 0 F (Fail)
Absent 0 Ab (Absent)

16.2 A student obtaining Grade F shall be considered failed and will be

required to reappear in the examination.
17. CGPA, Overall Letter Grade and Class:

17.1 The overall cumulative performance of a student shall be

indicated by the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA).
17.2 The marks and the grades obtained in the courses corresponding
to the maximum number of credits specified for completion of a
Program will be taken into consideration in arriving at the OWPM
with overall Letter Grade and Class, as under:

OWPM LETTER GRADE CLASSS

91-100 O (Outstanding) First Class (Outstanding)
+
75-90 A (Excellent) First Class
65-74 A (Very good) First Class
+
55-64 B (Good) Second Class
50-54 B (Above Average) Second Class

254
 45-49 C (Average) Third Class
40-44 P (Pass) Pass Class

18. Grade Card:

18.1 The grade card issued at the end of the semester/year to each
student will contain the following:

(i) Marks obtained for each Course registered in the semester/Year

(ii) Performance in each Course indicated by the letter grade
(iii) Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA)/GPA of all the courses
registered for that semester
(iv) Weighted Average Marks (WAM) of all the courses registered
for that semester
(v) Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA),
(vi) Overall Weighted Percentage of Marks (OWPM)
(vii) The class and the grade of all the courses, after completing the
Program.

19. Guidelines of UGC (ODL) regulation 2017 on Program Project Report (PPR)
The main contents of the Program Project Report are as follow:-
(a) Program’s mission & objectives.
(b) Relevance of the program with HEI’s Mission and Goals.
(c) Nature of prospective target group of learners.
(d) Appropriateness of Program to be conducted in Open and Distance
Learning. mode to acquire specific skills and competence.
(e) Instructional Design: Instructional Design includes Curriculum design,
detailed syllabi, duration of the Program, faculty and support staff
requirement, instructional delivery mechanisms, identification of media – print,
audio or video, online, computer aided, and student support service systems.
The Higher Educational Institution shall define the instructional design for
each of the academic Programs to be offered through the Open and Distance
Learning mode and shall map the credit hours for each course or module of
the Program.
(f) Procedure for admissions, curriculum transaction and evaluation.
(g) Requirement of the laboratory support and Library Resources:
(h) Cost estimate of the Program and the provisions: The cost estimate
should indicate the amount assigned for Program development, delivery and
maintenance.
(i) Quality assurance mechanism and expected Program outcomes.

20. Self Learning Material

As per UGC (ODL) Regulation 2017, our university has prepared and
approved the Program project Report (PPR) for the Institute of Distance
Education. Based on the approved PPR, the self Learning Material (SLM)
for each Program is to be prepared. However, as per the Regulation 2017
(Guidelines regarding preparation of SLM) for the time being, the SLM may
be adopted or procured from the expert agencies or consultant without
compromising on the quality.
21. CHANGE OF ADDRESS:

255
 Self Learning Material and all communications will be sent to the students to
the address given in the application form. Any change in the address should
be intimated to the Institute immediately with enrolment number. The
students are advised to make arrangement in the post office for getting the
lessons and other letters redirected to their new address since the Institute
will take at least a month to incorporate the new address.
22. FEE:
(i) Fee structure should be decided by the University from time to time
(ii)Fee once deposited shall not be refunded on any ground.
(iii) Fee shall be deposited through electronic mode (Online) only.
23. CORRESPONDENCE:
All Correspondence pertaining to Institute of Distance Education must be
addressed to the Director of the Institute.
23.1 Notwithstanding anything contained in this Ordinance, all matters
related to the IDE shall be governed by the rules/ Notifications and
procedures framed time to time by the Competent authority that are in
force at that point of time.
24. DISPUTE:
Any doubt or dispute about the interpretation of this Ordinance shall be
referred to the Vice-Chancellor, whose decision, in his capacity as the Chairman,
Academic Council, shall be final. The Vice-Chancellor may modify, amend and/
or delete any of the clauses given in this Ordinance or add any clause(s) to this
Ordinance, to facilitate the pursuit of excellence in teaching and learning,
provided that any such modification, amendment, deletion, and addition shall be
reported to the Academic Council at its next meeting for approval.

* Made by the Executive Council in its Meeting held on 24.01.2018, and approved by the
President of India in his capacity as the Visitor of the Vishwavidyalaya vide ID Note No.CIII-
07027/1/2016-CA-III dated 20.12.2019.

256
 ORDINANCE-59*

ON EXCHANGE OF TEACHERS / EXPERTS

(Under Section 28 (1) (o) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

Objectives 1. The broad objectives of the scheme are:

i. to enable the University to invite distinguished teachers/ experts in

various fields from other universities or institutions of higher
learning;

ii. to utilize as widely as possible the services of talented personnel in

the universities and other centers of learning;

iii. to provide opportunities for the staff and students engaged in

advanced studies to come in close and fruitful contacts with
distinguished persons in various fields of knowledge and to make
expert advice and guidance available to research workers;

iv. To provide opportunities to teachers of the University to collaborate

in research with other centers, to interact with their peers by
participating in academic programmes of other institutions and to
get exposed to the larger national and international academic milieu;
and

v. To enable the colleges affiliated to the University to get the benefit

of expertise of academicians from outside and to provide facilities
to college teachers to widen their academic horizons.

2. The teachers/experts invited under the scheme may deliver a course of

lectures, conduct seminars, participate in discussions and/or research
and field work.

Selection under 3. i. Scholar from outside the University

the Scheme
a. Each Department shall prepare a list of scholars for invitation
from other institutions by the end of March each year taking into
account the weak areas in the University system, areas requiring
special reinforcement, areas of excellence being systematically
built and the eminent scholars likely to be available.

b. The Vice-Chancellor will approve the list, amending it to the

extent necessary, in consultation with the Deans’ Committee.

c. The Head of the Department will extend invitation on behalf of

the University and fix the time of visit as early as possible, but

257
 not later than three months before the commencement of the
semester in which the scholar is expected to visit the University.

ii. University Scholars

a. The University shall have agreement for a general long-term or

specific short-term academic exchange programme with such
departments of other Universities and other Institutions of higher
learning, as may be approved by the Academic Council, under
which the scholars of the two Institutions may collaborate in
research, participate in teaching and other academic pursuits as
may be decided from time to time.

b. Each Department will nominate one or more teachers in

consultation with the host institute by the end of April each year
who may be desirous of taking advantage of this arrangement
and work with those centers during the winter break, indicating
the specific work which the teacher(s) propose(s) to take up.

c. The Deans’ Committee shall make a final selection in this

regard.

Expenditure 4. The expenditure on the exchange of teachers/experts has to be met out

of the Unassigned Grant placed at the disposal of the University by the
University Grants Commission.

258
Duration of Visit 5. The duration of the visit of a teacher/the expert will depend on the
nature of the assignment and the time for which the visiting
teacher/expert can be spared by the parent Institution. He will carry his
own substantive designation with him to the Institution of his visit.
The duration of the assignment may not ordinarily exceed three
months and shall not be less than four weeks.

Facilities and 6. The visiting teacher will be eligible for the facilities and remuneration as per
Remuneration the following scale:
i. Scholars from Outside

a. Accommodation: Free accommodation will be provided by the

University.
b. Travelling Allowance: railway fare both ways (normally by the shortest
route) from the place of the parent University to the University. If travel
by air is necessary, specific approval of the Vice-Chancellor shall be
obtained. Daily allowance may be paid for the period spent in transit
according to the rules of the University.
c. Daily Allowance: Daily Allowance may be paid at the rate payable to
the University staff of the same status.
d. Honorarium: The visiting teacher/expert may be paid Rs.1000/- per
lecture or Rs.5000/-for conducting a seminar lasting 3 days or more.
The maximum honorarium for an assignment of not less than four
weeks’ duration payable to any teacher/expert under this scheme may be
limited to Rs.30000/-for one month or part thereof.

ii. University scholars

a. Travelling Allowance: As per the rules of the University.

b. Daily Allowance: At the rate admissible under the rules of the
University for the entire period of stay.
c. Such other allowances which the University may allow in each case
depending on the facilities offered by the concerned Institutions.

Note: The period spent under the exchange programme shall be treated as
duty for all purposes but shall not count as duty for the purpose of earning
leave.
Others 7. i. The visiting teacher/expert will draw their salaries from their parent
Institutions.
ii. The visiting teacher/expert would pay for their boarding.

* Approved by the Executive Council in its Meeting held on 24.01.2018.

259
 ORDINANCE-60*

ON CONFERMENT OF THE HONORARY DEGREES BY THE VISHWAVIDYALAYA

(Under Section 26 of the Statutes of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

Objectives The objectives of the Ordinance are to confer honorary degrees by the
University upon those:
i. whose contribution to knowledge is exemplary and inspiring,
especially to graduating students;
ii. who reflect the collective wisdom of the local, regional, national
and international standing.
iii. who shall be ambassadors for the University, thereby
contributing to the achievement of its mission.

Honorary Degrees The following honorary degrees may be conferred:

i. Doctor of Literature (D.Lit.)
ii. Doctor of Science (D.Sc.)
iii. Doctor of Law (LL.D.)

Honorary Degree Honorary Degree Committee for recommending names for conferring
Committee honorary degrees shall have the following composition:

i. Pro- Vice Chancellor or a nominee of

the Vice-Chancellor : Chairman
ii. Controller of Examinations : Member (ex-officio)
iii. Two Professors from the University to
be nominated by the Vice Chancellor : Members
iv. Registrar : Member Secretary

The tenure of the committee shall be three years except for ex-officio
members.

Three members shall constitute the quorum.

Nominations for Academic Council shall, from time to time, delegate power to the Honorary
Honorary Degrees Degree Committee to seek nominations for the conferment of Honorary
Degrees.
The nominations shall be invited by the Member-Secretary of the
Committee from the members of Honorary Degree Committee, and from the
Board of Studies and School Boards of the University. Nominations shall be
accompanied with a brief profile of the nominee(s) and a recommendation
note of not more than 500 words. Not more that 2 nominations shall be
accepted from each nominating person/body at a time.

The recommendations of the Committee shall be placed in the

Academic Council and thereafter to the Executive Council for consideration.
The Executive Council shall make proposals to the Visitor for conferment of
the honorary degrees.

Provided that in case of emergency, the Executive Council may, on its own

260
 motion, make such proposals to the Visitor.

Categories of persons i. Those who have risen to the heights in their chosen career or field of
who might normally be service including former students/faculty members of the university.
considered for the ii. Those who have given distinguished service or brought laurels to the
Honorary Degrees region and the country.
iii. Distinguished scholars or other persons of national and/or international
standing including foreign citizens. However, clearance from the MHRD
is mandatory before inviting foreign citizens for receiving degrees.

Those individuals who were nominated but not considered by the Honorary
Degree Committee in the preceding three academic years will not be eligible
for nomination, saving at the invitation of the Committee.

An Honorary Degree will normally not be conferred on a person who has

already been conferred an honorary degree by the University, or who has
previously declined the offer from the University for receiving the degree.

Upper or lower age There is no upper or lower age limit. However, in considering
limit nominations, emphasis shall be placed on the quantum of achievements
rather than the age.

Conferment of an An honorary degree shall not, save in exceptional circumstances, be

Honorary Degree in- conferred in-absentia. Degree may be conferred posthumously also.
absentia

Right to withdraw an The University reserves the right to withdraw an Honorary Degree
honorary degree from the recipient in the event that through her/his behavior or actions
subsequent to her/his conferment brings the University into disrepute. The
decision to withdraw a degree rests ultimately with the Executive Council,
acting on the recommendation of the Honorary Degree Committee and after
report from the Academic Council. The decision for withdrawal of the
honorary degree in the Executive Council shall be arrived at with the prior
sanction of the Visitor.

Conferment of Degree i. All Honorary Degrees shall be conferred by the Vice Chancellor in
the Convocation/special Convocation.
ii. Recipients of honorary degrees should wear the higher doctorate
gown of the University, faced and lined with the colour appropriate to
the degree being conferred.

* Made by the Executive Council in its Meeting held on 24.01.2018, and approved by the
President of India in his capacity as the Visitor of the Vishwavidyalaya vide ID Note No.CIII-
07027/1/2016-CA-III dated 20.12.2019.

261
 ORDINANCE-61*

On Bachelor of Education (Part-Time)

(Only for Affiliated Colleges)
(Under Section 28 (1) (d) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

Three Years (Six Semesters) B.Ed. (Part-Time) Programme

1. Duration: The B.Ed. (Part Time) programme is a three years (Six Semester) programme
.The programme may be completed within a maximum of five years from the date of
admission to the programme.
2. Eligibility:
(a) Upper Primary and Secondary School teachers who are in service as full time teacher for
at least two years at the time of applying and who shall continue to be in service during
the entire duration of the programme. The applicant shall be required to furnish a
certificate to this effect from the Head of the school where he/ she is employed.
(b) The applicants with at least 50% marks either in the Bachelor Degree and / or in the
Postgraduate Degree in Sciences/Humanities/Social Science or Bachelor degree in
Engineering or Technology with background/ specialization in Science and Mathematics
with 50% marks or any other qualification equivalent thereto are eligible for admission.
(c) The reservation and relaxation for SC/ST/OBC/PWD shall be as per rules of the Central
Government.

3. Intake: There shall be a basic unit of 50 students but two units may be allowed subject to
availability of instructional and infrastructural facilities in conformity with the NCTE
Regulations 2014.

4. Working Days:
There shall be a face to face teaching for at least 60 days per semester of the programme
and supervised school internship for a period of 12 weeks (60 days) to be divided over a
period of six semesters in the school where the trainee teachers are working and 25 days per
semester for school based and community based activities.
S.N. Activities No. of days/weeks
1. Face to face teaching 60 days per semester 60x6=360 days in
6 semesters
2. Practicum
1-4 semester - 2 weeks in each
(i) Supervised school internship semester
12 X 5 = 60 days in 6 semesters 5 semester – 3 weeks
6 semester – 1 week
(ii) Total 12 weeks.
School based and community based activities 25 days 25x6=150 days in 6
per semester semesters

i) The institute/ college shall prepare a calendar of all activities, including school
internship of four weeks / 20 days in each year (12 weeks / 60 days in six semesters).
ii) The institute /college shall also make arrangement for supervision of school based

262
 activities of the trainees in respective schools in which the trainees are employed.
iii) The classes shall be conducted during vacations and on holidays. Each class shall be of
one hour duration with six hours of teaching a day. The total hours to be devoted in six
days a week would be at least 42 hours.
iv) The minimum attendance for students shall be 80 per cent for all theory courses and 90
percent for school internship/practical. The institute/ college imparting the course shall
maintain record of students’ attendance and make it available to the Controller of
Examinations’ office for ascertaining eligibility for appearing in the relevant
examination.
5. Admission:
i) The admission for the programme shall begin in the month of March and the session
shall be from May to June and November to December. The University/
institution/college shall make necessary arrangement for smooth admission and classes.
ii) Admission shall be made on merit basis of marks obtained in the qualifying examination
and/or in the entrance test or any other selection process as per the policies of the Doctor
Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar.
6. Curriculum
The curriculum of Bachelor of Education (part-time) shall be as given below;
FRAME WORK FOR B. ED. PART TIME PROGRAMME FIRST YEAR SEMESTER – I
COURSE SUBJECT Instructional CREDITS INTERNAL EXTERNAL TOTAL
Hours

Course - I Childhood And 60 4 20 80 100

Growing Up
Course - II Contemporary 60 4 20 80 100
India And
Education
EPC - 1 Reading & 30 2 10 40 50
Reflecting On
Texts
TOTAL 150 10 50 200 250

FRAME WORK FOR B. ED. PART TIME PROGRAMME FIRST YEAR SEMESTER - I
PRACTICUM

263
SR.NO TITLE MARKS CREDITS

Supervised School Internship (2 weeks)

1 Book review 25 1

2 Community work 25 1

3 Observation in school (For one week) 30 1

4 Test (2 Class Test 20) 20 1

TOTAL 100 4

FRAME WORK FOR B.ED PART TIME PROGRAMME FIRST

YEAR SEMESTER – II

COURSE SUBJECT INSTRUCTIONAL CREDITS INTERNAL EXTERNAL TOTAL

HOURS
60 4 20 80 100
COURSE Technology of
III Teaching

60 4 20 80 100
COURSE Curriculum
IV Development

30 2 10 40 50
Art and
EPC-II
Aesthetics

TOTAL 150 10 50 200 250

FRAME WORK FOR B.ED PART TIME PROGRAMME FIRST

YEAR SEMESTER- II
PRACTICUM

SR.NO TITLE MARKS CREDITS

Supervised School Internship (2 weeks)

1. Shadowing of subject teacher In Method

25 1

2 Co curricular activities in college 30 1

3. Critical Analysis of an Educational film 25 1

Test
4 20 1
(2 Class Test 20)

264
 TOTAL 100 04

FRAME WORK FOR B.ED PART TIME PROGRAMME

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER - III

INSTRUCTIONAL CREDITS INTERNAL EXTERNAL TOTAL

COURSE SUBJECT
HOURS
60 4 20 80 100
COURSE - V Bases of Learning

Assessment For 60 4 20 80 100

COURSE -V I
Learning
Understanding 30 2 10 40 50
EPC - 3
the Self
TOTAL 150 10 50 200 250

FRAME WORK FOR B.ED PART TIME PROGRAMME SECOND YEAR

SEMESTER - III
PRACTICUM

SR.NO TITLE MARKS CREDITS

Supervised School Internship (2 weeks)

1. 10
Developing learning resources

2. 10
Anecdotal record/interviewing a school student

3. 15
Organizing co curricular activities in school
03
4. 25
School based action research

5. 15
Blue print and administration of test

6. 25 01
Test (2Class Test 20)

100 04
TOTAL

265
 FRAME WORK FOR B.ED PART TIME PROGRAMME
SECOND YEAR SEMESTER - IV

COURSE SUBJECT INSTRUCTIONALCREDITS INTERNAL EXTERNAL TOTAL

HOURS
COURSE -
Pedagogy Of
VII 60 4 20 80 100
School Subject I*

COURSE - Pedagogy Of School 100

60
VIII Subject 4 20 80
EPC -4 30 2 10 40 50
Critical Understanding
Of ICT

TOTAL 150 10 50 200 250

FRAME WORK FOR B.ED PART TIME PROGRAMME SECOND

YEAR SEMESTER - IV
PRACTICUM

SR.NO TITLE MARKS CREDITS

Supervised School Internship (2 weeks)

1. Theme Based Teaching (2 x10) 20 2

2. Co teaching lessons with school teachers 20

(3x10)
3. Report on records maintained in the 20 1
school
4. Literacy awareness programme 20

5 Test 20 1
(2 Class Test)
100 04

266
 FRAME FOR B.ED PART TIME PROGRAME
THIRD YEAR SEMESTER – V

COURSE SUBJECT INSTRUCTIONAL CREDITS INTERNAL EXTERNAL TOTAL

HOURS
COURSE- Creating an Inclusive
IX School 60 4 20 80 100

COURSE - Gender School And 100

60
X Society 4 20 80

TOTAL 120 08 40 160 200

FRAME WORK FOR B.ED PART TIME

THIRD YEAR SEMESTER - V
PRACTICUM

SR.NO TITLE MARKS CREDITS

Supervise school Internship 3 weeks

1.
(i) Lesson (20*10) 100 04
Pedagogy of School Subject - I
2. (ii) Lesson(10*10) 100 04
Pedagogy of School Subject - II

Total 200 08

267
 FRAME FOR B.ED PAR TIME PROGRAME
THIRD YEAR SEMESTER- VI

COURSE SUBJECT INSTRUCTIONAL CREDITS INTERNAL EXTERNAL TOTAL

HOURS
COURSE- Elective Course (Any
XI One) 60 4 20 80 100

1.Health and
Physical
Education
2.Yoga Education
3.Peace Education

COURSE 100
Elective Course (Any 60
XII One) 4 20 80
1.Guidance and
Counseling
2. Environment
Education
3. Work- Education

TOTAL 120 08 40 160 200

FRAME WORK FOR B.ED PART TIME

THIRD YEAR SEMESTER – VI
PRACTICUM

SR.NO TITLE MARKS CREDITS

Internship ( 1 Week)
1.
Reflective Journal (for all Semesters) 50 02

Co Teaching with Peers (02 x 10 ) 30

02
2. ( 2 Class Test 20 ) 20

Total 100 04

268
 SEMESTER WISE OVERVIEW OF MARKS AND CREDITS

THEORY
SEMESTER TOTAL THEORY PRACTICU M GRAND
EXTERNAL
TOTAL
INTERNAL
Marks Marks Marks Credits Marks Credits Marks Credits

I 50 200 250 10 100 04 350 14

II 50 200 250 10 100 04 350 14

III 50 200 250 10 100 04 350 14

IV 50 200 250 10 100 04 350 14

V 40 160 200 08 200 08 400 16

VI 40 160 200 08 100 04 300 12

TOTAL 280 1120 1400 56 900 28 2100 84

7. School Internship
The trainees will continue to teach in their respective schools as part of their work.
However, their classroom teaching and school based activities shall be supervised by the
faculty of teacher education institution and other qualified teachers and teacher educators
for 12 weeks-4 weeks each year. They shall be engaged at two levels namely, upper
primary (classes VI –VIII) and secondary (IX-X) or senior secondary (XI-XII), with at least
8 weeks in secondary/ senior secondary classes.
8. Programme Implementation
(a) The affiliating university shall reorganize the syllabi of the two year full time
programme to be covered to three years.
(b) The institution shall prepare a calendar of all activities, including school internship. The
period of supervised school internship and other school contact programmes shall be
synchronized with the academic calendar of the school.
(c) The institution shall make arrangement for supervision as well as other school-based
activates of the programme of teaching in their respective schools. The teacher education
institution shall prepare a panel of M.Ed. qualified teachers available in the schools and
teacher educators available in the area. The teachers and teacher educators included in
the panel shall be oriented by the teacher education institution to the modality and scope

269
 of supervision
(d) Transaction of the Perspectives in Education and Curriculum and pedagogic Studies
course should be done using a variety of approaches such as case studies, problem
solving, discussions, on reflective journals in colloquia, and observation of children and
multiple, social- cultural environment. Interns shall maintain reflective journals, records,
which provide opportunities for reflective thinking,
(e) The institution shall encourage interaction with Principals of schools where trainees are
employed by organizing debates, lectures, seminars etc.
(f) Organize academic enrichment programmes including interactions with faculty from
parent disciplines and encourage faculty members to participate in academic pursuits and
pursue research, especially in schools.
(g) There shall be mechanisms and provisions for addressing complaints of students and
faculty and grievance redressal.
(h) For supervised school internship, the TEIs and the school of the trainees shall set up a
mutually agreed mechanism for mentoring, supervision, tracking and assessing the
student teachers.
(i) The Commencement of the programme shall be regulated so as to ensure that students
are enrolled at least two months before the start of summer vacation in the concerned
academic year and three summer vacations are available for face to face teaching.

9. Examination:
1. The External and Internal assessment for each Theory and EPC shall be 80% and 20%
respectively.
2. A candidate will be permitted to appear in the semester Examination only if he/she has
attended at least 80% of the classes of all theory course & practicum and 90% for school
internship.
3. The minimum pass marks in each semester examination shall be 40% for each Theory
paper and Practicum and 50% for Internship in teaching separately. Candidates will have
to pass each theory paper and Practicum separately.
4. A candidate who fails in one subject in First semester and in second semester, will be
eligible to take the examination in that part of the subject (Theory paper / Practicum) as the
case may be, in which he/she fails along with the third and fourth semester examination.
Likewise a candidate who fails only in one subject in third and in fourth semester will be
eligible to take the examination in that part of the subject (Theory paper/ practical) as the
case may be in which he/she fails along with the fifth and sixth semester Examination.
5. A candidate who fails only in one subject in the fifth semester and in sixth semester of the
course will be allowed to appear as an ex-student in that part of the subject n which he/she
fails at the subsequent semester examination.
6. A candidate will be given a maximum of two chances to pass the examination in any
semester of the courses, if he/she does not pass the examination even after two chances,
he/she will not be eligible for B.Ed. degree.
7. Degree will be awarded to the successful candidate at the end of Sixth semester
examination on the basis of cumulative total of marks obtained in the six Semester (3 year)
of the course in the entire subject in including internship in teaching.
8. Successful candidates will be awarded division on the basis of the aggregate marks as per

270
 the following:
First Division : 60% & above
Second Division : 50% & above but less than 60%
Third Division : 40% & above but less than 50%
9. Any candidate, who has appeared in examination conducted by the University, may apply
to the Controller of Examinations on the prescribed form for retotaling of his/her marks in
the written paper within fifteen days of declaration of result.

* Made by the Executive Council in its Meeting held on 24.01.2018, and approved by the
President of India in his capacity as the Visitor of the Vishwavidyalaya vide ID Note No.CIII-
07027/1/2016-CA-III dated 20.12.2019.

271
 ORDINANCE-62*
ON THE RE-EMPLOYMENT OF TEACHERS
1. The Executive Council may, on the recommendation of an Expert Committee, re-employ any
distinguished teacher after his/her superannuation. If the Council is satisfied that the services of
such a teacher are required in the interest of the University and a substantive vacancy of the same
post is available at the time of the application for re-employment.

The re-employment of a superannuated teacher will be governed according to the guidelines issued
by the UGC.
2. Eligibility Criteria:

The superannuated teacher should be a Professor with at least ten years of service at this
University.
3. Tenure of Appointment:
The tenure of appointment of a superannuated teacher shall be for a maximum period of three years
at a time or up to the teacher reaching the age of 70 years. However, it shall be open for the
University to make appointments for shorter periods at a time, like one/two years, or for a further
maximum period of three years, as the case may be, so long as the teacher is below the age of 70
years with a proviso that the screening as per the UGC guidelines will be applicable in all cases.
Such appointments could be made on the requirements and availability of regular sanctioned
vacancies in the department through mechanism developed by the University approved by the
Executive Council from time to time.

4. Principles to be followed:
While taking up the cases of superannuated teachers for re-employment, the University shall
follow the following principles:
4.1 There shall be vacancies of teachers at the University Department, remaining unfilled
for at least one year.
4.2 The number of teachers to be re-employed in the University Department at any given
time shall be limited to 50% of the vacancies identified, as above.
4.3 Re-employment of superannuated Teachers may be made only against regular
sanctioned posts, which could not be filled up.
4.4 Re-employment of superannuated teacher/s shall be in the best interest of the
concerned University Department.
4.5 There shall be adequate work load for the re-employed teacher(s) at the concerned
University Department to justify the appointment.
4.6 The expenditure towards re-employment shall be met by the University from its
budget allocation.

5. Selection Criteria:
The University shall follow the following principles, while taking up the cases of superannuated
teachers for re-employment:
5.1 Superannuated teachers shall have appropriate qualifications, experience and excellent record
in the concerned subject area.
5.2 Superannuated teachers shall be distinguished scholars and shall have been productive
during their service and in particular, in the last five years in activities, like:
(i) Guidance of research scholars (M. Phil/ Ph. D);

272
 (ii) Research work done and publications in learned journals;
(iii) Publication of books and other learning material;
(iv) Filing of patents and/or obtaining intellectual property rights;
(v) Launching of new academic programmes/courses;
(vi) Introducing innovations in teaching and/or examinations;
(vii) Undertaking sponsored research projects;
(viii) Rendering knowledge based advice/consultancy;
(ix) Taking up inter-Departmental collaboration;
(x) Organizing of National/International Conferences and/or participating in
them;
(xi) Conducting continuing education programmes and/or associating in them;
(xii) Undertaking of extension and/or field outreach activities.
5.3 Superannuated teachers shall be medically fit to undertake the new appointment.
5.4 The service record of superannuated teachers shall be highly satisfactory and they are both
morally and ethically sound.
6. Re-employment Procedure:
The procedure to be followed for the re-employment of superannuated teachers at a University
shall be as given below:
6.1 The University Department desirous of filling any vacancies by superannuated teachers shall
obtain their CV for considering their cases.

6.2 Each CV shall include a detailed account of all the contributions made by the teacher,
highlighting his/her achievements during the last five years.

6.3 The Vice Chancellor shall constitute the following Expert Committee for evaluating the
proposals for re-employment:-
i. Vice Chancellor (in the Chair)
ii. Two Subject Experts* (Members)
iii. Dean of the School (Member)
iv. Head of the Department (Member)
*To be nominated by the Vice Chancellor from the approved panel of experts for the
Selection Committees in the University Department.
6.4 Each of the above Expert Committees shall consider the full papers put up before it
The Committee may also call any candidate for discussion, if necessary; before
arriving at its recommendation on the appointment.
6.5 The recommendation of the Committee and the terms of appointment shall be
placed before Executive Council of the University for consideration.
6.6 The decision of the Executive Council shall be final.

7. Emoluments and Other Privileges:

7.1 A re-employed teacher shall be eligible to draw emoluments equivalent to the last pay drawn
minus pension as a consolidated amount which shall remain the same throughout the tenure of
re-employments.

273
 7.2 The institution may consider the re-employed teachers for campus housing on prevailing
terms, if available, or compensate them to the extent possible towards the house rent.

7.3 A re-employed teacher shall be entitled to Casual/Special Casual/Duty leave on a par with
teaching faculty in regular service.

7.4 The institution shall provide all the essential academic facilities to the re-employed teacher.

8. Duties and Responsibilities:

8.1 A re-employed superannuated teacher shall be treated on a par with regular teachers at the
institution and shall have the following duties and responsibilities, with no additional financial
liability to the institution:
i.Academic work, like teaching courses, conducting examinations and research guidance;
ii.Conducting research and/or taking up sponsored research projects;
iii.Launching continuing education programmes in new and emerging areas;
iv. Organizing /Attending national / international Conferences / Seminars / Symposia /
Workshops;
v. Undertaking knowledge-based advisory / consultancy assignments;
vi. Accepting invitations and delivering Guest Lectures at other institutions;
vii. Participation in academic/research Committees at the Institution and elsewhere, when
required.
8.2 A re-employed superannuated teacher shall not be eligible for holding any administrative
responsibilities at the University.

9. Review:

The performance of a re-employed teacher shall be reviewed periodically, by the University. If the
performance is found unsatisfactory, his/her services may be terminated by the appointing authority by
giving one month notice.

*Approved by EC in its 22nd Meeting held on 24.01.2018.

274
 ORDINANCE-63*

ORDINANCE ON COURSES OF STUDIES FOR THE AWARD OF BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY

(B.TECH 4 YEAR DEGREE PROGRAMME)
UNDER THE INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY (IoET)

(Under Section 28(1)(b), 28(1)(c), and 28(1)(g) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

1.0 BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY

1.1 The first degree in Technology of four-year (eight semesters) course, hereinafter called 4-YDC,
shall be designated as BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY, in respective Branch.
1.2 The studies and examinations of Bachelor of Technology courses (Approved by All India
Council for Technical Education, New Delhi) shall be on the basis of scheme.

2.0 ADMISSIONS
2.1 Minimum qualification for admission into Bachelor of Technology Course shall be as per the
prevalent norms of the AICTE for the course of Bachelor of Technology.
2.2 Minimum qualification for direct admission to second year Bachelor of Technology Course
termed as Lateral Entry shall be as per the prevalent norms of AICTE.
2.3 The admissions to B.Tech course shall be governed by the rules of the AICTE/ as per university
norms.

3.0 STRUCTURE OF BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY (B.Tech.) PROGRAMME

3.1 The total credits for the award of B.Tech degree in any branch shall lie between 20-24 credits.
3.2 Minimum credits required to earn B.Tech. Degree in a particular branch shall be decided by the
concerned Board of Studies (BOS), adhering to broad distribution of credits among various
categories of courses as per details given in Table-I below, and shall be approved by the standing
committee of the Academic Council and the Executive Council of the University.

3.3 The subjects to be studied in different semester of Bachelor of Technology course shall be as per
the schemes and syllabus, approved by Board of Studies.
3.4 A Candidate shall also be permitted to earn additional credits in self leaning mode through
Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs). If a candidate earns 20 more credits than the minimum
credits prescribed by the respective board of studies (of that programme/course) for the award of
Degree, then he/she shall be eligible of Degree with Honours.
3.5 A List containing permitted courses for MOOCs along with their credits shall be prescribed by
the respective BOS and shall be notified by the University from time to time.
3.6 There shall be one University Examination at the end of each semester. These examinations will
be designated as follows:
a) During First Year
 First Semester B.Tech. Exam and Second Semester B.Tech. Exam
b) During Second Year
 Third Semester B.Tech. Exam and Fourth Semester B.Tech Exam
c) During Third Year
 Fifth Semester B.Tech. Exam and Sixth Semester B.Tech Exam

275
 d) During Fourth Year
 Seventh Semester B. Tech. Exam and Eighth Semester B.Tech Exam
3.7 The semester examination will generally be held in November-December and April-May in each
year.
3.8 There will be a full examination at the end of each semester consisting of end semester
examination of theory and practical subjects.
4.0 PROMOTION TO HIGHER SEMESTER AND YEAR
A candidate who has been admitted in the Technology course will be promoted to the higher
year/semester in accordance with the following rules:
4.1 (a) A candidate who has taken admission in A-B Group and has appeared in the examination of
odd semester of a particular year, shall automatically be promoted to even semester of that
year, irrespective of failing in any number of subjects of previous semester.

(b) A candidate who has taken admission in the even semester under B-A Group and has
appeared in the examination of even semester shall automatically be promoted to next
applicable odd semester of that year, irrespective of failing in any number of subjects of
previous semester.
Note: A candidate who seeks admission, in a new year of the course, in an odd semester of that
year is said to be in A-B group, while, a candidate who seeks admission, in a new year of
the course in even semester of that year is said to be in B-A group i.e. a Candidate of A-B
Group will take admission generally in July; whereas, candidate of B-A Group will take
admission generally in January in the relevant academic year.

4.2 For the award of degree minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) required is 5.0.
4.3 To pass a particular subject of the course the minimum required grade is D. However, the
candidate should also separately score minimum of grade D in end semester examinations of
theory and practical parts of that subject. For practical end semester examinations one external
examiner from outside the institute shall always be there.
4.4 A candidate who fails to score minimum of grade D in more than five subjects (Theory and
Practical of the same subject shall be treated as two different subjects) in a particular year, shall
not be admitted to the next higher year.
4.5 Further, a candidate shall not be admitted in the fifth or higher semester classes unless he/she
has fully passed the first year examination with minimum of CGPA of 5.0. Likewise, a
candidate shall not be admitted in seventh or higher semester classes unless he/she has fully
passed first and second year examinations with minimum CGPA of 5.0.
4.6 If a candidate has passed all the subjects of an applicable year but has failed to score a
minimum CGPA of 5.0 as per the requirement of clause 4.2 and 4.5 above, such a candidate
shall be permitted to improve requisite grade point by reappearing in maximum of three
theory/practical subjects, in the ensuing examination (theory and practical of a subject shall be
considered as two separate subjects.). In the selected subject/s the Candidate may reappear
either in end semester examination/ mid semester examination or in both.
4.7 Other than the provision of clause 4.6 above, a candidate shall not be permitted to
reappear in any examination for improvement of division/marks.
5.0 AWARD OF CREDITS AND GRADES

276
 5.1 Each subject, along with its weightage in terms of units and equivalent credits, shall be
recommended by the concerned Board of Studies and shall be approved by the standing
committee of the Academic Council and the Executive Council. Only approved courses can be
offered during any semester.
5.2 A student shall be continuously evaluated for his/her academic performance in a subject
through tutorial work, practicals/labwork, assignments, mid-semester tests, field work/ seminar
(if required), quizzes, regularity and end-semester examination, as proposed by respective
Board of Studies and approved by the standing committee of the Academic Council and the
Executive Council of the University.
5.3 The distribution of weightage/marks for each component shall be decided by the
respective Board of Studies and approved by the standing committee of the Academic Council
and the Executive Council of the University subject to such stipulation as given under:
(a) Theory Block
i Quizzes, assignments, tutorials, and regularity : 10%
ii Mid - semester test : 20%
iii End - semester examination : 70%

Total :100%

(b) Practical Block

i Lab work, field work/seminar, quizzes,
assignments and regularity : 40%
ii End semester examination : 60%

Total :100%

5.4 Industrial training and project work shall be treated as practical subjects.
5.5 In practical block, Board of Studies may keep certain subjects, without end semester
examination, in such subjects; evaluation shall be based on field work/seminar, quizzes,
assignments/report and regularity.
5.6 For each theory subject, the institute shall be required to conduct at least two mid semester
tests.
5.7 Each student, registered for a course, shall be awarded grade on the basis of his/her
performance. The grades to be used and their numerical equivalents are as under:

Choice Based Grading System

Grade % Marks range (based on Grade Point Description of
absolute marks system performance

277
 91-100 10 Outstanding
81-90 9 Excellent
71-80 8 Very Good
61-70 7 Good
C 51-60 6 Average
C 41-50 5 Satisfactory
D 31-40 4 Marginal
30 & below 0 Fail
1 0 Incomplete
Withdrawal

5.8 The Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) and Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) shall be calculated as under: -

SGPA =
Where Ci is the number of Credits assigned for the i subject of a

Semester, pjs the grade point earned in that lth subject, where i= 1,2,..... ,n, is the number of
subjects in that semester for which SGPA is to be calculated.

CGPA

here NCj is the number of total Credits assigned for the Jth semester, SGj is the SGPA earned in
the Jth semester, where j = 1,2,..... m, is the number of semesters till which CGPA is being
calculated.

Credits earned through MOOCS shall not be included in SGPA/CGPA calculations.

5.9 The grade sheet at the end of each semester shall include SGPA of that semester and
CGPA of all the semesters for which candidate has appeared in the examinations and the results
of which have been declared. The final examination grade sheet at the end of final semester
examination of the course shall also indicate CGPA, equivalent percentage marks and the
division awarded, according to the rule as given in clause 7.0 of this ordinance.

5.10 The grade sheet of the eighth semester shall only be issued after the candidate has
passed all the semesters of the course.

6.0 CONDONATION OF DEFICIENCY

6.1 Deficiency up to five marks can be condoned to the best of the advantage of the student
for passing the examinations. The deficiency can be condoned in maximum of two subjects

278
 (theory and practical of the same subject shall be considered as two separate subjects, for the
purpose of condoning the deficiency

6.2 A deficiency of 0.01 in CGPA can be condoned for a candidate who have secured
minimum passing grades in all the theory and practical subjects but have failed to score
minimum requirement of 5.0 CGPA as per clause 4.2/4.5 of this ordinance.
6.3 On behalf of the Vice-Chancellor a grace of 0.01 in CGPA will be granted to a
candidate, who at the end of the course is missing distinction/first division by 0.01 CGPA.
However, this benefit shall not be granted to a candidate who have already availed the
advantage/s under clause 6. 1 and/or 6.2

7.0 AWARD OF DIVISION

7.1 Division shall be awarded only after successful completion of the course, on the basis
of integrated performance of the candidate in all the four years as per following details:

CGPA Score Divisions

CGPA <7.5 First Division with Distinction

7.5 > CGPA< 6.5 First Division

6.5 > CGPA <25.0 Second Division

7.2 The conversion from grade to an equivalent percentage shall be according to the
following formula:

Percentage marks scored = CGPA obtained X 10

7.3 A candidate who has successfully completed the course as per the provisions of this ordinance
and has earned through MOOCS, 20credits more than the minimum credits prescribed by the
respective board of studies (of that programme/course) for the award of Degree, as per the
provision of clause 3.4 of this ordinance, shall be awarded B. Tech. Degree with Honours or
additional Minor Engineering, in the same programme.

8.0 DURATION OF COURSE

8.1 There shall be at least fifteen weeks of teaching in every semester.

8.2 One credit shall be equal to one hour of Theory/Tutorial or two hours of Practical classes per
week.

8.3 A candidate may provisionally continue to attend next higher year, even if, the result of
qualifying year/semester has not been declared. However, subsequently if he/she is not able to
pass qualifying semester examination, the candidate cannot claim any right on the basis of
his/her provisional admission.

8.4 The maximum duration of the course shall be eight years.

9.0 MERIT LIST

9.1 Only after the declaration of the result of eighth (final) semester examination, branch wise merit
list of first ten candidates in order of merit, in all the four years shall be declared by the
University. The merit list shall include the first ten candidates who have secured at least first

279
 division, have passed each semester sequentially in first attempt. However, while counting first
ten candidates in order of their merit, if more than one candidate has scored same CGPA then all
such candidates shall be included in the merit list.

10.0 ATTENDENCE
10.1 Candidates appearing as regular students for any semester examination are required to attend
minimum of 75 percent of the lectures delivered and the practical classes held separately in each
subject of the course of study. Relaxation in attendance will be as per prevailing rules of the
university.

11.0 MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION AND EXAMINATION

11.1 The medium of instruction and examination shall normally be English throughout the
course of study. A student shall not be allowed to change the medium of examination during
the duration of the course.

*Approved by the Executive Council in its 28th Meeting held on 14 Novermber 2022.

280
 ORDINANCE-64*
Ordinance on Courses of Study for the award of Bachelor of Vocation (B.Voc.) in Interior Design
(A 3 Year Degree Proramme with multiple exist points)

Under the National Skills Qualifications Framework

(Under Section 28(1)(a), 28(1)(b) and 28(1)(c) of the Central Universities Act, 2009)

Name of the Course : B. Voc. (Interior Design)

Type of the Course : Bachelor of Vocation

Discipline : Interior Design

Duration : Three Years (With multiple exit point)

Eligibility : Entry Level – 12th pass with Min. of 50% in any discipline

Admission : Depending on the number of applications at the time of admission, merit based
decision that provides equal opportunity to all will be taken by the admissions
committee of the School duly approved by the competent authority of the
University. The broad criterion shall be 50% weight to marks of qualifying exam
(12th Class) and 50% to aptitude assessment / interview conducted under
direction of the admission committee

No of Seats : 30

Affiliation : UGC-NSQF

Bachelor of Vocation (B.Voc.)

1. Course Intent:
India is the world’s fastest growing economy which has demographic dividend
but according to an estimate 80% of Indian workforce does not possess any
marketable skills. The employability rate amongst educated workforce pass out
from Universities and colleges is very low. On the other hand, it is estimated that
India needs 119 million skilled workforces by 2022. Therefore in order to bridge
this gap, Government has taken several measures and launched various schemes
of skill development but all these schemes are like a drop in the ocean. Most of
the schemes are providing short term skill training and therefore the outcome of
the efforts is not matched with the growing and advanced technology based
requirements.

281
 Skill development degree course would be a better option to provide skilled
workforce as compared to the skill developed through diploma and other
schemes of the Government. The proposed degree course B.Voc. in Interior
Design is a course which will provide required skilled work force to more than
one sectors of the economy.
Interior Design is an art and process of designing the interior spaces. Interior
Design deals with the optimum utilization of space, physical comfort and visual
enrichment. An interior designer can undertake projects that include arranging
the basic layout of space within the building as well as projects that require
understanding of Technical issues. Interior Design is now a specialized branch of
the building industry.

The proposed under-Graduate (UG) course is developed on the basis of Learning

Outcome-based Curriculum Framework (LOCF). The LOCF approach is
envisioned to provide a focused, outcome-based and industry oriented skill
workforce. In this approach teaching-learning process will be more student-
centric.

The LOCF approach will be adopted to strengthen student’s capability which is

required to improve employability of the students. The course contents and
hands on different instruments, proposed in program are different from the
traditional courses and will make the students valuable to the industry. The
course will not only be useful to provide jobs in industries but will also open
new opportunities to catch high profile future jobs or to start one’s own business
and even generating employment for others.

2. Bachelor of Vocation (B.Voc.) is a degree with multiple entry and exit points:

The course having multiple exit option after every year with employable skill at
the end of each module is aiming at following outcome;

Diploma in Interior Design (One Year) Outcome: A person having adequate

skills to work as an Assistant to a professional Interior designer

282
 Advance Diploma in Interior Design (Two Year) Outcome: A person having
adequate skills to work as ‘Technical Assistant’ to a Professional Interior
designer

B. Voc. (Interior Design) (Three Year) Outcome: A person having skills to

work as a Technical Associate to a professional Interior designer or work as a
‘multi tasking’ technical person in an organization serving interior design trade.

3. Objectives of B.Voc. Interior Design Course:

a. To create work ready skilled manpower for industry requirements at various
levels.

b. To blend appropriate technical knowledge and skills, personal and

professional skills and substantive ‘hands-on’ and field / site experience
required in the trade.

c. To train the students in representative skills through regular studios and a

team of specialized Design Faculty that focuses on freehand drawing,
technical drawing and model making.

d. Graduates would be equipped to begin their own practice or further their

education by applying to study in post-graduate programs ranging from
furniture, exhibition, product and interaction design to craft & technology,
history- theory- criticism, energy efficiency and green design.

4. Salient Features:
a. Syllabi of various courses are designed by senior academicians and related
professionals keeping in the mind the industry requirement and to enhance
skill efficiency.

b. Classes will be held regularly by inviting Senior Academicians and

Professionals.

c. Weightage of skill components in each course is 60% whereas that of the

general component is 40%.

283
 d. Regular Industry visits and expert lectures are proposed for proficient
teaching learning process.

e. Students have to undertake projects for comprehensive learning so that they

can be able to build up their own startup/industry plans in future.

f. Taking projects in each semester is mandatory.

g. Encouraging students to participate in workshops and value added short term

certificate programs. Internship is an essential and indispensable part of each
course.

5. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

1st SEMESTER to 2nd SEMESTER

1) B.Voc. INTERIOR DESIGN is a 6 Semester (3 years) Under Graduate program

providing knowledge and developing skills in the disciplines of INTERIOR
DESIGN.
2) This UG program shall have a “Choice Based Credit System” (CBCS) with exit
option at annual level.
3) Students opting out of the course in first year will be given diploma, students
preferring to leave the course after two years will be given advance diploma and
students who will successfully complete three years will be awarded a degree.
4) The course is designed based on the UGC, B.Voc.
5) There will be total 14 Core Theory Courses of 3 credits each and 02 Core
Theory Courses of 04 credits each; 14 Core Practical of 05 credits each; 02
set of Elective Courses of 04 theories and 04 practical of 03 credits each. In
addition, there shall be 04 Skill Enhancement courses of 04 Credits each
which a candidates needs to pass during the tenure of first 04 Semesters.
6) There shall be 01 project work of 01 credit to be undertaken in collaboration
with the industrial partner and the parent department
7) Each Core/ Elective course shall be of 100 Marks and shall have the following
examination pattern in each Semester:
Name of Total Marks Total
Exam Number Marks
Mid Semester 01 20 20
Internal 01 Assignment 10+ Viva Voce 5+Attendance 20
Assessment 5
End Semester 01 60 60

284
 Total marks of each course 20 (Mid- Semester) + 20 (Internal Assessment will
be in the form of Short assignment/Chart/Model etc.+Viva Voce + Attendance
below 75%-0 marks, 75-80%-1, 80-85%-2, 85-90%-3, 90-95%-4, 95-100%-5
marks) + 60 (End Sem.) = 100

8) After the completion of each semester students will be provided special hands on
training on their choice of interest area for a period of 21 days. Those students
who will opt for graduation programme will be provided a six month internship
in the related field of specialization which the student will select in advance
during the fifth semester.

9) Other instructions and conditions given in the Choice Based Credit System
(CBCS) and in the University Ordinance shall also apply in this programme.

BACHELOR OF VOCATION (INTERIOR DESIGN)

FIRST SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Paper Code Paper ID Paper L T/P S/D Credi

ts

Theory Papers

ID-CC-101 Fundamental of Computers 2 1 0 3

ID-CC -102 Communication Skills 2 0 0 2

PRACTICAL/VIVA VOCE / STUDIO

2 0 8 6
ID-CC -103 Basic Design Principles
1 0 6 4
ID-CC -104 Art and Interior Graphics – I
1 0 6 4
ID-CC -105 Furniture Design Workshop – I
ID-CC -106 History of Interior Furniture - I 1 2 0 3

1 2 0 3
ID-CC -107 Textile and Accessories
0 0 0 3
ID-CC -108 Site Visits

OPEN ELECTIVE - I (Select any one)

0 2 0 2
ID-EC- 101 Workshop(Wood & Metal) – I
0 2 0 2
ID-EC -102 Trade Enquiry(Market Survey) - I
TOTAL 10 06 20 30

Note - The above subject which will include site visits, market survey, visit to various malls,
exhibitions, art galleries & museums etc. The same shall be reflected in the time table.

Training/Interior Design Project -I

285
The students are advised to undergo two weeks in-house training during winter break and
should submit project work for evaluation during the second semester

286
 BACHELOR OF VOCATION (INTERIOR DESIGN)
SECOND SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Paper Code Paper IDPaper L T/ S/D Credits

P
THEORY PAPERS
ID-CC - 201 Environmental Science 3 0 0 3

PRACTICAL/VIVA VOCE / STUDIO

ID-CC -202 Interior Design-I 1 0 4 3
ID-CC -203 Display Design-I 1 0 4 3
ID-CC -204 Art and Interior Graphics - II 1 0 4 3
ID-CC -205 Furniture Design Workshop - II 1 0 4 3
ID-CC -206 History of Interior Furniture - II 1 2 0 3
ID-CC -207 Interior Materials and Construction 1 0 4 3
Tech. - I
ID-CC -208 Interior Project(Minor) - I 2 0 6 5
ID-CC-209 Winter Project - I 0 0 0 2
OPEN ELECTIVE - II (Select any one)
ID-EC -201 Workshop(Wood & Metal) - II 0 2 0 2
ID-EC -202 Trade Enquiry(Market Survey) - II 0 2 0 2

TOTAL 11 04 26 3
0

Note -
The above subject will include site visits, market survey, visit to various malls, exhibitions,
art galleries & museums etc. The same shall be reflected in the time table.

Training/Interior Design Project -II

The students would be advised to undergo two weeks training during summer break and
should submit project work for evaluation during the third semester.

FUNDAMENTAL OF COMPUTERS

L T/P S/D Credits

Paper Code: ID-CC-101 2 1 0 3

Objectives & Pre-requisites:

In present scenario, the advertising agencies, publishing houses and other art studios, computer
knowledge and software learning are essential requirement for the graphic designing/art work
purposes

287
Learning Outcomes: The students should be familiarized with the use of computer in applied art.
UNIT-I
BASIC KNOWLEDGE
• Block diagram of computer and its working
• Components of computer
• About operating system
• Booting and installation
• File management
• Printing

UNIT-II
WORD PRECESSING
• Opening and saving documents
• Editing
• Character and paragraph editing

UNIT-III
BASIC POWER POINT PRESENTATION
• Opening and saving a slide
• Inserting picture and movie clip
• Publishing a presentation
UNIT-IV
INTERNET BROADCASTING
• Opening and saving a page
• Creating an account
• Elements of web page
UNIT-IV
BASICS OF INTERNET
• History and development of Internet
Search engines
• Web servers
UNIT-V
INTERNETBROADCASTING
• Opening and saving a page
• Creating an account
• Elements of webpage
Reference Book(s): -
[R1] Dummies Publication, Fundamentals of Computing

288
 COMMUNICATION SKILLS
L T/P S/D Credits
Paper Code: ID-CC-102
2 0 0 2
Objectives and Pre-requisites:
Students should have studied General English up to secondary level and the subject aims at
developing communication skills in writing, speaking as well as body language.

Learning Outcomes:

The students should be able to communicate effectively to his/her superiors as well as juniors at
work place in his/her professional field.

UNIT-I
Recognizing and Understanding Communication Styles: What is Communication? Passive
Communication, Aggressive Communication, Passive-Aggressive Communication, Assertive
Communication, Verbal and Non Verbal Communication, Barriers and Gateways to
Communication.
UNIT-II
Listening Skills: Types of Listening (theory /definition), Tips for Effective Listening Academic
Listening- lecturing), Listening to Talks and Presentations, Basics of Telephone communication
UNIT III
Writing Skills: Standard Business letter, Report writing, Email drafting and Etiquettes, Preparing
Agenda and writing minutes for meetings, Making notes on Business conversations, Effective use
of SMS, Case writing and Documentation
UNIT-IV
Soft Skills: Empathy (Understanding of someone else point of view), Intrapersonal skills,
Interpersonal skills, Negotiation skills, Cultural Aspects of Communication.
UNIT-V
Group Communication: The Basics of Group Dynamics, Group Interaction and
Communication, how to Be Effective in Groups, Handling Miscommunication, Handling
Disagreements and Conflicts, Constructive Criticism.
Text Book(s):
[T1] McKay, M., Davis, M. & Fanning, P. (2008). Messages: The Communication Skills Book,
New Harbinger Publications
[T2] Perkins, P.S., & Brown, L. (2008). The Art and Science of Communication: Tools for
effective communication in the workplace, John Wiley and Sons
Reference Book(s):
[R1] Krizan et al (2010). Effective Business Communication, Cengage Learning. [R2] Scot, O.
(2009). Contemporary Business Communication, Biztantra, New Delhi. [R3] Chaney & Martin
(2009). Intercultural Business Communication, Pearson Education [R4] Penrose et al (2009).
Business Communication for Managers, Cengage Learning.

BASIC DESIGN PRINCIPLES

289
 Paper Code: ID- L T/P S/D Credits
CC-103
2 0 8 6

Objective & Pre-requisite: -

The objective of this course is to make students understand the various aspects such as spatial
quality, design vocabulary, design principles, and design process related to the design of
interiors. In addition, to develop the aesthetics and abilities in students to design residential and
commercial interiors with the help of principles and the elements of design, exercises based on
principles and elements of design in the form of charts shall be given to the students.
UNIT-I: Design: Definitions of Design, Arrangement and Composition.
Principles of Composition- Elements and Principles
1. Introduction to various elements of composition, line, direction, shapes, form, color,
value, ones and Textures
2. Principles of Composition
3. Repetition, Rhythm, Harmony, Unity, Balance, Dominance, Scale, Proportion, Contrast,
practice exercise in composition with reference to above.
4. Designing of Murals, Paintings and Wall Paintings etc.

UNIT-II: Colors
1. Terminology- Hue, Tints and Shade, Value, Intensity, Chroma
2. Theories of Colors, Color Wheels
3. Different types of Color Schemes
4. Color Harmony, Color Contrast in relation to Interior Planning.
5. Psychological aspects of color - Warm and Cool
6. Advancing & Receding colors
7. Color, Pattern and Texture and their relationship in Interiors.
8. Color Planning and guidelines for various Interiors.

UNIT-III: Study of Form, Pattern, Tones and Textures

1. Factors influencing design
2. Functional and Non-functional
3. Shapes and Patterns derive from natural forms.
4. Pattern and Textures in relation to colors
5. Types of Textures and their relationship psychological; impact.
6. Textures in pencils, inks, and color.
UNIT-IV: Aesthetics of Interiors:
1. Role of accessories in Interiors
2. Role of Color, Light, Shades, and shadows in interiors.

UNIT V: Development of concepts in Interior Designing:

1. Preparation of scrap files for accessories, furniture and fittings
2. Simple practice exercise in their development
NOTE:
1. There will be written and drawing examination on the above: Internal assessment will be
based upon the drawings, drawings charts and written assignments.
2. Drawings Charts should be prepared on each topic mentioned above

Text Book(s):
[T1] Interior Design-Ahmed Kasu

290
[T2] Interior Design Principal and Practice-M. Prataprao

Reference Book(s):
[R1] Basic Design of Anthropometry - Shirish Bapat
[R2] Living Area (Interior Space)
[R3] Time Saver Standard for Interior Design and Space Planning - Mcgraw Hill New York [R4]
Interior Design and Decoration, Sherrill Winton, Prentice Hall

ART AND INTERIOR GRAPHICS - I

Paper Code:ID- L T/P S/D Credits
CC-104 1 0 6 4

291
Objective & Pre-requisite
To make students improve their sketching skills & drawing abilities to develop the skills in drawings
of different interior schemes and enable the Students to read the drawings & techniques of various
methods of drawings.

UNIT-I:
Instructional Objective: Knowledge of instruments, papers, usages of graphic in present and
future in Interior Design presentation. Skills in free hand presentation - Pencils, crayons, ink
pen, Brush, cut paper, marker, sketch pen etc. in different mediums.

UNIT-II:
Introduction to Free Hand Drawing: Free hand line on paper- horizontal and vertical lines,
free hand circles, curves, parallel Etc. free hand lettering in pencil, pen, brush, sketching of
various geometrical shapes, Simple objects of interiors furniture and accessories, human forms,
animals, interior Views.
UNIT-III: Skills in scaled drawing (Pencil and Pen)
1. Knowledge of use of engineering scales- metric, foot and inches.
2. Reduction and enlargement
3. Physical measurements- exercises of different interior objects
4. Simple drafting of measured objects
5. Knowledge of 2-dimensional and 3-dimensional geometry
6. Exercise on drawing of simple plan, elevation and sections.
UNIT-IV: Projections:
1. Orthographic, Isometric, Axonometric
2. Drafting of furniture objects with projections.

UNIT-V: Measured Lettering

Presentation techniques and standards adopted, pen, pencils and
brush.Understanding of Architectural graphic symbol
Drawing of simple layout for single room - with furniture, accessories dimensions.
NOTE:
1. There will be written and drawing examination on the above: Internal assessment will be
based upon the drawings, drawings charts and written assignments.
2. Drawings Charts should be prepared on each topic mentioned above

Text Book(s):
[T1] Drawing - A creative Process, Francis D.K. Ching, John Wiley Sons, New York
[T2] Geometrical drawing for art students, 2nd revised edition- I.H. Morris, Orient
Longman,
Reference Book(s):
[R1] Architectural Drafting and Design, 4th Edition- Ernest R.Weidhaas, Allyn and Bacon, Boston,
1981. [R2] Building drawing, 3rd Edition- MG Shah, CM Kale, Tata Mcgraw - Hill Publishing, New
Delhi.
FURNITURE DESIGN WORKSHOP-I
Paper Code ID-CC-105
L T/P S/D Credit

292
 s
1 0 6 4
Objective & Pre-requisite:
To familiarize the students about the knowledge of furniture design and various aspects involved in
the Design of furniture for various spaces. Objective of this course is to develop competency to
design and manufacture furniture in relation to human Forms and use it for different types of
interiors.

UNIT-I:
Importance of furniture in relation to Interiors: study of shapes, forms finishes on furniture.
Environmental conditions influencing furniture designs: Climatic, social, economic, availability of
materials and construction techniques.
UNIT II:
Introduction to various Materials: Wood, metals used in Furniture. Types of wood based
products, Methods of care and maintenance, economics of furniture, durability and usability.

UNIT-III:
Techniques of finishing the Surfaces: Wood and Metal Paints, Polishes and varnishes etc: hand
painting, brush painting, roller, spray etc.

UNIT-IV:
Study of Anthropometric and ergonomic data in relation to various furniture, Diagrammatic
representation through charts.
UNIT V:
EXERCISE
An exercise has to be done where actual measurements have to be taken in relation to various
furniture presentations in report form.

NOTE:
1. Furniture to be designed freehand sketch files to be made topic wise.
2. Visit to various furniture workshop exhibitions and showrooms for demonstrations and
information from time to time

Text Book(s):
[T1] The Encyclopedia of Furniture, Joseph Aronson, Crown Publishers, New York
[T2] Time Saver Standards for Interior Design, Joseph De Chiara, McGraw Hill,
New York

Reference Book(s):
[R1] Interior Design, Francis D.K. Ching, John Wiley & Sons, New York [R2] Office Furniture,
Susan S. Szenasy, Facts on file Inc, New York

HISTORY OF INTERIOR FURNITURE-I

Paper code : ID-CC- 106

293
 L T/P S/D Credit
s
1 2 0 3
Objectives & Pre-requisites:
To familiarize the students with the historical interior and furniture in contemporary Objective of
this course is to make the aware of historical backgrounds of World Interiors to derive designs and
Patterns based on it for contemporary and Modern Interiors.

UNIT-I: Introduction: Pre-Historic:

Indus Valley Civilization: Methods of planning decorative features figures and forms used Cultural
features and life styles.

UNIT II:

Classical Style of the East & Far-east: i) Buddhist Style ii) Japanese Style, iii) Chinese Style, iv)
Hindu Style, v) Islamic Style – Indo-sarasanic style
UNIT-III:
Indian Handicrafts and Handlooms. Analysis of Hindu, Buddhist, Indo-Islamic interiors with
special emphasis on decoration, ornamentation and motifs.

UNIT-IV:
Different Construction technique and materials used in interiors as part of structure/decorations
with reference from influence of different factors or architectural forms and decorations such as
Doors, Windows, Pillars, Columns, Paneling, Ceiling, Cornice frieze, Dado, Stone inlay and
architectural decoration.

UNIT-V:
Different schools of Paintings in India. Influence of British Architectural on Indian Interiors andthen
gradual change in Architectural features in "British India".

NOTE:
1. Preparation of reports and assignments.
2. Visits to Museums, Stores, State Emporium, Manufacturing Workshops, Exhibitions,
Trade Fairs, Melas etc.

Text Book(s):
[T1] History of Fine Arts in India and West by Edith Tomary
[T2] History of World Architecture by Sir Banister Flecher

Reference Book(s):
[R1] Indian Architecture by Satish Kumar [R2]
Intrior Deign by Ahemad Kasu Textile and
Accessories

TEXTILE AND ACCESSORIES

Paper code: ID-CC-107

294
 S/
L T/P Credits
D
1 2 0 3
Objectives & Pre-requisites:
To provide the students’ knowledge of the Furnishing & Fittings & its implementation in Interior of
any Area. Objective of this course is to make the student aware of different types of furnishings and
fittings and use of the same for all type of Interiors, by doing market survey for up to date
knowledge of different furnishing & Fittings.
UNIT-I:
Floors-Introduction: Warmth, Safety, Noise, Choice and Planning.
Types of Floors: Hard, Semi- Hard, Soft Floor.
UNIT-II: Floor Coverings:
1. Types of Carpets & Rugs
2. Natural fibers and Man - made fiber
3. Handmade Carpets & Lying of Carpets.
4. Machine made Carpets
UNIT-III:
Types of Windows & Treatments:
1. Types of Curtains & Blinds
2. Fittings & Accessories required for Curtains & Blinds.
3. Valance, Swags, Tails, Tracks, Poles and other hardware materials used in curtainsand blinds.
UNIT-IV:
1. Fittings & Fixtures of Bathroom
2. Fittings & Fixtures of Kitchen.
UNIT V:
Sanitary & Hardware:
Hand wash basins, Sinks (glazed or stainless-steel sinks), Bath tubs, Water closets, Urinals,
Flushing cisterns etc.
NOTE:
1. Visiting Furnishing & Fitting showrooms for collecting samples or make sketch of the
same and prepare a file.
2. Taking one Interior space showing use of different types of Floor, wall finishes, Window
Treatment using the above study material.
Text Book(s):
[T1] Interior Design Illustrated, Francis D.K. Ching
[T2] House Book (The complete guide to Home Design) by Terence Conron.
Reference Book(s):
[R1] Window Fashion, Charles TIRANDALL
[R2] A.J. Metric Handbook: Editors Jan, Bilwas & Leslie fair weather.
OPEN ELECTIVE-I

WORKSHOP (WOOD & METAL) - I

Paper Code: L T/P S/D Credits
ID-EC-101 0 2 0 2

295
Objectives & Pre-requisites:
Objective is to have general skills and knowhow of carpentry and sheet metal works.

Outcomes: - Students gets the knowledge how the raw materials can be finished and used forthe
different work in furniture etc.

UNIT-I:

1. Introduction to carpentry tools and equipment’s.

2. Demonstration of wood working machines

UNIT-II:

1. Exercises on sawing, planning, sanding, chiseling etc.

2. Practice exercise in making important joints in wood are commonly used
infurniture.
UNIT-III:
1. Introduction of the tools and equipment’s used for sheet metal work
2. Exercises of sheet metal work involving bending, boxing, conduit bending, soldering.
UNIT-IV:
1. Exercises on joints of sheet metal work e.g. seam, hem, grooved, lap, butt, riveting etc.
2. One simple utility article from GI sheet
UNIT V:
1. Latest software used in wood /steel design industry
2. Scope and future of wood and steel design industry

Text Book(s):
[T1] Workshop Practice by Swaran
Singh[T2] Workshop Technology by
Gupta
[T3] Workshop Technology by Hazra & Chawdhry
OPEN ELECTIVE-I

296
 TRADE ENQUIRY (MARKET SURVEY) – I
Paper Code: ID-EC-102 L T/P S/D Credits

0 2 0 2

Objectives & Pre-requisites:

To familiarize the students about the various materials and new materials available in the
market so that they are able to give the material specifications.
Outcomes: Students gets the knowledge how the raw materials can be finished, joints and usedfor
the different work in furniture etc.

UNIT-I:
BASIC BUILDING MATERIALS:

- Collections of basic building materials samples such as Bricks, Cement, Aggregates etc.
- Wall finishes -

UNIT-II:
WOOD & WOOD BASED PRODUCTS:

- Types of woods in markets, Rates, Company

UNIT III:
- Laminates, Veneer, Plywood, Block board etc.

UNIT - IV:
UPHOLSTERY MATERIAL AND TAPESTRY:

- Types of fabric used for different types of furniture, and window treatment.
- Rates, Collection of Samples.
UNIT V:
- Collection of Brochures of various company in the market, rates and other relevant
information's such as application advantages and disadvantages of Distemper, Paints,
Wall papers etc.

NOTE: Students have to prepare a project file along with the samples, rates other
information.

297
 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

Paper code:ID-CC-201
L T/ S/D Credi
P ts
3 0 0 3

Objective: The objective of this course is to make students environment conscious. They will be
exposed through the fundamental concepts of environment and ecosystem so that they can
appreciate the importance of individual and collective efforts to preserve and protect our
environment. This course must raise various questions in student's mind that how our
environment is inter dependent on various factors and how human being must care for their
natural surroundings.

UNIT-I
Environmental Studies: Ecosystems, Bio-diversity and its Conservation
(i) The Multidisciplinary Nature of Environmental Studies
Definition, scope and importance of Environmental Studies, Biotic and a biotic component of
environment, need for environmental awareness.

(ii) Ecosystems
Concept of an ecosystem, structure and function of an ecosystem, producers, consumers and
decomposers, energy flow in the ecosystem, ecological succession, food chains, food webs and
ecological pyramids. Introduction, types, characteristic features, structures and function of the
following ecosystem:
(a) Forest ecosystem
(b) Grassland ecosystem
(c) Desert ecosystem
(d) Aquatic ecosystem (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries).

(iii) Bio-diversity and its Conservation

Introduction to biodiversity - definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity, Bio-
geographical classification of India, Value of biodiversity: Consumptive use, productive use,
social, ethical, aesthetic and option values, Biodiversity at global, national and local levels, India as
a mega-diversity nation, Hot-spots of biodiversity, Threats to biodiversity: Habitat loss, Poaching of
wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts, rare endangered and threatened species(RET) endemic species of
India, method of biodiversity conservation: In-situ and ex-situ conservation.
UNIT-II
Natural Resources: problems and prospects
Renewable and Non-renewable Natural Resources; Concept and definition of Natural Resources and
need for their management

298
Forest resources: Use and over-exploitation, deforestation, case studies, timber extraction, mining,
dams and their effects on forests and tribal people.

Water resources: Use and over-utilization of surface and ground water, floods, drought, conflicts
over water, dams-benefits and problems. Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed
management.

Mineral resources: Uses are exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using
mineral resources, case studies.

Food resources: World food problems, changes cause by agriculture and over-grazing, effects of
modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case studies.

Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable energy sources, use of
alternate energy sources. Urban problems related to energy, case studies.

Land resources: Land as a resource, land degradation, man induced landslides, soil erosion and
desertification.
UNIT-III
Environmental Chemistry and Pollution Control
(i) Chemistry of Environment
(a) Green Technology: Principles of Green technology, Zero Waste Technology, Green
Chemistry & Its basic principles, Atom Economy, Green Methodologies, clean development
mechanisms (CDM), concept of environmental impact assessment,
(b) Eco-Friendly polymers: Environmental degradation of polymers, Biodegradable, Photo-
biodegradable polymers, Hydrolysis & Hydrobiodegradable, Biopolymers & Bioplastics:
polylactic acid, polyhydroxybutyrate, polycaprolactone,. Concept of bioremediation.

(ii) Environmental Pollution

Definition, types, causes, effects and control measures of (a) Air pollution, (b) Water pollution,
(c) Soil pollution, (d) Marine pollution, (e) Noise pollution, (f) Thermal pollution, (g) Nuclear
hazards. Pollution case studies. Solid waste and its management: causes, effects and control
measures of urban and industrial waste.

Chemical toxicology - Terms related to toxicity, impact of chemicals (Hg, As, Cd, Cr, Pb) on
environment.

UNIT-IV
Disaster Management, Social Issues, Human Population and the Environment
(i) Disaster Management
Disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and land-slides, nuclear accidents andholocaust,
case studies.

299
 (ii) Social Issues, Human Population and the Environment
Sustainable development, Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion,
Environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions, Consumerism and waste products, Wasteland
reclamation. Population growth, problems of urbanization, Environment Protection Act, 1986; Air
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981; Water (Prevention and
Control of Pollution) Act, 1974; Wildlife Protection Act, 1972; Forest Conservation Act, 1980;
Environmental management, system standards-ISO 14000 series.

UNIT-V

Environment and Human Health

Common diseases: (Airborne diseases (Tuberculosis, Influenza), water, (cholera, hepatitis), Food
borne (Salmonellosis, Botulism) and Vector (Malaria, Dengue), HIV/AIDS: symptoms, causes,
effects and control measures. Organ toxicity (Hepatotoxicity, Nephrotoxicity, Pulmonary toxicity,
Neurotoxicity). Drug addiction: Causes, symptoms, prevention and rehabilitation in India.

Text Book(s):
[T1] E. Barucha, Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses, Universities
Press (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2005.
[T2] S. Chawla, A Textbook of Environmental Studies, McGraw Hill Education Private Limited,2012
References Books:
[R1] G. T. Miller, Environmental Science, Thomas Learning, 2012
[R2] W. Cunningham and M. A. Cunningham, Principles of Environment Science: Enquiry and
Applications, Tata McGraw Hill Publication, N. Delhi, 2003. [R3] R. Rajagopalan, Environmental
Studies: From Crisis to Cure, 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2011.
[R4] A.K. De, Environmental Chemistry, New Age Int. Publ. 2012,
[R5] A. Kaushik and C.P. Kaushik, Perspectives in Environment Studies, 4th Edition, New Age
International Publishers, 2013
[R6] Environmental Engineering by Gerard Kiely, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd.
New Delhi, 2010.

300
 INTERIOR DESIGN –I
Paper code: ID-CC-202
L T/P S/D Credit
s
1 0 4 3

Objectives & Pre-requisites:

To introduce the basic Designing for Residential Interiors and to develop Skills required for the
same. To teach proper utilization of space by understanding the client's requirements with the
help of principles and Elements of Design the students are required to prepare layout plans of
single room suggesting colour scheme Material specifications with plan, elevations of perspective
in colour.
UNIT-I:
Planning the flow of space, negative & positive space, space requirement, usage with furniture
and functional Spaces. Space distribution and factors influencing it.
Drawing required, plan and elevation of single rooms, Simple Layout plans of different rooms
for different Functions. Placement of Furniture, making furniture layout, plans and elevations of
rooms of different functions.

UNIT-II
Bedrooms & Living Rooms: Concepts in bedroom & Living room interiors- various layout of
these spaces - the use of furniture and accessories to create a good ambience - materials &
finishes - lighting, colour & Texture.
Toilets: Anthropometry - various types of sanitary ware and their use - types of layouts -
concepts in modern day toilet interiors - with materials & finishes -lighting, Colour, Texture &
pattern.
UNIT-III
Kitchens: Work triangle, planning for activity - types of kitchen - Modular Kitchens. Materials
Used for counters, shelves, worktops, washing areas.
Lighting & Colour Scheme - natural & artificial light.
UNIT-IV
Perspective in Blank & White, Colour with simple rendering visit for case study of existing
interiors, Record file of these to be prepared in freehand drawing.

UNIT-V
Research Strategies: Interior Design has shifted from focusing on home decoration within the
family in the past fifty years. Research Methods for Interior Design provides a vast range of
quality and quantity.

Note:
1. There will be written and drawing examination on the above: Internal assessment will be
based upon the drawings, drawings charts and written assignments.
2. Drawings Charts should be prepared on each topic mentioned above
Text Book(s):
[T1] Interior Design - Ahmed Kasu
[T2] Interior Design Principal and Practice- M. Prataprao
Reference Book(s):

301
[R1] Time Saver Standard for Interior Design and Space Planning - Mcgraw Hill New York [R2]
Interior Design and Decoration, Sherrill Winton, Prenice Hall [R3] Designs for 20th century
Interiors - Fiona Leolie, VH Publication, London 2000 [R4] Interior Design: The New Freedom,
Barbaralec Diamonstein, Rizzoli International Publications, New York, 1982.
[R5] Interior Color by Design, Jonathan Poore, Rockport Publishers, 1994
[R6] Worldwide Interiors - International Federation of Interior Architects & Designers,
Rikuyo - Sha, Japan, 1987.

302
 DISPLAY DESIGN-I
Paper code: ID-CC-203
L T/P S/D Credits
1 0 4 3
Objectives & Pre-requisites:
To provide the students’ knowledge of the Display of Commercial Interiors & its implementation
Objective of this course is to make the student learn the scope of Display and Sales Promotion with
the help of Different types of Displays used in Commercial areas.

UNIT-I:
Introduction: Display of various products/commodities, display and their scopes for sale,
promotion at shop, City, State, National and International levels.
Classification: Window, Wall, Island, Counter, Atrium, Mobile, Kiosk, Store &
Exhibition Display.
UNIT-II
Conceptualization: Thematic Message, Seasonal Festival, State & Country
oriented Display.
UNIT-III Display Props and Display Media:
Use of Props, Publicity Media, Newspaper Ads, T.V., Hoardings, Posters, Banners, Billboards,
Flyer, Panels, Logo, Trademarks.

UNT-IV Importance of Devices:

Lettering, Colour, Lights and different types of Lights to be used forDisplay,
Mechanical Devices used.
Devices used for Display: Panels, Stands, Blocks.
UNIT-V
Photography Interior photography is the art of taking photos of spaces such as rooms, furniture, etc.
Interior photography is essential for many fields, such as real estate and architectural photography.

Note: Lectures, Demonstrations & visits to various shopping Area, Departmental Stores, Malls,
Exhibitions etc.

Presentation: Sketch Files, Drawings with Colors to give clear concept of Theme of Differenttypes
of Display.

Text Book(s):
[T1] Designs for 20th century Interiors - Fiona Leolie, VH Publications, London.
[T2] Worldwide Interiors - International Federation of Interior Architects & Designers,Rikuyo-
Sha, Japan, 1987

Reference Book(s):
[R1] Interior Design: the new Freedom, Barvaralec Diamonstein, Rizzoli International
Publications, New York, 1982
[R2] Interior Colour by Design, Jonathan Poore, Rockport Publishers, 1992.

303
 ART AND INTERIOR GRAPHICS –II
Paper code: ID-CC-204
T/ Credit
L S/D
P s
1 0 4 3
Objectives & Pre-requisites:
Students should acquire knowledge of the various drawings, which effectively communicate their
designs. To train the students in the field of Interior perspective drawing and sciography,
presentation skills Techniques for Construction as a tool towards effective Visualization and
presentation
UNIT-I
Measured Drawings:
1. Techniques in skilled drafting and perspectives
2. Knowledge of standardized drawings, importance, various architectural symbols and
usage in drawing.
3. Drafting of Simple Room layout plan, elevations, and sections with dimensions, showing
levels, and specifications writing.
UNIT-II
Drafting of Simple Room layout plan, elevations, and sections with dimensions, showing levels, and
specifications writing.
UNIT-III
Axonometric views of rooms as per the drafted layout plan, furniture, etc.
1. Perspective
2. Terminology of perspective drafting and drawing viz; planes, vanishing point, cone of
vision, one point, two point, birds eye view, worm's view etc.
3. Drafting perspective views - one point, two point perspectives with colors and pencil
rendering, knowledge of tones and textures, color applications and choice of different
medium.

UNIT-IV
Sciography: Sciography in plan, elevation and basic sciography use in orthographic projections of
simple objects and use of letterset and stencils.
UNIT-V
Orthographic projections: Drawing Orthographic Projections of simple and complex solids based
on geometrical constructions, either single or in combinations

Note:
1. There will be written and drawing examination on the above: Internal assessment will be
based upon the drawings, drawings charts and written assignments.
2. Drawings Charts should be prepared on each topic mentioned above

304
Text Book(s):
[T1] Perspective & Sciography by Shankar Mulik, Allied
Publishers. [T2] Engineering Drawing, M.S. Kumar, D.D.
Publications, ChennaiReference Book(s):
[R1] Geometrical drawing for Art Students, I.H. Morris, Orient Longman,
Chennai [R2] Perspective Principles, M.G. Shah & K.M. Kale, Asia
Publications, Mumbai.

305
 FURNITURE DESIGN WORSHOP-II
Paper code: ID-CC-205
L T/P S/D Credits
1 0 4 3
Objectives & Pre-requisites:
To familiarize the students about the different types of furniture and use in today's time. To teach
furniture design by applying joinery for furniture manufacturing in relation to specific interiors.
Designing of different furniture pieces based on the different types of Interiors
UNIT-I:
Introduction of various materials used in furniture
1. Wood, metal and glass
2. Wood and wood based products: uses, availability and cost of soft and hard woods, defects,
properties and structures of different woods. Different types of wood based products available
e.g. plywood, board, particle board, veneer etc.

UNIT-II
Metals: Mild steel, aluminum, brass, copper, wrought iron, GI springs steel etc. sections and raw
materials available; market study and rates of the same.
Glass: Sizes, Thickness, Treatments, Rates and available of sheet properties, plates, wired,
laminated colored insulated, heat Resistant and block glass.
UNIT-III
Analysis of existing furniture with full size measured drawings like plan, elevation, sections and
details. To understand the structure properly
1. Joinery as applied to furniture
2. Redesigning of existing furniture keeping in mind the market and user's need

UNIT-IV
Upholstery Materials: Types of foams, springs and other materials used for upholstering -
Techniques of upholstering and various hardware used for the same.
UNIT-V
Finishing materials such as sand paper, water paper, emery paper, etc. Polishing, Lacquering &
Varnishing materials
NOTE:
1. Free hand sketches of furniture
2. Report to be made of above items based on market study and factory visits for the same to
understand the actual process.
Text Book(s):
[T1] Butter Harry, "Do It Yourself Furniture".
[T2] Marlo Dal Febro, "How to Build Modern Furniture".
Reference Book(s):
[R1] Joseph Aronson, "The Encyclopedia of Furniture", Crown Publishers, New York
[R2] Joseph De Chiara, "Time Saver Standards for Interior Design", McGraw Hill, New York.

306
 HISTORY OF INTERIOR FURNITURE-II
Paper code:ID-CC-206
L T/P S/D Credits
1 2 0 3

Objectives & Pre-requisites:

To familiarize the students about the historical interior and furniture and use in today's time. The
aim of this subject is to develop a sense of appreciation for History of Interior with Furniture in
relation to Interior Planning.

UNIT-I
Occidental Interiors:
1. Introduction to the periods of History, Cultural, Architectural & Interior Planning from ancient to
middle ages, Renaissance, Modern Periods.
2. Concepts and Architectural characteristic of Ancient, Medieval, renaissance period explaining
different Factors.
3. Influence ornamentations- Motifs, Furniture, Doors, Windows, Pillars, Columns, Paneling,
Ceiling, Cornices, Frieze, stone or wood inlay etc.

UNIT-II
Study of period furniture and motifs:
1. European Furniture - (Renaissance onwards)
2. Italian, Spanish, French
3. Renaissance and its influence on ornamentation and furniture.
4. English, 15-18 Century (from Tudor to Victorian) style of furniture & decoration.
5. American Colonial period furniture and Ornamentation
6. 19th and 20th Century - French, English and American Styles.

UNIT-III:
1. English, 15-18 Century (from Tudor to Victorian) style of furniture & decoration.
2. American Colonial period furniture and Ornamentation
3. 19th and 20th Century - French, English and American Styles.

UNIT-IV: ORIENTAL
Difference in basic shapes, form & motifs of East and West.
Wood & other materials used, familiarity with methods of GUILDING, EMBOSSING,
MOULDING, STENCILING
Demonstration of marquetry, Brass, Ivory, Mother of Pearl, Inlay, Wood etc.

UNIT-V:
Historical development of Artifact, object or a system of objects. History of paintings (in brief) of
different schools, from renaissance onwards in India and abroad (Italy, France and England) with
emphasis on Indian Art, from and handicrafts.

NOTE:
1. Study of market trends and styles and visits to Furniture factory & showroom.
2. Project on Design & Detailing of Single residential or Commercial Furniture wood, cane and

307
metal.

Text Book(s):
[T1] English Furniture Style (1500 - 18) by Ralph E
[T2] Interior Design, Francis D. K. Ching, John Wiley & Sons, New York
Reference Book(s):
[R1] The Encyclopedia of Furniture, Joseph Aronson, Crown Publishers, New York
[R2] Time Saver Standards for Interior Design, Joseph De Chiara, McGraw Hill, New York

308
 INTERIOR MATERIAL CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUE-I

Paper code: ID-CC-207

L T/P S/D Credits
Objectives & Pre-requisites: 1 0 4 3
To familiarize the students of Interior Design on material and
construction methodology. Designing of Steel & R.C.C. Structure. Understanding the basic
components of the buildings envelope for small buildings.

UNIT-I
1. Basic Building Components: Foundation till super structure
2. Stone and Brick Masonary: Types of Bonds
3. Different types of Stone Masonary
UNIT-II:
Openings:
1. Types of Arches & Lintels
2. Types of Doors & Windows
3. Types of Roofs.
UNIT III:
Introduction to Structure:
1. RCC, Structural Elements
2. RCC Beams
3. Reinforced Beams
4. Slabs
5. Columns
UNIT IV:
1. Steel structure elements - Comparison of steel and RCC structure in building
2. Introduction to seismic zone considerations on high rise structures.
3. Introduction to design implications to disasters.
UNITV:
1. Ingredients of concrete, properties of concrete, various finishes types of concrete such as Lime
concrete, cement concrete, etc., their uses and applications in various finishes, etc.
2. Properties of various types of cement and their application.

NOTE:
1. There will be written and drawing examination for Unit I & Unit II, and Unit III & IV will be
theory based: Internal assessment will be based upon the drawings, drawings sheets and written
assignments.
2. Drawings sheets should be prepared on each topic mentioned above
Text Book(s):
[T1] Sushil Kumar, "Building Construction"
[T2] S.C.Rangwala, "Engineering Materials", Charotar Publishing, Anand

Reference Book(s):
[R1] W.B. Meckay, "Building Construction", Vol. 1, 2, 3, 4
[R2] Francis D. K. Ching, "Building Construction Illustrated", VNR, 1975.

309
OPEN ELECTIVE -II
L T/P S/D Credits
WORKSHOP (WOOD & METAL) - II
0 2 0 2
Paper Code: ID-
EC-201
Objectives & Pre-requisites: Objective is to have general skills and knowhow of painting,
polishing and metal works.

Outcomes: Students gets the knowledge how the raw materials can be finished, joints and used for
the different work in furniture etc.

UNIT-I:
Painting and Polishing Workshop
1. Introduction to painting materials for wood and metals
2. Exercises on the following:
- Painting on metal and wood
- Polishing on wall surfaces
- Polishing of all mediums on woods

UNIT-II:

1. Preparation of various surfaces of furniture's for lacquer, matt, and melamine finish.
2. Polishing of glass and finishing treatment of plastered surfaces.

UNIT-II:
Metal Workshop
1. Introduction of the tools and equipment’s used in fitting and welding shop
2. Simple exercises on filing, drilling and tapping

UNIT-IV:
1. Exercises of joining with the help of electric and welding and gas welding for making
simple joints in metal industry.
2. Simple exercises on glass fixing.
UNIT-V:
1. Demonstration – plumbing tools, symbols and joints
Joining GI pipes by threading, PVC pipes by gluing and cementing.

Text Book(s):
[T1] Workshop Practice by Swaran
Singh[T2] Workshop Technology by
Gupta
[T3] Workshop Technology by Hazra & Chowdhary
OPEN ELECTIVE -II

310
 TRADE ENQUIRY (MARKET SURVEY) -
II
L T/P S/D Credits
Paper Code: ID-EC-202
0 2 0 2

Objectives & Pre-requisites: To familiarize the students about the various materials and new
materials available in the market so that they are able to give the material specifications.

Outcomes: Students gets the knowledge how the raw materials can be finished, joints and usedfor
the different work in furniture etc.
UNIT-I: Floor Finishes
- Types of Floor- Hard floor, Soft Floor finishing materials, rates.

UNIT-II:
Wood & Wood based Products:
- Types of woods in markets, Rates & collection of samples
- Laminates, Veneer, Plywood, Board etc.

UNIT - III:
Upholstery Material and Tapestry:
- Types of fabric used for different types of furniture, and window treatment.
- Rates, Collection of Samples.

UNIT - IV:
Electrical Fitting and Fixtures:
- Collection of samples for lights fittings, Fans, Air Conditioning, switch boards.
- Rates and the company dealing.

UNIT-V:

Tender, contract, Billing, certificates of payments, clerk of works. Quantity survey, Rate analysis

Note: - Student have to prepare a project file along with the samples, rates otherinformation's

311
 3rd SEMESTER to 4th SEMESTER
BACHELOR OF VOCATION
(INTERIOR DESIGN)
THIRD SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Paper Paper Paper L T/P S/D Credits

Code ID

THEORY PAPERS

ID-CC-301 Business Management 3 0 0 3

PRACTICAL / VIVA VOCE / STUDIO

ID-CC-302 Interior Design & Landscape - I 1 0 4 3

ID-CC-303 Display Design - II 1 0 4 3

ID-CC-304 Furniture Design Workshop -III 1 0 4 3

ID-CC-305 Interior Services - I 1 0 4 3

ID-CC-306 Interior Materials and Construction Technique 1 0 4 3

–II

ID-CC-307 AutoCAD – I 1 0 4 3

ID-CC-308 Interior Project - II 0 1 8 5

ID-CC-309 Site Visits 0 0 0 2

ID-CC-310 Summer Project - I 0 0 0 2

TOTAL 09 01 32 30

NOTE: The above subjects require site visits, market survey, visit to various malls, exhibitions, art
galleries & museums, etc.
Training/ Interior Design Project-III The students are required to undergo two weeks training during
winter break and should submit project work for evaluation immediately thereafter for the declaration
of result.

312
 BACHELOR OF VOCATION
(INTERIOR DESIGN)
FOURTH SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Paper Paper Paper L T/P S/D Credits

Code ID

THEORY PAPERS

ID-CC-401 Life Skills 3 0 0 3

PRACTICAL / VIVA VOCE / STUDIO

ID-CC-402 Interior Design & Landscape - II 1 0 4 3

ID-CC-403 Display Design - III 1 0 4 3

ID-CC-404 Furniture Design Workshop -IV 1 0 4 3

ID-CC-405 Interior Services - II 1 0 4 3

ID-CC-406 Interior Materials and Construction 1 0 4 3

Technique –III

ID-CC-407 AutoCAD – II 1 0 4 3

ID-CC-408 Interior Project - III 0 1 8 5

ID-CC-409 Site Visits 0 0 0 2

ID-CC-410 Winter Project - II 0 0 0 2

TOTAL 09 01 32 30

NOTE: The above subjects require site visits, market survey, visit to various malls, exhibitions, art
galleries & museums, etc.
Training/ Interior Design Project-IV The students are required to undergo two weeks training during
winter break and should submit project work for evaluation immediately thereafter for the declaration
of result.

313
 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Paper Code:ID-CC-301 L T/P S/D Credits
3 0 0 3

Objectives: This course is designed to expose the students to fundamental concepts of management, its
processes and behavioural dynamics in organizations.
Learning Outcomes: The students will be in a position to understand the concepts of Management and
apply the same at the time of managing the organization in globally competitive world
UNIT-I
Introduction to Management: Meaning and Nature of Management, Basic Concepts of Management
Definition, Need and scope.

UNIT-II
Different schools of management - Behavioural, Scientific, Systems, Contingency, Management by
Objectives, Management and Society: The External Environment, Social Responsibility, and Ethics: An
Overview.

UNIT-III
Management theories - F.W. Taylor - Henry Fayol - Elton Mayo, Evolution of Management (in India
and Abroad), Levels of management, Process of Management: Managerial Skills, Tasks and
Responsibilities of a Professional Manager.

UNIT-IV
Planning-Process and Techniques, Organizing- Definition, Process and Organizational Structure,
Nature, Importance, principles, centralization - de centralization Organization. structures - Line & staff,
functional, product, matrix, geographical, customer, virtual, boundary less. Staffing - Definition,
Nature, Importance & steps.

UNIT-V
Directing-Principles and Process, Controlling-Process and Techniques, Problem Solving and Decision
Making - Definition, Nature, Importance, steps; Controlling - Techniques & Steps, Leading - Nature
and scope. Contemporary issues in Management.

Text Books:
[T1] Stoner, R. James A.F., Edward Freeman Daniel R Gilbert Jr., Management 6th Ed. Prentice-Hall
of India
[T2] Essentials of management by Koontz H and Weitrich, Tata, McGraw-Hill Education, Delhi.

Reference Books:
[R1] Principles & Practice Of Management (Paper Back), Author: T.N.Chhabra, Publisher: Dhanpat
Rai & Co (P) Ltd, Delhi
[R2] Management by James A.F.Stoner, Philip.W.Yetton, Jane F.Craig, Kim D.Johnston, Second
Edition. Prentice Hall of India, Delhi.

314
 INTERIOR DESIGN & LANDSCAPE – I

Paper Code: ID-CC-302 L T/P S/D Credits

1 0 4 3

Objective & Pre-requisite: Use of Interior and Exterior Spaces awareness of Different types of plants -
Indoor & Outdoor Plants. Designing of different Interior spaces.

UNIT-I
Design small apartment like 2 BHK/ 3 BHK with complete furniture Layout, Drawing - Plan, Elevation
3D view/Perspective View, Furniture detailing, using Colour schemes, Accessories, and Electrical
Layout Plan etc.

UNIT-II
Design commercial space like small store or Petrol Pumps convince store complete furniture Layout,
Drawing - Plan, Elevation 3D view/Perspective View, Furniture detailing, using Colour schemes,
Accessories and Electrical layout.

UNIT-III
FOR LAND ESCAPE
Relation between Outdoor and Indoor Spaces.
How to relate interior & Exterior Spaces?
Type of land escape - Hard and soft landscape & its use in Interiors.
Use of materials - Constriction, ground modelling, ground cover, laying of grass, stone path ways.

UNIT-IV
Potted plants, hanging baskets, shrubs, creepers, Hedges Fences, Tree Guards, Trills, water bodies,
Fountain, Sculpture, Artificial pools and different types of lights used in Exteriors and their uses.

UNIT-V
Project on land escape Balcony area/Private gardens with layout, and a Colored perspective

Note: Design to be made by students under the guidance of faculty.

Text Books:
[T1] Indoor Plants by Xania Field
[T2] World Architecture (With Introduction to landscape Architecture) by G.K. Hiraskar
[T3] World of house plants by JOHANS
[T4] Indoor garden by HUNTER
[T5] Indoor gardening by READER DIGEST ASSOCIATION (LONDON)
[T6] Japanese homes and gardens by Marcus G. Sims

Reference Book(s):
[R1] Interior Decoration by Satish Chandra Agarwala

315
 DISPLAY DESIGN - II
Paper Code: ID-CC-303
L T/P S/D Credits
1 0 4 3

Objective & Pre -requisite: To make schemes for different types of displays

UNIT-I
Window Display for sales promotion of different types of products/ commodities
Use of different devices like blocks, stands, panels
Use of different types of lights and colours
For shops like Gift Gallery, Leather Goods like Bags, Shoes, Pottery and Kitchenware, Apparel for
kids, ladies and gents (Branded Stores)

UNIT-II
Planning designing and 3D views in colour using props for expressing 'Theme' or 'Message' in display

UNIT-III
Use of lettering and designing of logo and trade mark as an exercise on paper

UNIT-IV
COUNTER DISPLAYS
Types and use of counters in store display
Importance of Counter Display
Planning and designing the counter display for Jewellery, spectacles/ shades, cosmetic goods and
precious goods like Ivory items, precious stones, and sandal wood items using theme for display.
All of the above to be carried out in lecture studio class

UNIT-V
Visits to various stores, malls and exhibitions and compare the rates and designs

Note: Demonstration and visit to various malls, stores, exhibition and workshops.

Practical: Sketching existing display and making sketch files on various topics.

316
 FURNITURE DESIGN WORKSHOP – III
L T/P S/D Credits
Paper Code: ID-CC-304 1 0 4 3

Objective & Pre-requisite: To familiarize the student about the knowledge of furniture design and
various aspects of furniture for different spaces. Objective of this course is to develop competency to
design and manufacture furniture in relation to human forms and use it for different types of Interiors

UNIT-I
Introduction to Furniture Period. Oriental furniture Period, Period Furniture - Oriental furniture,
Historic & Period Furniture, History of furniture is Ancient World - Ancient Egypt, Greece, Rome, and
Byzantine

UNIT-II
History of Furniture in Middle Age early mediaeval 500-1000, Romomanesque, Gothic - 1200-1300,
Furniture Development in Italy - Pre-Renaissance (1100-140), Quattrocento (1400-1500),
Cinqueccento (1500-1600), Baroque (1560-1700), Classical Revival (1750-1800), Italian Directoire
(1795-1799), Italian Empire (1800-1815)
Furniture Development in France -Early Renaissance (1515-1547), High Rennaissance (1560-1610),
Baroque (1643-1745), Rococo (1725-1774)

UNIT-III
Neo-Classicism (1774-1793), Directorie (1795-1799), Empire (1800-1815), Art Nouvea (1870-1909),
French provincial,
Furniture Development in England Tudor/ Elizabethan, Restoration (1600-1685), William & Mary
(1689-1702), Queer Anne (1702-1714), Early George (1714-1760)

UNIT-IV
Age of the great Designers (1725-1800), Thomas Chippendale (1718-1779), Robert Adam (1728-
1792), George Happlewhite (1786), Thomas Sheraton (1751-1806)

UNIT-V
History of the 20th Century Furniture - Furniture Development in Germany, France, England, Italy,
Scandinavia & USA

Note:
1. There will be written and drawing examination on the above: Internal assessment will be based upon
the drawings, drawings sheets and written assignments.
2. Drawing sheets should be prepared on each topic mentioned above
Text Book(s):
[T1] Interior Design - Ahmed Kasu
[T2] World Furniture Edited by Helena Hayward
Reference Book
R1] English Furniture Styles (1500 - 18) by Ralph ETime Saver Standard for Interior Design and Space
Planning - Mcgraw Hill New York
[R2] Antique Furniture by David P. Lindquist and Carlone C. Warren

INTERIOR SERVICES – I

317
Paper Code: ID-CC-305
L T/P S/D Credits
1 0 4 3

Objective & Pre -requisite: This course aims at imparting knowledge in the area of interior services
and their application like Water supply, lighting etc.

UNIT-I
Water Supply
(a) Hot and cold water supply system
(b) Types and sizes of pipes

UNIT-II
Water supply fitting to -
(i) Bathroom (ii) Water closet (iii) Sink (iv) Bath tub (v) Wash Basin (vi) Bidets (vii) Showers (viii)
Urinals

UNIT-III
Drainage
(a) Principles of Drainage
(b) Material s for drains
(c) Traps - types, sizes, function and usage
(d) Pipes sizes and shapes Sanitary fixtures - WC, washbasins, bath tubs, sinks (Sizes and types)
(e) Septic Tank
Note: Simple exercises on preparation of layout plans for toilet, kitchen; both public and residential

UNIT-IV
Lighting
(a) Different systems of lighting - (i) natural (ii) artificial
(b) Units for measuring light

UNIT-V
Electrical layout
(a) Planning - using electrical symbols
(b) Selection of fitting for different work areas as - drawing room, bedroom, study room, bath, kitchen,
etc.
(c) Public places like offices, Malls, Hospitals

Note: Include basic knowledge of material finishes and maintenance

Text Book(s):
[T1] Building Construction by B.C. Punmia
[T2] Building Construction by Sushil Kumar
[T3] Materials by RANGWALA
[T4] Sanitory engineering by RS DESHPANDEY
[T5] Water supply and sanitation by CHARANJIT SHAH
[T6] A-Z of practical building constructions & its management by SANDEEP MANTRI
[T7] Electrical engineering by O.P. SHUKLA
[T8] Water supply and sanitation engineering by P.K. UPADHYAY
Reference Book(s):
[R1] Sanitary Engineering by R.S. Deshpandey
[R2] Water supply & Drainage Gurcharan Singh
INTERIOR MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES – II

318
Paper Code: ID-CC-306
L T/P S/D Credits
1 0 4 3

Objective & Pre-requisite: Subject is used for understanding the structure to support Renovation/
Refurnishing / Designing of any Interior

UNITI:
(a) Definition of Renovation/ Refurnishing
(b) Difference between Renovation/ Refurnishing

UNIT-II
FLOORS
(a) Ground and upper floor
(b) Different types of flooring materials, laying details

UNIT-III
ROOFS
(a) Pitched - different types,
(b) Trusses - types and parts in sketches

UNIT-IV
DOORS (WITH MECHANICAL DEVISED)
(a) Aluminium and steel doors
(b) Types of door closing devices
(c) Sliding doors
(d) Sliding and folding doors
(e) Revolving doors
(f) Swing doors
(g) Shop window front

UNIT-V
WINDOWS
(a) Aluminium and steel windows
(b) Different types - Bay, Bow, Corner, Dormer, Sky light, Louvered (French),
(c) Casement, clerestory, Pivoted, Sliding, Ventilators.

Text Book(s):
[T1] Building Construction by B.C.Punmia
[T2] Building Construction by Sushil Kumar

Reference Book(s):
[R1] Building Construction by W.B. Mckay

319
 AUTO CAD - I
Paper Code: D-CC-307
L T/P S/D Credits
1 0 4 3

Objective & Pre -requisite: The objective of AutoCAD is to enable students to create 2D and 3D
drawing in AutoCAD.

UNIT-I
A look at CAD industry, working of a CAD system
CAD and interior design
Components of CAD system

UNIT II
Introduction to Hardware and Software of CAD
Hardware software overview, CAD hardware, CAD software, CAD user interface
Drawing with a computer. CAD software in the future

UNIT-III
Introduction to AutoCAD
Advantages of CAD
Business applications for CAD
Building Information Modelling, wrapping it up
Interior designing using AutoCAD

UNIT-IV- CAD DRAWINGS

A prototype CAD drawing
Limit setups for drawings
Understanding scale concept and limits in AutoCAD
Drawing tools, modify tools

UNIT-V- COLOURS AND LINE TYPES

Line type, line type scale, line weights
How to create a custom simple line type?
AutoCAD command list

Text Book(s)
[T1] Mastering AutoCAD by George Omura (BPB Publications)
Reference Book(s)
[R1] Joseph A. Fiorello, CAD for interior basics, John Wiley & Sons [R2] Timothy J. Barnes,
Electronic CAD frame works, Springer [R3] Schoon Maker, Ebook Corporation, Marcel Dekker
[R4] The CAD Guidebook: a basic manual for understanding and improving Computer-Aided Design,
CRC Press

320
 INTERIOR PROJECT - II

Paper Code: ID-CC-308

L T/P S/D Credits
0 0 8 5

Objective & Pre -requisite: Objective of project is to develop the aesthetics and abilities to design
commercial interiors with the help of Principles and Elements of design.

Restaurants: Any type Indian

Any state with special effects of decor
 Chinese
 Japanese

Requirements: layout plan, furniture to match the theme wall, floor, ceiling finishes and specific use
of lights.
Importance of Furniture and its design to justify the type of restaurants students wants to design.
Role of upholstery wall finishes
Paints
Wallpapers
Wall panelling, etc.
Furniture sketches with dimensions and material details.
3D views in color
Role of art work and elements used in, to enhance the theme of Restaurants may be justified in the
views.
Beauty Parlour: Requirements for drawing are the same.

321
 LIFE SKILLS
Paper Code: ID-CC-401
L T/P S/D Credits
1 0 4 3

Objectives and Pre-requisites: Students should have studied subjects such as General languages,
social studies and Moral education at school level. The objective of this subject is to prepare the
students to become a good citizen and a professional useful to the society.
Learning Outcomes: The knowledge of this subject will give the student a value system which will help
him in taking decisions in professional and social life for the benefit of society at large.

UNIT-I
Introduction: Definition and importance of Life Skills, Livelihood Skills, Survival Skills, Life Skills
Approach, Life Skills based education, Life Skills Training- Implementation Models

UNIT-II
Learning and Performance, Cognitive Development, Maturation, Adult Learning, Approaches to
Learning Pillars of Education and Life Skills- Four Pillars: Learning to Know, learning to Do, learning
to Live Together, learning to be learning throughout Life

UNIT-III
Social Skills and Negotiation Skills: Self Awareness, Empathy, Effective Communication,
Interpersonal Relationships

UNIT-IV
Thinking Skills: Nature, Element of Thought, Types, Concept Formation, Reasoning, Creative and
Critical Thinking

UNIT-V
Coping Skills: Coping with Emotions, coping with Stress, Integrated use of thinking skills, social skills
and coping skills

Text Book(s):
[T1] Rajasenan, N.V. (2010). Life Skills, Personality and Leadership, Rajiv Gandhi National Institute
of Youth Development, Tamil Nadu
[T2] Duffy, Grover, K., Eastwood, A. (2008). Psychology for Living-Adjustment, Growth and
Behaviour Today, Pearson Education

Reference Book(s):
[R1] Debra McGregor, (2007), "Developing Thinking; Developing Learning - A Guide to Skills in
Education", Open University Press, New York, USA
[R2] Singh Madhu, (2003). "Understanding Life Skills, Background paper prepared for Education for
All: The Leap to Equality"
[R3] Nair. A. Radhakrishnan, (2010). "Life Skills Training for Positive Behaviour", Rajiv Gandhi
National Institute of Youth Development, Tamil Nadu.
[R4] Dahama O.P., Bhatnagar O.P, (2005). "Education and Communication for Development, (2nd
Ed.)", Oxford& IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi

322
 INTERIOR DESIGN & LANDSCAPE – II
Paper Code:ID-CC-402
L T/P S/D Credits
1 0 4 3

Objective & Pre-requisite: To make Interior schemes of different types of interiors and use of
landscape in interior & exterior

UNIT-I
Preparing Interior Scheme for
(a) Office Area for Architects or Interior Designers, Any Office
(b) Office Private individual office

UNIT-II
Commercials office containing Reception Area chairman's chamber, Directors Room, Staff area with
open cubicles, pantry & Toilet /Washroom area, conference hall & common staff area and drawing
required as layout plans, elevation and perspective Views of different area in color with use of proper
accessories, plants and flower arrangement for various areas of office

UNIT-III
Fast Food Restaurant: - Existing Restaurant in neighbourhood with layout plan and perspective view in
the form of free hand sketches.

UNIT-IV
Public Park of your own colony/ area or specified park by the faculty Create space for public function
stage and gazebo etc.

UNIT-V
Terrace garden to be designed, laying of grass on terrace, potted plants, hanging baskets use of lights
and making sitting areas for small family get-togethers.

Drawing required: -
Layout plan, Elevations, and Perspective view of different areas in colour with use of proper
Accessories, plants and flower arrangements for various areas in office.

NOTE: - Design to be made by students under the guidance of faculty, lecture, demo visit of various
malls/ shopping area for restaurants/ fast food visit, visit of nursery for the knowledge of plants and
sculptures.

Text Book(s):
[T1] Indoor Plants by Xania Field
[T2] World Architecture (With Introduction to landscape Architecture) by G.K. Hiraskar
[T3] World of house plants by JOHANS
[T4] Indoor garden by HUNTER
[T5] Indoor gardening by READER DIGEST ASSOCIATION (LONDON)
[T6] Japanese homes and gardens by Marcus G. Sims
Reference Book(s):
[R1 ] Interior Decoration by Satish Chandra Agarwala

323
 DISPLAY DESIGN - III
Paper Code: ID-CC-403
L T/P S/D Credits
1 0 4 3

Objective: To make schemes for different types of displays

UNIT-I
Island display, Use and importance of island display.
Special equipment’s and display aids
Electronic and mechanical devices to create movement in display
Display of handicraft and handlooms of different states

UNIT II
Display of electronic goods using proper theme
Furniture of different types (Residential, offices, etc)

UNIT-III
Preparation of plans, elevations, and 3D views in colour showing proper use of lights, colours, lettering
and props

UNIT-IV
Wall-cum-island display
Furnishing store, toy shop, sports goods, etc

UNIT-V
Preparing plans, elevation and view at least two different types of projects to be done in each semester.
For understanding lectures demonstration in studio classes, visits to various showrooms, emporia,
malls, exhibitions, etc.
Brief reports of the visits to be submitted

Note: Demonstration and visit to various malls, stores, exhibition and workshops.
Practical: Sketching existing display and making sketch files on various topics.

324
 FURNITURE DESIGN WORKSHOP - IV

Paper Code:ID-CC-404
L T/P S/D Credits
1 0 4 3

Objective & Pre-requisite: To teach furniture design, joinery for furniture manufacturing in relation to
specific interiors, drawing of different furniture pieces based on the above.

UNIT-I
Introduction & Study of the space saving furniture, Residential & Commercial area

UNIT-II
Different material used for making furniture like cane, Bamboo, Wood, Glam, Metal, PVC.

UNIT-III
Types of Wood Joints and their purposes

UNIT-IV
Concept of folding & Knock Down furniture, Movable, Modular furniture

UNIT-IV
Different finishes used on furniture according to the climatic Conditions of different Countries.

UNIT V
Demonstration of handling softwares to simulate designing furnitures and their design

Note:
1. Furniture to be designed freehand sketch files to be made topic wise.
2. Visit to various furniture workshop exhibitions and showrooms for demonstrations and information
from time to time

Text Book(s):
[T1] The Encyclopaedia of Furniture, Joseph Aronson, Crown Publishers, New York
[T2] Time Saver Standards for Interior Design, Joseph De Chiara, McGraw Hill, New York [T3]
Portable Furniture by Vicki Brooks
[T4] Shelves and Cabinets by Alexandria, Virgina

Reference Book(s):
[R1] Interior Design, Francis D.K. Ching, John Wiley & Sons, New York
[R2] Office Furniture, Susan S.Szenasy, Facts on file Inc, New York

325
 INTERIOR SERVICES – II
Paper Code: ID-CC-405 L T/P S/D Credits
1 0 4 3
Objective & Pre-requisite: This course aims at imparting knowledge in
the area of interior series and their application like Air Conditioning, Sound insulation.
UNIT-I
SOUND AND THERMAL INSULATION
Behaviour of heat and sound propagation
Acoustical defects such as echo, reverberation, sound foci
Methods of correcting
Sound absorbing materials
Use of sound insulating materials in interiors like auditorium conference hall typing room

UNIT-II
FIRE SAFETY SYSTEMS
Causes of fire
Fire proof (Resistant) material
Application of fire proof (Resistant) material
Survey - Firefighting equipment’s

UNIT-III
VENTILATION
Ventilation (i) Natural (ii) Artificial or Mechanical
Requirement of ventilations system
Artificial (mechanical) Ventilation systems - Extraction, Plenum, Extraction-Plenum, Air Conditioning

UNIT-IV
AIR CONDITIONING
Definition, Essentials of comfort Air Conditioning
Types - Unit A/C, Central A/C, Split A/C, Package Unit, Central and Direct Expansion & Chilled water
system (Indirect)
Essentials of Air conditioning - Filtration, heating and cooling, humidification or dehumidification, air
Circulation or distribution
Latent heat, ton of air conditioning, refrigeration etc.

UNIT V
Floor safety during interior, Different measures of floor safety indoor/outdoor, selection
Note: Case study of Analysis of existing building

Text Book(s):
[T1] Building Construction by B.C.Punmia
[T2] Building Construction by Sushil Kumar
[T3] Materials by RANGWALA
[T4] Sanitory engineering by RS DESHPANDEY
[T5] Water supply and sanitation by CHARANJIT SHAH
[T6] A-Z of practical building constructions & its management By SANDEEP MANTRI
[T7] Electrical engineering by O.P. SHUKLA
[T8] Water supply and sanitation engineering by P.K. UPADHYAY
Reference:
[R1] Fire Fighting by S. Shah
[R2] Ready Reckoner by Charan Jeet S. Shah
INTERIOR MATERIALS CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUE – III

326
Paper Code: ID-CC-406
L T/P S/D Credits
1 0 4 3

Objective & Pre -requisite: The objective is to refurnish different types of interior.

UNIT-I
PANELING
Design and fixing details of panelling,
Materials used for panelling in interior
Panelling in plywood

UNIT-II
PARTITIONS (SPACE DIVIDERS- FULL OR HALF PARTITIONS)
Types
Simple partitions in wood, glass and metal
Movable partitions
Sound proof partition
Various modern materials available in markets

UNITIII
PARTITION design of living dinning,
Partition designs for kitchen
Partition design for offices

UNIT-IV
FALSE CEILING (TIMBER)
Purpose
Materials used for fixing and finishing.
Design and details of false ceiling in timber

UNIT-V
FALSE CEILING (OTHER MATERIALS)
Role of glass, gypsum, POP in false ceiling
Fixing of Plaster of Paris in false ceiling

Text Book(s)
[T1] Building Construction by Sushil Kumar
Reference Book(s)
[R1] Building Constructions by W. B. Mckay, V.P. Sikka, B.C. Punmia, ARORA AND BIRDI

327
 AUTO CAD – II
Paper Code: ID-CC-407
L T/P S/D Credits
1 0 4 3

Objective & Pre -requisite: The objective of AutoCAD is to enable students to create 2D and 3D
drawing in AutoCAD.
UNIT-I
Introduction to working in AutoCAD and layers
Introduction: the x, y co-ordinate system
Working with layers
UNIT-II
Drawing insertion, Insert command
Object snap, Snap in AutoCAD

UNIT III
Building Information Modelling, wrapping it up
Zooming and panning, freehand sketch, editing and drawing

UNIT-IV PLAN AND 3D VIEW DRAWING

Introduction
3D CAD Terminology
Isometric Drawing
The 3D co-ordinate system
3D rotation
Viewing in 3 -D objects
Wire frame Drawing Techniques
Line thickness Drawing Techniques
Regions and 3-D faces
UNIT-V ENHANCED 3-D
Extruding and lofting
Revolving objects
AutoCAD 3-D modeling -3D views

Text Book(s)
[T1] Mastering AutoCAD by George Omura (BPB Publications)

Reference Book(s)
[R1] Joseph A. Fiorello, CAD for interior: Beyond the basics John Wiley & Sons
[R2] John K. Krouse, what every engineer should know about CAD & computer aided manufacturing:
the CAD/CAM revolution, M. Dekker
[R3] Dinesh Maidasani, straight to the point- AutoCAD, Laxmi Publications, ltd.

328
 INTERIOR PROJECT – III
Paper Code: ID-CC-408
L T/P S/D Credits
0 1 8 5

Objective & Pre -requisite: Objective of the project is to develop the skill and ability to design versatile
commercial interior design. Students to the best of their ability and aesthetics develop the project.

Nursery school-cum-day boarding and activities school study at least two schools in the
neighbourhood. Submit the report before initiating the project.

Drawings required are-

Layout plan of different areas and small open activity area
Furniture and special furniture for day boarders
The overall ambience with effective designs and landscape

Creative Art Centre: - For the age group of 12 onwards to learn dance, drama, music, drawing,
painting, etc. Required drawings are the same as above (nursery school project).

329
 BACHELOR OF VOCATION
In
INTERIOR DESIGN
5th SEMESTER to 6th SEMESTER
BACHELOR OF VOCATION
INTERIOR DESIGN
FIFTH SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Paper Paper Paper L T/ S/ Credits

Code ID P D

THEORY PAPERS
ID-CC-501 Technical English 3 0 0 3
ID-CC-502 Legal Ethics & Professional 3 0 0 3
Practice
PRACTICAL/VIVA VOCE / STUDIO
ID-CC-503 Interior Design - I 1 0 4 3
ID-CC-504 Visual Merchandising - I 1 1 4 4
ID-CC-505 Product Design - I 1 1 4 4
ID-CC-506 Interior Materials Construction 1 0 4 3
technique - V
ID-CC-507 Interior Project - IV (Minor 1 0 8 5
Project)
DHSID-508 Site Visits 0 0 0 2
DHSID-509 Summer Project - II 0 0 0 2
GENERAL ELECTIVE - II (Select any one)
ID-EC-501 NSS 0 2 0 1
ID-EC-502 Sports 0 2 0 1
ID-EC-503 ECO Club 0 2 0 1
TOTAL 11 04 24 30

There are five industrial trainings to be carried out by the student(s) in B.Voc course. Industrial
Trainings I, III and V will be with weightage of two credits each. These trainings are to be carried out
during winter vacations for the duration of two weeks. Industrial Trainings II and IV will be with
weightage of four credits each. These trainings are to be carried out during summer vacations for the
duration of four to six weeks. These training may be done from industry/Skill Knowledge Providers
(SKPs) /Sector Skill Councils (SSCs)/ Training Centers/ Institutes. Student should submit training
report during evaluation. Industrial Training done at the end of the semester will be evaluated in the
subsequent semester

Note: The above subjects require site visits, market survey, visit to various malls, exhibition, art
galleries & museum etc.

Training/Interior Design Project-I The student are advised to undergo two weeks in- house training
during winter break and should submit project work for evaluation during the sixth semester
*Non University Examination System (NUES)

330
 BACHELOR OF VOCATION
INTERIOR DESIGN
SIXTH SEMESTER EXAMINATION

Paper Paper ID Paper L T/P S/D Credits

Code
THEORY PAPERS
DHSID-601 Entrepreneurship & Project Management 3 1 0 4

PRACTICAL/VIVA VOCE / STUDIO

DHSID-602 Interior Design - II 1 0 4 3

DHSID-603 Visual Merchandising - II 1 1 4 4

DHSID-604 Product Design - II 1 1 4 4

DHSID-605 Interior Budgeting & Estimation 1 0 4 3

DHSID-606 Interior Project - V (Major Project)#* 0 0 12 6

DHSID-607 Exhibition and Portfolio 0 0 0 4

DHSID-608 Winter Project – III 0 0 0 2

TOTAL 07 03 28 30

NOTE:
There are five industrial trainings to be carried out by the student(s) in B.Voc course. Industrial
Trainings I, III and V will be with weightage of two credits each. These trainings are to be carried out
during winter vacations for the duration of two weeks. Industrial Trainings II and IV will be with
weightage of four credits each. These trainings are to be carried out during summer vacations for the
duration of four to six weeks. These training may be done from industry/Skill Knowledge Providers
(SKPs) /Sector Skill Councils (SSCs)/ Training Centers/ Institutes. Student should submit training
report during evaluation. Industrial Training done at the end of the semester will be evaluated in the
subsequent semester
Note: 04 hrs per week are kept for outdoor visits as per the requirement of the above subject which will
include site visits, market survey, and visit to various malls. Exhibitions art galleries and museums etc.
the same shall be reflected in the time table.
#*The student will submit a synopsis at the beginning of the semester for approval from the
departmental committee in a specified format, thereafter he/she will have to present the progress of the
work through seminars and progress reports. Seminar related to major project should be delivered one
month after staring of Semester. The progress will be monitored through seminars and progress reports.
The students may be allowed to do Industrial Major Project on-site during 5 days in a week and
class work should be completed in 2 working days in the respective institution. If in case, the classes
are held during Saturday /Sunday then faculty should be given off in lieu of Saturday/Sunday.

For Award of Diploma:

1. The total number of the credits of the Diploma (Interior Design) Programme = 60

2. Student shall be required to appear in examinations of all courses. However, to award the Diploma
(Interior Design) a student shall be required to earn a minimum of 58 credits.

For Award of Advanced Diploma:

1. The total number of the credits of the Advance Diploma (Interior Design) Programme = 120
2. Student shall be required to appear in examinations of all courses. However, to award the Advanced

331
Diploma (Interior Design) a student shall be required to earn a minimum of 116 credits.

For Award of B. Voc Degree:

1. The total number of the credits of the B. Voc. (Interior Design) Programme = 180
2. Student shall be required to appear in examinations of all courses. However, to award the B. Voc.
(Interior Design) degree, a student shall be required to earn a minimum of 168 credits.

332
 TECHNICAL ENGLISH
Paper Code: ID-CC-501 L T/P S/D Credits
3 0 0 3

Objectives:
To equip students to recognize, explain, and use the rhetorical strategies and the formal elements of
specific genres of technical communication, such as technical abstracts, data based research reports,
instructional manuals, technical descriptions etc.
To help students understand the process of collection, analysis, documentation, and reporting of
research clearly, concisely, logically, and ethically and understand the standards for legitimate
interpretations of research data within scientific and technical communities.
To initiate students into critical and creative thinking, innovation, inquiry, and analysis, evaluation and
synthesis of information towards meaningful and effective communication
To help students understand ethical considerations in technical and professional writing realizing the
consequences of various communication acts.
Learning Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course the student shall be able to:
Understand and demonstrate composing processes through invention, organization, drafting, revision,
editing, and presentation as evidenced in satisfactory completion of all the written, visual, web-based,
and oral discourses to be submitted in this course.
To recognize and use the rhetorical and stylistic elements necessary for the successful practice of
scientific and technical communication;
Create various products most frequently used in scientific and technical communication.
Develop ethical problem-solving communication skills in professional situations.

UNIT-I
Technical Writing: Definition, Purpose and Characteristics of Technical Writing.
Technical Writing Skills: Methods and means of the Pre-writing stage, the Writing Stage and the Post-
Writing Stage.

UNIT-II
Formal Formatting: Arrangement of Formal Elements, Front Material, Format Devices in the Body of
Formal Report-Heading, Pagination, End Material - Citations, References and Bibliography, Appendix.

UNIT-III
Writing and Designing for Electronic Media: Use of Internet as a Writing tool; designing and writing
for multimedia applications and the World Wide Web.

UNIT-IV
Research and Writing Ethics: Explaining Forms and Consequences of Plagiarism, Introduction to
Intellectual Property Right and Copy Right Laws.

UNIT-V
Technical Writing: Formal and informal writings; formal writings/reports, handbooks, manuals, letters,
memorandum, notices, agenda, minutes; common errors to be avoided

Text Book(s):
[T1] Sides, Charles H., "How to Write and Present Technical Information", Cambridge Univ. Press,
1999.
[T2] Basu, B. N., "Technical Writing", PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2007.
Reference Book(s):

333
[R1] Beer, David F. and David A. McMurrey, "A Guide to Writing as an Engineer", New York: Wiley,
2005.
[R2] Gibaldi, Joseph, and Walter S. Achtert, "MLA Handbook for Writers of Research Papers, Thesis,
and Dissertations", Modern Language Association, 1980.
[R3] Rubens, Philip, "Science and Technical Writing: A Manual of Style", Routledge, 2002. [R4]
Anderson, Marilyn, Pramod K. Nayar, and Madhucchandra Sen, "Critical Thinking, Academic Writing
and Presentation Skills", Pearson. 2010

334
 LEGAL ETHICS & PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE

Paper Code: ID-CC-502 L T/P S/D Credits

3 0 0 3

Objectives & Pre-requisites: To acquaint the students with role of an interior designer in society, scale
of Charges conduct in the practice.

UNIT-I
Introduction - Contract Document
• Contract and conditions of engagement of interior projects
• Responsibilities, liabilities and duties of interior designer
• Terms and conditions for entering into Contact, Scale of charges and mode of payment for the
professional services to be offered
• Duties and liabilities as per the Architect Act, 1972
• Contractor's and Owner's (Employer's) Duties and liabilities.

UNIT-II
Professional Procedures:
• Procedure from date of enquiry, keeping of cost, job records, modifications, alteration to estimates,
Preparation of schedules and progress charts, Supervision of sub-trades and sub-contractors.

UNIT III
Code of Practice
• Confidential information for client's employer, Encroachment on existing project of another designer
in direct competition, Fees, scale of change, commission and discount, retaining fees, rejection.
• Advertising, press display, classified columns, announcement of change of address, size of name plate
etc.
• Conditions of agreements and terms of contracts alternatives agreements, out of pocket expenses,
stages of payment, settlement of disputes and arbitration
UNIT IV
Job Procedures
• Regulations & restrictions on various types of new & old work, Local by-laws pertaining to interiors
& renovation of buildings, Storage & maintenance of plants & materials, Liabilities, Local tradesmen
working conditions & practices.
UNIT V
Professional practice covering the respective roles of the various stakeholders in the profession of
interior designing and the factors governing the same; Professional ethics; Various aspects of contracts
relating to construction and management of contracts; types of contractual and other disputes in the
profession and methods of dispute resolution; legal aspects relating to employment and service
conditions of labour; intellectual property rights and their legal framework

Text Book(s):
[T1] Professional Practice by Dr. Roshan H. Namavati
[T2] Metric Handbook (Planning & Design Data) 2nd Ed. Edited by, David Adler
Reference Book(s):
[R1] Professional Practice by Krishnamurthy K.G
[R2] The Construction of Building by R. Barry.

335
 INTERIOR DESIGN - I
Paper Code: ID-CC-503
L T/P S/D Credits
1 0 4 3
Objectives: Objective of this subject is to develop the ability to design commercial interiors of various
types. The exercise base of commercial interiors in this semester must be handled keeping aesthetics in
mind and special effects to justify the design.

UNIT-I
Green Architecture - Construction Techniques & usages of building materials - efficient, earth friendly
or recycled for the creation of eco-friendly & intelligent interiors.
Fire Safety - Introduction to fire safety and causes of death in fire, Responsibility of Designer's towards
fire safety.
Disaster Management - Understanding Disasters, Geological and Mountain Area Disasters, Wind and
Water Related Natural Disaster, Man Made Disasters
UNIT-II
Perspective in all mediums
Eating house: Cuisine based restaurants and fine dining areas. Bed and Breakfast or Guest House
Project with dining area which could be used for small events like Birthday Parties, weddings,
functions (like Mehendi, Sangeet, etc.) or for exhibitions, etc.
UNIT-III
Wash room -Perspective in all mediums.
Residential area with all latest equipment’s
Commercial washroom; Either of 5 Star Hotel or a Mall.

UNIT-IV
Perspective in all mediums
A retail out let like Reliance Fresh, Big Apple, Save Max, Big Bazar, etc
Layout plan, elevation with special stacking racks, special effects of light in displays areas of goods,
3D view in color.

UNIT- V
Design Standardization:
Standardization of various interior elements i.e. windows and doors- sizes, standards and locations.
Counters (kitchen, reception, banks etc.), lighting fixtures and air-conditioning gadgets, Toilet fixtures,
office automation system. Furniture standards (sizes of domestic and public furniture); Toilet and
Kitchen equipment - sizes and standards; Vehicles in motion: parking along with turning radii for two-
wheelers and cars (various segments; as per their sizes)

In all projects drawings required would be: Plan, light/ electrical plan, elevations, 3Dviews, sketches of
special related services and areas too.

Text Book(s):
[T1] Color dictionary by Brasi& Workman
[T2] Indian history by Goyal
[T3] Building Services, Anthony Rowley
[T4] Fire Fightings, S. Shah
[T5] Great interiors by Grant
[T6] Central Water Commission, 1989, Manual of Flood Forecasting, New Delhi.
Reference Book(s):
[R1] Interior design by Ahmed A. Kasu
[R2] Landscape Detailing Surfaces- Michael Littlewood

336
[R3] Illustrated history of Interior Decoration by Praz

VISUAL MERCHANDISING – I
Paper Code: ID-CC-504
L T/P S/D Credits
3 0 0 3
Objectives: Since the background of Display is there in Visual Merchandising, students are given
knowledge of promoting sales of products. Students take up assignments as Display on lists or
exhibition designer.

UNIT-I
Atrium/ Foyer Display
• What is atrium or foyer display?
• Its importance and how to present the same?
• Scope of atrium display
• Planning and colored view for approval on sheet/ drawings.

UNIT-II
• Automobile
-Car
-Two Wheeler
• Cold drinks or new juice introduction in the atrium

UNIT-III Mobile displays

• Its importance and use
• Introducing new products with the help of publicity material like placard, hoarding, leaflet/flyers

UNIT-IV
• Exercises on cosmetic display, landscape, plants and landscape accessories display

UNIT-V
How to define your Brand, and design a store environment that becomes a Brand Experience. Space
plan a store that is efficient, engaging, and easy to shop. Select display fixtures.
Signage and Graphics program.
Window Displays that are dramatic, powerful, and engaging, efficient lighting program, Color and
Materials selections, design a logo, mark, and tagline that are memorable.

NOTE: Students must visit malls, shopping areas, exhibitions for the understanding the same.
Text Book(s):
[T1] Image India by Dhamija
[T2] Indian folk art and craft by Dhamija
[T3] Indian cultures through the ages by Vidyarthi

337
 PRODUCT DESIGN – I
Paper Code: ID-CC-505
L T/P S/D Credits
1 1 4 4

Objectives: Students must learn the techniques of design the product first and production of the same in
any medium, they select.

UNIT-I:
• Section of material, understand the properties of material
• Material to work on unit I is PAPER
• Products which can be made are: Pen stand, tissue paper box, gift box, wedding card box, sweets or
chocolate box. The drawing with complete size and details must be made.

UNIT-II:
Material: - Mount board, choksi board
Products: - Photo frame, table calendar, wall clock, wall hanging, etc. With proper design and drawing
on sheet with details.

UNIT-III:
Material: - Thermocol
Products: - Accessories/ props for Birthday Party for theme oriented, etc.
All these accessories must be drawn on paper with complete details and color schemes
Prepare: Masks for different occasions, Candles, Diyas, Flowers, etc. to orient he theme

UNIT-IV:
Material: - Cloth, wire, ribbon, wool, sutli, etc.
Products: - Wind chimes, decorative balance, flowers with cloth, ribbon and wool, etc. All designs to
be made on drawing sheets

UNIT-V:
Definition – Estimation of Manufacturing cost – reducing the component costs and assembly costs
– Minimize system complexity – Prototype basics – principles of prototyping – planning for prototypes
– Economic Analysis – Understanding and representing tasks – baseline project planning – accelerating
the project – project execution

TOOLS/ EQUIPMENTS REQUIRED FOR HOLDING PRODUCT DESIGN WORKSHOP:

Scissors, paper cutters, pliers, small hammers
These are required for cutting the edges of material smoother and turning and twisting of wire, or other
materials for better and firm joints.

Text Book(s):
[T1] Wood bonding handbook by Stevens & Turner
[T2] Indian decorative design by Aryan
[T3] Furniture in color by Synge
[T4] Furniture making by Collisehon
Reference Book(s):
[R1] Furniture face lifts by Wagstaff & Thurgood

338
 INTERIOR MATERIALS CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUE – II

Paper Code: ID-CC-506

L T/P S/D Credits
1 1 4 4
Objectives: The objective is to refurnished different types of interiors.

UNIT-I
TECHNICAL TERMS - e.g. Tread, riser, flight, landing, nosing, Scotia, soffit, newel post, balusters,
headroom, handrail, balustrade, etc.
REQUIREMENTS OF GOOD STAIRS:
• Location
• Width of stair
• Length of flight
• Pitch of stair
• Headroom
• Balustrade
• Step dimensions
• Material of construction

UNIT-II
• Calculation of step size
• Types of steps-
• Round ended
• Bull nose step
• Flier
• Splayed step
• Commode step
• Dancing step
UNIT-III CLASSIFICATION OF STAIRCASE
• Straight
• Turning stairs- quarter turn
• Half turn (dog legged, open newel, geometrical)
• 3-quarter turn
• Bifurcated
• Continuous stair (circular, spiral, helical) inn different materials like Timber, Metal, Stone, Brick,
RCC etc.

UNIT-IV CLADDING, CEILING MATERIALS, FINISHES & its APPLICATIONs Define

Cladding
Stone, Timber, Weather Board, Fiber Cement, Brick
• RCC, Vinyl, Metal, etc
TYPES OF FALSE CEILING:
• Gypsum, Plaster of Paris, Wooden, Glass, Metal,
• Synthetic Leather or Cloth Ceiling.
UNIT-V
TYPES OF FALSE CEILING:
• Gypsum, Plaster of Paris, Wooden, Glass, Metal,
• Synthetic Leather or Cloth Ceiling.

Text Book(s):

339
[T1] The Construction of Buildings - Barry
[T2] Building Construction VOL. 1, 2, 3, 4 BY W.B. Meckay

[T3] Interior Construction & Detailing - David Kent Ballast.

Reference Book(s): [R1] Building Construction by B.C. Punmia [R2] Building Construction By
Sanjay Mahajan

340
 INTERIOR PROJECT - IV
(Minor Project)
Paper Code: ID-CC-507
L T/P S/D Credits
1 1 4 4

Objectives: To make the students understand the working of various commercial spaces and
importance of areas and space allotment for each working area.
Handling of different types of projects with proper space allotment Project which can be undertaken
(any one) in Bank, Library or Airlines office.
First, they must study the existing office by the visiting and understanding the work of the project,
minimum space requirement and division of work stations.
Submit a report of their visit with some existing areas. Drawings requires in the form of sketches.
Give a presentation on the same in the class.
The project will be given by the teacher.
Drawing required:
Number of people working
Work stations
Furniture layout plan with amenities required
Finishes: wall, floor and ceiling
Light/ electric plan
Elevation of all existing areas
3D views with color
Sample chart-
1) Wall finishes like paint or any other finish
2) Floor finish samples, ceiling finishes with samples
3) Furnishing samples with all rates and fixing expenditure, etc. which would give the approx.
expenditure to be incurred in the project.

VIVA on the project with internal and external exams to be held after the submission of the project
using AutoCAD.

Text Book(s):
[T1] Color dictionary by Brasi & Workman
[T2] Indian history by Goyal
[T3] Floor design by Sareen
[T4] Ideal home book of kitchen
[T5] Great interiors by Grant
[T6] Interior design principles by M. Pratap Rao

Reference Book(s):
[R1] Interior design by Ahmed A. Kasu
[R2] Encyclopedia for color theory

[R3] Illustrated history of Interior Decoration by Praz

341
 (General Elective - II)
NSS/ SPORTS/ ECO CLUB

Paper Code: ID-EC-501/ 502/ 503

L T/P S/D Credits
0 2 0 1

Students should actively participate in either of the above activities of the institute during academic
session. Credits shall be awarded accordingly based on final assessment by internal institute
committee constituted by the Principal/Director of the respective institutes. Students are encouraged
organize events and awards if any shall be distributed to students during annual day/ specific
function day accordingly.

ENTREPRENEURSHIP & PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Paper Code: ID-CC-601

L T/P S/D Credits
UNIT-I
3 1 0 4
ENTREPRENEUR
• Concept and nature, scope and philosophy of entrepreneurship
• Distinction between self-employment and entrepreneurship
• Importance of entrepreneurship and self-employment in our country
• Entrepreneurial traits
• Different forms of business organizations (sole proprietorship, partnership, co-operative societies,
public and private undertakings

UNIT-II
ENTREPRENEURIAL SUPPORT SYSTEM
• Introduction
• Sources of information
• Market survey and opportunity identification

UNIT-III
ELEMENTS OF MANAGEMENT
• Principles of management and managerial functions like planning, organizing, staffing, directing and
controlling, industrial management
• Value of human relations in management

UNIT-IV
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
• Introduction to project management
• Time of progress chart, bar chart, Gantt chart, CPM & PERT
Planning of activities
• Allocation of time to various activities
• Personal management and industrial relations- recruitments, selection, training, wage and salary
administration related to small industries
• Costing- methods and techniques of minimizing cost
• Marketing- concept and functions, marketing mix, product planning, salesmanship and its principles
• Sources of finance
• Setting up of small scale industry with proper knowledge of Government Policies for financial

342
resources (like banks and other financial bodies.

UNIT V
 Creativity and entrepreneurship
 Steps in Creativity 3.3 Innovation and inventions
 Using left brain skills to harvest right brain ideas
 Legal Protection of innovation
 Skills of an entrepreneur
 Decision making and Problem Solving (steps indecision making)

Text Book(s):
[T1] Entrepreneurship development and management by R. K. Singhal
[T2] Strategic Entrepreneurship by P. K. Gupta
Reference Book(s):
[R1] Construction management and accounts by V. N. Vazirani & S. P. Chandola
[R2] Principles of management by Y. K. Bhushan
[R3] Entrepreneurship and project management by Jasmer Singh Saini

343
 INTERIOR DESIGN –II

Paper code: ID-CC-602

L T/P S/D Credits
1 0 4 3

Objectives: The objective is to make the students understand and enable them to execute commercial
interiors with theme of style. Perspective in all medium.
UNIT-I
• Introduction to Climatology, Climate & Role of Interior Designer.
• Design for Hot, Dry & Humid Climate. Implementing in different Designs.
• Surveying - Definition, Objective & it's types.

UNIT-II
Coffee bar with book magazines and gift stalls, special souvenir walls of their brand Drawings
required:
• Plan, elevations, light/ electric plan, special effect of walls, ceiling and exclusive furniture 3D views
with vibrant color schemes.
• Coffee shop 24 hrs at 5-star hotel with Breakfast Island, lunch buffet, at night sweet & salad bar for
minimum covers of 80-100.
Drawings required:
• Plan, elevations, light/ electric plan, special effects of different display of meals (breakfast, lunch
dinner, etc.), 3Dviews in color creating an ambience to attract all age groups.

UNIT-III
• Unisex beauty parlour with chai/ coffee bar area with listed eats
• The parlour must have latest equipment’s
Drawings required:
• Layout plan, special light required for treatment
• 3Dviews with color and special furniture required for parlour

UNIT-IV
• Apparel and accessories studio for all (kids, men and women) all age group with special brand like
ZARA, BENETTON, etc. with window display in front of the shop. Special display counter for display
of apparel and racks for stacking
Drawings required:
• Plan, elevation with special wall treatment, 3D views in color and highlight the display areas.

UNIT-V
Planning of commercial small Offices (Architect’s office, Doctor’s clinic, lawyer’s chamber, etc.),
study of use of space, circulation, system of storages, filing, etc. Maximum area to be designed 100 Sq.
mts.

Text Book(s):
[T1] Color dictionary by Brasi & Workman
[T2] Indian history by Goyal
[T3] Floor design by Sareen
[T4] Ideal home book of kitchen
[T5] Encyclopedia for color theory
[T6] Illustrated history of Interior Decoration by Praz

344
Reference Book(s):
[R1] Great interiors by Grant
[R2] Interior design by Ahmed A. Kasu

[R3] Surveying Vol. I, II and III by Dr. B.C. Punamia

345
 VISUAL MERCHANDISING - II

Paper Code: ID-CC-603

L T/P S/D Credits
1 0 4 3
Objectives: Since the background of Display is there in Visual Merchandising, students are given
knowledge of promoting sales of products. Students take up assignments as Display on lists or
exhibition designer.

UNIT-I
• Design a mela/carnival
• Difference between the two, importance of exhibition Ex- project on mela (Suraj Kund or Diwali
mela)

UNIT-II
• EX- Carnival in school or colonies
• Christmas or New Year
• Design with accessories and props- the project planning and 3Dviews in color

UNIT-III
• Exhibition private (of an individual)
• Group of artists to participate under one roof.
• Interior designer, furniture designer, accessories designer, light designer new material introduction
Ex- Planning and 3D views in color

UNIT-IV
Exhibition like trade fair, weekend one-day show of different states and countries, studio project with
planning and colored views as presentation.
UNIT-V
Developing a visual literacy about our surroundings. To identify various types of timbers such as: Teak,
Sal, Chir, Shisham, Deodar, Kail&Hollock by visual examination only. Learning and Writing various
Font Styles in an effective manner. Develop a sense of Co-relation between Actual size and the Drawn
sketch.

• Students must visit exhibition at trade fair ground and at various malls, etc.
• Students after learning the designing of exhibition can work as visual merchandise designer and can
take up independent projects.

Text Book(s):
[T1] Image India by Dhamija
[T2] Indian folk art and craft by Dhamija
[T3] Indian cultures through the ages by Vidyarthi

346
 PRODUCT DESIGN - II

Paper Code: ID-CC-604

L T/P S/D Credits
1 1 4 4
Objectives: Students to understand the, how to construct the different types of products with different
types of materials like metal, wood, clay, plastic, etc.

UNIT I: Design and make any one product in metal sheet foil or out of waste cans or bottles (glass,
plastic, tin) which can be easily cut with scissors or cutters.

UNIT II: Material- clay/ terracotta/ tiles Design, draw and create masks, door handles, knobs of clay
hand work. Terracotta- tiles and work on them with ethnic motives create wall murals, table tops,
planters, etc.

UNIT III: Design on sheets different types of furniture items like different types of tables, chairs, beds
and some small items like racks, shelves, bench, planters, etc.

UNIT IV: One furniture (with joinery details) to be constructed in workshop, polish, painting, for the
purpose of learning the finishes on furniture.

UNIT V: Preparation of product design using computer software and preparing a small scale model
with appropriate Material

Text Book(s):
[T1] Wood bonding handbook by Stevens & Turner [T2] Indian decorative design by Aryan [T3]
Furniture in color by Synge [T4] How to make your own furniture

Reference Book(s):
[R1] Furniture making by Collisehon
[R2] Furniture face lifts by Wagstaff & Thurgood

347
 INTERIOR BUDGETING & ESTIMATION

Paper Code: ID-CC-605

L T/P S/D Credits
1 0 4 3
Objectives: Basic understanding of quantities, cost & methods to make estimates. The students should
be able to make estimate of interior schemes. Proposed for the client

UNIT-I
Estimate:
• Different Types
• General Principles of approximate methods of costing for various interior works for all types of old &
new works.

UNIT-II
Specification:
• Definition.
• Principles of specification
• Types of specification
• Partition
• Partition walls commercial Plywood, block board Laminated Sheet, glass etc.
• Plastering with cement mortar.
• Flooring -Cement conc., marble, mosaic
• Distempering & Colors washing.
• Wood work: - Doors, window, partition, cabinet sets, false ceiling, furniture wall Partitions,
Wall paneling, table, chair etc.
• Water supply & Sanitary Fitting etc.

UNIT-III
Taking out Quantities:
• Units of measurement -cubic meter, square meter, running meter.
• General rules for measurements.
• Quantity Survey: Spot item
> Prime cost
> Provisional sums
> Costing of work

UNIT IV
• Data collection & keeping information of market prices of materials
• Exercises on preparation & calling of Tenders.
• Estimation & Schedule of Quantities for furniture pieces
• Estimation of one complete project of interior
• Preparation of above estimates using computer software

348
349
UNIT V

Types of Estimates: Preliminary estimates - Plinth area estimate - Cubic rate estimate - Estimate per
unit base, Detailed estimates - Definition - Stages of preparation - details of measurement and
calculation of quantities and abstract Methods of preparing estimates, Preparing bills of quantities from
drawings and pricing Preparing estimates from bills of quantities.

Text Book(s):
[T1] A Text Book of Estimation, Costing and Valuation by Gurcharan Singh and Jagdish Singh
[T2] Budgeting & Estimation by B. N. Dutta

Reference Book(s):
[R1] Civil Estimating & Costing by Amarjit Agarwal and A. K. Upadhya.
[R2] Professional Practice by Dr. Roshan H. Namavati

350
 INTERIOR PROJECT - V
(Major Project)
Paper Code: ID-CC-606
L T/P S/D Credits
0 0 12 6

Objectives: Students must be able to handle the complete project and must understand how and from
where to require the required material and get the work executed as an independent entrepreneur. Any
one project to be taken up and completed within the given time

Projects: Mall, Medical interior (nursing home, poly clinic, E.N.T. or dental clinic)
The student must study any one given project by visiting the existing sites; understand the working and
requirement of the existing interior of the same.
An independent presentation by the student in class thereafter the project will be given by teacher to
students.
Drawing required:
Layout plan & electric plan, special furniture requirements creating proper ambience to make the area
comply with bylaws.
The standards and norms, elevations of existing areas with all types of finishes, 3D views in color and
all interior Drawings to be made in AutoCAD & 3Ds MAX.
After completing the project students must submit the necessary drawings, documentation and
presentation of high professional standards and the entire design process and methodology must be
meticulously documented.

Text Book(s):
[T1] Color dictionary by Brasi & Workman
[T2] Indian history by Goyal
[T3] Floor design by Sareen
[T4] Ideal home book of kitchen
[T5] Great interiors by Grant
[T6] Interior design principles by M. Pratap Rao
Reference Book(s):
[R1] Interior design by Ahmed A. Kasu
[R2] Encyclopedia for color theory
[R3] Illustrated history of Interior Decoration by Praz

*Approved by the Executive Council in its 28th Meeting held on 14 Novermber 2022.

351
 Ordinance-65*
Alumni Association
(Under Statute 35 of the Statutes contained in Second Schedule of the Central Universities Act,
2009)

1: Name of the Association: Dr. Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya Alumni Association, Sagar
2: Registered Office: Dr. Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Campus, Sagar (M.P.) 470003
3. Nature of Association: The Association shall be an autonomous body to be registered under
the Madhya Pradesh Society Registration Act, 1973
4. Definitions:
a. “The Association” means the Alumni Association of the
Dr. Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar (M.P.) India
b. The University means Dr. Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar (M.P.) India
c. The” General Body” means the General Body of the Alumni Association.
d. The “Executive Committee” means the Executive Committee of the Association.
e. “Alumnus” means an ex- students of the University, who obtained any degree/
diploma from Dr. Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar (M.P.)
f. An “Honorary Member” means any person other than an Alumnus, who has been
nominated by the General Body of the Association.
g. The financial year of the Alumni Association shall be reckoned every year from 1st
April to 31stMarch of the following year.

5. Aims and Objectives of the Association:

(i) To promote and foster mutually beneficial interaction between the Alumni and the
present students.
(ii) To encourage the Alumni to take an active and abiding interest in academic and
developmental progress and contribute towards enhancement of the social utility of their
Alma mater.
(iii) To establish scholarship and other support funds to help the needy and deserving
students.
(iv) To institute prizes and awards for outstanding project work, research papers and
other academic and professional achievements of the students of the institute;
(v) To contribute through support in the activities of research, startup, incubation,
funding and other mentoring for shaping the career of the students.
(vi) To help in organizing the activities of civic and charitable nature for value addition
in the economic and social development of the country.
(vii) To encourage the formation of Chapters across the country and abroad as a
means to increase participation of Alumni.
(viii) To provide the research infrastructure and guest house facility during the alumni’s
visit at Sagar as decided by the University with the coordination with Association.
RULES & REGULATION

Following are the rules & regulations of the Association:

352
 6. Definitions:
a. “The Association” means the Alumni Association of the
Dr. Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar (M.P.) India
b. The University means Dr. Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar (M.P.) India
c. The ‘Member” means the registered member of the Association
d. The” General Body” means the General Body of the Alumni Association.
e. The “Executive Committee” means the Executive Committee of the Association.
f. “Alumnus” means an ex- student of the University, who has obtained a degree/
diploma/Certificate from Dr. Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar (M.P.) since its
establishment including the degree from affiliated colleges.
g. “Contribution” means financial and other support extended by the alumnus other
than membership fee.
h. An “Honorary Member” means any person other than an Alumnus, who has been
nominated by the General Body of the Association.
i. The financial year of the Alumni Association shall be reckoned every year from 1st
April to 31st March of the following year.
7. Patrons:
a. The Vice-Chancellor of the University shall be an ex-officio Patron of the Alumni
Association.
8. Membership:
a. Any student who successfully obtains any degree/ diploma/ Certificate from Dr. Harisingh
Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar (M.) is entitled to become a member of the Association from
the date of issue of the Result/ Notification granting the said degree/ diploma or
certificate.
b. All the eligible students can become a registered members of the Association by filling
online / offline registration form by paying the prescribed membership fee under
following categories of membership :
1. Annual Membership …………………………………….. Rs.200=00
2. Life Member (the year in which he was awarded the Degree) Rs. 1000=00
3. Life Member (For Others) ………………….……………Rs.2000=00
Note; The Association will have every right to revise or restructure the above
mentioned membership fee from time to time after passing a resolution in the
General Body Meeting.
Honorary Member:

The Association in the General Body meeting may nominate any person as Honorary
Member on the recommendation of the Executive Committee for two years who is
connected with the University or the Association and is likely to promote and fulfill the
aims and objectives of the Association.

353
 9. Rights of the Members:
All members including honorary members are entitled to receive all announcements
through registered mail ID and official webpage of the University website. Other social
media platforms will also be used to disseminate the information. All the registered
members will also be entitled to get benefits of the facilities provided by the University
to the Association.
10. Organization:
(i) The General Body
(ii) The Executive Committee

(i) The General Body:

a. The General Body shall consist of all the registered members of the Alumni Association as
defined in Clause 8 (b);

b. There shall be at least one General Body meeting in a year. This meeting will be referred as
Annual General Meeting of the Association. Following matters shall be presented in the
Annual General Meeting for approval:

(i) Approval of Annual Report of the Year

(ii) Approval of Annual Account of the Year
(iii) Approval of activities of the Association
(iv) Approval of Budget for next year
(v) Introduction of new office bearers
(vi) Election of the members of the Executive Committee
(vii) Appointment or continuation of Auditors of the Association
(viii) Appointment of legal advisors, if any.
(ix) Any other matter relevant to growth & development of the Association

c. The notice of the Annual General Meeting should be sent at-least 15 days before the
meeting.

d. All the information shall be sent through email and simultaneously through social media
platform.

e. The honorary members of the Association can also participate in any of the meeting of the
Association but in case of voting for any proposal; the honorary member shall not have any
voting right.

f. The Association can call extraordinary meeting of the General Body to resolve any critical
issue that arises before the Association. This meeting can be called either by the Executive
Committee or at least 25 members of the Association.

g. The quorum for the General Body shall be 50 members present in person. In case the
quorum is not complete, the Chairman shall adjourn the meeting and reconvene it after 30
minutes, at which time, the members present will constitute the quorum and there will be no
minimum requirement. In adjourn meetings “Agenda only” will be decided.

h. All the resolutions put to vote at the General Body shall be decided by a majority vote
(unless otherwise provided) on a show of hands. In case of equality of votes, the “Presiding

354
 Officer “shall have the casting vote.
i. In case the Executive Committee is of the opinion that a member/ honorary member has
been working against the interest of Association, the committee may recommend the
termination of the membership of the concerned member/ honorary member and place
before the General Body for approval as the Executive Committee shall have no powers to
terminate the membership of an alumnus.
j. There shall be an Executive Committee comprising of 21 elected members. The Members of the
Executive Committee shall be elected in the General Body meeting i.e. Annual General Meeting.
The term of this Executive Committee shall be 3 years.

(ii) The Executive Committee:

The Executive Committee shall have 21 elected members who shall be elected in Annual
General Body meeting for 3 years. The functioning of the Executive Committee is described as
follows:
1. The Executive Committee shall be the Executive Authority of the Association. It shall have
every authority to collect membership and other funds for Association and will be responsible
for use of the collected fund for general and specific purposes and activities conducted under
Association.
2. The Executive Committee shall meet at least four times in a year. The Secretary of the
Association shall issue the notice and the agenda of the meeting at least a week before the date
fixed for the meeting. However, in case of urgent business, the meeting may be called at a
shorter notice.
3. The Executive Committee (21 members) which shall consist of the following members:
(i) The Patron & Chairman :Vice-Chancellor of Dr. Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar
(M.P.)
(ii) The President, elected by General Body
(iii) The Vice- President, elected by General Body
(iv) Secretary, elected by General Body
(v) Joint Secretary, elected by General Body
(vi) Treasurer, elected by General Body
(vii) Seven alumni to be elected by the General Body
(viii) The immediate Past President,
(ix) The immediate Past Secretary,
(x) The immediate Past Treasurer
(xi) Two Senior Professors of the University to be nominated by the Chairman
(xii) Three Associate Professors or Assistant Professors who are the alumnus of the University.

 The Executive Committee shall have the right to co-opt members and/ or appoint sub –
committees from amongst the General Body from time to time for an execution of
specific assignment as required.
 Any Casual vacancy amongst the members of the Executive Committee arising from
death, resignation, and removal or otherwise may be filled by co-option by the
Executive Committee and the member so co-opted shall hold office for the residual
term of the member being replaced. Such co-opted member shall be treated at par and
have all the rights as enjoyed by the elected members.

355
  The Executive Committee shall have the power to appoint from amongst the members
of the General Body or from amongst its own members as Editor and other staff for the
printing and publication of Brochures, Newsletters, Annual magazine and day to day
working of the Association. The remuneration (if any) of such staff will be decided by
the General Body of the Association.
 The quorum of the meeting of the Executive Committee shall be seven members
personally present in the meeting.
 The Executive Committee shall manage the affairs of the Association by majority
vote in the Committee Meeting provided that in case of equality of votes, the President
shall have the casting vote.
 The Property, movable and immovable, belonging to the Association shall be vested
with the Executive Committee.
a. On or before the fourteenth Day succeeding the day on which the Annual General
Meeting of the General Body is held, a list shall be filed with the Registrar of Societies
Sagar, M.P. of the names, address and occupations of the members of the Executive
Committee.
The Executive Committee may terminate the membership of any of its members, in
case he/she fails to attend two consecutive meetings of the said Committee without
the grant of leave of absence. However, the President may grant leave of absence to any
member.
Appointment/ Election of the office bearers and their roles:
a. Chairman & Patron: The Vice- Chancellor of the Dr. Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya,
Sagar (M.P.), India will be the ex-officio Chairman & Patron of the Association. The
Chairman will have overall control on all policy matters of the Association. The routine
activities and the general administration of Association will be performed by the Executive
Committee of the Association..
b. President: The Executive Committee will appoint a distinguished Alumnus, who should be
an eminent personality in the field of teaching or research, as a President. The President will
have no administrative responsibility but will function/ serve as a Ambassador –at- large for
the Alumni Association and the University in professional Association and others where he
is active.
c. Vice- President: The Executive Committee will appoint /nominate one or two Vice
President from the Executive Committee for a period of three year. They will preside over
general body meetings in the absence of President.
d. Secretary : The Executive Committee will appoint /nominate one Secretary from the
Executive Committee for a period of three years .He will look after the official work of
Alumni Association on behalf of the university under the guidance of the Vice- Chancellor
of Dr. Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar (M.P.), and President of the Association.
The Secretary shall perform the following duties:
 To call the meetings of different bodies of the Association as per norms of the Association, keep
the minutes of all meetings and place them before the General Body and Executive
Committee.

356
  To carry out the directions of the General Body and the Executive Committee.
 To execute all correspondence on behalf of the Association.
 To issue notice of all the meetings of the General Body and Executive Committee.
 To submit all the necessary records before Registrar, Firms & Society, Govt. of Madhya
Pradesh.
e. Joint Secretary: The Executive Committee will appoint /nominate one or two Joint-
Secretaries from the Executive Committee for a period of three years. He will perform all
the duties of the Secretary in the absence of the Secretary.
f. Treasurer: The Executive Committee will appoint /nominate one treasurer from the
Executive Committee for a period of three year. He will process and maintain the record of
all the financial transaction on the recommendation of the Executive Committee.
11. Financial Management of the Association

 All amounts received on behalf of the Association shall be placed in the name of Dr.
Harisingh Gour Vishwavidyalaya, Sagar Alumni Association in an account to be
maintained in a bank to be approved by the Executive Committee.

 The Annual Budget of the Association shall be approved in the General Body Meeting;

 The approval and payment process of the expenditure will be as follows:

1. Payment up to Rs.1000=00 ------No approval is required
2. Payment from Rs.1001=00 to 100000=00, approval of Executive Committee is required.
It may be through budget or through special approval from Executive Committee.

3. Payment from Rs.100001=00 to Rs. 10,00,000=00, the approval of the Vice- Chancellor
is required. The Vice- Chancellor shall approve the expenditure on the Recommendation
of the Executive Committee.

 All the payments more than Rs. 2000/- will be made online or through cheques. Cheques
upto Rs. 1,00,000/- will signed by any two office bearers i.e. President, Secretary and
Treasurer. Cheques more than Rs. 1,00,000/- will signed by all three office bearers i.e.
President, Secretary and Treasurer. Out of any two signatures, one shall be the treasurer.

 The Treasurer will maintain all the accounts of the Association and these accounts will be
audited by the Chartered Accountant appointed by the Association in General Body Meeting
preferably an alumnus of the University.

 The Association’s financial year shall end on 31st March. The Executive Committee shall
audit the accounts at least once a year by the auditor appointed by the General Body at the
Annual General Meeting.

12. Amendments:
Any provision/ requirement of this constitution may be amended by a two–third majority of those alumni
members present and voting in the General Body meeting. The quorum for such a meeting will be fifty
members. The proposal to amend the Constitution shall be processed in the General Body meeting on
the signed requisition submitted by at least forty members of the Association.
Notice of the proposed amendments shall be furnished to the Secretary at least 40 days before the date on
which it is proposed to consider the amendments. Such a notice will contain details of the Rule(s) desired
to be amended. Upon the receipt of a requisition for amendment, the Secretary shall issue notice to every
alumni member for such meeting at –least 20 days before the scheduled date.

357
 Amendments to the memorandum shall be made as per MP Societies Registration Act, 1973 will be
followed.
13. Dissolution:
In the event of dissolution of the Association, the procedure laid down in the MP Societies Registration Act,
1973.
14. Chapters:
(i) Regional Chapters:
The Executive Committee may recognize a Chapter of the Association in any city / region India provided
it has twenty-five members enrolled. The expenses of the Chapter will be managed by the respective
Chapter.

(ii) Overseas Chapter:

The Executive Committee may recognize Overseas Chapter of the Association provided it has a minimum
of ten members enrolled. The membership fee will be TwoHundred US Dollars or equivalent.
*Approved by the Executive Council in its 29th Meeting held on 20 December 2022.

358